Connected Devices

HP ExpertOne
Designing & Deploying

Connected Device
Solutions for Small
and Medium Business
Instructor Textbook Rev. 1.0
Prepares students for HP ATA
Connected Devices certication
2012HewlettPackardCompany,L.P.
Theinformationcontainedhereinissubjecttochangewithoutnotice.TheonlywarrantiesforHP
productsandservicesaresetforthintheexpresswarrantystatementsaccompanyingsuchproductsand
services.Nothinghereinshouldbeconstruedasconstitutinganadditionalwarranty.HPshallnotbe
liablefortechnicaloreditorialerrorsoromissionscontainedherein.
2012Certiport,Inc.
CertiportandtheCertiportlogoareregisteredtrademarksofCertiportInc.Certiportshallnotbeliable
fortechnicaloreditorialerrorsoromissionscontainedherein.
ThisisanHPandCertiportcopyrightedworkthatmaynotbereproducedwithoutthewritten
permissionofHPandCertiport.Youmaynotusethesematerialstodelivertrainingtoanyperson
outsideofyourorganizationwithoutthewrittenpermissionofHPandCertiport.
n
io
Nopartofthisbookmaybereproducedortransmittedinanyformorbyanymeans,electronicor
t
bu
mechanical,includingphotocopying,recording,orbyanyinformationstorageandretrievalsystem,
tri
withoutwrittenpermissionfromthepublisher,exceptfortheinclusionofbriefquotationsinareview.
is
rD
WARNINGANDDISCLAIMER
fo
ThisbookisdesignedtoprovideinformationaboutthetopicscoveredontheDesigning&Deploying
ot
ConnectedDeviceSolutionsHP4A01certificationexam.Everyefforthasbeenmadetomakethisbookas
N
completeandasaccurateaspossible,butnowarrantyoffitnessisimplied.
l-
tia
Theinformationisprovidedonanasisbasis.Theauthors,Certiport,Inc.,andHewlettPackard
en
Company,L.P.,shallhaveneitherliabilitynorresponsibilitytoanypersonorentitywithrespecttoany
fid
lossordamagesarisingfromtheinformationcontainedinthisbookorfromtheuseofthediscsor
on
programsthatmayaccompanyit.
tC
or
TheopinionsexpressedinthisbookbelongtotheauthorandarenotnecessarilythoseofHewlett
tip
PackardCompany,L.P.,orCertiport,Inc.
er
C
&
TRADEMARKACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
P
Alltermsmentionedinthisbookthatareknowntobetrademarksorservicemarkshavebeen
H
appropriatelycapitalized.HewlettPackardInc.cannotattesttotheaccuracyofthisinformation.Useofa
terminthisbookshouldnotberegardedasaffectingthevalidityofanytrademarkorservicemark.
Allothertrademarksandregisteredtrademarksarethepropertyoftheirrespectiveholders.
Designing&DeployingConnectedDeviceSolutionsforSmallandMediumBusiness
Instructortextbook
Rev.1.0

Designing & Deploying
Connected Device
Solutions for Small and
n
io
Medium Business
t
bu
tri
is
rD
First Edition
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
Author
fid
RACHELLE REESE
on
tC
or
Contributing Authors
tip
LAURA BURDETT
er
C
ANDREW BRICE
&
FRANK MILLER
P
H
Editors
RICK SONNENBERG
LOIS BUTLER
CHARLES FELDMAN
FRANCY DICKINSON
Production Manager
DEBRA WAGNER
ii

Introduction
Designing&DeployingConnectedDeviceSolutionsforSmallandMediumBusinessprepares
candidatestopasstheexamandachievetheHPATAConnectedDevicescertification.
Thecourseisdesignedtoteachfundamentalcomputingconcepts,commonprocedures,
andanalysisskillsthatwillenablecandidatestodesignandtroubleshootconnected
deviceimplementationsforcustomers.
n
io
Becausepictureshelpsolidifyconceptsandprocedures,mosttopicsincludeoneor
t
bu
morepictures,includingscreenshots,productpictures,tables,andillustrations.
tri
is
Inadditiontotextandfigures,eachchapterincludesthefollowingcomponentstohelp
rD
facilitatelearning:
fo
ot
Objectives
N
Keyterms
l-
Tipsandtricks
tia

en
Businessscenarios
fid
Reviewquestions
on
Summary
tC
ReviewQuestions
or
Homework
tip
Instructorresources
er
C
&
Objectives
P
H
Theobjectivesdefinekeycompetenciesstudentswilllearnduringthechapter.Someof
theobjectivesaretakendirectlyfromthetestobjectives.Othersarelearningobjectives
thatidentifyfoundationalknowledgeandotherskillsthatareimportantwhen
performingITtasksforasmallormediumbusiness.
Key Terms
AbigpartofsucceedinginanITenvironmentisunderstandingthevocabulary.
StudentswhoarenewtoIToftengetlostintheflurryofacronymsandunfamiliar
terms.Toaidunderstanding,eachkeytermisshowninboldwithanaccompanying
definition,asshownbelow:
iii
term
definition
Tips and Tricks

Sometimesakeypointdeservesspecialemphasis.Itmightbeatroubleshootinghint,a
commonmisconception,anissuethatisfrequentlyencountered,oranexceptiontoa
rule.
Lookforthepointingfingerforanimportantfact.
Business Scenarios
n
io
t
Becausethevalueoftechnologyisdeterminedbyhowsignificantitistothe
bu
performanceofthebusiness,studentsneedtobeabletoanalyzebusinessrequirements
tri
is
anddeterminehowtheycanbemetbyimplementingaspecifictechnology.Tohelp
rD
studentslearnthecriticalthinkingskillstheyneedtoanalyzerequirements,make
fo
recommendations,andtroubleshootproblems,businessscenariosareusedthroughout
ot
N
thecoursetoguidethediscussions.
l-
tia
Insomecases,thesescenarioscanbeusedtosupportgroupactivities.Inothercases,
en
theysimplycalloutarealworlduseforatechnologyorproduct.Businessscenariosare
fid
showninashadedbox.
on
tC
Aboxlikethisprovidesarealworldexampleorasksyoutothinkabouthowtoapplythe
or
conceptsthatyoujustlearnedtoabusinessscenario
tip
er
C
Summary
&
P
H
Thesummarysectionlistssomeofthekeypointsstudentsshouldhavelearned.They
canbeusedtowrapupalectureorforstudentstoreviewwhattheyhavelearned.
Review Questions
Reviewquestionsareprovidedattheendofeachchapter.Theycanbeassignedas
homeworkorusedinclasstoteststudentsunderstandingofthematerialscovered.
iv
Homework
Eachchapterincludeshomeworkassignments.Mostchaptershavethreetypesof
homeworkassignments:
Multiplechoiceormatching
Shortessay
Researchassignment
Themultiplechoiceormatchingquestionsaredesignedtotestthestudentsknowledge
ofkeyterminologyandfacts.Theshortessayquestionsallowstudentstocompareand
contrasttechnologies,describesolutions,orexplainprocedures.Theresearch
assignments,whichareshownintheshadedscenariobox,askstudentstoapplytheir
knowledgetoabusinessscenario.Inmanycases,theseassignmentsaskstudentsto
n
io
performresearchontheHPwebsite.
t
bu
tri
Instructor Resources
is
rD
fo
Theinstructorversionofthetextbookincludesinstructornotesintheoutermargin.
ot
Thesenotesindicate:
N

l-
Teachingtips
tia
Pronunciationkeys
en
Additionalresources
fid
Correctanswerstothereviewquestionsandmatching/multiplechoice
on
tC
homework
or
EachchapteralsohasanaccompanyingPowerPointpresentationthatisdesignedto
tip
helporganizelecturesandemphasizethekeypoints.
er
C
Local resources
&
P
H
Thiscoursedealswithmanydifferenttypesofdevicesandcomponents.Manyofthese
areshowninphotosandillustrationsinthiscourseware,butinstructorsshouldtryto
displayanddemonstrateasmanyitemsandproceduresaspossible.LocalHPpartners,
computerconsultants,PCrepairshops,technologyvendors,andorganizationswith
substantialITdepartmentscanberesourcesfordonating,loaning,ordemonstrating
equipmentorsoftware.Guestspeakersfromlocalorganizationscanalsoprovidelocal
casestudies.
v
Contents
Chapter 1: Devices for Every Kind of User .................................. 1-1
Introduction...................................................................................................................11
Objectives.......................................................................................................................11
HowDevicesWork.......................................................................................................11
TypesofDevices...........................................................................................................18
Summary......................................................................................................................114
n
io
ReviewQuestions.......................................................................................................115
t
bu
Homework...................................................................................................................116
tri
is
rD
Chapter 2: Desktop PCs Inside and Out ..................................... 2-1
fo
ot
Introduction...................................................................................................................21
N
l-
Objectives.......................................................................................................................21
tia
en
DesktopPCComponents.............................................................................................22
fid
on
Workstations..................................................................................................................23
tC
DesktopPCCase...........................................................................................................24
or
tip
SafetyGuidelines..........................................................................................................25
er
C
OpeningtheCase........................................................................................................211
&
Motherboard................................................................................................................212
P
H
PowerSupply..............................................................................................................223
Firmware......................................................................................................................225
BootingtheComputer................................................................................................228
Upgrade........................................................................................................................228
Scenario........................................................................................................................239
Summary......................................................................................................................239
Homework...................................................................................................................241
vi
Chapter 3: Storage Devices......................................................... 3-1
Introduction...................................................................................................................31
Objectives.......................................................................................................................31
TypesofStorageDevices.............................................................................................31
ConnectingStorageDevices......................................................................................323
Partitioningharddiskdrives....................................................................................327
Defragmentation.........................................................................................................332
Scenario........................................................................................................................334
Summary......................................................................................................................334
n
io
t
bu
tri
Homework...................................................................................................................335
is
rD
fo
Chapter 4: Peripheral Devices .................................................... 4-1
ot
N
Introduction...................................................................................................................41
l-
tia
Objectives.......................................................................................................................41
en
ExpansionCards...........................................................................................................41
fid
on
Displays..........................................................................................................................44
tC
InputDevices...............................................................................................................412
or
tip
Printers..........................................................................................................................415
er
C
Summary......................................................................................................................423
&
P
H
Homework...................................................................................................................424
Chapter 5: Networking ................................................................. 5-1

Introduction...................................................................................................................51
Objectives.......................................................................................................................51
Aboutnetworking.........................................................................................................52
Whynetworking?..........................................................................................................53
Networkcommunicationfundamentals..................................................................511
vii
Physicalconnectionfundamentals...........................................................................523
Networkcomponentfundamentals.........................................................................527
Connectingclientstoanetworkexample............................................................538
Summary......................................................................................................................541
Homework...................................................................................................................542
Chapter 6: Windows Operating System ..................................... 6-1

Introduction...................................................................................................................61
n
io
Objectives.......................................................................................................................61
t
bu
WindowsOperatingSystem........................................................................................62
tri
is
Windows7FeaturesandBuiltinApplications......................................................613
rD
fo
Windows7Installation..............................................................................................619
ot
N
ConfiguringNetworkConnectivity.........................................................................637
l-
tia
FileSharingandSecurity...........................................................................................642
en
ManagingUsers..........................................................................................................649
fid
on
Applications.................................................................................................................655
tC
Printing.........................................................................................................................657
or
tip
Summary......................................................................................................................666
er
C
&
P
Homework...................................................................................................................667
H
Chapter 7: Open Source Operating Systems ............................ 7-1

Introduction...................................................................................................................71
Objectives.......................................................................................................................71
AboutOpenSource.......................................................................................................72
LinuxDistributions.......................................................................................................74
Installation......................................................................................................................76
ATouroftheEnvironment.........................................................................................78
viii
YaSTControlCenter...................................................................................................723
Summary......................................................................................................................729
Homework...................................................................................................................730
Chapter 8: Meet Macintosh ......................................................... 8-1

Introduction...................................................................................................................81
Objectives.......................................................................................................................81
OSX10.7Lion:KeyFeatures....................................................................................82
n
io
SettingupaNetwork.................................................................................................833
t
bu
OrganizingandViewingFilesinOSX....................................................................837
tri
is
ApplicationsandUtilities..........................................................................................839
rD
fo
PrintingOptions..........................................................................................................854
ot
N
CrossPlatformCompatibility...................................................................................855
l-
tia
Summary......................................................................................................................856
en
fid
on
Homework...................................................................................................................857
tC
or
Chapter 9: Notebooks and Netbooks ........................................ 9-1

tip
er
C
Introduction...................................................................................................................91
&
P
Objectives.......................................................................................................................91
H
LaptopsandNetbooks.................................................................................................92
MobileDeviceSecurity................................................................................................96
ServicingaLaptopComputer...................................................................................914
Summary......................................................................................................................938
ReviewQuestions......................................................................................................939
Homework...................................................................................................................940
ix
Chapter 10: Mobile Devices ...................................................... 10-1
Introduction.................................................................................................................101
Objectives.....................................................................................................................101
HPTablets....................................................................................................................101
AndroidDevices.......................................................................................................1020
AppleComputersiOSDevicesandArchitecture...............................................1034
DeviceActivation......................................................................................................1038
NetworkConnectivity..............................................................................................1039
Security.......................................................................................................................1041
n
io
ConfiguringApplications........................................................................................1042
t
bu
tri
OtherMobileDeviceOperatingSystems..............................................................1052
is
rD
Summary....................................................................................................................1054
fo
ReviewQuestions.....................................................................................................1055
ot
N
Homework.................................................................................................................1055
l-
tia
en
Chapter 11: Thin Clients and Virtualization .............................. 11-1

fid
on
Introduction.................................................................................................................111
tC
Objectives.....................................................................................................................112
or
tip
AboutVirtualization...................................................................................................112
er
C
VirtualizationPlatforms.............................................................................................117
&
P
ThinClientSolutions................................................................................................1119
H
Summary....................................................................................................................1125
Homework.................................................................................................................1126
Chapter 12: Taking it to the Cloud ............................................ 12-1

Objectives.....................................................................................................................121
WhatisaCloudandWhyWouldIUseit?.............................................................121
ApplicationsandtheCloud.....................................................................................125
x
MaintainingUserStateAcrossMultipleDevices.................................................1213
Summary....................................................................................................................1217
Homework.................................................................................................................1218
Chapter 13: Business Continuity ................................................ 13-1

Introduction.................................................................................................................131
Objectives.....................................................................................................................131
TheBusinessContinuityPlan...................................................................................131
n
io
DataArchivalandBackup.........................................................................................138
t
bu
Recovery.....................................................................................................................1322
tri
is
PowerProtection.......................................................................................................1326
rD
fo
Summary....................................................................................................................1334
ot
N
l-
tia
Homework.................................................................................................................1335
en
fid
Chapter 14: Ongoing Maintenance ......................................... 14-1

on
tC
Introduction.................................................................................................................141
or
tip
Objectives.....................................................................................................................141
er
C
OperatingSystemandApplicationUpdates..........................................................141
&
P
SecurityManagement.................................................................................................146
H
DiskManagement.....................................................................................................1412
PerformanceTuning.................................................................................................1420
PhysicalMaintenance...............................................................................................1432
UserTraining.............................................................................................................1437
Summary....................................................................................................................1439
Homework.................................................................................................................1440
xi
Chapter 15: Troubleshooting ..................................................... 15-1
Introduction.................................................................................................................151
Objectives.....................................................................................................................151
EffectiveCustomerCommunication........................................................................151
HP6StepTroubleshootingMethodology..............................................................153
TroubleshootingTools................................................................................................157
SupportResources....................................................................................................1541
Summary....................................................................................................................1547
n
io
Homework.................................................................................................................1548
t
bu
tri
is
Chapter 16: Focus on Design..................................................... 16-1
rD
fo
Introduction.................................................................................................................161
ot
N
Objectives.....................................................................................................................161
l-
tia
DesignProcess.............................................................................................................161
en
PutitinPractice........................................................................................................1612
fid
on
Summary....................................................................................................................1615
tC
or
tip
GroupProjects...........................................................................................................1615
er
C
&
P
xii

H
P
&
C
er
tip
or
tC
on
fid
en
tia
l-
N
ot
fo
rD
is
tri
bu
tio
n
xiii
Objectives
Chapter 1: Devices for Every Starttheclassbyreading
Kind of User
theobjectives.

HowDevicesWork
Thissectionprovides
Introduction somefundamental
Computersareeverywhere.Youprobablyusethemeveryday.Theycome conceptsabouthowa
computerfunctions.By
inmanysizesandwithavarietyoffeatures.Mostcomewithbuiltin
theendoftheclass,
capabilitiesthatallowthemtoconnectandshareinformationwithother studentsshouldhavea
devices. generalideaoftherole
playedbyvarious
Inthischapter,wewillbeginbyexploringthekeycomponentsthatmake components.However,
n
computerswork.Next,wewilllookatthevariousdevicesavailableand
io
specificsabouthoweach
t
bu
somethingstoconsiderwhenchoosingone. componentoperatesare
tri
providedinthe
is
appropriatechapterlater
rD
Objectives inthecourse.
fo ChangingTechnology
ot
Inthischapter,youwilllearnhowto:
N
Becausetechnology

l-
Describeandcontrastdesktop,notebook,andtabletform
changessoquickly,itisa
tia
factorsandtheirimplicationsoncustomerneeds. goodideatoresearchthe
en
Describeandcontrasttablet,netbook,andphoneform latestinformationabout
fid
factorsandtheirimplicationsoncustomerneeds. thetopicsothatyouwill
on
Determinewhichformfactorsareappropriatetoaparticular bereadytoanswer
tC
studentsquestionsabout
role.
or
advancesthathadnot
tip
Describehowvariouscomponentsworktogetherina occurredwhenthe
er
computingdevice. textbookwaswritten.
C
&
Iftimepermits,
P
investigateInternetlinks
How Devices Work
H
thatdiscusssomeofthe
Allcomputingdevicesperformfourbasicoperations:input,processing, technologychangesin
thisarea.Youwilleither
storage,andoutput(Figure11).
needtopreparethese
beforeclassorask
studentstoresearch
targetareasduringclass
orashomework.

Figure11:ComputingOperations
Page 1-1
Cha
apter 1: Dev
vices for Everry Kind of Use
er
operation
n
An action
n that chan
nges, comp
pares, storess, or reads a value.
Although
htheymayseemsimple,theactu ualinteractionsbetweeenthe
componentsinacommputingdeevicearefarrfromit.In
nfact,eachtaskyou
performo
onacompu uterrequireesmanysubbtasks,kno ownasoperrations.
Eachoperrationrequ
uiresmultip
pleinstructiions.
instruction
n
Simplest unit
u of work
k performed
d by a proc
cessor.
Eachcom
mputingdev
viceismadeeupofthefollowingttypesofcom
mponents:
CeentralProceessingUnit (CPU)
Sto oragedevicces
n
Inp putdevicess
tio
Ou
bu
utputdevicces
Po
tri
owersourcee
is
Neetworkingccomponentts
rD
Alloftheesecomponnentsareinttegratedussingaprintedcircuitb
board,
fo
ot
knownassamotherb board.
N
l-
printed ciircuit board

d (PCB)
tia
A board that
t supporrts the conn
nection of e
electronic c
componennts and
en
allows the
em to comm municate w with each o
other througgh pathways that
fid
conduct electrical signals.

on
tC
motherbooard
The main circuit boa
ard in a com
mputer.
or
tip
er
Letusloo
okatsomeo
ofthemoreecommonccomponenttsthatyouwillfindin n
C
amodern ncomputinggdevicean
ndtherolesstheyperfo
orm.Eacho ofthese
&
P
componentswillbediscussediinmoredettailinlaterchapters.
H
Central Processiing Unit ((CPU)

Figure12:C
CPU
Page
e 1-2
How Devices Work
TheCPU(Figure12)istheworkhorseofacomputer.Itexecutes CentralProcessingUnit
instructionsto: (CPU)
Thekeypointhereisthat
readinformation
aCPUisresponsiblefor
performprograminstructions executinginstructions.
writeinformation Introducetheideaof
multiprocessing,butdo
central processing unit (CPU) notgointodetail.CPU
Computer component responsible for executing all instructions. Also characteristicsandthe
called a microprocessor or simply processor. processforinstallinga
CPUarecoveredinthe
SomeCPUsincludemultipleprocessors,knownascores.Whena nextchapter.
processorhasmultiplecores,eachcorecansimultaneouslyexecutea

differentinstruction.Processorsalsoexecuteinstructionsatdifferentrates,
Inputdevices
knownastheprocessorsclockspeed.Clockspeedismeasuredin
n
io
megahertz(MHz)orgigahertz(GHz). Studentsaremostlikely
t
bu
familiarwithusing
tri
core variousinputdevices,but
is
A single processor within a multiprocessor package. theymightnothave
rD
thoughtoftheminthat
fo
megahertz (MHz) ot context.
A measurement of frequency. One million cycles per second.
N
l-
gigahertz (GHz)
tia
A measurement of frequency. One billion cycles per second.

en
fid
Althoughclockspeedcanhelpyoudeterminehowwellaprocessorwill
on
perform,itisnottheonlythingyouneedtoconsider.Wewilllookat
tC
processorfeaturesinmoredetailinthenextchapter.
or
tip
Input Devices
er
C
&
Aninputdeviceacceptsdataprimarilyfromauser.Commonlyused
P
inputdevicesincludekeyboards,mice,joysticks,touchpads,and
H
microphones.

Figure13:Keyboardandmouse
data
Information that can be processed or stored by a computer.
Page 1-3
Cha
apter 1: Dev
er
Sto
orageDevicess Storage
e Devicess
Maakesurestudeents Acompuutingdeviceerequirestw
wodifferen
nttypesofsstoragedev
vices:RAM
undderstandtheddifference
andpersiistentstora
age.
betwweenRAMand
perrsistentstorag
ge. RAM

Randomaccessmem mory(RAM M)ismemorrythatcanb beaccessed
dvery
RA
AM quickly.W
Whenanappplicationisslaunched,,itisloadedintoRAMM,along
Dettailsabouttyp
pesof withanydatatheap
pplicationrrequires.
RA
AMandinstalllingRAM
arecoveredinthhenext
chaapter.

PerrsistentStorage
n
io
Sevveraltypesofstorage
t
bu
devvicesarelisted
dhere.
tri
Stu
udentsarepro obably Figure14:R
RAM
is
rD
alreeadyfamiliarwithat
leasstsomeoftheem. Although
hRAMisveeryfast,itiisvolatilem
memory.W
Whenacomp
puteris
shutdow
wn,alldatalloadedinR
fo
RAMisdesttroyed.
ot
N
l-
The correct
c usag
ge of the te
erm memory refers to RAM, not
tia
to hard disk sp
pace.
en
fid
volatile memory
m
on
Memory that
t require
es electricity
y to retain d
data.
tC
Persisten
nt storage
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure15:H
Harddiskdrive
Page
e 1-4
How Devices Work
Persistentstoragecanretaindataafteracomputerisshutdown. Outputdevices
Therefore,apersistentstoragedeviceisusedtostoredatathatmustbe Studentsareprobably
availableeachtimeyoustartthecomputer.Somecommondevicesusedto familiarwiththeoutput
storedatainclude: deviceslisted.
Harddiskdrives
CDROMdrives
DVDROMdrives
UniversalSerialBus(USB)flashdrives
SolidStateDrives(SSDs)
hard disk drive

A device that uses mechanical heads to read and write data to
magnetic platters.
n
io
CD-ROM drive
t
bu
An optical drive used for data that is written once and can be read many
tri
times.
is
rD
DVD-ROM drive
fo
An optical drive with more capacity than a CD-ROM drive.ot
N
optical drive
l-
A drive that stores data etched into reflective media. Data is read and
tia
written using lasers.

en
fid
USB drive
on
A removable drive that connects to a computers USB port and uses flash
tC
memory to store data instead of magnetic platters.

or
tip
SSD
er
A drive that stores data on a microchip and does not have moving parts.
C
Many newer SSD drives use flash memory.

&
P
H
flash memory
A storage technology that allows data to be written to and read from a
microchip.
Output devices
Anoutputdeviceisusedtoprovidevisualoraudiofeedbacktousers.
Commonoutputdevicesinclude:
Monitors(alsocalleddisplays)
Speakersorheadsets
Printers
Page 1-5
Chapter 1: Devices for Every Kind of User
PowerSource
Atthispoint,students
needonlyageneral
understandingofpower
suppliesandbatteries.
Theywillbediscussedin
moredetaillaterinthe
course.However,make
suretocoverthe
importanceofanauto
switchingpowersupply.

PowerSupplies
Alaptoppowersupplyis
io
sometimescalledapower
t
bu
adapterorapowerbrick. Figure16:Printer
tri
Power Source
is
rD
Acomputerworksusingelectricalsignals.Therefore,computingdevices
fo
requireasourceofDCpower.Somedevicescanbepluggeddirectlyinto
ot
N
anACoutlet.Otherdevicesusearechargeablebattery.Batteriessupply
l-
DCpower.
tia
en
direct current (DC)

fid
Electrical current that flows through a circuit in a single direction

on
tC
alternating current (AC)

or
Electrical current that flows back and forth through a circuit

tip
er
Power Supplies
C
&
ApowersupplyisadevicethatconvertsACpowertoDCpower.
P
Desktopcomputerstypicallyhaveaninternalpowersupply.Laptop
H
computerstypicallyhaveaninternalbatteryandanexternalpower
supply.Theexternalpowersupplynotonlyconvertspower,butalso
chargesthebattery.

Figure17:Laptoppowersupply
Page 1-6
How Devices Work
Mostpowersuppliesareautoswitching,whichmeansthattheycan Networking
automaticallydetecthowmuchvoltageisbeingprovidedbytheoutlet. Components
Thisisespeciallyimportantforuserswhotravelwiththeircomputer Studentsmightbe
becausethevoltagesuppliedbythepowergriddiffersbycountry. familiarwithWiFiand
Bluetooth.Overview
auto-switching networkingcomponents
A power supply feature that causes the power supply to automatically only.
detect the input voltage.
voltage
A measurement of the electrical potential difference between two points.
Determines how much current can flow through a circuit.
Anotherconsiderationwhenchoosingapowersupplyisthepower
supplyrating,whichindicatesitsoutputwattage.Eachcomputer
n
io
componentdrawswattage,soyoumustuseapowersupplythatcan
t
bu
supplypowertoallinternalandexternalcomponents.
tri
is
wattage
rD
Unit used to measure electrical power. Wattage is calculated by
multiplying voltage by current.
fo
ot
N
Networking Components
l-
tia
Inorderfordevicestocommunicatewitheachother,theyneedtosupport
en
compatiblenetworkcomponents.ManydevicestodayincludeWiFi
fid
on
radiosthatallowyoutoconnecttowirelessaccesspointsorotherdevices
tC
thathaveWiFiradios.TheymightalsoincludeBluetoothcapabilityto
or
supportdevicetodeviceconnectionswithinapersonalareanetwork.
tip
er
Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) radio

C
A component that allows devices to communicate over a wireless

&
network, using 802.11b/g/n protocols. The usual maximum range for a Wi-
P
Fi network is about 328 feet (100 meters).

H
Bluetooth
A networking protocol that transmits data over the 2.4 GHz microwave
spectrum. The supported range for Bluetooth transmission is 32 feet (10
meters).
personal area network (PAN)

A set of devices connected using Bluetooth
Somedevicesalsosupportwirednetworking.
Variousnetworktechnologieswillbecoveredinmoredetaillaterinthe
course.
Page 1-7
OperatingSystem Operating System

Studentsmightnotbe Eachdevicerunsanoperatingsystemthatcoordinatestasks.Early
familiarwithcommand
operatingsystemswerecommandbased.Todaysoperatingsystemsare
lineoperatingsystems.
Explainthatmodern eventdrivenandincludeagraphicaluserinterface.
operatingsystemsare
event-driven operating system
eventdriven,GUI
An operating system that listens for events generated by a user, device, or
operatingsystems.Some
application and either responds to the event or forwards it to an
commonexamplesare
application that can.
listedhere.Various
operatingsystemswillbe
graphical user interface (GUI)
discussedinmoredetail
A graphical environment that supports user interaction using buttons,
laterinthecourse.
menus, and other features.

Popularoperatingsystemsinclude:
n
TypesofDevices
io
t

bu
Usethissectionto Windows

tri
introducetheideaof Linux
is
customerrequirements MacintoshOSX
rD
byexplainingthetypical
Android
fo
usageprofiles. ot
Throughoutthissection,
N
encourageadiscussionof
Types of Devices
l-
howtheusageprofile
tia
willhelpdeterminethe
en
Todaysbusinesseshavealotofchoicesaboutwhichdeviceordevices
mostsuitableformfactor.
fid
employeescanusetoperformtheirdaytodaytasks.Thesedevicesrange
on
fromtinysmartphonestodesktoptowercomputers.Thesizeandshapeof
tC
adeviceorhardwarecomponentarecalleditsformfactor.
or
tip
form factor
er
A categorization that describes the dimensions and shape of a computer,

C
device, or component.
&
P
H
Theformfactoryourecommendwilldependontheexpectedusage
profileforthecomputer.Table11describescommonusageprofiles.

Page 1-8
Type
es of Devicess
Tablee11:Usageprrofiles T
Towers
EExplainthataalltowers
Usageprofille Descriiption rrequirethatyooupurchase
aamonitor,key yboard,and
Tasskworker Userpperformsrep
petitivetasks,suchas enteringdata mmouseseparaately.The
intoafform laargertowerooffersmore
eexpandability y,but
Pro
oductivity Userp
performsav varietyofta
asksusingo
office rrequiresmoreedeskor
floorspacean ndmore
woorker producctivitysoftw
ware,includingcreatinngspreadssheets,
ppower.Thesm mallerform
docum
ments,andp presentationns factorsuselessspower
aandtakeupleessspace,
Higgh Useru
usesapplica
ationsthatrrequireasig
gnificant bbutarelessex
xpandable.
perrformance amounntofcompuutingresources;could includegraphic
wo
orker design
ners,animattors,prograammers,an ndengineerrs
n
tio
bu
Anootherconsid derationistthemobility
yrequiremmentsforauuserorsetoof
tri
userrs.Someusersmightw workonlya attheofficee,butotherssneedtobeeable
is
rD
toacccessdataa
andperformmtaskswhiileathomeortravelin ng.
fo
Inth
hissection,wewillloo
okatthecharacteristiccsofcommo
onformfacctors,
ot
inclu
uding:
N
l-
Desktopcom
D mputers
tia

en
Notebooks
N

fid
Tablets
T
on
Smartphonees
tC
Dessktop com
mputers
or
tip
Adeesktopcom
mputerison
nethatisdeesignedtorremainina stationary
er
C
locaation.
&
P
Tow
wers
H
Deskktopcompu
uterscomeinavariety
yofformfa
actors,assh
howninFig
gure
18.

Figurre18:Towers
Page 1-9
9
Cha
apter 1: Dev
er
AlllinOnePCs TheConv vertibleMin nitower,shownontheeleft,offerssthebest

Expplainthatana
allinone expandab bility.Thessmallerform
mfactorstaakelessdesskspace,buutoffer
PCoffersacosteffective fewerdrivebaysand dexpansion nslots.Howwever,theUltraSlimDesktop
solu
ution,butwoouldnot (center)issthemostppowerefficcientandreequirestheleastamou untofdesk
beaappropriateforauser space.
whhoneedsadiffferent
peofmonitorthanthe
typ Whencho oosingamoodel,itisim
mportantto
ocomparetthedatasheeetagainst
oneeincluded.Thhedisk customerrrequiremeents.
spaaceandexpanndability
arealsomorelim
mited Adesktoppcomputerrdoesnotiincludeam
monitor,mo
ouse,orkey yboard.
thaninatowermmodel. Thereforee,adesktop
pcomputerrwouldbeaagoodoptiionifthecu
ustomer
requiresa
aspecificm
monitorork
keyboard.
All-in-On
ne PCs
n
AnAllin
nOnePC(F
Figure19)iisadesktop
pmodelthaathasabuiiltin
io
monitora
andkeyboaard.
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure19:A
AllinOnePC
AnAllin
nOnePCreequireslittleedeskspacceandispo
owerefficieent.
Howeverr,itonlysup
pportsveryylimitedexxpansion.

Page
e 1-10
Types of Devices
StayandSleep StayandSleep
StayandSleepisavacationtimesharecompany.Therearesixlocationswitha Iftimepermits,divide
propertymanageronsiteateachone.Salesandaccountingarehandledfromthe theclassintogroupsof
mainoffice. twoorthreestudentsand
havethemworkthrough
thescenario,thenhave
Thecompanyhas15permanentemployees.Twoemployeesrungraphics eachgroupsharetheir
applicationstocreatemarketingmaterials.Theystorealotofdataontheirhard recommendations.Iftime
disksandthecompanywantstoensurethatthedisksandmemorycanbeeasily isshort,youmightread
upgraded. throughthescenarioand
askstudentstovoteona
recommendationforeach
OneofthepermanentemployeesperformsaccountingusingMicrosoftExcel.The group.Discusswhich
CEOoftencreatesPowerPointpresentationsandusesspreadsheets.The factororfactorswere
remainingemployeesarereservationagentswhouseabrowserbasedapplication usedtomakeachoice.
n
io
toenterreservationdata.
t
bu
Notebooks
tri
Duringpeakperiods,thecompanyhiresapproximately20telemarketers.The
is
Twopossiblemodelsare
rD
telemarketersneedtobeabletoaccessthereservationapplication. listedhere.Explainthat
fo
ot theselaptopsrepresent
Thecompanyisconcernedaboutkeepingthecostforelectricitylow,particularly twoexamples,butthat
N
whenthetelemarketersareworking. therearemanydifferent
l-
laptopconfigurations
tia
available.
en
Considerthedesktopcomputerformfactorswediscussed.Whichwouldyou
fid

recommendforeachgroupofusersandwhy?
on
tC
Notebooks
or
tip
Notebooksaredesignedtobecarried.Theyareagoodoptionformobile
er
users.Likedesktopcomputers,notebooksareavailableinarangeofform
C
factors.
&
P
H
Thelargerhighperformancenotebooks(alsoknownaslaptops)offer
moreprocessingpower,alargerdisplay,andmoreRAM.Forexample,
theHPPaviliondv7(Figure110)hasa17.3inchdisplay,aquadcore
processor,andsupportsupto16GBofRAM.Itweighs6.72lbs.
quad-core processor
A CPU that has four processors (or cores).
Page 1-11
n
io
Figure110:HPPaviliondv7
t
bu
tri
Attheotherendofthespectrum,theHPMini110netbookhasa10.1inch
is
display,eitherasingleordualcoreAtomprocessor,andonly1GBof
rD
RAM.However,itweighsapproximately3lbs,dependingon
fo
configuration.Anetbookisalsolessexpensivethanthelargerhigh
ot
N
performancelaptop.TheMiniformfactordoesnotincludeaninternal
l-
CDROMorDVDROMdrive.However,youcanconnectanexternalone.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure111:HPMini110
Atom processor
A processor designed for low power consumption, but not suitable for
processor-intensive applications.
Page 1-12
es of Devicess
Type
Tab
blets T
Tablets
Ataabletisasm
malldevicew
withatoucchscreenan
ndnokeybo
oard.Tableet TTheHPTouch hPadisnot
liistedherebeccauseitis
com
mputersaresuitableforrbrowsingtheInterneetandmosttcansuppoort
nnolongeravailable.Asof
prodductivityappplications.. thhetimethisb
bookwas
wwritten,HPhaad
aannouncedth hatlowcost
tabletcomputtersrunning
WWindows8w wouldbe
aavailableafterrWindows
88releases.

TTheiPadandother

ppopulartablettdevicesare
Figurre112:HPSlate500Tablet
n
ddiscussedlateerinthe
tio
ccourse.
bu
How wever,atab
bletisnotd
designedforrrunningaapplicationssthatrequiirea
tri
loto
ofprocessin
ngcapabilitty.TheHPSSlate500(F
Figure112))hasanAtoom
is
rD
proccessorand22GBRAM..Itweighsonly1.5lbssandhasan n8.9 Smartphones
S
toucchscreen.Itincludesadigitalpen
n.
fo
ot M
Manystudenttsare
p
probablyfamiiliarwith
TheSlate500ru
unstheWin
ndows7op
peratingsysstem.
N
Smartphones.
S
l-
touc
chscreen
tia

A display that can
c accep
pt input by responding
r to either p
pressure or h
heat.
en

fid
digittal pen
on
A poointing device used with

w touchsc
creens. Also
o called a sttylus.
tC
or
TheHPSlate50
00supportssWiFiand
dBluetooth
hconnectiviity.
tip
er
Sma
artphone
es
C
&
Asm
martphoneisahandh helddevicethatallowssusersagrreatdealof
P
H
mobbilityandco
onnectivity
y,bothasasecondarydeviceand d,when
com
mputingrequirementsa arelow,asauserson
nlydevice.
Smaartphonedeevicessupp portInterneetconnectivvitydirectly
yover3Go or4G
connnections.Th
heycanalsooconnecttooWiFiacccesspoints. Infact,som
me
SmaartphonescanactasaWiFiaccessspoint.Sm martphonessalsosuppo ort
Blueetoothconnnections,whhichareuseefulforsyn
nchronizing gdatawith
anottherdevice.
3G w
wireless nettwork
A wiireless wide
e area netw
work that supports a pe
eak data ra
ate of at lea
ast
200 Kb/s and is used by sm
martphoness, e-readerss, and othe
er mobile deevices
3
Page 1-13
FIPrint 4G wireless network

A wireless wide area network that supports a peak data rate of 100 Mbps
Iftimepermits,allow
when traveling fast (for example, in a moving car) and 1 Gbps when
studentstocompletethe
walking or standing still
scenariointheirgroups
andthensharetheir
Thereareawidevarietyofsmartphones,eachwithspecificfeatures.Some
findingswiththeclass.
commonfeaturesinclude:

Touchscreencapability
Summary
Foldoutkeyboard
Reviewthekeypoints
Camera
covered.
TheAppleiPhoneisapopularsmartphonewhichusestheiOSoperating
system.MostothersmartphonesusetheAndroidoperatingsystem.Some
smartphonesuseWindowsCEorthenewerWindowsPhoneoperating
n
system.Ineachcase,anumberofappsareavailable.
tio
bu
FIPrint
tri
FIPrintisacompanythatcreatesandprintsmarketingbrochuresandothersales
is
rD
literature.
fo
ot
Thecompanyhasdecidedtobranchoutanddesignvideotrailersaswell.
N
l-

tia
Thesalespeopleneedtobeabletoshowexamplesofthenewtrailerswhenvisiting
en
customersites.Theexamplevideotrailerswillbestoredonawebsite.Salespeople
fid
alsoneedtobeabletomanagetheircalendar,contacts,andemailmessageswhile
on
tC
traveling.

or
tip
Considerthedeviceswehavediscussed.Whichwouldyourecommend?Explain
er
why.
C
&
P
H
Summary
Inthischapter,youlearned:
Acomputingdeviceperformsinput,processing,output,and
storage.
ACPUcanhavemultiplecores.
ExecutableinstructionsanddataareloadedintoRAM.
Aharddiskdrive,opticaldrive,orsolidstatedrivecanbeusedto
storepersistentdata.
Manydeviceshavebuiltinnetworkingoptions,includingsupport
forBluetooth,WiFi,3G,or4G.
Anautoswitchingpowersupplyautomaticallydetectsinput
powervoltage.
Page 1-14
Review Questions
Anoperatingsystemcoordinatesinput,processing,output,and ReviewQuestions
storageactivities. 1.CPUormicroprocessor
Whenchoosingthemostappropriateformfactor,considerthe
2.Touchscreen
usageprofileandmobilityrequirements.
3.AllinOne
4.AC,DC
Review Questions 5.RAM
1. Whichcomponentisresponsibleforexecutinginstructions? 6.4G
2. Whichinputdeviceisusedonatabletcomputer?
7.Atom
3. Whichdesktopformfactorincludesamonitorandakeyboard?

4. Apowersupplyconverts____________to_____________.
5. Whichtypeofstoragedeviceiserasedwhenacomputeris Definitions
restarted? d
n
6. WhichtypeofconnectionsupportsInternetconnectivityovera100
io
f
t
bu
Mb/sconnection?
g
tri
7. WhichprocessorisusedinHPnetbookcomputers?
is
a
rD
b
Homework fo
ot
c
N
Definitions
l-
e
tia
Matchthetermstotheirdefinitions. h
en
fid
____quadcore a. inputdevice
on
tC
____RAM b. outputdevice
or
tip
____4G c. smalldevicewithoutakeyboard
er
C
&
____mouse d. asingleCPUthathasfourprocessors
P
H
____speaker e. devicewithoutamonitor
____tablet f. volatilememory
____tower g. broadbandInternetconnection
____DVDROMdrive h. persistentstorage
Page 1-15
Short Essays
1. Wouldyouconsiderawirelessradioaninputdevice,output
device,orboth?Explainwhy.
2. Writeashortessayexplainingwhichfactorsyouwouldusetohelp
determinetheformfactorofadesktopcomputer.
Put it in Practice
MedDev

MedDevisasmallcompanythatdesigns,produces,andsellsavarietyofmedical
devices.Thecompanyhasfouradministrativepersonnel,sixengineers,andten
salespeople.Thereisalsoamanufacturingfacilitythathassixworkers.
io
TheadministrativepersonnelcreatePowerPointpresentations,performgeneral
t
bu
accountingusingspreadsheets,writeletters,andprocessordersonline.
tri
is

rD
TheengineersrunComputerAidedDesign(CAD)softwareandliketoworkwith
fo
twomonitors.Theytypicallyrunintoperformanceproblemswiththeircurrent
ot
N
computersandwouldliketobeabletoaddmemoryifnecessary.
l-

tia
Thesalespeopletravelaroundthecountry.Theyneedtobeabletosharesales
en
presentationswithpotentialcustomers,checktheiremail,andmanageacalendar.
fid
on
Theycurrentlyuselaptopcomputers,buttheycomplainthatthecomputersare
tC
bulkytocarry.
or

tip
Themanufacturingfacilityhasfourlegacytowercomputersthatareusedtolog
er
informationaboutinventoryandthemanufacturingprocess.Thecompanywants
C
&
tominimizetheamountofpowerusedatthemanufacturingfacility.
P
Thecompanywantstoupgradeallcomputers.Theyneedtoprovidethenecessary
functionalityatthelowestcost.
1.Identifytheusageprofileforeachtypeofuser.
2.Foreachtypeofuser,makealistofkeyrequirementsfortheir
computers.
3.Visithttp://www.hp.comandresearchoptions.
4.Prepareaproposalthatliststherecommendedcomputerforeachsetof
users.Explainwhyyoumadeeachrecommendation.
Page 1-16
Objectives
Chapter 2: Desktop PCs Inside Startbyreadingthe
and Out
objectives.

Introduction
Inthepreviouschapteryouwereintroducedtocommonformfactorsand
theirassociatedinputandoutputdevices.Oneoftheformfactorsisthe
desktopPC,alsoreferredtoasadesktopcomputer.
Inthischapter,wewillfocusondesktopcomputersfoundinthe
workplace,ormorespecifically,thosedesignedforbusiness.Wewill
n
beginbyexploringtheirkeyinternalcomponents.Next,wewilllookat
tio
bu
someoftherecommendedsafetyprecautionsaswellassuitable
tri
environments.Finally,wewilltakealookatsomeoftheupgradeand
is
rD
expansionoptionsthatarecommonlyconsideredfordesktopcomputers.
fo
ot
Objectives
N
l-
tia
en
Identifythecomponentsofadesktopcomputer
fid
Identifytheinstalledprocessoranditsattributeswithina
on
desktopcomputer.
tC
Describeandrecognizethedifferencesbetweenvarious
or
tip
memorytypescontainedwithinadesktopcomputer.
er
Describesafetyprecautions,includingpersonalanddata
C
safety,electricalshockprotection,andESDprotectionfor
&
P
desktopcomputers.
H
Assessandimplementacceptableenvironmentalconditions
fordesktopcomputers.
Installandupgradesystemandaccessorycomponentsina
desktopcomputer.
ConfigureBIOS,includingidentifyingBIOSversion,
accessingBIOS,andconfiguringBIOSfeaturesforadesktop
computer.

Page 2-1
Cha
apter 2: Desktop PCs Inside
and Outt
DessktopPC Desktop PC Co
omponen
nts
Com
mponents
WhiledessktopPCs,orcomputeers,varyinnsize,shapee,andfeatu
ures,they
Preesentashorto
overview
allhavea
afewthingssincommoon.Theytakkeupspaceeonorundderadesk
oftthedesktop
com
mponentsino orderto andtheyrequireextternalinputtandoutpu
utdevices.
pro
ovidethestud dentswith
Asmentio onedinCh
hapter1,all computing
gdevicesarremadeup
pofcertain
anu understandinngofwhat
willlbecoverediinthe
typesofccomponentss.Looking specifically
yatdesktop
pcomputerrs,wewill
folllowingsectionns. revealtheeseinmoreedetail.
Bytheendoftheeclass, Desktopccomputerscomeinmu ultipleform
mfactors(S
SeeChapterr1)andare
studentsshouldhavea commonllyconfigureedwiththeefollowingtypesofcoomponents::
gen
neralideaofttheentire
workingsofadeesktop Ca
ase
PC.. Po
owerSupply y

n
Mootherboardd
io
Pro
ocessororC
CentralPro ocessingUn nit(CPU)
t
bu
RA
AM(volatileememory)
tri
is
Haarddiskdriives(persisstentstorag
gedevices)
rD
CD
D/DVD(perrsistentstorragedevicee)
Vid
deoCard(ooutputdev vice)
fo
ot

N
Neetworkingccomponentt
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure21:H
HPDesktopCa
ases(FormFacctors)
Remember,d
R desktopcompputerscomm monlyrequireeadditionalinputand
outputdev
vices.AsdesscribedinChhapter1,theesearenormallyakeyboaard,mouse,
monitor,speakersorh
headset,andaaprinter.
Page
e 2-2
Workstations
Asexpected,therearevariationswhenconfiguringdesktopcomputers. Workstations
Forexample,HPcurrentlyhasfourtypesofbusinessdesktopcomputers Thefocusofthischapter
categories: isondesktopcomputers
butitmaybebeneficialto
EssentialDesktopPC thestudenttoprovidea
AdvancedDesktopPC shortoverviewof
EliteDesktopPC Workstationsandhow
AllinOneDesktopPC theydifferfromdesktop
systems.
Thebaseconfiguration,withineachcategory,hasavaryinglevelof
computercomponentsinstalled.Someofthedifferencesincludefaster
processors,moreformfactorchoices,anddualmonitorcapabilitieswithin
theAdvancedandElitecategories,aswellasaTouchSmartmonitorthat
ismandatorywitheachAllinOneDesktopPC.
n
io
Touch Smart
t
bu
The Touch Smart monitor includes touch screen computing technology
tri
that allows the user to interact with the computer via the screen.
is
rD
All-in-One PC
fo
An All-in-On PC is a desktop model that has a built-in monitor and
ot
keyboard.
N
l-
tia
Workstations
en
fid
Workstationsaresimilartodesktopcomputersinthattheyaredesigned
on
tobeusedwithinabusinessenvironmentandhavesimilarformfactors.
tC
Beyondthat,theyareeachconfiguredfordifferentpurposesaswellas
or
tip
users.
er
C
Workstationsareconsideredtobehighperformancesystemswithan
&
emphasisonrunninganalysis,development,andgraphicintensive
P
H
applications.Theirfocusisonprocessingpowerandnumbercrunching.
Workstationshavehistoricallybeenusedinscientificenvironmentsas
wellasdataintensiveapplicationand/ordatabasedevelopment
environments.Herearesomeofthekeyworkstationcharacteristics:
Highspeedprocessor(s)
Highperformanceharddiskdrives
Significantmemory
Highexpansioncapabilities
Desktopcomputers,however,aregenerallylessexpensive.
Page 2-3
Chapter 2: Desktop PCs Inside
and Out
DesktopPCCase Desktop PC Case
Throughoutthischapter Desktopcomputercasescomeinvariousshapesandsizes,alsoreferredto
wewillusetheHP500B
asformfactors.Thetwomaintypesare:
MicrotowerbusinessPC
astheexamplesystem. Towers
AllinonedesktopPCs.
Thedesktopcomputercasenormallycontainsthefollowingbase
components:
Chassis
Powersupply
Internaldrivebays
Externaldrivebays

n
I/Oportsandconnectors
t io
bu
Thecomponentslistedprovideinitialinstallationcapabilitiesforthe
tri
motherboard,CPU,memory,videocard,networkcard,harddiskdrive(s),
is
rD
andaCDorDVDdrive.Additionalexpansioncapabilitiesexist,
dependinguponthedesktopcomputercase.
fo
ot
Forexample,theHP500BMicrotowercomeswithallthecomponents
N
l-
mentionedabove,plusanoperatingsystem(OS),audio,andupgrade
tia
capabilitiesforadditionalmemory,floppy(alsoknownasflexible)disk
en
drive(s),harddiskdrive(s),aswellasinternalcomponents,includinga
fid
modemandmouse.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure22:HPDesktopCase:OpenView
Selectingthemostappropriatedesktopcomputercaseissometimes
dependentuponyourneedsorrequirementsforexpansion.
Page 2-4
Safety Guidelines
SafetyGuidelines
Safety Guidelines Pleasestressthesafety

guidelinesthatwillbe
Whenworkingonorusingadesktopcomputer,itisimportanttokeepin referencedinthe
mindsomebasicguidelinestoensureitssafeandreliableuse. Upgradesectionofthis
chapter.
Safety Precautions
Asmentionedpreviously,computerscomeinallshapesandsizes.They Posture
areusedforeverythingfromwatchingamovieonaTabletPCto
Provideashortoverview
performingbusinesscriticalfunctionsonalaptopordesktopcomputer. oftherisksandbenefits
Theyareusedsofrequentlythatitiseasytoforgetthattheyfunctionon ofposturewhen
electricity.Ofcourse,ifyouhaveeverbeenworkingwithamobiledevice installingand/orusing
whilethebatterydied,youarequicklyremindedofitsneedforelectricity. desktopcomputers.
n
io
Physical Safety and Comfort
t
bu
Youshouldtakeprecautions,notjustwithelectricity,butalsoregarding
tri
is
physicalsafetyandcomfort.Theincreaseduseofcomputersinthe
rD
workplacehasledtounexpectedhealthissueslikecarpeltunnel
syndrome.
fo
ot
N
Carpel tunnel syndrome

l-
A health condition caused by improper pressure applied to the median

tia
nerve, affecting the wrist and hand.

en
fid
Recommendationsareavailableforbetterposture,ergonomicequipment,
on
tC
andtakingregularlyscheduledbreakswhenworkingonorwith
or
computerstoincreaseyourphysicalcomfortandreducethepotential
tip
safetyrisks.
er
C
Posture
&
P
Situpstraight.Liftwithyourlegs.Parentsandemployershavebeen
H
sayingthisforyearsandwithgoodreason.Toavoidpotentialinjury
whenworkingwithdesktopcomputers,itisimportantforyoutogauge
andmakeadjustmentstoyourposture.Whetheritissittingdownto
configureasystemorbendingovertoinstallanotherdesktopcomputer,
takeamomenttoconsideryourposture.
Herearesomesuggestionstohelpalleviatepotentialrisksandincrease
comfortwheninstallingorworkingwithdesktopcomputers:
Wheninstallingacomputer,checktomakesurethatthereis
sufficientspaceforyoutoliftusingyourlegsandnotyourback.
Ifpossible,wearglovesduringinstallationtoavoidcutsfromsharp
edges.
Page 2-5
and Out
Checktheheightofthemonitortomakesureitisat,orcloseto,eye
level.Lookingdownorup,forlongperiodsoftime,cancause
strainontheneck.
Ensurethatthemonitoristheproperdistancefromyoureyes,
aboutthreefeet.Longtermmonitorviewingcancausetheeyesto
strain,potentiallyleadingtosightissues.
Checktomakesuretheroomslightingissufficient.
Restyoureyesoccasionallybyselectinganobjectinthedistance
andfocusingonit.
Checkyourseatheighttoensurethatyourhandsarenotabove
yourelbows.
Ensurethatyourseatisproperlyadjustedtosupportyourlower
back.
n
Takesmallbreaksonafrequentbasis,aboutevery3045minutes,
iot
bu
andwalkaround.
tri
Electrical Safety
is
rD
Whenitcomestoelectricity,therearebothphysicalsafetyrisksaswellas
fo
ot
riskstothedesktopcomputerandanylocallystoreddata.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure23:TechnicianInternalView
Securelyconnectingthedesktopcomputertoagroundedelectricaloutlet
isoneofthebestwaystoavoidtheprimaryphysicalsafetyrisk,electrical
shock.Althoughitisrare,thereisachanceofelectricalshockwhen
plugginginorunpluggingadesktopcomputer.Mostdesktopcomputers
aresuppliedwithacompliantpowercord.Thesecordscontainaproperly
groundedmaleendfortheelectricaloutlet,andaproperlyconfigured
femaleendthatconnectsdirectlytothedesktopcomputerpowersupply.
Page 2-6
Safety Guidelines
Theelectricalsafetyrisksassociatedwiththedesktopcomputerandany ESD
locallystoreddatainvolveelectricalsurgesandelectrostaticdischarge Pleasestressthetopicof
(ESD). ESDasitwillbe
referencedagaininthe
electrical surge Upgradesectionofthis
A spike in voltage. chapter.
electrostatic discharge (ESD)

A sudden release of built-up electrical charge.
Electricalsurgesoccurwhenthereisanunexpectedspikeinvoltage.
Althoughtheyarebrief,theycanrangefromafewhundredtoseveral
thousandvolts.Theheatgeneratedbythesespikescancausepotentially
irreparabledamagetoallthecomponentswithinadesktopcomputer,
includingtheharddiskdrive(s).Ifaharddiskdriveisdamaged,thedata
n
io
itcontainscanpotentiallybedamagedaswell.
t
bu
tri
Creatingabackupofanyimportantdataisoneofthebestwaystoprotect
is
rD
itfromtheriskofelectricalsurges.Anotherlayerofprotectionincludes
addingasurgeprotectorbetweenthedesktopcomputerandtheelectrical
fo
ot
outlet.
N
l-
surge protector
tia
A component that protects connected devices from power surges.

en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure24:SurgeProtector
H
Electrostaticdischarge(ESD)canalsocauseirreparabledamageto
desktopcomputercomponents.Thistypeofdischargeismostoften
causedbystaticelectricity.Inareaswherethereislessmoistureintheair,
staticelectricityhasagreaterpotentialtobuildup.Whenadischarge
occurs,itcanreachmorethan2000volts.Incomparison,computer
circuitrycanbedamagedwithaslittleas200volts.
Ifyouhaveeverreceivedasmallshockonacolddrydayorfelt
theprickleofelectricitywhenyouremoveasweaterfromthedryer,you
haveexperiencedESD.TheriskofESDisworseoncolddrydays.
Page 2-7
and Out
HP ESDdamagesoccurmostoftenwhenadesktopcomputerisopenedand
CovertheHPguidelines theinternalcomponentsareexposedandtouched.ToprotectagainstESD
requiringeitherthewrist damage,itisimportanttodischargeanyexistingstaticelectricitybuildup
strapofthefootstrap. priortomakingcontactwiththeinternalcomponents.Anantistaticwrist
bandisthemostcommonESDprecautionarymeasureusedwhen
workingoninternaldesktopcomputercomponents.
Someorganizationsdefinespecificguidelinesforgroundingor
dischargingelectricitywhileworkingonsystems.HP,forexample,
requiresthefollowingmethodsbeusedwhileworkingonasystem:
Anantistaticwristbandshouldbeusedifsitting.
Anantistaticfootstrapshouldbeusedifstanding.
Thestrapsforbothmustbeconnecteddirectlytobareskin.Inaddition,
n
io
thecordsforboththewristandfootstrapsmustbefirmlyconnectedtoa
t
bu
groundingmatorworkstation.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
tip
Figure25:AntistaticWristBand
er
Herearesomesuggestionstohelpalleviatepotentialelectricalrisksfor
C
&
desktopcomputers:
P
H
Plugyourdesktopintoaproperlygroundedelectricaloutlet.
Whenpossible,useasurgeprotectortomitigatetheriskof
electricalsurges.
Alwayswearanantistaticsafetydevicewhenworkingwiththe
computersinternalcomponents.
Environmental Conditions
Beyondtheelectricalchallengeslistedpreviously,desktopcomputer
performanceissuescanoccurbasedonenvironmentalconditions.
Physicalsurroundingsareanequallyimportantconsiderationfor
reducingpotentialriskstodesktopcomputers.Ventilation,temperature,
Page 2-8
Safety Guidelines
humidityandmagneticinterferencecanallplayaroleincausingpotential
performanceissues.
Ventilation
Ventilationisimportantinavoidingoverheatingdesktopcomputer
components.
Almostalldesktopcomputercasescontainopeningsinvariousareasof
theirchassis.Theseopeningsrequireacertainamountofspace,outsideof
thechassis,toallowtheproperamountofventilation.Theriskof
overheatinggrowsiftheseopeningsarecoveredorbecomeblocked.
Hereisanexampleofsomerecommendedspacingrequirements.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figure26:VentilationGuidelines
on
tC
Temperature
or
Whileitisimportanttomaintainapropertemperatureinsidethedesktop
tip
computer,itisequallyimportanttomaintainapropertemperatureinthe
er
C
surroundingenvironment.
&
P
Ascomponentsevolve,sometimestheirpowerconsumptionand
H
generatedheatalsoincrease.Forexample,someofthelatestgenerationof
processorscangeneratemoreheatthantheirpredecessors.
Thispotentialincreaseingeneratedheatplacesmoreemphasisonproper
aircirculationandventilation.Ifthesurroundingenvironmentdoesnot
supportthis,forexample,byexceedingcertainlimitations,thenthe
circulationandventilationdonotprovidethecoolingneeded,resultingin
potentialoverheatingofallthecomponents.Thiscanleadtospontaneous
rebootingorshutdownofthedesktopcomputeraswellaspermanent
damagetothecomponents.
Page 2-9
and Out
Magnets Peakperformancecanbemaintainedwithaconsistenttemperatureina
Pointoutthedamagethat coolandmoderatelydryenvironment.
canbecausedby
magnets. Notallofthenewerprocessorsgeneratemoreheat.Insomecases,newer
processorsaremoreefficient,uselesspower,andgeneratelessheat.
Humidity
Humidityisthetermcustomarilyusedtoreferencetheamountofwater
vaporthatexistsintheair.Itmaysurpriseyoutoknowthatacertain
amountofhumidityisbeneficialtodesktopcomputersandcomputersin
general.
Computerroomsmaintainahumiditylevelofapproximately50%.In
mostbusinessofficesaroundtheUnitedStates,humiditylevelsareeasily
n
io
controlledbytheairconditioner.Insomeareas,however,levelscanrise
t
bu
muchhigherthanacceptable,causingdamagetothecomponents.Inthese
tri
highhumidityareas,adehumidifierisrecommended.
is
rD
computer room
fo
Also known as a server room, it is a climate-controlled room where all the
ot
servers for an organization are located.
N
l-
Magnetic Interference
tia
en
Magnetscanaffectthewaydataisstoredonadesktopcomputershard
fid
diskdrive.Aharddiskdriveusesplates,ordisks,thatarecoatedwitha
on
tC
magneticrecordinglayer.Thislayeristhenconfiguredtostoredata.Ifan
or
externalmagnetweretogetcloseanddisruptthemagneticpolarization
tip
ontheharddiskdrive,thedatawouldbecomescrambledandwouldno
er
longerbeaccessible.
C
&
magnetic recording layer

P
H
The material found on the platters contained in a hard disk drive that can
be recorded to by the magnetic head.
Herearesomerecommendationsforenvironmentalconditions:
Placethedesktopcomputerinanareathatisrelativelycooland
providesenoughventilation.
Placethedesktopcomputeronasturdy,levelsurface,allowingat
least4inchesofspaceoneverysideforairflow.
Ensurethattheroomwherethedesktopcomputerresideshasthe
abilitytoprovideconsistenttemperatureandhumiditylevels.
Keepalllargemagnetsawayfromthedesktopcomputertoavoid
potentialdataloss.
Page 2-10
Opening the Case
OpeningtheCase
Opening the Case Thiswillbereferenced

againwithintheUpgrade
Userswhoarenotfamiliarwithproperproceduresforopeningacaseand section.
performingupgradesshouldnotdoso.Havingtheproperknowledgecan
helpsupporttheservicewarrantyforthesystemandavoidany
potentiallyirreparabledamagetotheinternalcomponents.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
Figure27:OpeningDesktop
tia
en
Reasons
fid
on
Whileitisgenerallynotrecommendedforuntraineduserstoopenthe
tC
desktopcomputercase,theremaybeanoccasionwherethisbecomes
or
necessary.
tip
Someexamplesinclude:
er
C
PerforminganupgradetotheexistingRAM.(SeeUpgrade)
&
Addinganinternalharddiskdriveforaddeddatastoragecapacity
H
(SeeUpgrade)
Performinganauthorizedrepair.
Safety Precautions
Youneedtoconsidercertainsafetyprecautionswhenworkinginanopen
desktopcomputercase.
Beforeopeningupthecase,removethepowercordfromtheelectrical
outlet.Itisalsoadvisedthatyouremoveanytelecommunicationsand/or
networkconnectionsaswell.
electrical outlet
A standardized receptacle providing electrical current.
Page 2-11
and Out
Motherboard Earlierinthischapter,wediscussedthetopicofstaticelectricityandthe
Iftimepermits,takea riskitposestointernalcomponents.Wearingagroundedantistaticwrist
momenttolookatthe bandoranantistaticfootstrapwillhelpaddressthisissue.
graphicwithcalloutsto
helpstudentsfamiliarize
Someadditionalsafetyprecautionsinclude:
themselveswiththe Donotattempttoopenorservicethedesktopcomputerspower
integratedcomponents.
supply.
DonotattempttoopenorservicetheharddiskdrivesorCD/DVD
drive(s).
Placethedesktopcomputeronacleanandstablesurface.
Allowtheinternalcomponentstimetocooldownbeforeworking
withthem.
n
Motherboard
io
t
bu
Theprintedcircuitboard,commonlyreferredtoasthemotherboardor
tri
is
systemboard,istheprimarycircuitboardinthedesktopcomputer.The
rD
motherboardhousesthebasiccomponents,includingthecentral
fo
processingunit(CPU),memory,andI/Oportsforthekeyboardand
ot
N
mouse.
l-
tia
Todaysmotherboardshaveadvancedandexpandedtoincludebuiltin
en
video,audio,andwiredandwirelessnetworking.Additionalconnectivity
fid
isintegratedintothemotherboardtoprovidecircuitboardaccesstothe
on
harddiskdrive(s),CD/DVDdrive(s)andUSBportsthatarehoused
tC
withinthecasechassis.Thesetypesofintegrationhaveallowedforfaster
or
busspeeds,leadingtofasterdataaccessandprocessing.
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure28:Motherboard
Page 2-12
Motherboard
Letustakealookingreaterdetailatsomeofthecomponentsonthe
motherboard.
Processor Families
Therearemanytypesofprocessors,alsocalledcentralprocessingunits
(CPUs),thatareusedonPCcompatiblesystems.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
Figure29:IntelCPU
l-
tia
Throughtheyears,processorshavegrowninbothprocessingpowerand
en
performancewhilestayingrelativelysmallinsize.Theprocessorsare
fid
groupedintotypesknownasfamilies.Continueddevelopmentofthe
on
tC
processorarchitectureleadstothecreationofthenextmajorprocessor
or
version,morecommonlyknownasthenextgenerationofprocessors.
tip
processor family
er
C
A group of processors based on a fundamental design architecture.

&
P
generation
H
A new processor design based on the architecture of the same processor

family.
Eachgenerationprovidesasignificantbreakthroughorenhancementin
processingpowerand/orspeed.Forexample,thefifthgenerationofthe
Intelx86basedprocessorfamily,alsoknownasthePentiumprocessor,
providedsubstantialarchitecturalimprovements.Thisallowedforan
increaseinperformance,resultinginclockspeedstwicethatofthe
previousgenerationofIntelx86basedprocessor,the486.
Thereareseveralmanufacturersofcomputerprocessorstoday,withthe
toptwobeingIntelandAMD,rankedbymarketshare.
Page 2-13
and Out
Coreprocessors Inthischapter,wewilldiscusssomeofthemoreprominentprocessor
Stressthatmostsystems families,specificallytheIntelandAMDprocessorfamilies.
availableonthemarket
todayhaveadualor 32-bit Processors
quadcoreprocessor. TheIntelPentiumandCeleronprocessorfamiliesare32bitprocessors
Forexamples,search thatcanaddressonlyupto4GBofRAM.Theseprocessorsarerarelyseen
NewEgg.comor innewdesktopcomputers,butyoumayoccasionallyneedtosupport
TigerDirect.com. them.
HPalsooffersavarietyof
desktopsystemswith
A32bitprocessorisonlycapableofrunninga32bitoperatingsystem
AMDprocessors. andapplications.
64-bit Processors
Mostdesktopcomputerstodayhaveaprocessorbasedona64bit
n
io
architecture,suchastheIntelArchitecture64,orIA64.
t
bu
Intel Architecture 64 (IA-64)
tri
is
The 64-bit processor architecture developed by Intel.
rD
fo
TheIntelCore2wasanearlyprocessorbasedontheIA64architecture.
ot
TheIntelCore2Duoisa64bitdualcoreprocessor.Thedualcore
N
providestheequivalentofhavingtwoprocessorscombinedintoasingle
l-
tia
CPU,thusincreasingperformance.
en
fid
Dual core
on
A single CPU housing two internal core processors.

tC
SeveraliterationsofCoreprocessorshavefollowed,includingtheQuad
or
tip
Coreprocessorin2006.Asthenamesuggests,thequadcoreprovidestwo
er
dualcoreprocessorscombinedintoasingleCPU.
C
&
ThelatestgenerationofCoreprocessorsincludesthei3,i5andi7
P
H
processors.Thei3andi5areconfiguredwithachoiceofdualcoreorquad
core,whilethei7configurationsbeginwithquadcoreandnowinclude
configurationswithsixcoreprocessors.
Quad core
A single CPU housing four internal core processors.
Table21illustratesanapproximateCoreprocessorcomparisonbetween
IntelandAMD.

Page 2-14
Motherboard
Table21:CoreProcessorComparison
Intel AMD
Core2Duo Athlon64
PhenomX4
i3 PhenomII
i5 PhenomIIX4
i7 PhenomIIX6
Heat sink
n
tio
bu
Increasesinprocessorpower,speed,andoverallperformanceleadto
tri
increasesinthelevelofheatgeneratedbytheprocessor.Aheatsinkis
is
designedforandprovidedwithmostprocessors.Itsprimaryobjectiveis
rD
toabsorbanddissipatetheheatgeneratedbytheprocessor,thereby
fo
ot
keepingitstemperaturewithinacceptablelevels.
N
l-
Heat sink
tia
A metallic device designed to absorb and dissipate processor heat.

en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure210:ActiveHeatSink
Therearetwotypesofheatsink,apassiveheatsinkandanactiveheat
sink.Apassiveheatsinkisonethatdoesnotincludeafan.Anactiveheat
sink,asshownintheimageabove,doeshaveafantoenhanceitsability
toabsorbanddissipateheatgeneratedbymorepowerfulprocessors.
passive heat sink

A heat sink that does not have a fan.
active heat sink

A heat sink that has a fan.
Page 2-15
and Out
Theheatsinksdesignedtodaydisperseheattoboththeirtopandbottom.
Usecautionwhenworkinginsidethedesktopcomputerbecausetheheat
sinkmaybehot.
Memory Types
Therearemanytypesofmemoryavailabletoday.Ascomputer
technologymovesforward,sodotherequirementsforvarioustypesof
memory.Inthissectionwewillfocusondesktopcomputervolatile
memory,morecommonlyknownasRandomAccessMemory(RAM).For
desktopcomputers,themostcommonvariationsofRAMincludeSIMM,
DIMM,DDRSDRAM,DDR2,andDDR3.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD

Figure211:RAM
fo
ot
N
TheSingleInlineMemoryModule(SIMM)wasoriginallyusedbythe
l-
tia
earliergenerationsofthex86basedprocessors.SIMMsprovidedfast
en
accesstotheRAMdatacontainedinthechipsetsandevolvedfromhaving
fid
30pins,whichprovidedapathfor9bitsofdata,to72pins,providinga
on
pathfor32or36bitsofdata.
tC
or
Single in-line memory module (SIMM)

tip
A module containing one or more memory chips, used in legacy

er
computers.
C
&
TheDualInlineMemoryModule(DIMM)succeededtheSIMMwith
P
H
oneimportantadvancementthecontactsontheDIMM,calledpins,
areseparateonbothsidesofthecomponent.AlthoughtheSIMM
physicallyhaspinsonbothsidesofthecomponent,theyareredundant,
notseparate.CommontypesofDIMMsusedindesktopcomputersrange
fromhaving72to244pins.
Dual in-line memory module (DIMM)

A module containing one or more memory chips, used in modern
computers.
Asmemorywidthandspeedincrease,thememorycontrollerinstruction,
orsignal,becomesweakerasittravelsthroughthebusanderrorscan
occur.Toaddressthisissue,FullyBufferedDIMMarchitecturewas
Page 2-16
Motherboard
introduced.TheFullyBufferedDIMMarchitectureprovidesareliable
highspeedinterfacebetweenthememorycontrollerandthememory.
Fully Buffered DIMM

A standard architecture that increases the reliability of data transfer
between the memory controller and memory, even at high speeds.
DIMMusesatypeofrandomaccessmemory(RAM)calledDynamic
RandomAccessMemory(DRAM).DRAMisthemaintypeofmemory
usedindesktopcomputerstoday.LikeallRAM,DRAMisvolatile
memoryandasmentionedinChapter1,volatilememorywillloseallits
datawhenacomputerisshutdown.
Thememorymodules,orDRAM,locatedontheDIMMcanbedivided
intoone,two,orfourranks.
n
tio
Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM)
bu
The most common kind of random access memory, requiring an
tri
is
intermittent electronic charge to restore memory cells.
rD
fo
Single rank ot
A single set of DRAM connected to a data path.
N
l-
rank
tia
64-bit wide area created on memory chips.

en
fid
DRAMhasgrowninpopularityduetoitsabilitytostoredatamore
on
efficientlyandholdmoredatathanStaticRandomAccessMemory
tC
(SRAM).SRAM,however,ismuchfasterandismoreexpensiveto
or
tip
produce.Itismorecommonlyusedasmemorycache.Themeasurement
er
ofaccessspeedforthememoryiscalledColumnAddressStrobe(CAS)
C
latency.
&
P
H
Static Random Access Memory (SRAM)

Memory that retains data in a static form until it is overwritten or power is
lost.
Column Address Strobe (CAS) Latency

The delay between a memory controller instructing a memory module to
read or write information in a particular memory column and that data
being available.
ColumnAddressStrobe(CAS)latencyismeasuredinclockcyclesin
SDRAM.Thelowertheclockcycle,thebetter.
Page 2-17
and Out

Figure212:HPDRAM
DoubleDataRate(DDR)SynchronousDRAMisamoreadvancedform
ofDRAM,effectivelyallowingtwicethedatathroughput.
DoubleDataRate2(DDR2)isanimprovedversionoverDDRinboth
speedandefficiency.TheDDR2architecture/designprovidesmore
bandwidth,allowingmoredatatobestoredandaccessedwithinRAM.
DoubleDataRate3(DDR3)increasesspeedandefficiencybyproviding
n
io
twicethedatatransferratesofDDR2,coupledwithadecreaseinpower
t
bu
consumption.
tri
is
rD
Double Data Rate (DDR)
Sends memory signals to and from the memory controller, twice per clock
cycle. fo
ot
N
l-
Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (SDRAM)

tia
Synchronizes with the bus speed of the CPU, allowing faster data retrieval
en
between memory sets.

fid
on
ItisimportanttonotethatDDR,DDR2,andDDR3allhavedifferent
tC
designsandpincounts.Thememoryinstallationsectionwillprovidean
or
overviewofthedifferentalignmentpositionsandcompatibilityconcerns.
tip
er
Memory Installation
C
&
InstallingadditionalRAMcanimproveyouroverallsystemperformance.
P
H
Becausethememorysocketsarenormallybuiltintothemotherboard,any
installationofmemorywillrequireopeningupthecase.
PleaserefertotheOpeningtheCasesectionforpreliminary
considerationsandsafetyprecautions.
Onceyouhavethedesktopcomputercaseopenandyoucanseethe
existingmemorymodules,youshouldbeabletoseeifallofthememory
socketsarefullorifthereareemptysockets.Eachmemorysocketis
distinguishedbyanumber.Thememorysocketsmustbepopulatedin
ascendingorder.
Mostmotherboardsfoundindesktopcomputershavefourintegrated
memorysockets,althoughsomehaveonlytwo.Thesesocketsare
Page 2-18
Motherboard
configuredasasingleslot,pairedslotsorrarelyquadslots,depending
onthemotherboardarchitecture.
Mostmodernmotherboardssupportsingleslotconfiguration.
Asingleslotconfigurationprovidestheflexibilitytopopulateonlyone
memorysocketatatime.Thiscanprovidedifferentvariationsofmemory
upgradeoptions.DIMMmemorycanbeinstalledinanycombination.
Apairedslotconfigurationrequiresthattwoofthememorysocketsbe
populatedwithidenticalSIMMstoberecognizedbythesystem.The
pairedsocketsarenormallylocatednexttoeachother.Thisconfiguration
providesfewervariationsofmemoryupgradeoptions.
Thequadslotsconfigurationrequiresthatallfourofthememorysockets
n
io
bepopulatedforanymemorytoberecognizedbythesystem.Although
t
bu
upgradevariationsarelimited,themaximumamountofsupportedRAM
tri
isthesameasthesingleandpairedslotconfigurations.Thisconfiguration
is
rD
isuncommon.
Single slot/channel
fo
ot
Allows memory sockets to be populated one at a time.
N
l-
tia
Paired slot/channel
en
Requires memory sockets to be populated in pairs only.

fid
on
Quad slot/channel
tC
Requires all of the memory sockets to be populated.

or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure213:MemorySockets
Ifthememorysocketsarefull,asshownintheimageabove,youhave
onlyoneoptionforupgrading.Youmustremoveatleastoneexisting
memorymodule.
Page 2-19
and Out
Inaprevioussection,weusedtheHP500BMicrotowerasanexample
desktopcomputer.Wewillcontinuetousethissystemforourdiscussion
ofmemoryupgradeoptions.
Thedefaultconfigurationcomeswith2GBofDDR3SDRAMalready
installedusingtwo1GBDDR3SDRAMDIMMmodules.Thesystemis
upgradableto4GB.BecausethemotherboardisconfiguredforDDR3
modules,youmustupgradeusingDDR3asopposedtoDDR2orDDR.
DDR,DDR2andDDR3allhavetheirownindividualDIMM
configurationandcannotbeswitchedormixed.
Toupgradethedesktopcomputerto4GB,youmustremovetheexisting
memorymodulesandreplacethemwithtwo2GBDDR3SDRAMDIMM
n
modulestosupportdualchannelaccess.DualChannelisonlysupported
io
t
whenthesystemisconfiguredwithDDR3symmetricmemory.
bu
tri
dual channel
is
rD
A feature that increases the size of the memory bus from 64 bits to 128 bits.
bus fo
ot
Path along which data travels
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure214:InstallingDIMM
Thefollowinglistprovidessomememoryinstallationguidelinesand
rules:
Followthesafetyprecautionsoutlinedearlierinthischapter,
includingwearinganantistaticwristbandorfootstrap.
Page 2-20
Motherboard
Checkyoursystemspecificationstodeterminememory OnboardVideo
compatibilityandupgradeoptions. Videoconnectorsand
Checkforsingleorpairedslotconfiguration. displaytechnologiesare
Confirmthatthenumberofpinsiscompatiblewithyourmemory discussedingreater
sockets. detailinChapter4.
AligntheDIMMnotcheswiththesideclampsaccordingtothe
memorysocket.DDR,DDR2andDDR3allhavedifferentnotches
asguidanceforcompatibility.(1)
SlowlyplacethenewDIMMintothememorysocket.(2)
OncetheDIMMisinserted,gentlypushdownuntilthesideclamps
havesecuredthememorymodule.(3)
RepeatthepreviousstepsforallnewlyinstalledDIMMs.
Onboard Video
n
io
t
bu
Today,mostmotherboardmanufacturersintegratevideocomponents
tri
directlyontothemotherboarditself.Havingonboardvideosavesspace
is
rD
insidethedesktopcomputercase,whichinturn,helpsventilation.Italso
fo
reducestheamountofspacerequiredtohousethemotherboardand
ot
videocomponents.
N
l-
Forcustomerswhopreferorneedamorehighendvideocomponent,
tia
thereisanoptiononmostmotherboardstodisabletheonboardvideoand
en
addaseparatevideocardcomponent.
fid
on
Onboardvideoconnectivityismostcommonlyavailableinthetraditional
tC
15pinVideoGraphicsArray(VGA)connection,theSeparateVideo(S
or
Video)connection,theDigitalVideoInterface(DVI)andtheHigh
tip
DefinitionMultimediaInterface(HDMI).
er
C
Video Graphics Array (VGA) connector

&
A 15-pin video connector.

P
H
Separate-Video (S-Video) connector

A rounded 4-pin video connector.
Digital Video Interface (DVI)

A video connector commonly used on flat-screen monitors. Several DVI
interfaces exist. The number of pins may vary based on the exact
interface.
High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI)

A single plug connector capable of transmitting audio and video in high
definition.
Page 2-21
and Out

Figure215:VideoConnectorsonanExpansionCard
Mostmonitorsavailabletodaycanaccommodatetwoormoreofthevideo
connectivityoptionsshownabove.
Graphicsadaptersarealsoavailableasexpansioncards.
Onboard I/O
n
io
TheInput/Output(I/O)componentwashistoricallyaseparatecardthat
t
bu
waspluggedintoanopenslotinthemotherboard.
tri
is
Input/Output (I/O)
rD
The connection for peripheral devices to communicate with the system
fo
components. ot
N
Today,likethevideocomponent,itisintegratedintothemotherboard.
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figure216:OnboardI/OConnectors
MostonboardI/Ocomponentsgowellbeyondtheoriginalkeyboard,
mouse,andprinterports.PersonalSystem2(PS2),UniversalSerialBus
(USB),Firewireandsometimesnetworkandaudioportsareincludedin
theonboardI/Oconnectivity.Ofcourse,thisisdependentuponthe
desktopcomputeranditsmotherboarddesign.
Personal System 2 (PS2)

A 6-pin connector for peripherals.
Universal Serial Bus (USB)

A standardized connector for peripheral communication. Can also act as
a power source.
Page 2-22
Power Supply
Firewire
An IEEE 1394 standardized connector for peripheral communication at
high speeds.
ThecommonlyavailableI/Oportsprovideaccessforinputandoutput
devicessuchastheonesinthefollowinglist:
Keyboard
Mouse
Speakersorheadset
Microphone
Printer
Externalharddiskdrives
USB(formemorysticks,keyboard,mouse,etc.)
n
io
Mostcurrentsystemssupportconnectingsmartphonesorcameras
t
bu
throughtheUSBports.
tri
is
Smartphone
rD
A mobile phone that offers more advanced computer functionality and
fo
capability than previous generations of mobile phones. ot
N
GoingbacktotheHP500BMicrotower,youcanseeseveralI/Oportsand
l-
connectoroptions,includingnetworkingandonboardaudioandvideo
tia
en
(Table22).
fid
Table22:HP500BSpecifications
on
tC
Audio/Visual Realtek ALC662 High Definition audio codec, 3D audio

compliant and HD Audio compatible
or
tip
Communications Integrated Realtek RTL8103EL 10/100 Ethernet Controller

Intel Gigabit CT Desktop NIC (optional)
er
LSI PCIe x1 Hi-Speed 56K International SoftModem (optional)

C
HP PCIe Wireless 802.11b/g/n5 (optional)

&
P
Ports and Eight (8) USB 2.0 ports: Two (2) front ports, four (4) rear ports,
H
Connectors two (2) internal ports on system board;

one (1) RJ-45, one (1) VGA, one (1) front audio in, one (1)
front audio out, one (1) rear microphone
Input Device HP USB keyboard and mouse
Power Supply
Thepowersupply,alsoreferredtoasthePowerSupplyUnit(PSU),isa
criticalcomponentwithinadesktopcomputer.Itgoeswithoutsayingthat
noneofthecomponentscouldfunctionwithoutpower.Inthissection,we
willtakealookatsomeofthepowersupplyattributes.
Page 2-23
and Out
Power Supply Units (PSU)
The component that supplies electricity or power to the components
within a system.
Desktopcomputerpowersupplieshandlevoltageandwattageas
describedinChapter1.However,thereisasubtledifferencewhenit
comestosomeautoswitchingpowersupplies.
Somedesktopcomputerpowersuppliesarecapableofhandlingupto240
voltinput,buttheymustbemanuallyswitchedfrom120voltinputto240
voltinput.Thisisaccomplishedbylocatingthemanualswitch,usually
coloredredasshowninFigure217,andmovingitfromthe120position
tothe240position.
n
Becausemostdesktopcomputers,unlikelaptops,stayinthespacewhere
io
t
theywerefirstsetup,thereisrarelyaneedtomanuallyswitchthepowersupply.
bu
tri
is
rD
Manual
fo
VoltageSwitch ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on

tC
Figure217:PowerSupply
or
tip
Toavoidheatrelatedproblems,afanisincludedineverytypeofpower
er
supplycurrentlyusedindesktopcomputers.
C
&
Powersupplycapacitiesfordesktopcomputersnormallyrangebetween
P
H
300Wand1000W.Themanufacturersratepowersuppliesbytheir
wattageoutput.
BecausethereisnostandardgoverningPSUrating,itisrecommended
thatyouselectaPSUwithahigherrating.
Forsafety,HIPOTtestingiscarriedouttoensurethattheinsulationused
intheelectroniccomponentsprovidesadequateprotectionagainsttherisk
ofelectricshock.
High Potential (HIPOT)

A term used to describe electronic component testing instruments.
Page 2-24
Firmware
Table23liststheaveragerangeofpowerusageforsamplecomponents.
Table23:ComponentPowerUsage
Item Power
Motherboardw/oCPU 50W150W
CPU 80W140W
HeatSink 3W5W
Memory 15Wper1GB
HDD 15W30W
n
io
t
bu
CD/DVD 20W30W
tri
is
rD
Firmware
fo
ot
Firmwareisaprogramorsetofinstructionsembeddedintoahardware
N
l-
componentorchip.Withinadesktopcomputer,certaincomponentsuse
tia
firmwaretoproperlycommunicatewithotherhardwareand/orsoftware
en
components.Forexample,avideocomponentusesfirmwaretoefficiently
fid
workwiththemotherboard,operatingsystem,andmonitor.Onsome
on
tC
occasions,acomponentmayrequireafirmwareupdate.Afirmware
or
updateisessentiallyaneworupdatedsetofinstructionsthatmay
tip
addressanissueorsimplyenhancethecomponentscommunication
er
capabilitieswiththeotherhardwareandsoftware.
C
&
Firmware
P
H
A program or set of instructions embedded into ROM and used by a

hardware component to communicate with other system components.
Unlikesoftware,whichcanbeinstalledorwrittentoharddiskdrives,
firmwareisinstalledorwrittentoacomponentsReadOnlyMemory
(ROM).ROMislocatedwithinthecomponentitself.Avideocomponent,
forexample,hasabuiltinROM.
Read Only Memory (ROM)

A memory chip that stores information that cannot be modified.
FirmwareupdatesarenormallyfoundonthemanufacturersWebsite,
alongwithinstructionsonhowtoinstallthem.
Page 2-25
and Out
Configure BIOS
AdesktopcomputersBasicInput/OutputSystem(BIOS)providesthe
lowestlevelofconfigurationinformationneededforthesystem
componentstocommunicatewitheachother.BIOSisconsidered
firmwareandisnormallystoredonthemotherboardinROM,allowing
theinformationtobereadbythesystembutnotmodifiedbythesystem.
Basic Input/Output System (BIOS)

The lowest level of configuration information required for communication
between system components.
ThatdoesnotmeanthattheBIOScannotbemodifiedbyauseror
technician.Infact,configurationoftheBIOSinformationispossibleevery
timethecomputerisbootedup.
n
io
t
bu
ModifyingtheBIOSsettingsincorrectlycouldrenderthesystem
tri
inoperable.
is
rD
TomodifytheBIOSonadesktopcomputer,youpressakeyor
fo
combinationofkeysduringthebootupprocesstoinvoketheBIOS
ot
N
configurationprogram.OnanHPdesktopcomputer,forexample,you
l-
mustpresstheF10keyduringthebootupsequence.Thiswillloadthe
tia
BIOSsetupscreenasshowninfigure218.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure218:BIOS
TheBIOSsetupprogramallowsyoutomodifythefollowingoptions:
SystemTimeand/orDate
Language
Page 2-26
Firmware
DriveOrder BIOSUpdate
Enable/DisableComponents IfthereisInternetaccess,
PowerOptions showthestudentshowto
BootSequence gototheHPsupportsite
andsearchfortheHP
AcomputermayoccasionallyrequireaBIOSupdate;forexample,an 500BMicrotowerBIOS
applicationmightrequireBIOSthatoffersanewerfeatureortheremight (seeimage).
beproblemswiththeexistingBIOSversion.Tofindoutifacomputer
needsaBIOSupdate,youmustfirstdeterminethecurrentBIOSversion.
AsillustratedinFigure219,theBIOSversionisnormallydisplayedon
themainscreenoftheBIOSprogram.
IfyoursystemisrunningWindowsXPornewer,youcanalsoopenup
theSystemInformationprogram(msinfo32.exe)toviewtheBIOSinformation.
n
io
t
OnceyouknowthecurrentversionoftheBIOS,youcanproceedtothe
bu
systemmanufacturersWebsiteandsearchforthesupportinformation
tri
is
foryourexactdesktopmodel.ChecktheavailableBIOSversionagainst
rD
theversionyoupreviouslyrecorded.IfanewBIOSversionisavailable,
fo
downloadandupdatetheBIOSaccordingtotheinstructionsprovidedby
ot
N
themanufacturer.
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure219:HPBIOSSupport
YoumustupdateasystemBIOSonlywiththeBIOSdesignedforthat
motherboard.
Page 2-27
and Out
Booting the Computer

Bootingupadesktopcomputerisaseasyaspressingabutton.Butwhat
happensbehindthescenes?Whentroubleshooting,itisbeneficialtohave
anunderstandingofthebootsequencetodetermineiftheissueis
hardwareorsoftwarerelated.
Whenadesktopcomputerispoweredon,itfollowsasequenceofsteps
andinstructionsduringtheprebootupprocess.Althoughthissequence
mayvaryslightlybymanufacturer,thegeneralstepsareasfollows:
1. APowerOnSelfTest(POST)isperformed.
2. TheBIOSinformationandinstructionsarerun.
3. BasedonthebootsequencedefinedintheBIOS,theoperating
system(OS)islocated
n
io
4. Theoperatingsystemstartsup.
t
bu
5. Basedontheoperatingsystemandconfiguration,logincredentials
tri
arethenrequested.
is
rD
Intheprevioussection,welookedattheBIOSconfiguration.Inthe
fo
example,undertheBootmenu,locatedinthemenubar,thereisthe
ot
N
optiontomodifytheBootDevicePriority.Thisoptionallowsyouto
l-
directtheBIOStolookfortheoperatingsystemintheorderdefined,for
tia
example,Floppy(flexible)DiskDrive,followedbyCD/DVD,thenHard
en
DiskDrive(s),andfinallyNetwork.
fid
on
Floppy (flexible) disk drive

tC
A drive that could read a removable 5 1/4 or 3/12 inch magnetic disk.
or
Rarely seen in modern computers. Also known as flexible disk drive.

tip
er
Power On Self-Test (POST)

C
A common term used to describe a components pre-boot sequence.

&
P
H
Boot Device Priority

The boot device priority is defined in the BIOS and determines the
sequence of locations in which the device looks for the operating system.
Ifyouencounteranissuepriortostep4,youhavesuccessfully
determinedthatitismostlikelyhardwareorBIOSconfigurationrelated.
Upgrade
Upgradingadesktopcomputercanbeachallenge.Ifitisnotdone
properly,bothtimeandmoneycanbewasted.Inthissection,wewill
focusonupgradingthecomponentsinadesktopcomputer.Tobetter
Page 2-28
Upgrade
illustratetheprocess,wewilluseanHP500BMicrotowerPCasan
example.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure220:HP500BDesktopComputer ot
N
Thefirststepinproperlyapproachingtheupgradeistohaveuptodate
l-
documentationonthedesktopcomputeritself.Togatherthemost
tia
accurateinformation,itisbeneficialtobootupthesystemandreviewthe
en
fid
systeminformation.
on
IfthesystemisrunningaversionofWindows7,youcanreviewthe
tC
systeminformationbyselectingStart,AllPrograms,Accessories,System
or
tip
ToolsandthenSystemInformation.ThiswillbringuptheSystem
er
Informationdialogbox.
C
&
P
AshortcuttothisprocessistoclicktheStartbuttonandthentype
H
SystemInformationorMSInfo32intothesearchbox.Itisrecommendedthat
yousaveand/orprintthesysteminformationforthedesktopcomputerandstore
itforinventorypurposesandreferenceinformation.
AnothermethodforgatheringsysteminformationistocheckInternet
resources.Ifthecomputerisastandardbuildprovidedbyamajor
manufacturer,lookingforspecificationsheetsontheWebsitemaybe
beneficial.Forexample,thespecificationfortheHP500BMicrotowerPC
canbefoundontheHPWebsite.Thesiteliststheconfigurationforthe
XZ924UTmodeloftheHP500BasshowninTable24.

Page 2-29
and Out
Table24:HP500BModelXZ924UT
Item Current
OperatingSystem Windows7Professional32
Processor IntelPentiumDualCoreE6700(3.20
GHz,2MBL2cache,1066MHzFSB)
Memory 2GB1333MHzDDR3SDRAM(2x
1GB)
MemorySlots 2DIMM
n
InternalHDD 250GB7200rpmSATA
tio
bu
InternalDriveBays 1
tri
is
rD
OpticalDrive SATASuperMultiDVDwriter
fo
ot
ExternalDriveBays 1
N
l-
tia
Graphics IntegratedIntelX4500
en
fid
NetworkInterface 10/100
on
tC
MediaDevice(s) IntegratedRealtekALC662
or
tip
PowerSupply 300W
er
C
Dimensions(WxDxH) 6.54x16.87x15.11in
&
P
H
Althoughhavingthesysteminformationavailableisbeneficial,itmaynot
provideyouwitheverythingyouneedinordertoconsidersomeofthe
upgradeoptions.Forexample,whenupgradingmemory,itisimportant
toknowifthecurrentconfigurationhasalloftheavailablephysical
socketspopulatedornot.Todothis,youmustopenupthecase(See
OpeningtheCase).InourexampleoftheHP500Bsystem,youcansee
thattherearenoavailableDIMMsocketsbycountingthenumberof
memorychips(2x1GB)andthememoryslots(2DIMM).
Page 2-30
Upgrade
n
tio

bu
tri
Figure221:HP500BInternalView
is
rD
Onceyouhavegatheredandconfirmedthesysteminformation,itistime
fo
todoalittleresearchontheavailableupgradeoptions. ot
N
Whenupgrading,itisimportanttoconsidertheobjective.Forexample,if
l-
theobjectiveistoprovidemoreprocessingperformance,upgradingthe
tia
motherboard,CPUand/orRAMmightbebest.Ifdatastoragelimitations
en
fid
areanissue,upgradingtheinternalharddiskdrive(s)(HDD)oradding
on
anexternalHDDwouldbebeneficial.Finally,ifadditionalfunctionalityis
tC
needed,youmightneedtoconsidereverythingfrominstallingafloppy
or
diskdrivetoreplacingthechassiswithadifferentformfactor.
tip
er
Performance Upgrades
C
&
Hardwareperformanceupgradescancarrythemostriskfromasafety
P
H
andsecurityperspective(SeeSafetyPrecautions).
Aperformanceincreasecansometimesbeachievedbyupgradingyour
operatingsystem.Forexample,ifyouhaveadesktopcomputerwitha64bit
processor,upgradingfromWindows32bittoWindows64bitcanprovidea
noticeableperformanceimprovementonsomesystems.Upgradingthe
applicationsto64bit,whenavailable,willalsohaveapositiveimpacton
performance.
Table25liststhehardwareperformanceupgradeoptionsfortheexample
desktopcomputer,theXZ924UTmodeloftheHP500B.

Page 2-31
and Out
Table25:UpgradeOptionsforHP500BXZ924UT
Item Current UpgradeOption(s)
Motherboard 2DIMMSockets NewMotherboard

Ports:
6USB2.0
1microphonein
1RJ45
1VGA
1linein
1lineout
n
Slots:
iot
bu
1fullheightPCIex16
tri
2fullheightPCIex1
is

rD
1fullheightPCI2.3
fo
ot
CPU IntelPentiumDualCoreE6700 CPUscompatiblewith
N
(3.20GHz,2MBL2cache,1066 theLGA775socket
l-
MHzFSB)
tia
Examples:
en

fid
IntelE7500

on
IntelE7600
tC
or
RAM 2GB1333MHzDDR3SDRAM Upto4GB

tip
(2x1GB) 2x2GBDDR3
er
C
SDRAM
&
P
H
Bearinmindthattheexposedmotherboardcanbequitevulnerableto
bothphysicalandelectricaldamage(SeeOpeningtheCase).
Theonlyoptionavailableformostmotherboardsistopurchaseanew
one.Ifyouareconsideringpurchasinganewmotherboardtoreplacean
existingone,makesurethatthenewonematchesorexceedstheprevious
onescapabilities.Forexample,intheprevioustable,thecurrent
motherboardprovidedintegratedgraphics,audio,andnetworkinterface.
Tomaintainconsistentuseofthedesktopcomputer,makesurethenew
motherboardincludestheseoptions.

Page 2-32
Upgrade
Herearesomethingstoconsiderformotherboardupgrades:
Motherboardupgradesrequiretheremovalofmost,ifnotall,
internalcomponents.
Newmotherboarddimensionsmustbesimilartoaccommodatethe
samechassis.
NewmotherboardCPUandDIMMsocketsmustbesimilartouse
theexistingCPUandRAM.
Considerthemanufacturerrecommendationsforcompatible
motherboards.
Inthisscenario,wewillkeeptheexistingmotherboard.Nowwewilllook
atsomeoftheexpansionoptions.Themotherboardinourexample
systemhasfour(4)expansionslotsavailable.
n
io
Thefouravailableexpansionslotsare:
t
bu
1PCIexpansionslot
tri

is
2PCIExpressx1expansionslots
rD
1PCIExpressx16slot
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure222:HP500BExpansionSlots
PCI Express (PCIe)

An enhancement of the original PCI design, doubling the transfer rates.
Youcanaddvariouscomponentstothesystembypluggingthemintothe
availableexpansionslots.Someofthemorecommonexpansion
componentsincludevideocardsandnetworkcards.
Page 2-33
and Out

Figure223:PCIVideoCard
n
iot
ThedifferencebetweenaPCIex1slotandaPCIex16isinsizeonly.For
bu
example,aPCIex1componentcanfitintoaPCIex16slotbecausethePCIex16
tri
is
slotisphysicallybigger.APCIex16componentcannotfitintoaPCIex1slot
rD
becausethePCIex1slotistoosmall.
fo
ot
WhenconsideringCPUupgradeoptions,itisimportanttoknowwhich
N
CPUsocketisintegratedintothemotherboard.Inthisscenario,weknow
l-
tia
thatthecurrentmotherboardishostinganIntelPentiumDualCoreE6700
en
CPU.ThesocketrequiredforthistypeofCPUistheLGA775.AnyCPU
fid
upgradethatisbeingconsideredmustalsouseanLGA775CPUsocketor
on
youwillnotbeabletousethecurrentmotherboard.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure224:CPUInstallation
ThefollowingstepsprovideguidelinesforupgradingtheCPU,basedon
theHP500BIntelexamplesystem:
OpentheCPUsocketbyreleasingthelatch(1)
OpentheCPUframerestraint(2).
SlowlylifttheexistingIntelCPUstraightout(3).
AlignandgentlyplacethenewCPUonthesocket.
Page 2-34
Upgrade
ClosetheCPUframerestraint.
Closethelatchandsecureit.
ItisimportanttonotethataLGA775socketcompliantprocessordoesnot
havepinslikeitspredecessors.Instead,ithaspadsthatcanbebentifthey
arenothandledcorrectly.Microspringsprovidetheconnectionfromthe
CPUpadstothesocket.
Themotherboardmustbereplacediftheconnectionspringsinthe
LGA775socketarebent.
UpgradingtheCPUmayalsorequireupgradingtheheatsink.Some
CPUs,whenpurchased,comewithacompatibleheatsink.Ifoneisnot
provided,youmustdoadditionalresearchtofindacompatibleheatsink.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on

tC
Figure225:ActiveHeatSinkwithSeatingScrews
or
tip
Ifyouareinstallinganewheatsink,youmustfirstremovetheexisting
er
C
one.Toremovetheexistingheatsinkfromourexamplesystem,followthe
&
guidelinesbelow:
P
H
Locatethepowersupplycord(1)andremoveitfromthe
motherboard.
Locatealltheseatingscrews(2)andremovethem.
Slowlylifttheheatsinkupandoutofthesystem.
AddingacompatibleheatsinkrequiresthattheCPUbeinstalledand
securelyseatedinthesocket.
Thefollowingstepsprovideguidelinesforinstallinganewheatsinkin
ourexamplesystem.
PlacetheheatsinksothatitsitssquarelyontopoftheCPUandall
seatingscrews(2)arealignedwiththeholesprovidedinthe
motherboard.
Page 2-35
and Out
Fastentheheatsinksecurely,usingthefourscrewsprovided(2).
Oncetheheatsinkisinplace,plugthepowercableintothe
motherboard(1).
Itisbesttoconfirmcompatibilitybeforeusinganexistingheatsinkwith
anewCPU.
Performingamemoryupgrademightbeabiteasierthanupgradingthe
CPU,butitdoesrequireacompatibleDIMMsocket.Lookingbackto
Table25,weseethatthecurrentRAMisDDR3SDRAM.Rememberthat
DDR,DDR2,andDDR3allhavedifferentsocketdesigns.Becauseofthis,
DDR2memorywillnotfitintothecurrentDDR3socket.Combinethe
socketrequirementswiththeRAMlimitationsofthemotherboardand
thisleavesjusttheoneupgradeoption:toinstalltwo2GBDDR3SDRAM
n
io
(2x2GB)modulesanddiscardthecurrentRAMmodulesorinstallthem
t
bu
inadifferentcomputer.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure226:HP500BMemorySockets
H
Whenlookingattheexampleupgradeoptionsabove,themostpractical
choicewouldbetousetheexistingmotherboardandconsiderupgradestoboththe
CPUandRAM.
Thefollowingstepsprovideguidelinesforinstallingthememory,based
ontheHP500Bexamplesystem:
1. Findtheexistingmemoryonthemotherboard.
2. OpenthewhitelatcheslocatedoneachsideoftheDIMMsocket.
3. SlowlypulltheexistingDDR3modulestraightout.
4. Repeatsteps3and4asnecessary.
5. TaketheupgradeDDR3moduleandslowlyinsertitintothefirst
opensocket.
Page 2-36
Upgrade
6. Gentlyyetfirmly,pushthemoduledownintothesocketuntilthe
whitelatchesclosecompletely.
7. Repeatsteps6and7asnecessary.
8. Closethecase.
9. Connectthepowercordbacktotheelectricaloutlet.
10. PoweronthesystemandchecktheBIOS(SeeConfigureBIOS)to
makesurethatallmemoryisrecognized.
Whendoingperformanceupgrades,youshouldalsoconsiderthepower
supplyanditscomponents.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
Figure227:HP500BPowerSupply
C
&
Youcanusevariouspowersupplycalculatorsthatarepubliclyavailable
P
H
ontheInternettocalculatethepowersupplyneedsofasystem.Some
offergreaterdetailthanothers,butmostfollowasimpleformulaof
addingupallthepowerneedsofthesystemscomponents.The300W
powersupplyinourexamplesystemshouldbesufficienttoaccommodate
theupgradeoftheCPUtotheIntelE7600.Ifmoreinternalcomponents
areupgraded,youshouldrecalculateandupgradethepowersupplyas
needed.
Calculatethepowersupplyneedsafterallcomponentupgrade
considerationshavebeenmade.
Upgradingthepowersupplyhasaneffectonseveralcomponents,simply
becausetheyaredirectlyconnectedtothepowersupplythroughinternal
Page 2-37
and Out
cables.Beforeremovingtheexistingpowersupply,youneedtodetachall
connectingcablesfromtheircomponents.
Thefollowinglistprovidesanoverviewofconnectedpowersupplycables
withintheHP500Bexamplesystem.
A. OpticalDiskDrive
B. HardDiskDrive
C. MotherboardMainPower
D. MotherboardFan
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
Figure228:HP500BPowerCableConnections
tip
er
C
Documentingthecabletypesandconnectionsmaybeusefulwhen
&
connectingthecablesfromthenewpowersupply.
P
H
Persistent Storage Upgrades

Persistentdatastorageoptionshaveincreasedovertheyears.Harddisk
drives(HDDs),opticaldrives,externalharddiskdrives,andevenUSB
memorysticksallconstitutepersistentstorage.
AlthoughpersistentstoragewillbecoveredinmoredetailinChapter3,
youneedtounderstandsomeofthehighlevelbenefitswhen
contemplatingupgradestoadesktopcomputer.Thevariousoptions,
coupledwithenhanceddesigns,leadtoflexibilitywhenupgrade
considerationsarerequired.
Page 2-38
Scenario
Someofthehighlevelbenefitsofpersistentstorageupgradesincludethe FIPrint
following: Iftimepermits,divide
theclassintogroupsof
Additionalspacefordatastorage
twoorthreestudentsand
Potentiallyfasterdatastorageandretrieval. havethemworkthrough
Safelycombininginternalandexternalstoragedevices. thescenario,andthen
Flexibilityinconfigurationchoices. havethegroupsshare
theirrecommendations.If
timeisshort,youmight
Thesimplestoptionforincreasingpersistentstorageforadesktop
readthroughthescenario
computeristheadditionofanexternalUSBdrive. andaskstudentstovote
onarecommendationfor
eachgroup.Discuss
Scenario whichfactororfactors
wereusedtomakea
FIPrint
n
choice.
io
t
bu
literature.
tri
is
rD
Thecompanyhasdecidedtobranchoutanddesignvideoclipsaswell.
fo
ot
Theresearchdepartmentneedstoperformnew,advancedmarketanalysisto
N
l-
determinetheaudiencesegments.Newmarketanalysissoftwarewillbeinstalled
tia
andwillrequireintensenumbercalculatingandreportingcapabilitiesnot
en
supportedontheircurrentdesktopsystems.
fid
on
tC
Theartdepartmentneedstoinstallnewvideoeditingsoftwareonalldesktop
or
computers.Itwillbeinchargeofcreating,editing,andfinalizingthevideoclips.
tip
er
TheexampleclipswillbestoredonaWebsite,allowingsalespeopletoaccessthem
C
&
fromaclientslocation.
P
Considertheupgradeoptionsfortheresearch,artandwebhostingdepartments.
Whichupgrades,ifany,wouldyourecommend?Explainwhy.
Summary
Thereareseveralrequiredcomponentsthatmakeupadesktop
computer.
Workstationsofferbetterperformancethandesktopcomputers.
Therearenumerousprocessoroptionsavailablefordesktop
computers.
Page 2-39
and Out
ReviewQuestions Severalmemorytypesareusedindesktopcomputers.
1.Cost Safetyprecautions,includingpersonalanddatasafety,electrical
shockprotectionandESDprotection,areessentialforproper
2.Keyboard/Mouseand
Monitor/Printer installation,usage,andtechnicalmaintenance.
Acceptableenvironmentalconditionsareimportantfordesktop
3.ElectricSurgesand
ESD computers.
Youneedtoconsiderperformanceandenhancementwhen
4.Wearagroundedanti
staticwristorfootstrap
installingorupgradingsystemandaccessorycomponentswithina
desktopcomputer.
5.Ventilation,
Temperature,Humidity
andMagnetic
Interference
Review Questions
6.Unplugthepowercord 1. Whatistheprimaryadvantageofadesktopcomputerovera
n
Workstation?
io
7.IA64
t
bu
2. Whichinputdevicesarenormallynotcontainedwithinadesktop
8.False:DIMMare
tri
computer?Whichoutputdevices?
is
memorysockets
rD
3. Whatarethetwomostcommonelectricalsafetyrisksassociated
9.False withadesktopcomputer?
fo
ot
10.False 4. Whenworkinginsideanopendesktopcomputer,what
N
11.True precautionarymeasuresarerecommended?
l-
tia
12.POST 5. Whatenvironmentalconditionsareimportantforreducing
en
potentialriskstodesktopcomputers?
fid
6. Whatisthefirstrecommendedsteppriortoopeningadesktop
on
computer?
tC
7. Whatisthenameofthe64bitIntelprocessorarchitecture?
or
8. TrueorFalse:DIMMmemorymodulesaretwiceasfastasDDR2.
tip
er
9. TrueorFalse:DDR2andDDR3canbeinstalledtogether.
C
10. TrueorFalse:PSUratingsarestandardizedratings.
&
11. TrueorFalse:Notalldesktoppowersuppliesareautoswitching,
P
H
unlikelaptoppowersupplies.
12. Whatisthegeneralfirststepwhenbootingacomputer?
Page 2-40
Homework
Definitions
Homework f
Definitions c
h
Matchthetermtotheirdefinition.
g
____ProcessorFamily a. Aspikeinvoltage b
____ESD b. Memorymodulewitha168pin d
connector a
e
____Generation c. Suddenreleaseofbuiltupelectricity
charge
n
____SurgeProtector d. Lowestlevelofsystemconfiguration
io
t
bu
information
tri
is
____DIMM e. Metallicdevicedesignedtoabsorband
rD
disperseheat
fo
ot
____BIOS f. Groupofprocessorsbasedon
N
l-
architecture
tia
en
____ElectricalSurge g. Protectsconnecteddevicesfrompower
fid
surges
on
tC
____HeatSink h. Newprocessordesign,samearchitecture
or
tip
Short Essays
er
C
1. Whilesettingupadesktopcomputerforacustomer,youare
&
P
requestedtoplaceitinanareathatfeelswarmandhaspoor
H
ventilation.Whatrecommendationshouldyoupropose?
2. Acustomerrequestshelpwithathreeyearoldsystem.Shehas
recentlystartedaprojectthatrequiresusingmanylargeimagefiles,
andsheishavingtroublesavingherwork.Whatareawouldyou
researchfirst?Explainwhy.

Page 2-41
and Out
Put it in Practice
MedDev


accountingusingspreadsheets,writeletters,andprocessordersonline.Each
administrativeemployeecurrentlyusesastandardconfigurationHP500B
MicrotowerModelXZ924UT.Lately,theyhavebeenexperiencingperformance
issues.

n
io
TheengineersrunComputerAidedDesign(CAD)softwareandliketoworkwith
t
bu
twomonitors.Theytypicallyrunintoperformanceproblemswiththeircurrent
tri
is
HPCompaq6005ProModelA2W48UTcomputers.
rD

fo
Thecompanywantstoupgradealldesktopcomputers.Itneedstoprovidethe
ot
N
necessaryfunctionalityatthelowestcost.
l-
tia
1. Gatherinformationonthecurrentdesktopcomputerconfigurations.
en
2. Visithttp://www.hp.comandresearchtheupgradeoptionsforall.
fid
3. Evaluatetheupgradeoptionsforeachtypeofuser.
on
4. Prepareaproposaloutliningtheupgradepathforeachtypeofdesktop
tC
system.Explainwhyyoumadeeachrecommendation.
or
tip

er
C

&
P
H
Page 2-42
Objectives
Chapter 3: Storage Devices Startbyreadingthe
objectives.

Introduction Thechapterlooksat
storagedevicesasfour
Storagedevicesareinalmosteverycomputerthatisavailabletoday.They
categories:HDD,SDD,
areeveninsideelectronicdevicesthatarenotnecessarilyconsidered Optical,andAccessory
computers.Forexample,digitalcameras,iPods,andevensomeglobal Drives.Trytoguidethe
positioningsatellite(GPS)unitscontainsometypeofstoragedevice. studentsthroughthe
categoriestobetter
Inthischapter,wewillfocusonpersistentdatastoragedevicesthatare understandwhatisused
commonlyusedintheworkplace.Wewillexplorethetypesavailable where.
todayandhowtoconnectandmanagethem.
n
io
t
bu
Objectives
tri
is
rD
fo
IdentifythedifferencebetweenPCstoragetechnologies.
ot
Recognizethevariousaccessorystoragesolutions.
N

l-
Recognizethevariousstorageandaccessoryinterfaces.
tia
Managedisks,partitions,andfilesystemsandrecoverfrom
en
failures.
fid
on
tC
Types of Storage Devices

or
tip
InChapter1,youwereintroducedtopersistentstorageandsome
er
commondevicesthatareusedtostorethedata.Inthischapter,wewill
C
explorethesedevicesinmoredetail.
&
P
H
Persistentdatastorageoptionshavegrownovertheyears.Internalhard
diskdrives(HDD),opticaldrives,externalharddiskdrives,andevenUSB
flashdrivesallconstitutepersistentstoragedevices.Thedevicesareso
plentifulnowthatitcanbechallengingtounderstandthedifferences.
Thetypesofstoragedevicescoveredinthischapterinclude:
HardDiskDrives(Internal/External)
SolidStateDrive(SSD)
OpticalDrives(CD/DVD)
AccessoryDrives(MMC,SD,MemoryStick,etc.)
Page 3-1
Chapter 3: Storage Devices
HardDiskDrives Hard Disk Drives

Makesurethestudents Theprimarycategoriesofharddiskdrives(HDD)areinternalHDDand
understandthe
externalHDD.
differencesinGigabits
versusGigabytesaswell
Internal HDD
asthebenefitsofan
A hard disk drive that is located inside the case of a computer.
internalHDDandthe
benefitsofanexternal
External HDD
HDD.
A hard disk drive that is located outside the case of a computer.
Letthestudentsknow
thatcapacityisconstantly Internal HDD
growing.
InternalHDDtechnologyhasevolvedinbothavailabledatacapacityand
dataaccessspeeds.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figure31:InternalHardDiskDrive
Thecurrentdatacapacityofinternalharddiskdrivesiscommonlygreater
than250gigabytes(GB).Thenewestdrivescanhaveastoragecapacityin
excessof4terabytes(TB).
Gigabyte (GB)
A term used to reference one billion bytes.
Terabyte (TB)
A term used to reference one trillion bytes.
Page 3-2
Toputthisintoperspective,assumethatatypicalMicrosoftWord Terminology
documentusesapproximately3,000bytesofstoragespace.Theaverage Makesurethestudents
song,indigitalformat,mayuseapproximately3,000,000bytes.Withthese understandthe
numbers,youcancalculatethata500GBinternalharddiskcan terminologylisted.Itwill
accommodateapproximately16milliondocuments,or160,000songs. bereferencedthroughout
thechapter.
Thatisalotofdataand/ormusic.But,ifthatisnotenoughstoragespace
foryourneeds,youcanpotentiallydoublethosenumbersbyplacinga1
TBinternalharddiskdriveintothecomputer.A1TBinternalharddisk
driveisequaltoonetrillionbytesofstorage.
Mostcomputerscomeequippedwithaninternalharddiskdriveand
relativelyamplestorage.Eventually,theusermayrequireadditional
storagecapacity.Withthecapacityoptionsbeingsolargeandplentiful,it
n
isimportanttoalsoknowalittlebitaboutthespeedsatwhichthedata
io
t
canbeaccessed.
bu
tri
Internalharddiskdrivesareratedonthefollowing:
is
rD
Revolutionsperminute(RPM)
fo
Datatransferrate(DTR) ot
N
Thespeedofmostinternalharddiskdrivesismeasuredbytherotations
l-
ofthemagneticplatterscontainedinside.Thespeedisalsodeterminedby
tia
en
thedatatransferrate.Forexample,ahighperformance500GBinternal
fid
HDDmaybelistedwithaspeedof7200revolutionsperminute(RPM),
on
combinedwithadatatransferrateof6gigabitspersecond(Gbps).
tC
Revolutions per minute (RPM)

or
tip
As applied to hard disk drives, it is a measurement of the frequency of a

er
single rotation of the magnetic platter(s).

C
&
Data transfer rate

P
As applied to hard disk drives, it is the speed at which data is transferred

H
to and from the storage device.
Bit
This is the smallest unit for reading and recording information within a
computer. It is represented as a value of 0 or 1.
Byte
A collection of 8 bits, creating a larger unit of information within a
computer.
Gigabits per second (Gbps)

A term used to reference the transfer of one billion bits per second.
Page 3-3
InterfaceStandards
AnuppercaseB,whenusedasGB,referencesbytes.Thelowercase
Theseinterfacestandards
b,whenusedasGb,referencesbits.
willbediscussedinmore
detaillaterintheStorage Thismeansthatthemagneticplattersarespinningatanextremelyfast
InterfaceTypessection. rateof120revolutionspersecond.Combinethatwithadatatransferrate
of6billionbitspersecondandyouhaveawellperformingharddisk
drive.Moreadvanced,highperformanceharddiskdrivescanreacha
speedofmorethan10,000RPM.
Intheworkplace,typicalinternalharddiskdriveshavespeedsof5400
7200RPMsandoffermorethan4Gbpsfordatatransfer.
Harddiskdrivesareconnectedtothecomputerthroughaninterface.
ThereareseveralinternalHDDinterfacestandardsinusetoday.
n
t io
HDD Interface standard
bu
A standardized interface that is used to connect an internal HDD to a
tri
is
computer.
rD
fo
ThemostcommoninternalHDDinterfacestandardsinusetodayare:
ot

N
ParallelAdvancedTechnologyAttachment(PATA)
l-
SerialAdvancedTechnologyAttachment(SATA)
tia
SmallComputerSystemInterface(SCSI)
en
fid
Wewilldiscusstheseinterfaceconnectorsinmoredetaillaterinthis
on
chapter.
tC
Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive

or
tip
UpgradingasystemsinternalHDDstoragecanoftenbeaccomplishedby
er
C
installinganadditionalinternalHDD.Insomecases,whereinternalspace
&
islimited,suchasinlaptopsorsmallerdesktopsystemswithlimited
P
H
internalexpansionbays,itcannotbeaccomplishedwithoutreplacingthe
currentdrive.

Figure32:InternalHDDinstallation
Page 3-4
UpgradeOptions
Installationofaninternalharddiskdriveshouldbedonebyacertified
Thischaptercontinuesto
technician.AsnotedinChapter2,therearecertainsafetyprecautionsthatshould
usetheHP500Bdesktop
beconsidered.Itisalsoimportanttofollowthemanufacturersguidelines. systemasanexample
InChapter2,youwereintroducedtosomeofthehighlevelbenefitsof systemforinstalling
and/orupgradingan
persistentstorageupgrades,includethefollowing:
internalHDD.
Additionalspacefordatastorage Explainthatalldesktop
Potentiallyfasterdatastorageandretrieval computersareunique
Safelycombininginternalandexternalstorage butrequireasimilar
Flexibilityinconfigurationchoices process.
Perhapsdiscusswith
Therearemanyoptionsforupgradingdatastoragecapacity.Usingthe
studentsthevarying
exampleHP500BdesktopsystemfromChapter2,letustakealookat optionswithwhichthey
n
upgradingitsstoragecapacity(Table31). mayalreadyhave
tio
experience.
bu
Table31:CurrentcomponentsoftheHP500BModelXZ831UTandpotentialupgradeoptions
tri

is
Item Current UpgradeOption(s)
rD
SATA
fo
Letthestudentsknow
Internal 250GB7200rpm SATAcompliantinternalHDD
ot
thatSATAiscurrently
N
HDD SATA themostcommon
l-
interfaceusedinHP
tia
DriveBays Internal1 Replacecurrent desktopandlaptop

en
businesssystems.
fid
External1
on
tC
Ports 6USB2.0 USB2.0compliantexternal

or
HDD
tip
er
UpgradingtheexistinginternalHDDinourexamplesystemcannotbe
C
&
accomplishedwithoutreplacingthecurrentinternaldrive.Asnotedin
P
Table31,thesystemhasonlyoneinternaldrivebaythatiscurrently
H
populatedbytheexisting250GBSATAdrive.
Beforeremovingtheexistinginternalharddiskdrive,ensurethata
completebackupofallthedatahasbeencompleted.Inaddition,iftheprimary
driveisbeingreplaced,remembertocreateaRecoveryDiskSetinordertorestore
theexistingoperatingsystemandtherelevantsoftwaredriversandapplications.
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)

An interface design used to connect hard disk drives and other
compatible components to a system.
Page 3-5
Themotherboardinourexampledesktopcontainsanintegrated
controllerforSATAcompliantdrives.Becauseofthis,thecurrentinternal
harddiskdriveupgradeoptionsarelimitedtoanySATAcompliant
internalharddiskdrive.
Toreplacethedrive,startbyremovingtheexistingone.
1. FollowthesafetyguidelinesfoundinChapter2forupgradesthat
involveopeningthesystem.
2. Disconnectthepowercordfromtheelectricaloutlet.
3. Disconnectallperipheraldevicesfromthesystem.
Itisrecommendedthatyoulabelallofthecablesasyouremovethemand
keeptrackofanyandallscrews.
n
io
4. Removethesidepanelbylooseningtheassociatedscrewslocated
t
bu
inthebackofthesystemasshowninFigure33.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure33:Unscrewingthesidepanel.
5. Locatethehandleandpullthesidepaneltowardthebackofthe
system.
6. Gentlyliftthesidepanelupandawayfromthesystemasshownin
Figure34.
Page 3-6
n
io
t
bu

tri
is
Figure34:Removingthesidepanel.
rD
fo
7. Togettotheinternalharddrivebay,thefrontpanelmustbe
ot
removed.Pullallthreetabstowardsyoutoreleaseitfromthe
N
chassis.
l-
tia
8. Gentlyswingthefrontpanelawayfromthecomputerasshownin
en
Figure35.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure35:Removingthefrontpanel.
Youshouldnowhaveaccesstotheinternalharddiskdrive,locatedjust
belowtheopticaldrive(CD/DVD).
Page 3-7
9. Detachboththepower(1)anddata(2)cablesbypressingdownon
thelatchandgentlypullingawayfromthedriveasshownin
Figure36.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
ot
Figure36:Removingtheinternalharddiskdrivepoweranddatacables.
N
l-
10. Locatethescrewsthatsecuretheharddiskandremovethem.
tia
11. Gentlyslidetheexistinginternalharddiskdriveoutbypullingit
en
forwardawayfromthechassisasshowninFigure37.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure37:Removingtheinternalharddiskdrive.
Nowthatthedrivebayisclear,itistimetoinstallanewinternalhard
diskdrive.Asmentionedpreviously,ourexampleHP500Bsystemwill
hostanSATAcompliantdrive.
12. Placethenewinternalharddiskdriveintotheemptydrivebay.
Page 3-8
13. Slowlyslidethedriveinuntilthescrewholesarealignedwiththe
holesprovidedinthedrivebay.OnHPsystems,lookforthe
HDDmarking.
14. AttachthescrewsonthesideofthedriveasshowninFigure38.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

Figure38:Securingthescrews.
fo
ot
N
15. Oncesecured,reattachboththepower(1)anddata(2)cablestothe
l-
tia
newlyinstalleddriveasshowninFigure39.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure39:Attachingtheinternalharddiskdrivepoweranddatacables.
16. Oncethenewinternalharddiskdriveisinplaceandthepower
anddatacablesareattached,followsteps2through8inreverse
ordertocloseupthesystem.
17. BootthesystemandchecktheBIOStoconfirmthatthenewdrive
hasbeenrecognized.
18. Atthispoint,eitheranewoperatingsystemcanbeinstalled,orifa
backupisavailable,asystemrestorecanbeperformed.
Page 3-9
External HDD
Anexternalharddiskdrivefunctionsverymuchthesameasaninternal
harddiskdrive.However,theydifferprominentlyinlocationand
connectiontype.
Whileaninternalharddiskdriveislocatedinsideadesktop,laptop,or
server,anexternalharddiskdriveisselfcontained,allowingittobe
locatedoutsidethecomputersystem.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
C
Figure310:ExternalHardDiskDrive
&
P
Anexternalharddiskdrivehasanoutercasingforprotectionandmore
H
flexibleconnectivity.Inaddition,mostexternalharddiskdriveshave
theirownpowercord,allowingthemtoreceivepowerdirectlyfroman
electricaloutletinsteadoffromthecomputerspowersupply.
Mostexternalharddiskdrivesareusedforportability,backups,and/or
extrafilestorage.
Thecapacityforanexternalharddiskdrivecanequalorexceedthe
capacityofaninternaldrivebecauseitdoesnothavethesamespace,
power,and/orventinglimitationsasaninternalharddiskdrive.
Althoughthedatastoragecapacitycanbeequivalenttoorexceedthatof
aninternalharddiskdrive,thedatatransferrateissloweroreven
substantiallyslowerdependingontheconnectioninterface.
Page 3-10
Externalharddiskdrivescanconnecttothecomputerthroughanexternal Terms
USBorFirewireconnection.AneSATAconnectionisalsoavailableon USBandFirewirewere
certainsystems. introducedanddefined
inChapter2.
eSATA
Chapter4alsoprovides
A standard interface design used for connecting external SATA
moredetailsfor
compatible storage devices to a system.
PeripheralDevices.
ThemostcommonexternalHDDconnectorusedtodayareasfollows: Whenreviewingthe
transferratesforUSB3.0,
UniversalSerialBus(USB) withinthetable,please
Firewire stresstothestudentsthat
thisisatheoreticallimit.
USB
Firewire
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-

tia
Figure311:FirewireandUSBConnectors
en
fid
Table33providesanoverviewofthedatatransferratesfortheUSBand
on
Firewireconnectors.
tC
Table33:USBandFirewiretransferrates
or
tip
er
Connector TransferRate
C
&
USB2.0 Upto480Mbps
P
H
USB3.0 Upto5Gbps
Firewire400 400Mbps
Firewire800 800Mbps
Firewire1600 1.6Gbps
Firewire3200 3.2Gbps
Firewire1600and3200aredifficulttofindoncurrentlyavailable
systems.
Page 3-11
UnlessyouconnectviaaUSB3.0port,anexternalconnectionreducesthe
datatransferratesubstantially.Forexample,atypical500GBexternal
harddiskdrivewithastandardUSB2.0connectionhasadatatransfer
rateofupto480Mbps.Comparethattothe6Gbpstransferrateofthe
internalharddiskdrivementionedpreviously.Thatisapproximately12.5
timesslowerthananinternalHDD.
Installing an external hard disk drive

AddinganexternalHDDisquiteeasy.Thefollowingstepsillustratethe
procedureforinstallinganexternaldriveviaaUSBconnection:
1. Locatetheexternaldrivespowercableandproperlyconnectitto
thebackoftheexternaldrive(Figure312).
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure312:ExternalHDDPowerConnector

2. LocatetheUSBcable,providedwiththeexternaldrive,andconnect
thesmallerendtothecorrespondingportontheexternaldrive
(Figure313).
Page 3-12
n
iot
bu
tri

is
rD
Figure313:ExternalHDDUSBconnector
fo
3. Connecttheexternaldrivespowercabletoanelectricaloutlet.
ot
N
4. LocateanunusedUSBportonthesystemandconnecttheUSB
l-
cablefromtheexternaldrive(Figure314).
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure314:ExternalHDDandSystemUSBConnection
5. WaitfortheoperatingsystemtorecognizethenewUSBdevice.A
messageindicatingthatthedeviceisreadytouseshouldappear
(Figure315).
Page 3-13

Figure315:ExternalHDDDriverInstall
6. Openupfilemanager(orequivalent)toconfirmthatthenew
externaldriveappearsandisaccessible.
SomeUSBbasedexternalharddiskdrivesarepowereddirectlythrough
theUSBconnection.Theseexternaldrivestendtobelowerinstoragecapacity.
Flexibilityisakeybenefitwhenitcomestoexternalharddiskdrives.As
previouslymentioned,externalharddiskdrivescomeinavarietyof
capacityoptionsandarealsoportable.
n
io
Whenconsideringtheneedforadditionaldatastoragespaceforasystem,
t
bu
thereisnoneedtoremoveordiscardanyoftheexistingharddiskdrives.
tri
is
ByselectingaUSB2.0,USB3.0,orFirewirecompliantexternaldrive,
rD
upgradingcanbeaseasyaspluggingitintoanavailableUSBorFirewire
port.
fo
ot
N
USB 2.0
l-
The second version of the USB standard, capable of data transfer speeds
tia
up to 480 megabits per second (Mbps).

en
fid
USB 3.0
on
The third version of the USB standard, capable of data transfer speeds up
tC
to 5 gigabits per second (Gbps).

or
tip
er
AlthoughUSB3.0providesthecapabilityofincreaseddatatransfer
C
&
speeds,theexternalharddiskdriveandthecomputersUSBportmustalsobe
P
USB3.0compatibletotakeadvantageofthesespeeds.
H
Table34providesageneraloverviewofthehighlevelfeaturesofinternal
andexternalharddiskdrives.Thesefiguresdependonthemanufacturer,
drivemodel,andcapabilityofthesystemtheyareconnectedto.

Page 3-14
Ty
ypes of Stora
age Devicess
Tablee34:ComparisonofInternalHDDversusExternalHDD
D T
Table34
LLetthestudenntsknow
Feature InternalHDD External HDD thhatthecompparisontable
issahighlevelloverview
Cap
pacity Inexcessof3TB Inexcess of6TB aandmoredetaailswill
vvaryastechnoology
Inteerface/Conn
nector PA
ATA/SATA//SCSI/SAS USB/Firew
wire aadvances.

RPM
M Up
pto10,000 N/A
S
SSD
DattaTransfer Rate Up
pto6Gbps Upto5G
Gbps AAsthemanufaacturing
ccostforSSDg
goesdown,
Porrtability No
o Yes thherearemoreeSSD
ooptionsavailaable.
n
CCurrently,SSD Ddrivesare
io
Thequiickestandeaasiestapproaachtoincreasingavailabblestorage sstillsmallerin
ncapacity
t
bu
capaacityonacom
mputeristoaddanexternalharddisskdrive. thhanthetradittionalHDD.
tri
is
S
StressthatSSDDshaveno
Soliid State Drive
D (SSD
D)
rD
m
movingormeechanical
fo
Ammorerecententryintotthemainstrreampersisstentstorag gearenaisth
ot he p
parts,resultin
nginquiet
p
performance.
SoliddStateDriv
ve(SSD).SSSDsarema adewithsollidstateno
onvolatile
N
l-
memmoryinstea adofthespiinningmag gneticdisksswithread//writeheaddsthat

tia
areffoundintra
aditionalhaarddiskdrives.Althoughthetecchnologyhaas
en
beennaroundfooryears,ith
hasonlybeenconsiderredanalterrnativetothhe
fid
trad
ditionalhardddiskdriveeforthepa
astfewyearrs.
on
tC
SSD
Dscontainnnomovingp partsandd
donotmakeethesameffamiliarhu um
or
thattraditionalldiskdriveesmake.Inaddition,th
heyarelesssproneto
tip
dam
magefromp physicalacttivity.
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre316:HPInte
ernalSolidSta
ateDriveand3
3.5inchBay
SSDsaarequieterth
hantradition
naldrivesbeecausetheyccontainno
movaableparts.
Frommaperformmancepersp pective,SSD
Dsarealsofasterthanntraditionall
driv
ves.Unfortuunately,theemanufactuuringcosto
ofSSDsisggreater,per
gigaabyte,thantraditionalharddiskd
drives.Thisscausesassignificantp
price
diffeerencebetw
weenthetw
wodrivetyp pesandisw
whySSDsh havenotbeeen
5
Page 3-15
Table35 widelyacceptedasthepreferreddrive.Thispricegapmaycloseslowlyas
Thetableprovidessome thetechnologyprogressesandconsumerdemandincreases.
examplesanddoesnot
AnotheradvantageofSSDsoverHDDsisthattheyrequiremuchless
representthepower
consumptionforallSDD
powertooperate.Thisisespeciallyimportantasmoreandmore
andtraditionalHDD. companieshavebecomeconcernedaboutbeingenvironmentally
sensitive,orgreen.
Thestudentsshould
researchthespecsforthe SolidStateDrivescanbefoundinthefollowing:
drivestheyare
consideringusing. Tablets
Portablemusicplayers
Smartphones
Somelaptopsandnetbooks
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
Figure317:HPSlate2TabletPC
P
H
SolidStateDrivescomeinbothinternalandexternalmodels.Theinternal
SDDconnectivityissimilartothetraditionalinternalharddiskdriveand
typicallyusestheSATAinterface.
AkeybenefitofSSDsovertraditionalHDDsisthattheyconsumeless
powerbecausetheydonothaveanymovingparts.Inaddition,duetothe
fasterinput/outputratesofSSDs,theCPUdoesnothavetowaitaslong
forthedata.
Table3.5providessomeexamplesofthepowerconsumptionbyvarious
drives.

Page 3-16
Ty
ypes of Stora
age Devicess
Tablee35:Drivepowerconsumpttion
Drive
e PowerCon
P sumption
SDDOCZ24
40GBSATA
A Active:2W
A W
Idle:0.5W
I
TraaditionalIn
nternalWDHDD500G
GB Active:3.6W
A W
SATA Idle:2.1
I
Optical Driv
ve
n
io
OptiicalDrivesistheterm
mgiventoagroupofd devicesthat uselasersto
t
bu
read
dandwritedatatoand dfromoptiicaldiscs.T
Themorecoommonnam mes
tri
giveentothesed
devicesareCompactD Disc(CD)d driveandD
DigitalVideo
is
rD
Discc(DVD)driive.
Commpact Disc
fo
ot
The term given to an optic
cal disc tha
at is used fo
or data stora
age.
N
l-
tia
Digittal Video Disc

D (DVD)
en
The term given to an optic cal disc tha

at provides similar data
a storage
fid
func
ctionality ass a CD, but with greateer storage capacity.
c
on
tC
Thefollowingiisalistofth
hecommon
ntypesofo
opticaldrivees:
or
CDROM M
tip
CDRW
er
C
DVDRO OM
&
DVDRW W
P
BlurayDisc(BD)

Figurre318:HPDV
VDRW
Page 3-17
7
Cha
apter 3: Storage Devicess
Thetwommostcomm monoptical drives,CD

DandDVD,,comewithhdifferent
functionss.Thereisth
hereadonllymemory(ROM)typ
peaswellaastheread
write(RW
W)type.
Anotherttermyoummayhaveseeenis,WriiteOnce,ReeadMany,or
WORM.T TheCD/DV VDROMprrocessissim milartoWOORMbecau useit
providestheabilitytowritedaataonceand
dreaditmu
ultipletimees.
Read-writte (RW)
The ability
y to read in
nformation ffrom an op
ptical disc a
as well as write
informatioon to an opptical disc.
WORM
The act of
o writing daata to an op
ptical drive
e only one ttime, with th
he ability to
o
read it maany times.
n
io
Astheneeedforcommpliancewitthlegalreggulationshaasincreased
d,sohas
t
bu
theneedfforWORM Mtypestoraage.Today,moreandm morelargecompaniess
tri
is
areusingitforarchiivingbusin
nessdata,in
ncluding:
rD
Fin
nancialdoccuments
fo
ot
Emmail
N
Ceertificationd
documentss
l-

tia
Thhecapacitydifferenceb betweenaCCDandDV VDisquitelarge.A

en
no
ormalCDha asthecapaacityforapp
proximately y700MBofdata
fid
sto
orage.Ano ormalDVDhasthecap pacityforap
pproximateely4.7GB
on
ofdatastoragge.
tC
Blurayissanopticaldiscdesignnthatallow
wsalargeraamountofdatatobe
or
tip
placedonntheopticaaldisc.The capacityfo
orBlurayd
discsrangessfrom25
er
GBupto128GB.Th his,inturn, providesstoragespacceforhighdensity

C
graphics,images,an ndmovies.A AlthoughB Bluraydisccplayersarrenow

&
P
beingconnfiguredinttosystems, themostcommonfun nctioninusseisread

H
only,maiinlybecausethecosto ofrecordabllemediaisstillveryh
high.

Figure319:BlurayDrive
Page
e 3-18
Allthreeopticaldisctypes,CD,DVD,andBluray,havevaryingspeed OpticalDrive
options.Thecommonspeedoptionsrangefrom4X,whichisfour(4) Installation
timestheoriginalspinningspeedofanaudioCD,to52Xonsomemodels. Askthestudentstoshare
theirexperiences.
1X
The original spinning speed of an Audio CD, which is 500 RPM.
Whenyoucompareopticaldiscspeedswiththoseofaninternalharddisk
drive,yougetabetterideaofhowfasttheopticaldiscsarespinning.For
example,a16XDVDROMisspinningatarateof16multipliedby500,or
8000RPMs.Rememberour500GBinternalharddiskdrive?Itwas
spinningat7200RPM.
Now,compareRPMswiththedatatransferrate.Thesame16XDVD
ROMhasadatatransferrateofapproximately175Mbps,comparedtothe
n
io
500GBinternalharddisktransferrateof6Gbps.Inourexample,
t
bu
althoughthespeedsarecomparable,thereisstillanoticeabledifferencein
tri
is
datatransferrateswhencomparinganopticaldiscwithaninternalhard
rD
diskdrive.
Table36:Opticaldrivespeedandcapacity
fo
ot
N
l-
Type Speed Capacity

tia
en
CD Upto52X Upto700MB
fid
on
DVD Upto52X Upto4.7GB

tC
or
tip
Bluray Upto52X Upto128GB

er
C
Theinterfaceconnectorforopticaldiscsissimilartothoseforaninternal
&
harddiskdrive.
P
H
Aswithaninternalharddiskdrive,installingorupgradingasystems
opticaldisccanbeaccomplishedsomewhateasily.Followingthe
manufacturersguidelinesisalwaysrecommended.
Page 3-19
AccessoryStorage
Makesurethestudents
understandthevalueof
theflexibilityand
portabilityofthevarying
accessorystorageoptions.
Discussthestudents
currentuseandexposure
toaccessorystorage
devices.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
Figure320:InstallinganOpticalDrive
en
Toinstallanewopticaldrive,followthesamestepsthatareoutlinedin
fid
theInstallinganInternalHardDisksectionearlierinthischapter.
on
tC
Accessory Storage
or
tip
Thereareanumberofaccessorystoragedevicesavailableonthemarket
er
today.Theyaremostcommonlyusedtoexpandtheexistingstorage
C
&
capacityindigitalcameras,smartphones,TabletPCs,musicdevices,and
P
computers.Theycomeinavarietyofshapeswithdifferentinterface
H
connectionsandstoragecapacityoptions.Themostcommonlyused
accessorystoragedevicetodayistheUSBflashdrive.
Typicalaccessorystoragedevicesare:
MultimediaCard(MMC)
SmartMedia
SecureDigital(SD)
CompactFlash
MemoryStick
USBFlashDrive
Page 3-20
Multimedia Card (MMC)

Eachaccessorystoragedevicelistedaboveprovidesasolutiontostorage
capacityexpansionforaparticulardeviceorevenmultipledevices.For
example,multimediacards,whichareflashmemoryandaboutthesizeof
apostagestamp,canbeusedinadigitalcameraorinacomputer.Their
capacityrangeextendsupto32GB.
Smart Media
SmartMediaisalsoflashmemory,butisphysicallylargerthan
multimediaatapproximately1.75by1.45(4.4cmby3.7cm)insize.It
hasasimilaruseasthemultimediacard.However,SmartMediaisan
oldertechnologythanmultimedia,sothestoragecapacityismuchsmaller
at128MB.
n
tio
Secure Digital (SD)
bu
tri
ASecureDigital(SD)cardiscomprisedofnonvolatilememory.Ithas
is
rD
becomeoneofthemostwidelyusedtypesofaccessorystorageavailable
fo
today.ThereareseveralvariationsofSDcardsinbothshapeandstorage
ot
capacity.Capacitycapabilitiesandfunctionalityhavebeencategorized
N
intofamiliesbytheSDCardAssociation.
l-
tia
ThemostcommonlyusedSecureDigitalfamiliesinclude:
en
fid
SDStandardCapacity(SDSC)
on
SDHighCapacity(SDHC)
tC
SDExtendedCapacity(SDXC)
or
tip
Table3.7illustratesthecapacityscopesforeachSDfamily.
er
C
Table37:SDcapacityscopes
&
P
Family Minimum Maximum

H
SDSC 1MB 2GB
SDHC 2GB 32GB
SDXC 32GB 2TB
Inadditiontocapacityoptions,SDcardsalsocomeinthreedifferentsizes.
ThestandardSDcardsizeisapproximately1.25by1(1.38cmby2.54
cm).ThenextsmallersizeiscalledtheMiniSD.TheMiniSDis
approximately.8by.8(2cmby2cm).Ifthatisnotsmallenoughfor
yourneeds,thesmallestSDcardsizeiscalledtheMicroSD.TheMicroSD
Page 3-21
cardisapproximately.6by.4(1.5cmby1cm)andusedquiteoftenfor
expandingthestoragecapacityofsmartphones.

Figure321:MicroSDHC
Compact Flash
CompactFlashcardshavealsobeenavailableforsometimeandtypically
containflashmemory.Today,theyaremorecommonlyfoundinhighend
DigitalSingleLensReflex(SLR)cameras.
n
iot
bu
Digital Single Lens Reflex (SLR)
tri
A digital camera that uses a mirror to reflect/redirect the image from the
is
lens to a separate screen, normally located on the back of the device.
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
Figure322:CompactFlashCard
er
C
LargerthanthebiggestSDcard,aCompactFlashisapproximately1.7by
&
P
1.4(4.3cmby3.6cm)andhasamaximumcapacityof128GB.For
H
comparison,thiscapacityfallswithintheSDXCrangelistedinTable37
above.
Memory Stick
TheMemoryStickisalsoaflashmemorydevice.Ithasbeenutilized
mostlyinSonydevicessuchasdigitalcameras,videorecorders,and
gamingdevices.Overtime,continueddevelopmenthasresultedinsize
andshapechangesaswellasstoragecapacityincreases.Currently,the
MemoryStickhasacapacitylimitof256GB.Thisistwicethecapacity
limitoftheCompactFlash.
Page 3-22
Connecting Storage Devices
USB Flash Drive AccessoryStorageSlots

HPdesktopandlaptop
ThefinalaccessorystoragedeviceonourlististheUSBFlashDrive.The
systemshaveavarietyof
physicalsizehasremainedsomewhatstableduetotheUSBinterface. accessorystorageslots.
However,thisparticularstorageaccessoryhasundergonenumerous

transitionsinshape.ThemostcommonUSBflashdrivesalllookthesame
andareusedtoconnecttocomputersystemsusinganavailableUSBport.
However,theincreasedpublicappealforUSBflashdriveshasprompted
someverycreativestyles.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
Figure323:USBFlashDrive
fid
on
StoragecapacityontheUSBflashdrivehassteadilyincreasedasthe
tC
technologyhasprogressed.USBflashdriveswithacapacityof256GBare
or
currentlyavailable.
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure324:AccessoryStorageSlots

Interfaceconnectorshavebeenmentionednumeroustimesinthischapter.
Thefollowingsectiondiscussesthestorageinterfacesthatareutilizedby
thevariousstoragedeviceswehavediscussed.
Page 3-23
SATA Storage Interface Types

Studentsmayencounter Themostcommoninterfacestandardsusedtodayare:
SATAmorethanall
otherswhenperforming ParallelAdvancedTechnologyAttachment(PATA)
servicesontodays SerialAdvancedTechnologyAttachment(SATA)
systems. SmallComputerSystemInterface(SCSI)
SerialAttachedSCSI(SAS)
UniversalSerialBus(USB)
Firewire
Theseinterfacestandardsareusedbyinternalharddiskdrives,external
harddiskdrives,solidstatedrives,opticaldrives,andmemorysticks.
Parallel Advanced Technology Attachment (PATA)
n
io
ThePATAinterfacewasoriginallybasedontheIntegratedDrive
t
bu
Electronics(IDE)interface.ThePATAinterfacehadalimitedcablelength
tri
ofapproximately18inchesaswellassomedrivesizelimitations.Despite
is
rD
theselimitations,itwassomewhatinexpensivetoproduce.Thishelped
fo
sustainitspopularitywithsystemmanufacturersandremainedthe
ot
interfaceofchoiceforquitesometime.
N
l-
Someadditionalinterfacenames,nowreferredtoasPATA,include:
tia
IDE
en

fid
ATA
on
EnhancedIDE
tC
ATAPacketInterface(ATAPI)
or
tip
APATAinternalharddiskdrivecommonlyhasjumpersettingsonthe
er
driveitself.Thesecanbesettomaster/primary,slave,ordefault/open.
C
Newdrivesarenormallysettodefault/open.Thisallowstheconnecting
&
P
cabletodeterminewhethertheHDDiseitherthemaster/primarydriveor
H
asaslavedrive.Thedeterminationdependsonwhereitisconnectedto
thecable.
Becarefulwhensettingthejumpersbecauseanincorrectjumpersetting
canpreventthedrivefrombeingrecognizedbytheBIOS.
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)

Asadvancementsweremade,thePATAinterfacewasreplacedbythe
SATAinterface.TheSATAinterfaceimproveddatatransferratesanda
reductioninphysicalcablesize,whichallowedfortheutilizationoflarger
harddiskdrivesandopticaldrives.Inaddition,thesmallercablesize
providedmoreoptionsforsmallerformfactors.
Page 3-24
n
io
Figure325:SATAMotherboardInterfaceConnector
t
bu
Currently,therearethreeversionsofSATAtechnology,SATA1,SATA2
tri
is
andSATA3.Thefirsttwoversions,SATA1(1)andSATA2(2),canbe
rD
seenonthemotherboardinFigure325above.EachSATAgenerationhas
providedanoticeableincreaseindatatransfer.
fo
ot
N
SATA 1
l-
An interface standard that provides up to 1.5 Gbps data transfer

tia
communication rate for disk drives.

en
fid
SATA 2
on

tC

or
tip
SATA 3
er

C

&
P
H
SATA2andSATA3arecommonlyusedintodayssystemsandremain
apopularinterfaceoption.
SCSI
SmallComputerSystemInterface(SCSI)isasetofstandardsthat
provideinterfaceconnectivityfordevices,includingstoragedevices,
printers,andscanners.
Originallyintroducedintheearly1980s,ithascontinuedtoprovidevalue
asacommoninterfaceforconnectingcomponents.
SomeofthebenefitsofSCSIincludefasterdatatransferratesthanPATA,
aswellastheabilitytochaindevicestoasingleSCSIconnector.
Page 3-25
SASistypicallyusedin Currently,aproperlyconfiguredSCSIconnectorcanaccommodateupto
servers.Forexample,the 16devices.
HPProLiantmodel
ML370hastheHPSmart SomeofyourcustomersmayuseastoragesolutionbasedonSerial
ArrayP800SAS AttachedSCSI(SAS).SASisalogicalextensionoftheSCSItechnology,
controllerasanoptional designedtoallowenterpriseorganizationstoaddressthegrowing
configurationcomponent.
requirementsofstorageinterconnectivity.

Serial Attached SCSI (SAS)
A computer bus that replaces the parallel SCSI bus, allowing serial
connections of SCSI and SATA compatible hard disk drives.
SASincorporatestheSATAphysicalinterfacewiththereliabilityand
performancefoundwithSCSItechnology.ThisallowsforSATAdrivesto
beusedonanSAScontroller,however,anSATAcontrollerwillnothost
n
io
anSAScompliantdrive.
t
bu
SomeoftheadvantagesofSAStechnologyinclude:
tri
is

rD
Higherbandwidth

fo
SASandSATAdrivesinthesamesystem

ot
TraditionalSCSIsoftware
N
Smallerconnectorfacilitatesuseinsmallerformfactors
l-
tia
WhenconsideringSASforacustomersneeds,oneitemtoalsoreviewis
en
thedutycyclesbetweenSASandSATA.Foracustomerwithhigh
fid
reliabilityandoperationalneeds,SASprovidesmoredutycycles.Table3
on
tC
8belowprovidesanoverviewofHPdefineddutycyclesforSATAand
SASdrives.Thedutycycleislistedinhours,followedbydays.For
or
tip
example,8hoursperday,5daysperweek.
er
C
Duty Cycles
&
The amount of time that a system, device, or component is in operation.

P
H
Table38:DutyCycles
DriveType DutyCycles
SATA 8x5
SAS 24x7
Page 3-26
Partitioning hard disk drives
Partitioning
Partitioning hard disk drives Askstudentsiftheyhave

everpartitionedahard
Managingyourharddiskdrivesisanimportanttaskwhensupporting drive.
systemswithinanorganization.Differentmethodsformanagingthehard
diskdrivescanandshouldbeapplied.
Forexample,partitioningcanbeusedtosegregatedatatypes,suchas
separatingoperatingsystemfilesfromdatafiles.Bycreatingonepartition
fortheoperatingsystemandanotherpartitionfordata,youcanprotect
youroperatingsystemfilesfromanypotentialdamagecausedbysaving
orrecordingdatafiles.
Itisimportanttonotethatpartitioningdoesnotprotectdamagetothe
n
io
datashouldtheharddiskdrivefail.Inaharddiskdrivefailurescenario,alldata
t
bu
couldbelost.
tri
is
Partitioning
rD
The creation of separate storage areas on a single physical hard disk
drive.
fo
ot
N
Partitioning
l-
tia
Partitioningisnormallythefirststepinsettingupanewharddiskdrive,
en
fid
andthepartitionsaretypicallycreatedbeforethedriveisformatted.This
on
allowsyoutosplityourtotalharddiskspaceintooneormorepieces.
tC
Partition
or
A logical drive consisting of the storage capacity determined during the

tip
partitioning process.
er
C
&
P
Usingtheoperatingsysteminstallationpackageisonewaytocreate
H
partitions.
Types of partitions
Beforediscussinghowtopartitionadrive,letuslookatafewdisk
configurationparametersthatarerequiredforthedisktoberecognized
bythecomputer.
EachharddiskdriveonaPChasabootsector.Thebootsectorcontains
instructionsandmachinecodethatareloadedintoRAM.Thisinformation
helpsthesystemcontinueunderstandhowtoaccessthefilesystem.
Boot Sector
Contains the instructions that allow the computer to access the volumes
file system.
Page 3-27
File system
A structure that allows files to be located.
Next,wehavetheMasterBootRecord(MBR).TheMBRisasmall
programthatislocatedinthefirstsectorofthedriveandcontainsthe
partitiontable.Thepartitiontableisadescriptionofthedefinedprimary
partitionsonthedrive.
Master Boot Record (MBR)

A small program that contains partition information for the drive.
Primary Partition
A partition that acts as a single volume.
OnaPC,theMBRreadsthroughthelistofprimarypartitionsandlooks
n
io
forapartitionthatismarkedasactive.Theactivepartitioniswherethe
t
bu
operatingsystembootfilesreside.Eventhoughyoucancreatemultiple
tri
partitions,onlyoneactivepartitionisallowedonanMBRdrive.
is
rD
Active Partition
fo
The partition that contains the operating system boot files.
ot
N
TheMBR,alongwiththebootsector,directsthecomputertothe
l-
tia
operatingsystemfiles.Thisisdonethroughthefollowingsteps:
en
TheBIOSloadstheMBRintoRAM
fid
TheMBRlooksfortheactiveprimarypartition
on

tC
TheMBRloadsthebootsectoroftheactivepartition

or
Thebootsectorloadstheoperatingsystemstartupfiles
tip
Adriverequiresatleastoneprimarypartition,butcancontainuptofour.
er
C
Anothertypeofpartitionistheextendedpartition.Anextendedpartition
&
P
isanoptionalextensionbeyondtheprimarypartition.Itprovidesthe
H
abilitytotakeaportionofthestoragecapacityonasingleharddiskdrive
anddivideituptoformseparatelogicalpartitions.Theselogical
partitionscanthenbeseenbytheoperatingsystemasindividuallogical
drivesandbeassigneddrivelettersaswell.
Extended partition
A partition on a hard disk drive that can be divided into multiple logical
partitions.
Logical Drive
A portion of an extended partition that is seen and utilized by the
operating system as if it were a single hard disk drive.
Page 3-28
Therecanbeonlyoneextendedpartitiononadrive.Whenthereisan
extendedpartition,therecanbenomorethanthreeprimarypartitions.
Becausetherearemultiplepartitioningoptionsavailable,asimplified
partitioningschemeforasingleharddiskdriveonaWindowsbased
systemmightconsistofthefollowing:
1. Primarypartitioncontainingthebootupfiles,and/oroperating
systemfiles.(DriveC:)
2. Extendedpartitiondividedintotwologicaldrives;onefordataand
oneforrecovery.(DriveD:andE:)
Partitioning with Disk Management

WhenworkingwithanexistingsystemutilizingWindowsXPorgreater,
n
theDiskManagementapplicationcanprovideyouwiththeabilityto
io
modifyandmanagetheexistingpartitionsanddiskspace.
t
bu
tri
is
ToaccessDiskManagement,openupControlPanel,selectSystemand
rD
Security,thenselectCreateandformatharddiskpartitionsunderAdministrative
Tools.
fo
ot
N
Figure326illustratesasamplesystem,withprimarypartitionsonly,as
l-
tia
seenthroughtheDiskManagementtool.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure326:WindowsDiskManagementTool
Page 3-29
FileSystems
Usecautionwhenworkingwiththeexistingpartitions.Misconfiguring
Ifyouhaveaccesstoa
apartitioncanresultinalossofdataandcanevendamagetheoperatingsystem.
virtualmachine,perhaps
youcandemonstratethe Therearemultiplepartitioningoptionsavailablewhensettingupanew
creationofapartitionfor system.Sometimes,asimplepartitioningscheme,suchastheexample
thestudents.
givenpreviously,canbeused.Othertimes,thepartitioningschememight
havetocomplywiththestandardssetupbytheorganizationwherethe
systemisbeinginstalled.
Formatting the partition

Anotheritemtoconsideristhefilesystem.Lookingbackatfigure326,
youwillnoticeacolumnwithaFileSystemheading.Thisindicatesthe
typeoffilesystemthatisbeingutilizedoneachpartition.
n
io
WhenworkingwithanHPsystemthatisrunningaversionofWindows,
t
bu
thefollowingfilesystemformatsareavailable:
tri
is
FileAllocationTable(FAT)
rD
FileAllocationTable32bit(FAT32)

fo
NewTechnologyFileSystem(NTFS)
ot
N
l-
Windows7doesnotsupportFAT.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure327:FileSystemOptions
Itisbeneficialtounderstandtheavailableoptionswhencreatingand
managingpartitions,sowewilldiscussthembrieflyhere.
FATisa16bitfilesystemthattracksandkeepsfilelocationsinatable.
Thetableisthenreferencedbytheoperatingsystemtofindthelocationof
thefileitneeds.Itistheoldestofthethreelistedfilesystemsandcan
supportapartitionsizeofuptoa4GB.
Page 3-30
FAT32isa32bitfilesystemthatissimilartoFAT.Ithastheadvantageof
supportingdrivesupto2TB.However,atleastonWindows7,partitions
canbeonly32GB.
NTFSisadifferentfilesystemthanFAT16orFAT32.Itsupportslarger
partitionsofupto256TB.NTFSfacilitatestheabilitytosetaccess
permissionsonfilesand/ordirectories.
File Allocation Table (FAT)

A 16-bit file system containing a table that is used by the operating system
to reference file locations on the hard disk drive.
File Allocation Table 32-bit (FAT32)

A 32-bit file system containing a table that is used by the operating system
to reference file locations on a hard disk.
n
io
New Technology File System (NTFS)
t
bu
A file system, used by Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows
tri
Vista and Windows 7, that supports advanced features, including
is
rD
permissions and encryption.
fo
Thefollowingstepsillustratediskpartitioningduringinstallationofa
ot
N
Windowsoperatingsystem:
l-
tia
1. Starttheoperatingsysteminstallation.
en
2. Whenpromptedfortheinstallationlocation,selectthenewhard
fid
diskdrive.
on
3. Atthispoint,theoptiontocreateapartitionshouldbeavailable.
tC
(ThiswillvarydependingupontheOS)
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure328:Windows7InstallationPartitionManagement
Page 3-31
4. Selecttheoptiontocreateanewpartition.
5. Next,youmustselectthesizeofthefirstpartition.Selectasize
largeenoughtofittheoperatingsystemaswellasapplications.
6. Applyandcreatethenewpartition.
7. Followsteps46tocreateasecondpartitionforthedatafiles.
8. Formatallofthepartitions.
9. Installtheoperatingsystem.
WindowsVistaandlatercanonlybeinstalledonanNTFSpartition.
Defragmentation
Diskfragmentationcanoccurwhenanapplicationand/ordatafilehas
n
beenmodifiedmultipletimes.Initially,whenanapplicationordatafileis
io
t
bu
storedontheharddiskdrive,itisstoredinthesamesequentialphysical
tri
spaceonthedrive.Overtime,astheapplicationordatafileisused,it
is
rD
changesinstructureandsize.Thespacethatitpreviouslyoccupiedisno
longercapableofholdingthefile,soitisthendividedintopieces,or
fo
ot
fragmented,andplacedindifferentareasontheharddisk.
N
l-
Fragmentationoffilescancauseaharddiskdrivetodecreasein
tia
performancebecauseitisforcedtoworkhardertoretrieveorstoreafile
en
thatisdividedandscatteredacrossthedrive.
fid
on
Fragmentation
tC
Occurs when files are divided into multiple pieces and saved in different
or
sectors on a hard disk drive.

tip
er
Ifasystemhasbeeninoperationforsometime,theharddriveshould
C
probablybedefragmented.Whenaharddiskisdefragmented,thefiles
&
P
arerearrangedandplacedbackinasequentialphysicallocationonthe
H
drive.Thisallowsformoreefficientread/writeaccess.
Imaginethatyouareinalargelibrary.Youwanttoretrieveabook,butit
isfragmentedintothreepartsandplacedindifferentlocationson
differentfloors.Youwouldberequiredtogotoallthreelocationsto
retrievetheentirebook.Inthisscenario,defragmentationputsthebook
backtogetherandstoresitinasinglelocation.
Defragmenting
The act of placing related bits of data together on a hard disk drive.
Page 3-32
Defragmentation
ToaccessDiskDefragmenter,selectStart,AllPrograms,Accessories,
SystemTools,andthenDiskDefragmenter.Alternatively,youcanselectStart
andtypeDiskDefragmenterinthesearchbox.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figure329:WindowsDiskDefragmenterTool
on
tC
Thefollowingstepsprovideanexampleofhowtodefragmentahard
or
drive:
tip
1. InWindows,selectStart,AllPrograms,Accessories,SystemTools,
er
C
andthenDiskDefragmenter
&
2. TheDiskDefragmenterprogramappears.Selectthedrive(or
P
H
partition)youwouldliketodefragment.
3. Youwillhavetwochoices:AnalyzediskorDefragmentdisk.Select
Analyzedisk.
Analyzingthediskallowsyoutoseethelevelofdefragmentation
withoutexecutingthedefragmentationcommand.
4. Theresultsshouldshowthepercentageofdiskfragmentation.If
thepercentageis0%,thereisnoneedtogofurther.Ifthereis
fragmentation,selectDefragmentdisk.
5. Repeatsteps24foranyotherdrives(orpartitions)listed.
Page 3-33
Scenario
FIPrint
literature.

ThesalesdepartmentusestheHPSlate2ModelA6M62AAtoshowprospective
clientsthesamplevideotrailers.Therearefivesamplevideotrailerswithasizeof
approximately300MBeach.

Theresearchdepartmentneedstoreviewdataquicklyandstoreitlocallyforfast
referencingandreporting.ItiscurrentlyusingtheHP500BMicrotowerPC
ModelXZ828UTwitha500GBinternalharddiskdrive.
tio
TheartdepartmentiscurrentlyusingtheHPEliteBook8460wModel
bu
XU082UT.Membersoftheartdepartmenttakepictureswithdigitalcamerasthat
tri
is
useSDHCcards.Theytransfertheimagestotheirlocalsystems.
rD

fo
ThewebhostingdepartmentishostingvideotrailersonanHPCompaq8200
ot
N
EliteModelA7K55UT.Thereareapproximately35videotrailers,eachwitha
l-
sizeof10GB.
tia

en
Analyzethestoragedrivesandinterfaceconnectivitycurrentlyinuseand
fid
on
determineiftheyarevalidoptionsfortheresearch,art,andwebhosting
tC
departments.Explaintheresultsofyouranalysis.
or
tip
er
Summary
C
&
P
H
ThereisadifferencebetweenPCstoragetechnologies.
Howtorecognizethevariousaccessorystoragesolutions.
Thevariousstorageandaccessoryinterfacesavailable.
Theimportanceofmanagingdisks,partitions,andfile
systems.

Page 3-34
Review Questions
ReviewQuestions
Review Questions 1.Gigabyte(8xlarger)
1. Whichislarger,aGigabitoraGigabyte? 2.Onebillion
2. HowmanybytesmakeupaGigabyte? 3.AccessoryDrive
3. WhattypeofdriveisaUSBflashdrive?
4.Internal
4. Whichharddiskdrivehasafasterdatatransferrate,Internalor
5.External
External?
5. Whichharddiskdrivecansupportgreaterstoragecapacity, 6.ROMandRW
InternalorExternal? 7.False
6. Whattwoprimaryfunctionalityoptionsareavailablewithan 8.Placedatafilesona
OpticalDrive? dedicatedpartition.
7. TrueorFalse:Havingasinglepartitiononaharddiskdriveis
consideredbestpractice.
n
Definitions
io
8. Howcanyouincreasetheefficiencyofdatabackupsand
t
bu
recoveries? d
tri
f
is
rD
a
Homework
fo h
ot
Definitions
N
b
l-
tia
Matchthetermtoitsdefinition. c
en
g
fid
____Terabyte a. Aninterfacedesignusedtoconnecthard
on
diskdrivesandothercompatible e
tC
componentstoasystem.
or
tip
____SAS b. Representedasavalueof0or1.
er
C
____SATA c. Methodusedtorateinternalharddisk
&
P
drives.
H
____SD d. Representsonetrillionbytesofdata.
____Bit e. Anaccessibleareaofastoragedevice.
____RPM f. AnenhancementtotheSCSItechnology.
____SDD g. Atypeofpersistentstoragethatcontainsno
movingparts.
____Partition h. Accessorydrivecomprisedofnonvolatile
memory.
Page 3-35
Short Essays
1. Whileconsultingwithacustomer,youlearnthattheyhaveanissue
ofcontinuallyrunningoutofavailablestorage.Theycannotrisk
losingtheircurrentdata.Whatrecommendationwouldyou
proposetothecustomer?Explainwhy.
2. Whilesettingupacustomersnewsystem,youdecidetopartition
theinternalharddiskdrive.Howwouldyoupartitionitandwhy?
Put it in Practice
MedDev

n
io
t
bu

tri
is
rD
fo
administrativeemployeecurrentlyusesastandardconfigurationHP500B
ot
N
MicrotowerModelXZ924UT.Lately,theyhavebeenexperiencingstorage
l-
capacityissues.Theywouldalsoliketobeabletotakesomeworkhomewiththem
tia
onoccasion.
en

fid
on
TheengineersrunComputerAidedDesign(CAD)softwareanddevelopdesigns
tC
thatproduceverylargefiles.Theytypicallysaveandsharefilesonthecloud.
or
However,theyhavebeenexperiencingproblemswhenconnectingtoit.Each
tip
engineerisusingastandardconfigurationHPCompaq6005ProModel
er
A2W48UTcomputer.
C
&
Thecompanywantstoexplorestoragedeviceoptionsforeachdepartment.It
H
needstoprovidethemostconvenientandflexiblestoragefunctionalityavailable
atthelowestcost.
1. Gatherinformationonthecurrentdesktopcomputerconfigurations.
2. Visithttp://www.hp.comandresearchthecurrentconfigurationand
expansionoptionsforall.
3. Evaluatethestorageneedsforeachtypeofuser.
4. Prepareaproposaloutliningthestoragedeviceoptionsforeachtype
ofuser.Explainwhyyoumadeeachrecommendation.

Page 3-36
Objectives
Chapter 4: Peripheral Devices Starttheclassbyreading
throughtheobjectives.
Expansioncards
Introduction PCIandPCIewere
introducedinChapter2.
Sofar,ourfocushasbeenprimarilyonthecomponentsaPCusesto
processandstoredata.Yousawthatamodernmotherboardtypically
includesonboardcomponentsthatareusedtoattachinputandoutput
devicesandexpansionslotsthatcanbeusedtoattachexpansioncards
thatofferadditionalperformanceorfunctionality.
Inthischapter,wewilltakeacloserlookatexpansionboardstandards.
Next,wewillexaminevarioustypesofinputdevices.Fromthere,wewill
n
moveontodiscussdifferenttypesofdisplays,includingtouchscreen
io
t
bu
displays.Thechapterwillconcludewithalookatvarioustypesof
tri
printers.
is
rD
Objectives fo
ot
N
Installandupgradesystemandaccessorycomponents,including
l-
tia
expansioncards,displays,inputdevices,andprinters

en
RecognizeanddescribecommonPCvideotechnologies,including
fid
displaytypes,resolution,andtouchtechnology
on
Planforprintingrequirementsbasedonuser/jobrequirementsand
tC
theimplicationsontheprintinfrastructure
or
tip
er
Expansion Cards
C
&
Inchaptertwoyoulearnedthatthemostcommontypesofexpansionslots
P
H
onamotherboardarePCIorPCIeexpansionslots.Theseexpansionslots
canbeusedtoconnectgraphicsadapters,networkadapters,andother
peripheralcards.
Letustakeacloserlookateachofthesestandards.
PCI
PCIwasinventedin1991,butitbecamepopularafterthereleaseof
Windows95.ThePCIstandardisasharedbustopologythatallowsa
singlebustobesharedbyupto5peripheraldevices.APCIcardhas47
pins.A32bitPCIcardcansupportdatatransfersofupto133MBps,and
a64bitPCIcardcansupportdatatransfersofupto512MBps.Figure41
showsaPCIcardthathasaparallelconnector(bottom)andaserial
Page 4-1
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

connectorr(top).Para
allelandseerialconnecctorsareusedprimarillyto
connectoolderinputandoutputtdevices.F Forexamplee,someprin nters
supportcconnectionsstoaparalllelport,wh
hichisalsokknownasaa
Centronicsport.Biddirectionalccommunicaationbetweeenacomputeranda
hroughapa
printerth arallelconnnectionissp
pecifiedinttheIEEE12284
standard..Olderprinntersandmmicesupporrtserialconnnections,aasdosome
specialpuurposedevviceslikebaarcodescannners.
Centroniccs port
A port tha
at accepts a 25-pin pa
arallel conn
nection.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
Figure41:P
PCIcardwithsserialandparaallelports
C
bus
&
P
A commu
unication path
p betwee
en a device and the p
processor.
H
APCIslo
otcanbeusedtoconneectmostpeeripherals.H
However,itisnotfastt
enoughtoosupportg
graphicscarrds.
Them mainreasonPCIbecameesopopularafterWindoows95was
lau
unchedisitssupportfor plugandpllay.
plug and play

The proceess by whicch an expan
nsion card or other pe eripheral is
automatically detec cted and c onfigured. Prior to plug-and-play y support,
devices had
h to be manually
m co
onfigured w
with an IRQ and I/O ad ddress,
leading to
o conflicts when
w two d
devices weere assigned d the same e value.
Page
e 4-2
ansion Cardss
Expa
Interrrupt Reque
est (IRQ) P
PCIe
A nuumber assiggned to a device
d and used by th
he processo
or to signal tthe E
Explainthatthhemore
device that it has
h somethiing to communicate. laanesacardan
ndslot
h
have,thefasteerthedata
I/O a
address transferrate.
Memmory addre
ess that the CPU uses to
o communicate with tthe device.

PCIcardscanh
havepowerrrequiremeentsof7W,15W,or255W.
PCIIe
PCIee(alsocalleedPCIExpress)isaseerialconnecctiontechno
ologythatu
usesa
poin
nttopointsswitchingcconnectiontofacilitateedirectcom
mmunicatio on
betw
weendevicees.Figure4 42showsaVideoGraphicsArray y(VGA)addapter
thathasaPCIeeinterface.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre42:PCIeVG
GAadapter
APC CIecardhaasoneormore4wirellanesusedtotransmittdata.The
nummberoflaneesdetermin nesthewidtthoftheslootorcard.E
Eachlane
supp portsdatattransferrateesof200M
MBpsineach hdirection..Thismeannsthat
a16lanePCIecardcanha aveadatattransferrateeof6.4GBp
psineach
direction.Then notationthaatdetermin nesthenummberoflaneesisx1,x2,x4,
x8,aandx16(prronounced by16).
Ano
otheradvan ntageofaPCIecardisthatitcansupplyup to75Wof
pow
wer.Thisiseespeciallyiimportantfforhighpow phicscards..
weredgrap
3
Page 4-3
Chapter 4: Peripheral Devices

Displays
TheotherstandardusedtoconnectgraphicscardsisAdvanced
Askstudentswhether
GraphicsProcessing(AGP).PCIecanprovidebetterperformanceand
theyhaveeverhadto
startacomputerinVGA supplymorepowerthanAGP.
mode. YoucaninstallaPCIcardinaPCIeslotifyouuseanadapter,butyouwill
notobtaintheperformanceadvantageofferedbyPCIe.Youcanalso
installaPCIecardintoaPCIeslotthathasmorelanesthanthecard,but
onlythelanesonthecardwillbeused.
YoucannotinstallaPCIecardintoaPCIslotorintoaPCIeslotwith
fewerlanes.
Displays
Oneofthekeychoicesyouneedtomakewhenpurchasingorupgradinga
desktopcomputeristhequalityandsizerequirementsforvisualoutput.
Manyusersspendhoursstaringatthecomputerscreen,soyoushould
ensurethatthedisplayhasthenecessaryresolution,colordepth,quality,
andsize,andisappropriatetotheenvironmentalconditions.Thiswill
helpusersbeproductive,whileminimizingtheriskofeyestrain.
resolution
The height and width, as expressed in pixels.
color depth
The number of bits used to define each pixel, measured in bits per pixel
(bpp)
Theaspectratioofamonitordeterminestheratioofitswidthtoits
height.Thereareanumberofvideostandardsavailablethatdefinethe
resolution,aspectratio,andcolordepth,aswellasothercharacteristics.
SomeofthosecurrentlyinusearedescribedinTable41.
Agraphicscardwillrequireaspecificdriverbeforeitcanbe
usedinanymodeexceptVGAmode.
AsdiscussedinChapter2,monitorscanalsosupportdifferenttypesof
connectors,includingVGA,DVI,HDMI,andDisplayPort.

Page 4-4
Displays
Table41:DisplayStandards
Standard Resolution Color Aspect Typicaluses

depth Ratio
FullHighDefinition 1920x 32bpp 16:9 24widescreen

(FullHD) 1080 monitorsandHDTV
HighDefinitionPlus 1600x900 32bpp 16:9 Notebookdisplays

(HD+) anddesktopmonitors
SuperExtended 1280x 32bpp 5:4 17and19LCD

GraphicsArray 1024 monitors
(SXGA)
n
io
UltraExtended 1600x 32bpp 4:3 20LCDmonitors
t
bu
GraphicsArray 1200
tri
(UXGA)
is
rD
VideoGraphics 640x480 4bpp 4:3 Legacystandard.
Array(VGA) fo
ot
Usedfor
N
troubleshooting
l-
tia
displayproblems
en
fid
WidescreenQuad 2560x1600 32bpp 16:10 30widescreenLCD

on
ExtendedGraphics monitors
tC
Array(WQXGA)
or
tip
WidescreenUltra 1920x 32bpp 16:10 15and17

er
ExtendedGraphics 1200 widescreennotebook

C
Array(WUXGA) displays
&
P
2327widescreen
H
LCDmonitors
Widescreen 1440x900 32bpp 16:10 Widescreennotebook

ExtendedGraphics displays
ArrayPlus(WXGA+)
19widescreen
monitors
WidescreenSuper 1680x 32bpp 16:10 22widescreenLCD

ExtendedGraphics 1050 monitors
Array(WSXGA+)
Page 4-5
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

CommparingGra
aphics aspect raatio
Carrds The ratio of the width pixels to tthe height p
pixels.
Afewgraphicsccardsare
driver
desscribedhere.T
Thereare
Software that provid
des an interrface betwe
een the op
perating system and a
man nyothersava
ailable.
periphera
al device.
NV
VIDIAVNS3
300x1
Maakesuretopo ointout
Asumma
aryofHPbusinessLC
CDmonitorssisavailableat:
thedifferencebeetween http://bizsupport1.au
ustin.hp.co
om/bc/docs//support/Su
upportMan
nual/c03084
the1xPCIeconnnectorin
101/c030884101.pdf
Fig
gure43andth he16x
PCIIeconnectorsshownin Ensuringthatthevissualoutputtmeetsreq quirementsinvolvesdeetermining
Fig
gure44. whetherttheonboarddgraphics adapterisaadequateorifyouneeedtoadd
anexpanssiongraphiicscard.Itaalsoinvolv
veschoosing
gtherightd
display.
n
Compa
aring Graphics Ca
ards
t io
bu
HPofferssanumberofdifferenttgraphicsccardswithvaryingcap
pabilities.
tri
is
Letusloo
okatafew:
rD
NV
VIDIANVSS300PCIexx1512MBG
GraphicsCaard
fo
ot
AM
MDFirePro
o2270512M
MBVGADH Hx16GrapphicsCard
N
AM
MDRadeonnHD6570D DP(1GB)P
PCIex16GrraphicsCarrd
l-
tia
NVIDIA NVS
N 300 x1
1
en
fid
TheNVID DIANVS30 00x1,show

wninFiguree43,isaonelanePCCIecardthat
on
has512M MBDDR3d dedicatedgrraphicsmem mory.Wheenchoosing gagraphicss

tC
card,itisimportanttoconsiderrtheamoun ntofdedicaatedgraphiicsmemory y
or
becausea accesstodeedicatedmeemorywillbefaster.A Also,ifdediicated

tip
graphicsm memoryisnotavailab ble,aportio

onofRAMwillbesetasidefor
er
C
graphicsp processing.
&
P
H

Figure43:N
NVidia300NV
VSx1withDisp
playPortadap ter
Page
e 4-6
Displayss
Otheerfeaturesofthiscard
dinclude:
Supporttfor2displlayswithu
upto32virttualdesktoops
Supporttforflatpa
anel,dualan
nalog,orduualdigitald
displays
virtu
ual desktop
Nviddia technoloogy that ennables a user to create
e and switc
ch between
n
multtiple deskto
ops on a single graphic
cs processing unit (GPPU).
GPUU
A cirrcuit board
d dedicated
d to manipu
ulating and
d creating im
mages.
AMD
D FirePro 2270
2
LikeetheNVIDIIANVS300 0,theAMDDFirePro22 270(Figure 44)has5112MB
dediicatedgrap
phicsmemo ory.Howev ver,itisaPC
CIex16car d,soitcan
n
io
suppportmuchhhighertran
nsferratesth
hantheNV VIDIANVSS300.
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&

P
H
Figurre44:AMDFiireProwithDissplayPortadap
pter
IthaasonlyaDM
MS59VGA Aconnectorr,butyouccanpurchasseanoption
nal
DVIIkittoallow
waDVIcon
nnection.
AMD
D Radeon HD 6570
TheAMDRadeeonHD657 45)isaPCIex16cardthathas1GB
70(Figure4
dediicatedgrap
phicsmemoory.Anotheeradvantag geisthatith
hasaDVIII
connnectorandtwoDispla
ayPortconnnectors,allo
owingyouttoconnectu upto
threedisplays.
Page 4-7
7
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

tio
Figure45:A
AMDRadeonH
HD6570
bu
tri
Choosin
ng a Disp
play
is
rD
Thedaysoftheclun nkyCRTmo onitor(Figuure46)areeover.LCD
Dmonitors
fo
offerbetteervideopeerformance andreduceedpowerrequirements.LCD
ot
N
monitorsarealsoconsiderably lighterweiight,moreenvironmeentally
l-
friendly,andproduccelessheattthanCRTmonitors.A Anotherbenefittoan
tia
LCDdisp playisthatiitisnotsussceptibleto
oimageburrnin,whichhiscaused
en
bydisplayingthesa ameimagefforalongp periodoftimme.

fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Figure46:C
CRTMonitor
AnLCDissuscepptibletoimaagepersisten
nce,whichisssimilarto
imageburnin,,butitisus uallytemporary.

Page
e 4-8
Displayss
Cathhode ray tu
ube (CRT)
An im
maging tecchnology thhat uses a vacuum
v tub
be and elecctron guns to
prod
duce image es by using red, blue, and
a green electron be
eams.
Liquid crystal display

d (LCD
D)
An im maging tecchnology in n which ligh
ht from a flu
uorescent tu
ube or LEDss is
filterred by a maaterial commposed of liquid crystaals.
Light-emitting diode
d (LED))
A lig
ght bulb maade of a sem miconducttor material. The move ement of
elecctrons within
n the material createss light of a specific colo
or.
OneedrawbacktoanLCDmonitoris thatitislim mitedtosuupportingaa

sing
glenativere
esolution.IIfyouchanngetheresolutiontoa differentvaalue,
anim
magethathhasadiffereentresolutiionwillneeedtobescaaledbythe
n
io
disp
playorvideeoadapter((inthecaseofaDVIad dapter).Thhiscancausse
t
bu
imaggedistortio
on.
tri
is
nativ
ve resolutio
on
rD
The fixed resolu
ution suppo
orted by a display.
d
fo
ot
HPhhasmonito orstomeeta
awiderang
geofbusineessrequirem
ments.Let us
N
look
katafew.
l-
tia
HP S
S1933 18.5-inch Wide
escreen LC
CD Monitor
en
fid
TheS193318.5widescreen nLCDmon nitor(Figure47)suppports1366xx768

on
resoolution,whiichissuitabbleformostttaskbased
dworkers. Itisagood dfit
tC
foraabusinesstthatisprim
marilyconceernedwithccostsavinggs,asitis
or
tip
inexxpensiveanndhaslowp powerconssumptionreequirementtsonly377W
er
max ximumand23Wundernormalco onditions.Ituseslesstthan1Wwh henit

C
isin
nstandbymmode.
&
P
H

Figurre47:S193318
8.5inchWidesscreenLCDMo
onitor
Page 4-9
9
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

Screeensizeismeaasureddiagoonallyfromccornertocorrner.
TheS1933
3hasaVGA
Ainputcon
nnection.
HP Elite L2201x
L 21.5
5-inch LED
D Backlit LC
CD Monitorr
TheEliteL2201(Figuure48)isaanultrathin
nWSXGA+monitor
recommeendedasassecondmon nitorformoobileusersorwhenth
hereis
limiteddeeskspacea
available.It hasanMV VApanel,w wsforgood
whichallow
viewingffrommultippleangles.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
on
Figure48:W
WSXGA+moniitor
tC
Multi-dom
main vertica
al alignmen
nt (MVA)
or
An imagee generatioon techniqu

ue that allow
ws clear vie
ewing from various
tip
angles.
er
C
&
TheEliteL2201hasa
a1920x10880resolutio
on.Ituses228Wmaxim
mum,26.4W
W
P
undernormalconditions,andu under1Wiinstandbym mode.

H
DisplayPorttinputsign
IthasaD nalthatallowwsyoutocconnecttheemonitor
withasin
nglecablea
andinstantllyplugitin
ntoalivesy
ystemasassecond
monitor.
DisplayPo
ort
A high pe
erformance
e connectioon that can
n provide both digital iimaging,
audio, an
nd power th
hrough a sin
ngle conne
ector.
HP LP247
75w 24-inch Widescrreen LCD M
Monitor
TheLP24 475wisaWWUXGAmo nitorthath hasa1920xx1200nativ
ve
resolutionnanda16:1
10aspectraatio.Oneoffitsmanyaadvantagesisthewide
e
varietyoffports:DVIII,HDMI, DisplayPorrt,Compon nentVideo,SVideo,
Page
e 4-10
Displayss
andCompositeeVideo.Itiincludesa6
6portUSBhubtoallo
owyoutoeaasily
nectperiph
conn heraldevicees(Figure49).

Figurre49:LP2475w
wPorts
OneedisadvantageoftheL
LP2475wisitspowercconsumptioon.Itsmaxiimum
n
pow
werconsummptionis1200W,typicallis75W,an
ndstandby islessthan
n2W.
io
t
bu
HP D
DreamColo
or LP2480zzx Professio
onal Monittor
tri
is
Atth
hetopendofthemon nitorspectruumistheD
DreamColorrLP2480zx
rD
ProffessionalM
Monitor(Figu ure410).T
TheLP2480z zxisa24W
WUXGA
monnitorthatsu
upportsVG GA,DVID,andDispla ayPortconn fo
nectors.Itsm
main
ot
N
advaantageisitsssupportfo
oroveroneebillioncolors(64timeesthenummberof
l-
colo
orssupporteedbymostLCDs).Itu usesathreeecolorLED Dbacklightto
tia
provvidesignificantimprovementsin ncolordeptth.Itinclud
desa4port
thub.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Figurre410:DreamC
ColorLP2480z
zx
TheLP2480zxh haslowera
activepoweerconsumpptionthanth
heLP2475w
w.It
hasamaximum mconsump ptionof90W
W,withaty umptionof42W.
ypicalconsu
Howwever,itssttandbypowwerconsummptionisun
nder10W.
Page 4-11
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

Inp
putDevices HP Comp
paq L5009ttm 15-inch
h LCD Touc
chscreen M
Monitor
Askkstudentstodescribe Whenspaaceisatappremiuman ndinputreqquirementsscanbemeetby
aniinputdevicetheywere tappinga
areasofthescreen,you umightconnsideramoonitorthatiincludesa
parrticularlycom
mfortable
touchpan
nel,suchasstheL5009ttm(Figure411).Thismonitorusses
usinng.Whichfeaatures
madeiteasytouuse? AcousticPulseReco ognition(AAPR)techno ologytosuppporttouchhinput
fromtheffinger,fing
gernail,pen
n,orevenacreditcard
d.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure411:TouchscreenM
MonitorataPo
ointofSalestaation
N
l-
APR
tia
A touchsc
creen technology tha t uses a gla
ass overlay and a controller
en
board to capture the location on the scre

een where a sound is g
generated..
fid
on
Thismon nitorisa15
monitorw with1024x768nativeresolution..Ithasonly
y
tC
aVGApo ort.Althougghitisnot suitableforruserswhoorequirealarge

or
screen,itisappropriiateforkiosskandpoin ountertops.
ntofsaleco
tip
er
FIPrint
C
&
Graphicdeesignersneedthewidesttpossiblesellectionofcollorsandascreenlarge
P
enoughtoviewmultip pleimages.TTheyalsoneeedthebestppossibleresollution.
H

Theretailcounterrequuiresasoluttionthatwilllconservesppace.

Discussthheavailabled
displaychoiccesandchooosethebestooptionforeacch.What
featuresw
wouldyouloookforinagrraphicscardforthedesiggners?
Input Devices
D
Mostuserrsarefamilliarwithak
keyboardaandmouse.Althoughttheseare
standardperipheralsonmostd desktops,th
herearean
numberofv
variations.
amineafew
Letusexa w.
Page
e 4-12
In
nput Devicess
Mic
ce
Theoriginalmousewasamechanica aldevicethatusedaro
ollingballtto
mov vethecurso
or.Mostmoodernmiceuseeitheranopticalo
orlasersignnalto
deteerminethep
pointerslo
ocation.
Sommemodernm miceconneectusingaccablewitha
aUSBconn
nector.Afew
w,
liketheHPUSB BPS/2WasshableScrolllMouse,connecttoth
hecomputeers
PS/22port(Figu
ure412)oraUSBportt.
n
tio
bu
tri
is

rD
Figurre412:Washab
bleMouse2
fo
ot
A PS/2 mouse is more
e secure tha
an a wirelesss mouse.
N
l-
Otheers,liketheeHP2.4GH
HzWirelessOpticalMo obileMousse,arewirelless
tia
en
andconnectussinga2.4GH Hzwirelesssradioconn
nectiontoaatransmitteerthat
fid
plug
gsintoaUS SBport(Fig
gure413).
on
tC
Onepootentialissueewithwireleessdevicesissthattheyaaresubjecttooradio
or
frequ ference(RFI)).Ifthemoussebehaveserrratically,trrychangingthe
uencyinterfe
tip
channnelormovinngthetranssmitterawayyfromthesoourceofinterrference.
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre413:Wirelesssmouse
Page 4-13
3
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

Keyboa
ards
Awidevarietyofkeeyboardsarrealsoavailable.Likemice,keyboardscan
connectu
usingaPS/22connectorr,aUSBcon
nnector,ortheycantraansmit
2.4GHzwwirelesssign
nalstoaUSSBtransmittter.
Someoth
herthingsto
oconsiderw
whenselecttingakeyb
boardinclud
de:
Du
urability
Co
omfort
En
nvironmentalrequirem
ments
o Size
o Washa ability
Amodulaarkeyboard
d,liketheo
oneshowninFigure4414,allowsyouto
movethekeypadtoadifferenttposition.T
Thisisusefu
ulforsupportingleft
n
io
handedu
userswhop
performalo otofnumerricdataentry.
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figure414:ModularKeyb
board
on
tC
MedDev
or

tip
Oneoftheemedicaldevvicesbeingddevelopedwiillrequiream
mouseandkkeyboard.
er
C
Thedeviceewillbeuseddinhospitallsandwilln
needtobesan
nitizedbysu
ubmersionin
n
&
disinfectan
nt.
P
H

Youresearrchkeyboard dsandmiceaanddiscoverrthatHPmakesasubm mersible
keyboardaandmouseth hatcanconnnecteitherussingaPS/2oraUSBw wired
connector..

Canyouth hinkofotherrscenariosw
wherethisinnputcombom mightbeanappropriate
choice?
Occassionally,you
umightneeddtoconnectmultiplecom
mputerstoaa
sin putandoutpputdevices.AKeyboarddVideoMou
nglesetofinp use(KVM)
sw
witchcandotthat.
Page
e 4-14
Printers
Printers
Printers Askstudentstolistthe
typesofdocumentsthat
Mostcompaniesneedtoprintdocuments,andawidevarietyofprinters mightneedtobeprinted
areavailable.ChoosingtherightprinterorprintersforanSMBrequires inabusiness.Writetheir
analyzingprintingrequirementsandcomparingthemagainsttheprinter responsesonthe
specifications. whiteboard.Usetheir
responsestodiscusseach
Somethingsyouneedtoconsiderinclude: point.
Doesthecompanyneedtoprintincolororonlyinblackand
white?
Howmanypagesaretypicallyprintedeachhour?
Aretherespecialrequirementsliketheneedtoprintlargevector
graphicdesigndocuments?
n
io
Howwillusersconnecttotheprinter?
t
bu
Doesthecompanyrequireotherfunctionality,suchasscanning,
tri
copying,andfaxing?
is
rD
Reducing the Total Cost of Ownership
fo
ot
Choosinganinappropriateordifficulttouseprintercangreatlyincrease
N
l-
thecostofsupportingtheprinter.Whenevaluatingaprinter,consider
tia
thatprinters:
en

fid
Easeofuse
on
Printingspeed
tC
Printquality
or
Costofconsumables
tip
Managementtools
er
Reliability
&
Costofreplacementpartsandmaintenance
P
H
Letustakeacloserlookateachofthese.
Ease of use
Aprinterthatiseasytousefacilitatesfasteruser/printerinteractionsand
greaterproductivity.Userfriendlyfeaturescanhelpusersperformbasic
troubleshootingsothatthereislessdemandonITsupport.
Somefeaturesthathelpmakeaprintereasytouseinclude:
Intuitivecontrolpanelforeasymanagementandselfhelp
troubleshooting
Anobstaclefreepaperpaththatallowspaperjamstobeeasily
cleared
Allinonecartridgesthatmakeiteasiertochangeacartridge
Page 4-15

Printing speed
Whenevaluatingspeed,aprinterslistedpageperminutespeeddoesnot
necessarilytellthewholeperformancestory.Pageperminuterefersto
howfasttheprinterworksatmaximumenginespeedonceitstarts
printing.However,someprintjobs,suchascolordocuments,aremore
complexandrequirelongerprocessingtime.Therefore,youneedtotakea
closerlookatprocessingperformancewhenevaluatingprinterspeed.
Processingtimestartsfromthetimeittakesyourprintertowarmup.
Withsomeprintersonthemarket,warmuptimecantakelongerthanit
takestoactuallyprint.Choosingaprinterthatdoesnotrequiretimeto
warmupreducestheamountoftimeausermustwaitforaprintjoband
alsoreducespowerconsumption.
n
HPsInstantOntechnologyallowsaprintjobtobeginprintingassoonas
tio
bu
theusersendsit.
tri
Print quality
is
rD
Youcanusevariousprintenhancementtechnologiestoensurethattextis
fo
ot
sharpandcolor(whenused)isvivid.
N
OneofthesetechnologiesisHPColorSphere.WhenusedaspartofanHP
l-
tia
printingsystemthatincludesHPColorLaserJetprinters,HPpaper,and
en
HPprintcartridges,theHPColorSpheretonerdelivers:
fid

on
Vividcolors
tC
Razorsharpdocumentsfromthefirstpagetothelast
or
Fasterprinttimeswithoutsacrificingquality
tip
er
HPColorSphereiscoveredinmoredetaillaterinthechapter.
C
Cost of consumables
&
P
H
Althoughitmightbetemptingtobuyalowcostprinter,youshould
carefullyevaluatethecostofconsumables.Theseinclude:
Inkcartridgesforinkjetprinters
Tonercartridgesforlaserprinters(Figure415)
Printerpaper
Toner
Dry ink used in laser printers.
Page 4-16
Printerss

Figurre415:ChangiingaTonerCa
artridge
Coloorprintingisalsomorreexpensivethanblackandwhitteprinting.
Therrefore,ifon
nlysomeoffyouruserssneedtobeeabletopriintincolor,,you
n
io
migh htwanttoimplementtasolutionthatallowsscolorprin ntingtoonly y
t
bu
thosseuserswh horequireitt.HPColorrAccessCo
ontrolallowwsyoutoeaasily
tri
mannagetheuseeofcolor.FForexamplee,youcanllimitwhopprintsincollor
is
rD
andwhenandalsorestricctwhichtyp peofdocum
mentscanb beprintedin n
fo
colo
or,thusredu ucingcolorrtonerusag
ge.Youcanalsoaccesssdetailed
ot
repoortstotrack
kusage,hellpingyoummanageyou urprinting costseffecttively
N
andeconomica ally.
l-
tia
Man
nagementt costs
en
fid
Anootherfactortoconsiderrwhenseleectingprinttersishow muchtimeeand
on
reso
ourceswillbbespentma anagingtheem.Toolsth hathelpto easilysetu
up,
tC
mainntain,diagnnose,andtrroubleshoootprintersw
withinthen network
or
tip
conttributetoov
verallprod
ductivity.Thhesetoolsccanbeuseddtoensuretthat
er
thep
printerswo orkseamlessslywithinyournetwo orkandtohhelptheITstaff
C
mannagethepriintersefficiently.
&
P
Usin
ngaprinterrthatsuppo
ortstheHP
PUniversalPrintDriv
ver(UPD)ccan
H
help
preducema anagementcostsby:
Allowingus
A serstoprintttoavariettyofprintd
deviceswitthjust
onesimplettousedriveer.
Providingre
P ealtimepriintstatusin
nformation,,suchaswh hena
printjobhas
p sbeencomp pleted.
Providingu
P serswithseelfhelptips,soprinteersstayavailable
onger,andITsupportresourcesccanfocuson
lo nother
reesponsibilitties
Allowingus
A serstoprinttinmultipllelocationssorevenwh hile
onanoverseeastrip,aslongastheprintdeviccesare
suupportedbbytheUPD
Automatical
A llydownloa adingupda atestotheU
UPD
Page 4-17
7

Universal Print Driver (UPD)
A driver that can be used to print to multiple HP printers.
Bymonitoringyourprinternetworkmoreeffectively,youcanreduce
printsupportcostsandmaximizeofficeproductivity.HPEasyPrinter
CareSoftwareprovidesyouwithanessentialtoolforproblemfreeoffice
printingandmaintenance.HPEasyPrinterCareSoftwaredeliverssimple
andusefulhelpforprinterupkeepandisidealforbusinesseswithfewer
than15printerstomanage.Youcanfindouthowmucheachuseris
printing,trackprintsupplieslevels,getalertswhentheprintersneed
attention,andmore.
HPEasyPrinterCareSoftwarecomespreloadedontheinboxCDwith
newerHPprintersandisalsofreefordownload.
n
tio
Officesthathavemorethan15printersshoulduseHPWeb
bu
tri
JetAdmininstead.
is
rD
Reliability
fo
Itisvitaltoconsiderprinterreliabilitybecauseprinterdowntimedirectly
ot
N
impactsproductivity.Aneffectiveprintingenvironmentcontributesto
l-
lowercostofownershipandgivesabusinessacompetitiveedge.
tia
en
Whenchoosingaprinter,youshouldconsidertheprintersrecord,as
fid
demonstratedbycustomerreviews.Youshouldalsoensurethatyoucan
on
gettechnicalsupportinatimelymannerifitisrequired.
tC
or
Cost of replacement parts and maintenance

tip
er
Thecostofreplacementpartsgoesbeyondinkortonercartridges.Not
C
onlydoreplacementpartscostmoney,buttheyalsocontributetoprinter
&
downtimeandimpactITresourceswhenyouhavetowaitforthemtobe
P
H
replaced.
Whenchoosingaprinter,youneedtoassessimportantprinteraspects
suchasprintingandsupplytechnologies,paperpathdesign,andduty
cycle.Youshouldalsotakeintoaccountthedowntimerequiredtoreplace
printingsuppliesorservicetheprinter.
HP Printers
HPoffersawideselectionofprinters.Letuslookatthreedifferenttypes:
HPOfficejet/OfficejetPro
HPLaserJet
HPDesignJet
Page 4-18
Printerss
HP O
Officejet/O
Officejet Prro
TheOfficejetan ndOfficejettProprinteersareinkjetprinters (Figure4116).
Aniinkjetprintterworksbbyspraying gdropletsoofinkontoppaper.Black kand
whitteinkjetprrintersrequ
uireonlyabblackcartridge.Color inkjetprinnters
requ
uireblack,mmagenta,cy yan,andyeellowcartrid dges.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figurre416:Officejet6500AAllin
nOne ot
N
Inkjjetprintersaretypicalllylessexpeensivethan
nlaserprintters.Howev
ver,
l-
prin
ntingisslowwer.SpecificationsfortwoOfficejjetprinters areshownnin
tia
en
Tablle42.
fid
Tablee42:SampleO
Officejetprinte
ers
on
tC
Printerr Monthly La
aser Resolutiion
or
dutycycle compparable
tip
er
sppeed
C
&
HPOfficejet6500APlus Upto7,000
U Color:7ppm Upto4800xx1200
P
eA
AllinOnePrrinter pages
p dpi
H
Black:10
0ppm
HPOfficejetPro8600 Upto25,000
U 0 Color:16ppm Color:uptoo4800
PreemiumeAlllinOne pages
p x1200dpi
Black:20
0ppm
Black:1200xx600
dpi
Thespeedrefleectstheprinntingspeeddafterthefiirstsetofp
pages.Theffirst
pageewilltakellongertoprintduetoprinterstarrtuptimes.
All-in-One
A prrinter that also
a offers copier, fax, and
a scanne
er functiona
ality.
Page 4-19
9
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

HP LaserJJet
Alaserprrinterusesalaserbeam
mtoproduuceanimag geonaneleectrically
chargedddrum.Toneerparticles adheretotthepartsoffthedrumtthathave
notbeenhhitbythela
aser.Theim
mageisthennfusedtotthepaperu
usingheat.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure417:HPColorLase
erJetProfessio
onalCP5225dn Printer
N
l-
Alaserprrinter,likettheonesho
owninFiguure417,provideshigh herquality
tia
printinga
andcanhan ndlemorev volumethaananinkjettprinter.Taable43
en
showstheespecificationsfortw wolaserprin
nters.
fid
on
Table43:Sa
amplelaserprrinters
tC
or
Prin
nter Monthly Speeed(Normal Reesolution
tip
dutycycle q
quality)
er
C
&
HPColorLLaserJet Upto75,000
U 20ppm 600x6600dpi
P
Profession
nal pages
p
H
Firstpagee:1617
CP5225dn nPrinter
seconds
HPColorL LaserJet Upto

U 42ppm x1200dpi
1200x
Enterprisee 120,000
1
Firstpagee:9.5second
ds
CP4525dn nPrinter pages
p
Bothmon nochromeaandcolorlaaserprinterssareavailaable.HPcollorlaser
printersu
usedwithC
ColorSphereetonercanprintvivid d,sharpimaages.
ColorSph
here
HPColorrSphereton
nerhasbeen ndesignedtodeliveraa22%wideergamut
andupto
o40%higheerglossleveels.
Page
e 4-20
Printers
gamut
Range of colors that can be produced.
ThetinyparticlesinHPColorSpheretonersaremoreconsistentinboth
sizeandshape,enablingimprovedtonerflowandmoreaccurate
placementonthepage.HPColorSpheretonerhasalsobeendesignedwith
improvedmeltingandfusingtechnologiesthatallowforsuperiortoner
releaseandflow,deliveringsignificantlyhigherglosslevelsthanprevious
HPtoners.
Imageedgesarealsosharper.Threecomponentsworktogetherto
enhanceedges:
ColorRetIntelligentlychangesthesizeandpositionofthe
dotstosmooththeedgesofasolidobject
n
io
AdaptivehalftoningIncreasestheedgesmoothnessoftext
t
bu
andgraphicswhilemaintainingthequalityoffilledareas
tri

is
TrappingOverlapsonecolorwithanadjacentcolorto
rD
reducetheeffectofcolorplanemisregistration
fo
PatentedadditivesprotectHPColorSpheretonerparticles,ensuring
ot
N
consistentandhighqualityoutputseverytime.Theparticleshavealso
l-
beenscientificallydesignedtobemoreuniforminsizeandshape,making
tia
en
theprintingprocesseasiertocontrol.Theresultisimprovedimage
fid
quality,greatercoloraccuracy,awidercolorgamutandhighergloss
on
levels.
tC
HP Designjet
or
tip
Designjetprinterssupportlargepaperformats,suchasthoserequiredto
er
C
printarchitecturalandComputerAidedDesign(CAD)diagrams.The
&
Designjetprintersofferslowerprintingtimesthantheotherprintertypes.
P
H
Theprintingtimewillvarybasedonquality.Forexample,theHP
Designjet51042inPrinterprintsadraftqualitypagein55seconds,
comparedwith16minutesforthehighestqualitypage(Figure418).
Page 4-21
Cha
apter 4: Perip
pheral Devic
ces

n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
Figure418:Designjet510
en
TheDesig gnjetprinteersarelargeeformfacto
orthermalinkjetprintters.Earlierr
fid
printersuusedtoprin ntCADdraawingswerecalledplo otters.Someepeople

on
tC
stillrefertolargeforrmfactorp
printersasp
plotters.
or
Printer Connecti
C ions
tip
er
Differentprinterssu
upportdiffeerentconneectivityoptiions.Someprinters
C
&
nedtoconn
aredesign necttoacommputerusiingaparalllelconnecto
ororaUSB
P
connectorr.Thesepriinterscanb
besharedonnthenetwoorkbyusinngthe
H
computerrasaprintserver.
print serve
er
A device used to sha
are a printe
er with multtiple users.
Otherpriintersconneectdirectly
ytoawirednetwork.S
Stillothersh
have
wirelessn
networking gbuiltin.N
Networkand dwirelessp
printerscan nbe
accessedbbymultipleeusers.
Amored detaileddisccussionofn
networkprrintingisprrovidedlateerinthe
course.
Page
e 4-22
Summary
ReviewQuestions
Summary 1.PCIe
Inthischapter,youlearned: 2.laser
3.USB
APCIecardoffersbetterperformancethanaPCIcard.
PCIcardscanbeinsertedintoPCIeslots. 4.Designjet
ThemorelanesinaPCIecard,thebettertheperformance. 5.bpp
Graphicsqualitydependsonthegraphicscardandthedisplay. 6.DreamColorLP2480zx
LCDdisplaysdifferinaspectratio,resolution,andcolordepth.

Keyboardsandmiceareavailableinwiredandwirelessoptions.
Inkjetprintersaretypicallylessexpensivethanlaserprinters,but
areslowerandhavealowerdutycycle.
DesignJetprinterscanprintlargedocuments,suchasCAD
n
drawings,buttheyareslow.
tio

bu
Printservers,networkattachedprinters,andwirelessprinters
tri
allowyoutoshareaprinteramongmultipleusers.
is
rD
Review Questions fo
ot
N
1. Whichexpansioncardtypehasadifferentspeeddependingonthe
l-
tia
numberoflanes?
en
2. A_______________printerusesanelectricallychargeddrumto
fid
produceimages.
on
3. Awirelessmouseusesa_______________radiotransmitter.
tC
4. WhichtypeofHPprintercanprintlargedocuments,suchas
or
architecturaldiagrams?
tip
er
5. Colordepthismeasuredin_______________.
C
6. WhichHPmonitorsupportsoveronebillioncolors?
&

P
H
Page 4-23

MatchtheTerms Homework
f
Match the Terms
a
Matcheachtermtoitsdefinition.
d
b _____bpp a.Technologythatimproveslaser
c printquality
h
_____ColorSphere b.rangeofcolors
e
g _____DreamColor c.ratioofhorizontaltovertical
pixels
_____gamut d.Monitortechnologythat
n
io
increasesthenumberofcolorsthat
t
bu
canbedisplayed
tri
is
_____resolution e.Measurementofprintingspeed
rD
_____PCIe
fo f.Measurementofcolordepth
ot
N
l-
_____pps g.Allowseasierprinterdeployment
tia
en
_____UPD h.Supportsupto16
fid
communicationlanes
on
tC

or
tip

er
C
&
P
H
Page 4-24
Homework
Short Essay
1. WriteashortessayexplainingthecompatibilitybetweenPCIand
PCIecards.IncludeadiscussionofhowthePCIecardwidthaffects
compatibility.
2. Writefiveinterviewquestionsthatyouwouldusetohelp
determinethebestprintingsolutionforyourcustomer.

FIPrint
FIPrintisplanningtopurchasethreenewprinters.
Onewillbeusedtoprinthighqualitybrochuresandotherdocumentsfor
n
customers.Itneedstobeabletoprintover10,000pagespermonth.
io
t
bu
tri
Onewillbeusedtoprintspecialjobsthatrequirelargesizedpaper,including
is
architecturalblueprintsandCADdesigns.
rD
fo
ot
Thethirdwillbeusedforaselfservicekioskthatcustomerscanconnecttofrom
N
theirlaptopcomputers.Theprintershouldsupportcolorandmustbeabletoprint
l-
upto25,000pagespermonth.
tia
en
fid
VisittheHPWebsiteandresearchtheprintersavailable.Makea
on
recommendationforeachprinter.Explainwhyyoumadetherecommendation
tC
youdid.
or
tip

er
C
&
P
H
Page 4-25

Thispageintentionallyleftblank
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 4-26
Objectives
Chapter 5: Networking Startbyreadingthe
objectives.

Introduction Thechapterlooksat
networking.Letthe
Thetermnetworking,asitappliestoinformationsystems,isthe
studentsknowthatthere
connectingoftwoormorecomputercomponentsforthepurposeof isafullnetworking
sharinginformationandresources.Networkingcanbelocal,regional,or coursethatcoversallof
evenacrossgeographicalboundaries. thetechnicalaspectsin
greaterdetail.
Organizationsofallsizeshavecometorelyonittostreamlineand
facilitatetheirbusinesses.Activitiessuchasbankingorevenshopping
haveevolvedinlargepartduetonetworking.
n
io
Connectingtoanetworkhasalsobecomemoreconvenientand
t
bu
inexpensive.PCoperatingsystemsassumenetworksupport,evenin
tri
systemstargetedforthehome.Newconnectionoptionsareavailablethat
is
rD
werenotevenimaginedafewyearsago.
fo
Thischapteropenswithalookatthepotentialbenefitstobegainedfrom
ot
N
networking.Fromthere,wespendsometimewithcommunication
l-
fundamentals,lookingatcommunicationprotocols.Wefocusontwothe
tia
lowlevelEthernetandTCP/IPnetworkingprotocols.Wewillalsolookat
en
fid
IPaddressingparametersalongwithconfigurationoptions.
on
Fromthere,wemoveontonetworkhardwarecomponents.Wewilllook
tC
atsomebasicconnectionconfigurationoptions.Thisincludesthebasic
or
tip
componentsnecessarytoimplementanetwork.Thechapterdiscusses
er
methodsforconnectingdevicestobothwiredandwirelessnetworks.
C
&
P
Objectives
H
Understandthebenefitsofnetworking
Identifytheconnectionmethodsfornetworking
Recognizethetypesofnetworkcomponents,communication
methods,andinterfaces
Identifynetworkperformanceimplications
Identifytherequirementsandplanforconnectingtoa
network
Page 5-1
Chapter 5: Networking
Aboutnetworking About networking

YoucanusetheInternet Nearlyeveryonehasexperiencednetworkingasasocialinteractionin
asanexample someformorfashion,whetheritwasnetworkingwithpeoplefromschool
throughoutthischapter,
orwork,orwhiletryingtoenhanceacareer.Networkingsociallyisa
buttrynottogetbogged
downorpulledoffinto
processofsharinginformation,assets,andresources.Theconceptof
unrelatedtangents. computernetworkingismuchthesame,againwithtwoormoreentities
TheMedDevcompanyis
sharinginformation,assets,andresources.
anexamplethatisused
computer networking
throughoutthechapter.
The act of connecting two or more computer systems for the purpose of
Trytofocusonthe
sharing information and resources.
MedDevpartsthatare
relevanttothissectionof
Perhapsthemostfamiliarexampleofnetworkedcomputersisthe
thechapter.
Internet.Thetermisshortforinternetwork.TheInternetisthelargest
n
io
knownnetworkofcomputersystemstoday.Itsbroadbaseincludes
t
bu
individuals,universities,governments,andvariousotherorganizations.
tri
is
Internet
rD
An international network providing interconnectivity for computer
networks around the world.
fo
ot
N
internetwork
l-
tia
Computers connected in a way that enables them to communicate.

en
fid
Mostcompaniestoday(bothsmallandlarge)havecometodependonthe
on
Internetforinformationsharing,research,communication,andevenasa
tC
keypartoftheirbusinessmodel.Somecompanies,suchasAmazonand
or
eBay,werecreatedsolelyforthepurposeofdoingbusinessonthe
tip
Internet.
er
C
WewillbeusingbothinternalcomputernetworksandtheInternetas
&
P
examplesatdifferenttimesthroughoutthischapter.Wewillalsousea
H
casestudybasedonafictionalsmallcompany,MedDev.

Page 5-2
Why networking?
HereisthecurrentnetworkingscenarioforMedDev: Whynetworking?
AmericaOnLine(AOL)
MedDev
wasoneofthefirstpublic
ISPs,providing
MedDevisasmallcompanythatdesigns,produces,andsellsavarietyofmedical individualswithdialup
devices.Thecompanyhasfouradministrativepersonnel,sixengineers,andten accesstotheInternetover
salespeople.Thereisalsoamanufacturingfacilitythathassixworkers. standardtelephonelines.
administrativeemployeecurrentlyusesastandardconfigurationHP3405
MicrotowerModelXZ935UT.
n
io
thatproduceverylargefiles.Theytypicallysaveandsharefilesonthecloud.
t
bu
EachengineerisusingastandardconfigurationHPCompaq6005ProModel
tri
is
A2W63UTcomputer.
rD
fo
Thesalespeoplecommunicateusingemailandgivepresentationsatclientsites.In
ot
thecourseoftheirwork,theyrequireaccesstocontracttemplateslocatedinthe
N
l-
mainoffice.EachsalespersonisequippedwithanHPEliteBook2760pModel
tia
LJ466UTTabletPC.
en
fid
on
MedDevhasanexistingnetworkthatenablesadministration,engineering,sales,
tC
andmanufacturingtoshareinformationandresources.Eachemployeehasaccess
or
totheInternetfromacompanyprovidedcomputer.
tip
er
C
Why networking?
&
P
Organizationsnetworkcomputersinhopesofgainingtangiblebenefits.
H
Twomajorbenefitareasare:
Informationsharingandcommunication
Sharedresources
Initially,networkswereseenprimarilyinlargerbusinessesand
universities.Theseearlynetworkswerebasedonamodelthatemulated
theuseofmainframecomputersasacentraldatarepository.Ittookmajor
developmentsincomputerhardwareandsoftwarebeforenetworkscould
becomeascommonastheyarenow.
mainframe
Large-scale computer used for processing and storage at a central point.
Forerunner to PCs and other small-scale computers.
Page 5-3
ThesamewastrueoftheInternetititsearlyhistory,startingwithjusta
fewconnecteduniversitymainframes.WiththehelpofISPsandWeb
browserdeveloperslikeNetscapeandAmericaOnLine,accessopened
uptoallsizesofcompanies,aswellasindividuals.
Internet service provider (ISP)

Company that provides others (organizations and individuals) with access
to the Internet through dial-up, cable, satellite, and other connections.
Web browser
PC application that supports access to resources and shared information
on the Internet, specifically Web sites.
Web site
A collection of informational pages that can be accessed with a client
n
browser application.
tio
bu
ThebenefitsoftheInternetareobvious.Ithasbecomeamajorresearch
tri
is
tool.Peopleareusingittosupportemailing,texting,researching,video
rD
conferencing,andevengaming.Emailhasnearlyreplacedtraditional
fo
postalmail(alsoknownassnailmail).
ot
N
AsInternetusehasgrown,peoplehavecometoexpectsimilarservices(at
l-
varyinglevels)fromtheirowninternalnetworks.Theapplicationofthese
tia
en
servicestobusinessprocessescontinuestoprovideadditionalbenefits.
fid
Information sharing and communication

on
tC
Inmostcases,theinitialjustificationfordeployingmostnetworksrelates
or
toinformationsharing.Mostorganizationscanbenefitfromincreased
tip
er
accessibilitytoinformationanddata.
C
Datasharingisnothingnew,buttraditionally,theinformationanddata
&
P
sharingwasaccomplishedusingmanualmethods.Beforecomputers,
H
informationsharingusuallymeantmeetinginperson,havingaphone
call,orsendingtheinformationthroughthepostofficeorcourier.Evenin
theearlydaysofcomputers,themostcommonsharingmethodwas
sneakernet,copyingdatatoaremovablediskandcarryingordelivering
ittoanotherperson.Nowinformationanddatasharingcanbeaclick,
keystroke,orfingerswipeaway.
sneaker-net
Manual data sharing method that was common when offices were first
computerized.
Electronicinformationsharingwas,atonetime,expectedto
bringaboutapaperlessoffice.Theactualresulthasbeenanythingbut.
Page 5-4
Why networking?
Wearegoingtofocusourdiscussionaboutinformationsharingonthree Givestudentsashort
representativeareas: timeforexamplesofhow
andhowmuchtheyuse
Email emailintheirdailylives.
WorldWideWeb(WWW)
Sharedfilesandfolders
Email
Apopularmethodforsharinginformationandkeepingintouchis
electronicmail(email).Notonlydobusinessesrelyonemailfor
communicationwithemployeesandcustomers,butmanyindividualsuse
itasaprimarymethodforkeepingintouchwithothers.Emailistheone
ofthemostcommonexamplesoftheinformationsharingtransformation
thathastakenplaceduetonetworking.
n
io
t
Electronic mail (email)
bu
The exchange of digital information and data with one or more recipients,
tri
is
using a store and forward method.
rD
fo
store and forward ot
A delivery method in which messages are held in a central location until
N
they are picked up (downloaded) by the recipient(s).

l-
tia
EmailhasbecomesocommonthatmanyPCoperatingsystemsand
en
productivityapplicationscomewithanemailclientapplicationbuiltin
fid
on
(Figure51).Whetheritisdeployedinahomeoroffice,theassumptionis
tC
thatthePCwillneedtosupportemailaccess.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure51:MSOutlook2010
Millionsofemailscontainingalltypesofinformationanddataare
transmitteddaily.Theinformationcanbeasvitalasabusinesscontract,
orastrivialasthelatestInternetjoke.
Page 5-5
Warnstudentsthatjust
becauseinformationis Emailisnotwithoutitsrisks.Emailmessageshavebeenthe
publishedontheInternet carrierfordevastatingcomputervirusoutbreaks,aswellasanenormous
doesnotmeanthatitis timewasterforsomeorganizations.
accurate.
World Wide Web
Maybethemostfamiliar(andpopular)exampleofsharinginformation
viatheInternetistheWorldWideWeb.However,Websitesandother
webbasedservicesarenotlimitedtotheInternet.Websitesletyoushare
alltypesofinformationbothwithinanorganizationandexternally.
Externalaccesscanbegrantedtoselectusers(suchasacompanys
customers)ortotheworldasawhole.
World Wide Web (WWW)
n
A broad base of information made accessible to users through Web
tio
browsers.
bu
tri
is
TheWorldWideWeb(WWW)(orjusttheWeb)anditscomponentWeb
rD
sitesscanprovidedirectaccesstobusinessesandtheirprocesses.Bank
fo
customerscancheckbalancesandinitiatetransactionswithoutever
ot
leavingtheirhomes.Studentshaveavastsourceofresearchinformation
N
l-
attheirfingertips.Theabilitytosubmitaninsuranceclaimonlinereduces
tia
theneedtospeakwitharepresentative.
en
fid
OneexampleofhowtheInternethaschangedhowwedobusinessis
on
researchingandmakingourtravelpurchasesonline(Figure52).Travel
tC
sitesontheInternethaveallbutmadetravelagentsobsolete.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure52:TravelrelatedWebsite
Page 5-6
Why n
networking?
Thescopeofin
nformationavailableth
hroughtheWebissurretocontinu
ueto S
SharedFolderrsandFiles
w.Categoriiesthatshowongoingandrapidgrowthincclude:
grow AAskthestudeentstoshare
aanyexperienccesthey
Buying/Selling/Tra ading/Auctiion(Amazo on,eBay)
hhavehadinseettingupor
Calculattions(forlo
oans,taxes) cconnectingtoshared
Internetservices(GGoDaddy,E Expensify,M
Minute7) foldersandfillesfor
Researchh(Wikiped dia,cars,houses,insura
ance) eexample,driv
vemapping.
Supportt(HPsuppo ortsite) FFilesharingisscommonin
nnearlyallnetwworking
Neaarlyallbusin nessesnow
whaveinterrnalWebsitesforsharringinform
mation
sscenariosforaallsizesof
withhemployeees,aswellaasmakinginnformation
navailableo onpublicly
y oorganizations.
acceessiblesite.
Mosstretailersh
havefounddthathavinngaWebprresenceinaadditiontoa
trad
ditionalphyysicalstorecansignificcantlyboostsales.
n
io
Shared Folderrs and Filess
t
bu
tri
Finaally,thereissthesharin
ngofinform
mationanddatathroug ghthe
is
rD
conffigurationa anduseofffilesharing
g.Youcanssharefolderrsandfilessover
fo
aneetwork,usin ngaccesscoontrolmechhanismstoallowordeenyuseracccess.
ot
File ssharing
N
l-
The process of providing access

a to files and fold
ders over a network.
tia
en
Filesharingisa
animportan ntpartofm
mostSMBin nternalnetw
works.Itcaanbe
fid
setu
upwithcenntralizedstooragedevicces,specialiizedserverssdeployed
dfor
on
thatpurpose,oorevenfilessshareddirrectlyfromuserscommputers.Thiis
tC
mak kesthedata
areadilyav
vailabletouusersdeskttops,worksstations,andd
or
tip
laptoops.Onepoossiblescennarioissho
owninFigu ure53.
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre53:HPFlexB
BranchwithFiileShare
7
Page 5-7
Databasesalsoprovideaccesstosharedinformationanddataviaa
network,alongwithspecializedprocessingservices.
Resource sharing
Resourcesharingisawayofmakingcomputerandperipheralresources
throughoutanetwork.Commonexamplesinclude:
Serversandservices
Printers
Scanners
Fax/Modems
Youwilloftenseefilesharingdiscussedasatypeofresourcesharing.
n
However,filesareonlyoneresourcethatcanbeshared.Thetermresource
tio
bu
sharinghasamuchbroadermeaning.
tri
Resourcesharingcanhaveadirectimpactonanorganizationsfiscal
is
rD
bottomline.Thehardwareinvestmentrequiredtosupportanetworkcan
fo
besignificantlylesswhenusingsharedresourceslikeprintersand
ot
scannersratherthanhavingtoprovideoneforeachindividualuser.In
N
l-
mostbusinessestoday,efficientuseofavailableresourcesisahigh
tia
priority.
en
fid
Servers
on
Serverscanplayawidesetofrolesinanorganizationsnetwork.Some
tC
willlikelyprovidedirectsupportresourcestohelpwithnetwork
or
tip
management,administration,andongoingactivities.Serverrequirements
er
varyfromnetworktonetwork.
C
&
Onecommonapplicationisserverbasedstorage,knownasfileservers
P
(Figure54).Notonlydotheysupportfileandfoldersharing,buttheycan
H
beusedtoexpandthestoragecapacityonanetwork.Inadditiontogiving
auseracentralstoragelocation,thusrelievingthelocalstorageburden,
usingafileserveralsohelpstoensurethatdatacanbebackedupona
regularbasis.
File server
A computer that makes files available to network users, with access
typically limited through security configurations.
Page 5-8
Why networking?

Figure54:HPX1800sbG2NetworkStorageBlade
n
io
Serverstypicallyhavemoreprocessingpowerthanusercomputers.This
t
bu
isusedtosupportserverbasedapplicationsthatprovidespecialized
tri
is
businessorcomputingservices.Examplesincludedatabaseservers,email
rD
servers,Webservices,protectiveservices,andonandon.Thelistof
fo
availableservicesiscontinuallygrowing. ot
N
Printers
l-
tia
Printersareanothercommonlysharedresource(Figure55).Nearlyevery
en
employeeinabusinesswillhavetheneedtoprintsomethingatsome
fid
point.Itwouldbequiteexpensivetoprovideandmaintainanindividual
on
printerforeverydesktop,workstation,orlaptop.Therefore,printer
tC
sharingisquitecommoninbusinessestoday.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure55:HPLaserJetEnterprise500ColorM551dnPrinter
Printersharingisalsocommoninhomenetworks.Notonlydoesitreduce
hardwarecosts,itcanmakeprintingmuchmoreconvenient.
Page 5-9
Sharingprinterscanreducecostsrelatedto:
Electricity
Space
Printingink
Printermaintenance
Sharedprintershaveevenbecometherule,ratherthanthe
exception,forhomenetworks.
Scanners
Scanners(Figure56)areanotherperipheraloftensharedbetween
users.Themarketingdepartmentmightusescannersforartworkor
logos.Thelegaldepartmentmightusescannersfordigitizinglegal
n
io
documents.Thesalesdepartmentmightusescannerstodigitizea
t
bu
clientscontactinformation.Sharingascannercanreducecostswhile
tri
makingiteasilyavailable.
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure56:HPScanjet7000SheetFeedScanner
H
Fax/Modem
Lastly,Fax/Modems,whicharesomewhatsimilartoscanners,areoften
neededonlyforspecificpurposes.Usagevarieswithusersspecificneeds.
Theymaybelocatedinasharedresourceroomsuchasacopyroom.
Fax
Used to refer to a facsimile device, which is a device used to transmit
documents over telephone lines.
Modem (modulator/demodulator)
A device that modulates the analog signal of a telephone carrier to
encode it with digital data on the sending end and demodulates the
analog signal on the receiving end.
Page 5-10
Network communication fundamentals
Thetypesoffax/modemscurrentlyavailablefromHPinclude: Emphasizethat
multifunctiondevices
Faxandphone thatcombineprinting,
Allinoneprinterwithfaxcapabilities scanning,andfaxhave
InternalFax/Modemcard becomeverycommon.
Overthepastfewyears,theuseoffaxandphonemachinetypeshas
declinedduetoanincreaseinmultifunctiondevicesthatcombine
printers,copiers,scanners,andfaxmachines(Figure57).
Additionally,forsecurityreasons,organizationsarereducingthe
numberofsharedfax/modemstoreducethenumberofpotentialentry
pointsintothenetworkviaanincomingphoneline.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
Figure57:HPLaserJetM2727MultifunctionNetworkPrinter,Scanner,CopierandFax
fid
on
Anotherreasonforthedeclineinfaxuseisthattheyarenolongerneeded
tC
inmanysituationswheretheywereusedinthepast.Itisusuallyeasierto
or
sendanelectroniccopyofadocumenttobeprintedonsitethantofaxa
tip
copyofthesamedocument.However,therearesomesituationsinwhich
er
C
faxesarestillused,suchaswhenasignedcopyofadocumentisneeded.
&
P
H

Sohowdocomputerstalktooneanotheroveranetwork?Therulesthat
computersfollowtocommunicateareknownasprotocols.Thiscanbea
littleconfusingbecauseyoutypicallyseetwoprotocolsinuse.Oneisa
lowlevelprotocolthatdefineshowdevicesphysicallyaccessthenetwork,
theirsignalstrengths,andsoforth.Higherlevelprotocolsareresponsible
forrulesforpassingdata,errorcorrection,andevenhowtolocate
destinationdevices.
protocol
Defined standard setting out the requirements for devices to
communicate.
Page 5-11
WewillfocusonthetwoprotocolsmostoftenseenonPCnetworks.These
arethelowlevelEthernetprotocolandthenetworkingprotocolTCP/IP.
Ethernet
A protocol that defines the physical communication between devices
over a wired path.
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)

The suite of communication protocols used between computers on a
network.
Ethernet
EthernetisbasedontheIEEE802.3standard,whichdefinesthe
requirementsandrulesthatapplytothedevelopmentofEthernet
n
compliantdevices.
io
t
bu
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
tri
An international nonprofit organization consisting of engineers and
is
scientists, responsible for defining various computing and communication
rD
standards.
fo
ot
Ethernetwasintroducedinthe1980sandhasbeeninuseeversince.It
N
l-
wasoriginallydevelopedforusewithcoaxialcable.Additionalversions
tia
ofthestandardhavebeendevelopedtosupportothercabletypes,aswell.
en
fid
coaxial cable
on
Wired communication cable using a central conductor surrounded by

tC
insulation and a metallic shield.

or
tip
Whencommunicatingoveranetwork,Ethernettransmitsdatain
er
informationalunitscalledframes.Errorcorrectionissupportedthrough
C
retransmissions.Ethernetdevicesareabletodetectwhenatransmission
&
P
failsand,inmostcases,retransmittheframe.
H
WiththeoriginalEthernetstandards,themaximumdataratewas10
Mbps.Overtime,Ethernetevolvedandsupportedfasterdataspeeds.Two
oftheimplementationsincommonuseare:
FastEthernet
GigabitEthernet
FastEthernetsupportstransmissionspeedsofupto100Mbps.Gigabit
Ethernetcansupporttransmissionspeedsofupto1000Mbps,or1Gbps.
Witheitherofthese,allofthenetworkcomponentsinusemustberatedat
thesamedatarates(atminimum).

Page 5-12
Fast Ethernet TCP/IP

An Ethernet implementation capable of transmission speeds of up to 100 Explainthatadetailed
Mbps. discussionofTCP/IPis
beyondthescopeofthis
Gigabit Ethernet course.
An Ethernet implementation capable of transmission speeds of up to 1000
Mbps.
Mostnetworkdevicesaredesignedtobebackwardcompatible.Adevice
designedtousegigabitEthernetwilllikelyalsosupport100Mbpsor
event10Mbpstransmissionrates.
MAC address
AllnetworkdeviceshaveauniquephysicaladdresscalledaMAC
n
address.Thisishardcodedonthedeviceandidentifiesboththedevice
io
t
anditsmanufacturer.
bu
tri
NetworkcardshaveafixedanduniqueMACaddressthatisassignedby
is
rD
themanufacturerofthenetworkdevice.TheMACaddressallowsa
fo
networkcardtobeidentified ot
N
Media access control (MAC) address
l-
Address that uniquely identifies a network node.

tia
en
TheMACaddressistypicallywrittenasa12digithexadecimalnumber.
fid
Thefirstsixdigitsidentifythenetworkinterfacemanufacturer.The
on
remainingdigitsrepresentauniqueadapteraddress.
tC
or
TCP/IP
tip
er
TCP/IPisasuiteofcommunicationprotocolsthatenabledevicesto
C
communicateoveranetwork(Figure58).ItisrequiredforInternetaccess
&
P
andcommunication.Itisalsothemostcommonlyusednetwork
H
communicationprotocol.WewillnotbecoveringTCP/IPindetailduring
thiscourse,butwewillbelookingatsomekeyareas.

Figure58:TCP/IPModel
Page 5-13
TheHPnetworking ShowntotheleftoftheTCP/IPmodelistheOSIsevenlayermodel.A
coursecoversIP discussionofthismodelisbeyondthescopeofthiscourse,butyou
addressesandversionsin
shouldbeawareofitsexistence.TheOSImodelwasdevelopedtodefine
greaterdetail.Explain
thatthischapterwillbe
networkcommunicationstandardsandprovidestandardtermsfor
limitedtoanoverviewof discussingnetworkdevices.WhenyouhearofaLayer2orLayer3
IPaddresssupport. device,thesearereferencestotheOSIlayerfunctionalityimplementedby
it.
OneareaoftheTCP/IPmodelofspecialinteresttothisdiscussionisthe
Internetlayer.Thisiswhereuniquedeviceaddresses,knownasIP
addresses,aredefinedandmanaged.
IP address
A number that identifies a device or host on a TCP/IP network.
n
io
ThereareactuallytwoIPaddressversionsdefinedandinuse.Themost
t
bu
commonlyusedversionisIPv4,whichisa32bitaddresssupportingup
tri
is
to4,294,967,296(232)addresses.ThisisgraduallybeingreplacedbyIPv6,a
rD
128bitaddressthatmakes2128(340undecillion)IPaddressesavailableto
fo
theInternet.ThereasonforthechangeisthatIPv4cannotmeetthe
ot
increasedaddressrequirementsneededtokeeptheInternetviable.
N
l-
IPv4
tia
A 32-bit TCP/IP network addressing scheme.

en
fid
IPv6
on
A 128-bit TCP/IP network addressing scheme.

tC
or
undecillion
tip
Formerly known as sextillion, equivalent to 1036.

er
C
&
P
Mostnetworkdevicesaredesignedtosimultaneouslysupport
H
IPv4andIPv6,althoughIPv6supportmaybedisabledbydefaulton
some.
TCP/IPpacketsareencodedwithbothasourceanddestinationIP
address.Thedestinationaddressisusedtoroutepacketdelivery.The
sourceaddressisused,forexample,whenitisnecessarytosenda
responsebacktothesender.

Page 5-14
Netw
work communication fundamentalss
IPv4
4
Atm
minimum,tthreeconfig
gurationpa
arametersm
mustbesetwwhensettin
ngup
adeevicetocom
mmunicateo
onaTCP/IP
Pnetwork.Theseare:
IPaddreess
Subnetmmask
Defaultgateway
Each hdevicemu usthaveauuniqueIPa
address.Thiisiswritten
nindotted
deciimalnotation(Figure59).Eachd decimalrep
presentstheevalueofoone
octeetofeightbits,avaluebetween0and255.
dotted decimaal notation

A fo
ormat or me
ethod of reppresenting an IP addre
ess with fou
ur sets of
nummbers separrated by doots or period
ds.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figurre59:IPAddress
l-
tia
PCo
operatingsy ystemsinclludeutilitieesthatletyouviewan
ndmanagea
en
deviicesIPadd
dress(Figurre510).
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre510:Window
ws7NetworkConnectionD
Details
5
Page 5-15
IntheexampleshowninFigure510,thenetworkeddevicehasanIP
addressof192.168.1.87.Thisaddressactuallydefinestwoseparate
addresses,thenetworkaddress(ornetworkID)andhostaddress(orhost
ID).
network address
A value defining the network segment to which a device is connected.
host address
A value defining a host device as unique on a network segment.
Thedistributionofbitsbetweenthenetworkandhostaddressis
determinedbythesubnetmaskassociatedwiththeaddress.Thenumber
isreducedbecausesomeaddressvaluesareunusableandseveralmillion
aresetasideforspecialusesandarenotavailabletotheInternet.
n
tio
bu
subnet mask
tri
Value used to delineate the network and host addresses in an IPv4
is
address.
rD
fo
InFigure511,youseeanIPaddressof192.168.1.100.Thesubnetmaskis
ot
255.255.255.0.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure511:IPAddressDetails
A1bitinthesubnetmaskindicatesthatthebitispartofthenetwork
address.A0bitrepresentsahostaddressbit(Figure512).
Page 5-16
Netw
work communication fundamentalss
TTheprocessfoor
ccalculatingaccustom
ssubnetmaskiisdiscussed
innChapter6.

Figurre512:AddresssandSubnetMask
Thissisanexam
mpleofadeefaultsubneetmask.
defa
ault subnet mask
The subnet mask assigned
d by default to an IPv4
4 address cllass.
Add
dress classses
n
io
Therrearefouraddresscla assesdefineedforIPv4.Theseare listedinTaable5
t
bu
1.ThhevaluesggivenforHoostspernettworkandNetworks arebasedo on
tri
is
usinngthedefau ultsubnetm
mask.Youccanalsouseeacustom subnetmasskor
rD
ClassslessInterDomainRo outing(CIDDR)tocustoomizethennumberofb bits
fo
alloccatedtotheenetworkaandhostadddresses. ot
N
Tablee51AddressC
Classes
l-
tia
Add dress Firrst Ran

nge Default Hostssper work
Netw
en
classs octet subnetm

mask netw
work s
fid
on
ClassA 01xxxxxx 0.0.0.0to 255.0.0.0 16,7777,216 128

tC
127.255.255.255
or
tip
ClassB 10xxxxxx 128.0.0.0to 255.255.0

0.0 65,53 6 16,3884
er
191.255.255.255
C
&
ClassC 110xxxxx 192.0.0.0to 255.255.2

255.0 256 2,0977,152
P
H
223.255.255.2255
ClassD 1110xxxx 224.0.0.0to undefined undeefined undeefine

239.255.255.255 d
(mu
ulticast)
ClassE 11110xxx 240.0.0.0to undefined undeefined undeefine

255.255.255.255 d
(resserved)
Inad
dditiontotthese,thereearespecificaddressessandaddreessranges
reservedforsppecialpurpo oses.Forexxample,theaddressraange169.2544.0.0
169.254.255.25 55isreserv
vedastheA
APIPArang ge.Whena hostisunaableto
obtaainanIPad
ddressfrom maDHCPserver,itwiilltypicallyuseanAPIIPA
addrressuntilth
heproblem misresolvedd.
7
Page 5-17
Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA)
Address generated for a host when it is unable to obtain an address from
a DHCP server.
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Protocol used to automatically provide network hosts with valid IP
addresses and other configuration information.
Public and private addressing

Withineachaddressclassisanaddressrangereservedforuseasprivate
addresses.
private address
Address range set aside for use on private networks and not valid for use
on the Internet.
n
io
t
MostIPaddressesarepublicaddresses,sotheycanbeusedoneither
bu
tri
publicnetworks(theInternet)orprivatenetworks.Moreoften,private
is
networksareaddressesusingprivateIPaddresses.Availableprivate
rD
addressesareshowninTable52.
fo
ot
Table52:PrivateAddresses
N
l-
tia
Addressclass Range
en
fid
ClassA 10.0.0.010.255.255.255
on
tC
ClassB 172.16.0.0172.31.255.255
or
tip
ClassC 192.168.0.0192.168.255.255
er
C
APIPA 169.254.0.0169.254.255.255
&
P
H
PrivateaddressesarenotrecognizedbytheInternet.
Default Gateway
Inmostsituations,adevicewillalsobeassignedadefaultgateway
address.
default gateway
The address of a router to which packets are directed when a specific
path to the destination is not known.
AnIPpacketcantravelwithinitsownsubnetworkwithfewrestrictions.
However,themomentaclientrequestismadetoadeviceoutsidethe
immediatenetwork,thepacketisroutedthroughthedefaultgatewayto
itsdestination.
Page 5-18
MedDev MedDev
Thepointtostresshereis
MedDevusestheprivatenetworkIDof192.168.1.0forintranetaccesswithinthe thatMedDevhastwo
AdministrationBuilding,servingadministration,engineering,andsales.Inthe separatesubnets,onefor
eachbuilding.
ManufacturingBuilding,MedDevusestheprivatenetworkIDof192.168.2.0for
intranetaccess.

TheMedDevintranetisconnectedtotheInternetthroughaserviceproviderthat
providesonepublicIPaddresstotheconnectionattheAdministrationBuilding
andonepublicIPaddresstotheconnectionattheManufacturingBuilding.
IPConfig Utility
TherearevariouswaysthatyoucanretrieveIPaddressinformationand
n
io
configureIPparameters.ForWindowsoperatingsystems,onewayisthe
t
bu
commandlineutilityIPConfig.
tri
is
IPConfig
rD
A Windows-based command line utility designed to display all current
fo
TCP/IP network configuration values and refresh Dynamic Hostot
Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS) settings.
N
l-
TheIPConfigutilityisaWindowscommandlineutilitythatcanbeused
tia
en
toquicklymanageandtroubleshoottheIPconfigurationparametersofa
fid
system.WhenyoutypeIPConfigatthecommandline,asshowninFigure
on
513,theutilityprovidesinformationforeachnetworkadapterconfigured
tC
onthesystem.ThisincludestheIPaddress,subnetmask,anddefault
or
gateway(theminimumconfigurationparameters).
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure513:Windows7IPConfig
Page 5-19
Inaddition,IPConfigsupportsseveraloptionsyoucanusetoretrieve
additionalinformation,suchastheMACaddressorDNSsettings.You
canalsomanageaddressparametersautomaticallyassignedthrough
DHCP.
Domain Name System (DNS)

An Internet-based naming system that maps domain names to IP
addresses.
Figure514illustratesthevariousoptionsthatcanbeusedwiththe
IPConfigcommand.Foralistofoptions,runthefollowingfroma
commandprompt:
IPConfig /?
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure514:Windows7IPConfig/?
DHCP
YoucanconfigureIPaddressparametersmanuallyorautomatically.Most
networksoptforautomaticconfigurationthroughDHCPformost
devices.
Asmentionedearlier,DHCPisaTCP/IPprotocolandapplicationservice
thatprovidesIPconfigurationinformationtocompatibleclients.Itisa
client/serverapplicationinwhichtheDHCPclientrunsonalldevices
compatiblewithTCP/IPandtheDHCPserverisrunasaDHCPserviceor
applicationserveronvaryingoperatingsystems.
Page 5-20
EvenwhenusingDHCP,youmightneedtomanuallyconfigure
somedevices,suchassomeserversprovidingservicesandresourcestothe
network,sothattheyalwayshavethesameaddress.Youcanmakethese
manuallyassignedaddressesunavailabletoDHCP.
Dependinguponthehostoperatingsystem,DHCPserverparametersmay
vary.However,mostDHCPapplicationserversprovidethefollowing
minimumIPconfigurationtoclients(Figure515):
IPAddress(1)
SubnetMask(2)
DefaultGateway(3)
LeaseObtained(4)
LeaseExpires(5)
n
io
DHCPServer(6)
t
bu
DNSServer(s)(7)
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure515:Windows7NetworkConnectionDetails:DHCPParameters
Asatechnician,itisimportanttoknow,bothformaintenanceand
troubleshooting,ifacustomerscomputerisconfiguredasaDHCPclient.
Thefollowingexamplewillillustratehowtoexamineandconfirmthata
Windows7networkedcomputerisconfiguredasone.
1. ClickStart.
2. GotoControlPanel.
3. WithControlPanelopen,selectNetworkandInternet.
4. SelectNetworkingandSharingCenter(Figure516).
Page 5-21
n
io

t
bu
Figure516:Windows7NetworkandSharingCenter
tri
is
5. Locatetheactivenetworkcardandclickthenetworkcardlink(1).
rD
6. Inthenetworkcardconnectionstatusdialogbox,clicktheDetails
button. fo
ot
N
7. IntheNetworkConnectionDetails,lookfortheDHCPEnabled
l-
propertyandconfirmithasavalueofYes(Figure517).
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure517:Windows7NetworkConnectionDetails:DHCPYes
Page 5-22
Physical connection fundamentals
ForashortcutinWindows7,rightclickonthenetworkiconinthe
lowerrightcornerofthescreenandclickOpenNetworkandSharingCenter.
Foranothershortcut,clickStartandtypeNetworkinthesearchboxprovided.
SelectNetworkandSharingCenterfromundertheControlPanelheader.
IfboththeDHCPclientandDHCPserverhavebeenconfiguredcorrectly,
theclientcomputershouldhaveaccesstotheinformationandshared
resourcesonthenetwork.
IfaDHCPclientrequeststheIPconfigurationinformationbutdoesnot
receiveit,anautomaticIPaddressfromtheAPIPArangewillbeassigned.
TheclientwillcontinuetorequestaDHCPconfigurationfromaDHCP
server,butinthemeantime,theclientcanonlyaccessotherclientsthat
haveanAPIPAIPaddress.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
Therearetwobasicmethodsforconnectingcomputersintonetworks:
Wired fo
ot

N
Wireless
l-
tia
Traditionalwirednetworksrequireaphysicalcableforconnectivity.
en
Wirelessnetworksprovideconnectivityoverradiowaves.Beforelooking
fid
athowcomputersconnectinanydetail,letustakeamomenttotalkabout
on
hownetworksareorganized.
tC
or
Network connection options

tip
er
Commonnetworkconnectionoptionsinclude:
C

&
LocalAreaNetwork(LAN)
P
WideAreaNetwork(WAN)
H
PlainOldTelephoneService(POTS)
PersonalAreaNetwork(PAN)
VirtualPrivateNetwork(VPN)
BusinessnetworksaretypicallyconfiguredasLANsorWANs.POTSand
PANsprovideadditional,specializedsupportforthesenetwork
configurations.VPNsprovidesecureaccesstoLANsandWANs.
LAN
ALocalAreaNetwork(LAN)isanetworkconfigurationlimitedtoa
relativelysmallgeographicalareasuchasasingleoffice,afloor,ora
building.
Page 5-23
YouwillrarelyseePOTS Local Area Network (LAN)
listedwhendiscussing A network configuration that connects devices locally within a building or
modernnetworks.Itis group of buildings.
includedherefor
comparison. Dataratesandtransmissionlimitsdependonthespecifictechnologies
usedtoimplementthatLAN.Typicalratesarebetween100Mbpsand1
Gbps.
Asatechnician,itisimportanttounderstandtheconnectiondevicesin
useandtheconnectioninfrastructure.Manyoldernetworkswillhavea
mixofcabletypesandconnectiontechnologies.
WAN
AWideAreaNetwork(WAN)issimilartoaLAN,butthegeographical
spaceitcoversisfargreater.WANscanspangreatdistancesthroughthe
n
io
useofvariousconnectiontechnologies,withtheInternetacommonchoice
t
bu
inrecentnetworkconfigurations.
tri
is
rD
Wide Area Network (WAN)
A network configuration that connects devices over great distances.
fo
ot
N
WANsarecreatedbyconnectingmultipleLANs.Forexample,aglobal
l-
companythathasseparateLANslocatedinNewYork,London,Dubai,
tia
andSingaporemightconnectthemallthroughleasedtelecommunication
en
linesorsatellitelinks,creatingacompanyWAN.
fid
on
tC
TheInternetisanexampleofaWAN.
or
ThebenefitsofaWANdependontheorganizationandhowitisused.
tip
er
Theglobalcompanymentionedabovemightbenefitthroughincreased
C
efficienciesandsharedresources.
&
P
POTS/PSTN
H
PlainOldTelephoneServiceorPOTSisthestandardtraditionalphone
serviceusedinmosthomesandbusinesses.CommunicationoveraPOTS
lineistransmittedviaananalogsignal.
Plain Old Telephone Services (POTS)

The standard phone services provided by telecommunications
companies. Technically known as PSTN.
Publically Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)

The standard phone services provided by telecommunications
companies.
Page 5-24
Technically,PSTNisnotanetworkconfiguration,butawayofsupporting heexistenceofdefined
T
connectivitytotheInternetandremotenetworks.TheroleofPSTNhas standardsmakesit
possibleformodems
beendrasticallyreducedinrecentyears.
fromdifferent
Sincecomputerstransmitdatadigitally,amodemisrequiredtomodulate manufacturersto
theanalogsignalandencodethedigitalinformation.Areceivingmodem communicate.
isrequiredontheotherendofthePSTNlinetodemodulatethesignal. PointoutthatISDNuse
hasfallenoffinrecent
PriortothecommonavailabilityofISDN,ADSL,satellite yearsduetofaster,less
communications,andcablemodems,phonelinesweretheprimary expensiveconnection
methodofdialinginandconnectingtotheInternet. options,likeDSLand
cablemodems.
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
A communication specification for transferring digital data over a POTS
network at speeds of up to128 Kbps.
n
io
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL)
t
bu
A communication specification for transferring digital data over a POTS
tri
network with varying speeds for uploading and downloading.
is
rD
Cable Modem
fo
A method for transferring digital data over a local cable television line.
ot
N
l-
Computerswereequippedwitheitheraninternalorexternalmodemthat
tia
wasusedtodialanISP.Afterdialingin,thesystemwouldconnectwith
en
theISPusingthestandardizedcommunicationprotocol,PointtoPoint
fid
Protocol(PPP).TheISPprovidedtheclientwithaconnectiontothe
on
tC
Internet.
or
Point to Point Protocol (PPP)

tip
A standard protocol for dial-up modem connectivity.

er
C
&
Today,thePSTNhasbeenrelegatedtotheconnectionoflastresortand
P
forareasthatdonothavehighspeedconnectivityinfrastructure.Thisis
H
primarilyduetothelimiteddatatransferspeedssupportedbymodems
overtelephonelines.Thefastestmodemspeedcurrentlyavailableis56
Kbps.
IfwetakealookattheearlierdescriptionofMedDev,weseethatthe
salespeoplehavetheabilitytousestandardtelephoneconnections
throughthebuiltinmodemintheirHPEliteBook2670pcomputers.This
providesabackupconnectivitysolutioniftheyfindthemselvesina
remotelocationwithnowirelessorcellularaccess.Iftheycanfindaland
lineandanRJ11cable,theyhavethepotentialfordialupnetworkaccess.

Page 5-25
Reinforcethepointthat Registered Jack-11 (RJ-11)
RRAScanbeusedfor A four- or six-wire connector used primarily to connect telephone
configurationofaVPN equipment in the United States.
forsmallandmidsized
organizations. Toallowtheirsalespeopletoremotelyaccessthecompanynetwork,
PANandBluetoothare MedDevcanuseadialuplineandamodem.Theycouldinstallthe
coveredinmoredetailin modeminawiringclosetorotherlocationandsetupaWindowsbased
Chapter10. serverwithRoutingandRemoteAccess(RRAS).RRAScanalsobeused
toenablesecureaccesstothecompanyssharedresourcesthrougha
VirtualPrivateNetwork(VPN).
Routing and Remote Access (RRAS)

A Windows-based network service that allows dial-up and VPN remote
access.
n
io
Virtual private network (VPN)
t
bu
A private or tunneled network connection that runs over a publically
tri
accessible network allowing a secure and encrypted connection to a
is
private network.
rD
fo
InsettingupRRASwithaVPN,MedDevcanprovideanotheroptionfor
ot
theiremployeestoremotelyandsecurelyaccesstheinformationand
N
l-
sharedresourcesontheLAN.TheRRASconfigurationcouldalsobeused
tia
foremployeeswhowanttoconnectfromhome.
en
fid
PAN
on
APersonalAreaNetwork(PAN)consistsofcomputerdevicesconnected
tC
directlytooneanotherbyawire,cable,orwirelessmethod.APANis
or
tip
usuallydeployedusingwirelesscommunicationmethods.
er
C
Personal Area Network (PAN)

&
A small computer network consisting of personal devices within close

P
proximity.
H
Forexample,mobiledevicescanconnectwirelesslyusingBluetooth.
Bluetoothwasdevelopedprimaryisawaytosupportwireless
peripherals.
Bluetooth
A short-range wireless technology standard used for connecting devices
in a Personal Area Network (PAN).
Bluetoothoperatesoverthe2.4GHzfrequencybandandallowsvarious
typesofdevicestoconnecttootherBluetoothenableddevices,including:
NotebookPCs
Tablets
Page 5-26
Network component fundamentals
Smartphones
Printers
Cameras
Headphones
VPN
Manycompaniesprovideremoteandmobileaccesstotheiremployees.A
VPNcanensureaccesstoinformationandsharedresources.
AVPNprovidesasecurecommunicationpath.Thisismostoftenasa
securemethodofLANaccessoverapubliclyavailablenetwork,butitcan
alsobeusedinternallytoprovideaddedsecurity.Connectionismade
betweenconfiguredendpointsusingspecialprotocolsandencryption
services.Becausethelinkissecured,communicationanddata
n
io
transmissioncannotbeinterceptedasittravelsacrossanetwork.
t
bu
tri
TheInternetisoftenusedasthecommunicationpaththatis
is
rD
usedtolinkremoteusersandLANstoanetwork.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
Variousphysicalcomponentsmakeupanetwork.Thisdiscussionis
en
limitedtobasicconnectivitycomponents.Keytopicsinclude:
fid

on
Networkingcomponents
tC
Wirednetworks
or
Wirelessnetworks
tip
er
Whendiscussingwiredandwirelessnetworks,keepinmindthatisit
C
commontointegratethetwointoonenetwork.Thistypeofconfiguration
&
providesthegreatestflexibilityinhowdevicesaresupported.
P
H
Networking components
Inthissectionwetakealookattheclientnetworkcomponentsandthe
roletheyplayinconnectingthecomputertothenetwork.Thisincludes
thedevicesthatmakeupanorganizationsinternalnetworkorintranet,
includingPCconnectionhardware,networkconnectiondevices,wired
networkcabling,andwirelessnetworks.
intranet
A local, private network.
Page 5-27
PC connection hardware
TheNetworkInterfaceCard(NIC)providesaPCsphysicalconnectionto
thenetwork.Foranydevicetoconnecttoanetwork,aNICmustbe
present(Figure518).
Network interface card (NIC)

Communication adapter that enables network communication.
n
t io
bu

tri
is
Figure518:NIC(WirelessAdapter)
rD
fo
ThetwotypesofNICsmostcommonlyusedare:
ot

N
WiredNIC
l-
WirelessNIC
tia
en
ThetypeofNICyouneeddependsonthetypeofnetworkyouhave.A
fid
NICwillsupportaspecificlowlevelcommunicationprotocol,whichis
on
mostoftenEthernetformodernwirednetworks.
tC
LaptopsandmostnewdesktopcomputerscomewithawiredNICbuilt
or
tip
in.Laptopsandotherportablecomputerswilltypicallyhaveawireless
er
NICbuiltinaswell.NICsareavailableasexpansioncardsthatpluginto
C
themotherboardandasUSBinterfacedevices(Figure519).
&
P
H

Figure519:USBAdapter
TheMACaddress,introducedearlierinthischapter,isencodedontothe
NIC.

Page 5-28
Network connection hardware Networkconnection

hardware
Networkconnectiondevicesprovidetheinterfacebetweennetworked
computersandperipheralsandthenetworktransmissionmedia. Connectiondevicesother
thanthoselistedhereare
transmission medium beyondthescopeofthis
The method by which a data signal is carried. In a wired network, copper course.
wire is most commonly used. Remindthestudentsof
theconceptofadefault
Inawirednetwork,asthenameimplies,thesignaliscarriedovera gateway,thedefault
physicalwire.Awirelessnetworkusesradiofrequencytransmissionsfor router,fromearlierinthe
communications.Itmustincludearadiofrequencytransmitterand chapter.
receiver.
Themostcommonconnectiondeviceisaswitch(Figure520).Aswitchis
configuredwithmultipleconnectionjacks,typicallyRJ45jacks,towhich
n
io
devicesconnect.
t
bu
tri
switch
is
A network communication device that channels data from a source port
rD
to a destination port based on the destination MAC address.
fo
ot
Registered Jack-45 (RJ-45)
N
Registered Jack-45 is an eight-wire connector commonly used to connect

l-
tia
computers to an Ethernet network.

en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure520:SampleSwitch
Youwereintroducedtotheconceptofnetworkaddressesearlierinthe
chapter.Whenanetworkisdividedintotwoormoresubnetworks,you
willalsohaveatleastonerouter(Figure521).Arouterprovidesthe
connectionbetweendifferentnetworksandhelpsensuredeliverytothe
appropriatedestination.
router
Device responsible for directing network traffic based on network address.
Page 5-29

Figure521:RoutedNetwork
n
io
Onedevicethatdeservesspecialmentionisthewirelessaccesspoint(AP).
t
bu
AnAPactsasacentralconnectionpointforwirelessdevices.Itcanalso
tri
is
connectwirelessdevicestoawirednetwork(Figure522).
rD
fo
Access point (AP) ot
Central connection point for a wireless network.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure522:WiredandWirelessNetwork
Whileisittechnicallypossibleforwirelessdevicesto
communicatedirectlywitheachother,thisisararelyusedconfiguration.
Ithaslimitedfunctionalityandverylittleinherentsecurity.
Wired Networks
Awirednetworkusesawireorphysicalcablingofsomekindtoconnect
adevicetothenetwork.
Page 5-30
Awirednetworkcanbeusedbyorganizationsofallsizestoconnect Coaxial
servers,desktop,workstations,printers,andscannerstoformaninternal Coaxialcableisstillused
network. bycableTVcompanies
alongwithcablemodems
Therearethreebasictypesofwirednetworkcableinuse: tosupporthigh
Coaxial bandwidthInternet
access.
Twistedpair
Fiberoptic Thicknet
Hardwarerequirements
Thespecifictypeuseddependsonthenetworkmethodsimplemented.
forthicknet
Coaxial configurationsare
Coaxialcableistypicallyfoundinlegacynetworksandisnotusedinnew course.
computernetworkinstallations.Coaxialcablewasusedmostlyin
n
Ethernetnetworkswiredinabustopology.
tio
bu
coaxial cable
tri
Cable with a central metallic core that carries the data signal, surrounded
is
rD
by an insulator and a metal sheath.
bus fo
ot
N
Network topology in which all devices connect directly to a single shared
l-
communication line.
tia
en
ThecoaxialstandardsusedinearlyEthernetnetworkswereknownas:
fid

on
10Base5ThickEthernetorthicknet
tC
10Base2ThinEthernetorthinnet
or
Thetermsthicknetandthinnetreferredtothethicknessofthecoaxial
tip
er
cableused.Bothstandardssupportdatatransmissionratesofupto10
C
megabitspersecond(Mbps).
&
P
thicknet
H
A coaxial cable with a diameter of 0.4 inches (1 cm), capable of carrying

a signal up to 500 meters.
thinnet
A coaxial cable with a diameter of 0.1 inches (.04 cm), capable of
carrying a signal up to 185 meters.
Traditionalcoaxialcableusedinnetworkingismadeupoffourlayersof
material.Atitscoreliesasinglecopperwireasthesignalconductor.The
nextlayerprovidesinsulationforthecentercoreandisnormallymadeof
plastic.Surroundingtheplasticlayerisalayerofmetalthatservesasthe
groundandshieldsagainstoutsideinterference.Finally,theouterlayeris
madeofplastic.
Page 5-31
ShieldingisimportantbecausemetalcablescanbeaffectedbyEMI.It
helpsreducetheimpactofthisinterference.EMIcancomefromanumber
ofdifferentsources,includingelectricmotors,microwaveovens,cordless
phones,andfluorescentlights.Commondevicessuchasrefrigerators,
watercoolers,laserprinters,andcopierscanoftenbeasource,too.
Electromagnetic interference (EMI)

Signal interference resulting from electrical sources.
Twisted Pair
Twistedpaircableisatypeofcoppercablethatisusedbymanymodern
Ethernetinstallations.Asignaliscarriedonapairofwires.Thispairwill
haveaperiodichalftwisttohelpreducecrosstalkbetweenthelines.
n
Twisted pair cable
tio
Paired copper wire used to carry a signal, characterized by a half-twist in
bu
each pair.
tri
is
rD
crosstalk
Signal interference that can be induced between metal wires in close
proximity. fo
ot
N
l-
Themostcommonnetworkdevicesaredesignedforusewithtwistedpair
tia
cable.
en
fid
Shielded and unshielded twisted pair

on
tC
Twistedpaircablecomesintwomajorformsshieldedandunshielded.
or
Unshieldedtwistedpair(UTP)hasmultipletwistedpairsencasedina
tip
protectivecover.Thecoverprotectsagainstphysicaldamagetothecable,
er
C
butitdoesnotprovideprotectionorshieldingfromEMIandexternal
&
electricalinterference.
P
H
Unshielded twisted pair (UTP)

A commonly used twisted pair cable that provides limited protection or
shielding from external EMI.
UTPisthemostcommonlyusedcableinnetworkstoday.Itscost,size,
easeofuse,andflexibilitymakeitapopularchoicewhenwiringanoffice
orotherlocation.
Shieldedtwistedpair(STP)providesprotectionfromEMI.STPcomesin
differentshieldingconfigurations.Sometimestheinternalwiresare
wrappedwithmetal.Sometimestheindividualpairedsetofwirescanbe
wrapped.Innearlyallcases,theentiregroupiswrappedwithametal
protectiveshield.Ifyourcustomerhasanenvironmentthatismore
Page 5-32
susceptibletoelectromagneticinterference,thismightbeagoodcabling Explainthatstudents
option. mayseereferencesto
Category1(CAT1)cable.
Shielded twisted pair (STP) CAT1isnotusedinas
A type of twisted pair cable constructed with an additional layer of networkcablingin
protection, shielding the internal wires from EMI. modernnetwork
configurations,butitis
So,whynotuseSTPinallnetworkdeployments?Thebiggestproblemis stillusedastelephone
cost.STPinstallationsaresignificantlymoreexpensivethanUTP cable.
installations.STPcableisalsomuchmoredifficulttoworkwith,and
premadecablesareoftenonlyavailableinrelativelyshortcablelengths.
Twisted pair categories

Twistedpaircablestandardsarereferredtoascablecategories.Thereare
n
severalstandardsworldwidethatdefinethem.Manyarenot(ornever
tio
were)usedinnetworkingapplications.Wewilllimitourdiscussionto
bu
tri
twistedpaircategoriesusedtosupportEthernetconnectiontechnologies.
is
CurrentEthernetconnectiontechnologiesarelistedinTable53.
rD
Name Datarate Standard Note
fo
ot
N
l-
10BaseT 10Mbps 802.3i Requirestwotwistedpairs.

tia
en
100BaseT 100Mbps 802.3u Requirestwotwistedpairs

fid
on
1000BaseT 1Gbps 802.3ab Requiresfourtwistedpairs

tC
or
10GBaseT 10Gbps 802.3an Requiresfourtwistedpairs

tip
er
Table53:EthernetCableCategories
C
&
CurrenttwistedpaircategoriesarelistedinTable54.
P
H
Category Maximum Application

transmissionrates
Cat3 16Mbps 10BaseT
Cat5E 100MHz UptoGigabitEthernet
Cat6 Upto250MHz ReplacementforCat5E
Cat6E Upto500MHz Upto10GigabitEthernet
Cat7 600MHz 10GigabitEthernet

Table54:CableCategories
Page 5-33
Cat5EandCat6cablesareUTPcables.Cat6EisavailableaseitherSTPor
UTP.Cat7cablesaretypicallyshieldedandsometimesusenonstandard
(notRJ45)connectors.
Maximumcablelengthsaretypicallyspecifiedas100m(about300ft.).
Longercablerunsresultindegradedsignalsduetoattenuationand
crosstalkbetweenthepairs.Thisproblemisespeciallyevidentincables
containingmultiplepairs.Itiscommontosee25paircablesinusedin
professionalwiringinstallations.Whenlongerrunsarerequired,fiber
opticcableistypicallyusedinsteadofcoppertwistedpair.
attenuation
Loss of signal strength
Cablepairsarecolorcodedinamultipaircable,makingitpossibleto
n
io
correctlymatchupthepairs.
t
bu
tri
Cable characteristics
is
rD
CAT5EandCAT6cableslooklikeatraditionalphonecable,butare
fo
biggerbecausethetwistedpairnetworkingcable(Figure523)(#1)is
ot
madeupofatotalofeightwiresandaphonecable(#2)hasuptofour.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure523:UTPNetworkCableandPhoneCable
Thenumberofindividualwiresdependsonthecableused.Theexamples
showninFigure523aretypicallyusedforfinalconnections.However,
youwillalsoseecableswithdozensofpairsusedforinternalwiring.
Page 5-34
Asmentionedearlierinthischapter,thetwotypesofconnectorsyouare
mostlikelytoseeare:
RegisteredJack45orRJ45(#1)
RegisteredJack11orRJ11(#2)
RJ11isusedforstandardtelephoneconnections,asmentionedearlierin
thischapter.RJ45isthemostcommonconnectorusedforconnectingtoa
network.Inmodernnetworks,itisusedtoconnectCAT5EandCAT6
cabletoanRJ45receptacleconnector,knownasajackorsocket(Figure5
24).
n
io

t
bu
Figure524:RJ45ConnectorSocket
tri
Fiber Optic
is
rD
Fiberopticcable(opticalfiber)iscablethatisconstructedofaglassor
fo
plasticcoreinsulatedwithmultiplelayersofprotectivematerial.Unlike
ot
N
coaxialandtwistedpaircable,dataistransmittedusinglightratherthan
l-
electronicsignals.Thelightissentinpulsesandisencodedwithdata.
tia
en
Thesepulsesoflightcantravelatthespeedoflightwithlesssignal
fid
strengthlostoverdistance,allowingmoredatatobetransmittedover
on
greaterdistances.
tC
fiber optic cable

or
tip
A cable constructed with a glass or plastic core fiber, capable of

er
transmitting data using light.

C
&
Transmittingdatawithlightnotonlyincreasesthedatatransmission
P
H
speedanddistance,butitalsoeliminatestheissueofdisruptiondueto
EMI.
Itisnot,however,theperfectsolutionforallnetworkingneeds.Itismore
expensivethantwistedpaircableandmoredifficulttoinstalland
maintain.Mostdevicesdonotcomefiberreadyandwouldrequirespecial
connectionhardware,suchasfiberNICs.Fiberopticcableisalsomore
fragilethanwiredcable.
Page 5-35
n
Figure525:HPFlexCampusVideoConferenceNetworkSolutions
tio
bu
Today,fiberopticcableisheavilyusedasthefoundationfor
tri
telecommunicationsandtheInternet.Thishasincreasedtheopportunities
is
rD
forthetransmissionofvastamountsofdata,suchasthatusedforvideo
fo
conferencing,asseeninFigure525,andvideostreaming.
ot
N
MedDev
l-

tia
AllofthesystemsinMedDevarerunninganeditionofWindows7.Thenetwork
en
isEthernetbasedandusestheTCP/IPprotocoloverCat5unshieldedtwistedpair
fid
on
(UTP)cabling.EmployeescanaccesstheInternetfromtheircompanyprovided
tC
computers.
or

tip
Wouldyouhaveanyconcernsaboutsupportingthenetworkenvironment?Why?
er
C
Wireless Networks
&
P
H
Wirelessnetworksareacollectionofcomputerdevicesconnectedusing
radiowavesasopposedtoanyofthephysicalcablingoptionspreviously
presented.Manyorganizationsintegratewirelessandwirednetworksinto
onenetworkenvironment.
ThecommontermusedforwirelessnetworksisWiFi,whichstandsfor
WirelessFidelity.
Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi)

Wi-Fi is a set of standards for WLAN networks based on the IEEE 802.11
specification.
Page 5-36
TherearevariationsofWirelessnetworksavailabletoday.Themost WLAN
commonare: Iftimepermits,discuss
otherexampleusesof
WirelessLocalAreaNetwork(WLAN)
WLAN.
WirelessWideAreaNetwork(WWAN)
WWAN
AWirelessLocalAreaNetwork(WLAN)isaLANthatallowsdevicesin
Iftimepermits,discuss
thesamegeographiclocationtoconnectusingradiotransmissions.It otherexampleusesof
mightalsobe(andoftenis)connectedtoawirednetworkthroughanAP. WWAN.
Thisallowsforgreaterflexibilityandmobilitywithinanorganization.For

example,aMedDevsalespersonwhohasapresentationinthemain
meetingroomwouldwanttousethewirelessadapterinhisHPEliteBook
2760ptoconnecttotheserverforspecificationsheetslocatedonthe
companyLAN.
n
io
Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)
t
bu
A network configuration that wirelessly connects a device to a LAN.
tri
is
AssumethatMedDevhasrecentlyinstalledandsecuredAPsthroughout
rD
thebuildingtoallowwirelessaccessforcompanydevices.The
fo
salespersoncannowusethewirelessadaptertoconnecttothecompanys
ot
N
LANandsuccessfullyaccessthespecificationsheets.
l-
tia
Thistypeofnetworkconfigurationisalsocommonlyusedinhomes.
en
Homebasedwirelessnetworksarecommon,allowingfamilymembersto
fid
sharelimitedresourcessuchasprintersorahighbandwidthInternet
on
connection.Homenetworkshavealsobeenusedtohelplaunchhome
tC
basedbusinesses.
or
tip
AWirelessWideAreaNetwork(WWAN)connectsdevicesthrougha
er
cellularnetwork.ThedifferencebetweenWLANandWWANmight
C
&
soundsubtle,butitcertainlymakesadifferencewhenitcomestoremote
P
connectivity.
H
Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN)

A WAN composed of separate cellular areas connected wirelessly.
TheprimarydifferencebetweenWWANandWLANistheuseofcellular
servicesanddifferenthardware.Acellularserviceproviderprovides
accesstothecellularnetworkthroughtheuseofawirelesscardorUSB
device.Thewirelesstransmissiontechnologywillvarydependingupon
thecarrier.
Page 5-37
802.11 Wireless Standards
Iftimepermits,havethe WirelessnetworkingisdefinedbytheIEEE802.11standardandits
studentslookupthe amendments.Includedinthestandardsdefinitionsarefrequencyuseand
Wirelessspecsforoneof
maximumdatarates.Table55illustratesthestandardamendmentsthat
theMedDevsystems.
definespeedandbandusage.
LinktoSalespeoplesHP
Table55:802.11Amendments
EliteBookspecs:
http://shopping1.hp.com/
is
Standard Frequency Maximum
bin/INTERSHOP.enfinity datarate
/WFS/WW
USSMBPublicStore 802.11a 5MHz 54Mbps
Site/en_US/
/USD/ViewProductDetail 802.11b 2.4MHz 11Mbps
io
t
Start?ProductUUID=53cQ
bu
802.11g 2.4MHz 54Mbps
7EN5TDUAAAEvAsMr_
tri
d40&CatalogCategoryID=
is
802.11n 2.4/5MHz Upto350Mbps
rD
RI4Q7EN5sxUAAAEyGB
fo
1UDwMl&JumpTo=Offer
List Asvariationsonthe2.4GHzbandevolved,sodidthespeed.However,
ot
typicaldataratesinmostimplementationswillbelessthanthesespecified
N
l-
maximums.802.11gdevicesaredownwardcompatiblewith802.11b
tia
devices.802.11ndevicesaredownwardcompatiblewith802.11a,802.11b,
en
and802.11gdevices.
fid
on
tC
Wheneverusingthe2.4MHzband,thereisapotentialfor
or
interferencewithotherdevicesoperatingatthesamefrequency.This
tip
includesBluetoothdevices,wirelesskeyboards,wirelessmice,andsecurity
er
monitors.Microwaveovenscanalsointerferewithwireless
C
&
communications.
P
H
IntheMedDevexample,thenetworkcardonaMedDevsalespersonsHP
EliteBookPCspecifiesthatitis802.11a/b/g/ncompliant.Thismeansthata
salespersoncanconnecttoanywirelessenvironmentthatalsocomplies
withanyoneofthefourstandards.
Connecting clients to a network - example

Beforeyoucandeployanewnetworkorupgradeanexistingnetwork,
youneedtoinvestalittletimeinplanningyourdeployment.Asan
example,wearegoingbacktoourMedDevcasestudy.
Page 5-38
Connecting clients to a network - example
LookingattheMedDevcomputersandnetworkenvironment,wewill
createaplantoconnectthefollowingsystemstotheexistingMedDev
network:
HP3405MicrotowerModelXZ935UT
HPCompaq6005ProModelA2W63UT
HPEliteBook2760pModelLJ466UT
MedDev
Computers:
io
t
bu
tri
is
administrativeemployeecurrentlyuseastandardconfigurationHP3405
rD
fo
ot
l-
thatproduceverylargefiles.Theytypicallysaveandsharefilesinthecloud.Each
tia
en
fid
A2W63UTcomputer.
on
tC
Thesalespeoplecommunicateusingemail,givepresentationsatclientsites,and
or
requireaccesstocontracttemplateslocatedinthemainoffice.Eachsalespersonis
tip
equippedwithanHPEliteBook2760pModelLJ466UTTabletPC.
er
C
&
MedDevhasanexistingnetworkallowingadministration,engineering,sales,
P
H
andmanufacturingtoshareinformationandresources.Employeescanaccessthe
Internetfromtheircompanyprovidedcomputers.
LAN:
MedDevusestheprivatenetworkIDof192.168.1.0forintranetaccessforthe
AdministrationBuildingsubnet,servingadministration,engineering,andsales.
TheManufacturingBuildingsubnetusestheprivatenetworkIDof192.168.2.0
forintranetaccess.ADHCPserverissetupandconfiguredtoserviceeach
subnet.
Page 5-39
Network planning study
ThreenewemployeesarejoiningthecompanyonMonday.Asthe
supporttechnician,youareresponsibleforsettingupandconfiguringa
newHP3405Microtower,HPCompaq6005ProandHPEliteBook2760p,
allwithaccesstothenetworkandtheInternet.
Wewillstartbyreviewingexistinghardwareandthecurrentnetwork
configuration.TheexistingMedDevnetworkhasthefollowing
configuration:
Table56:MedDevConfiguration
Cabling Cat5EUTP
n
Network Ethernet
io
t
bu
Protocol TCP/IP
tri
is
rD
Subnet#1(AdminBldg) 192.168.1.0
Subnet#2(MfrBldg) fo 192.168.2.0
ot
N
l-
IPConfigurationmethod DHCP
tia
en
ThethreenewemployeeswillbelocatedintheAdministrationbuilding.
fid
Thefollowingchecklistisrecommendedinplanningandconfirmingthe
on
tC
locationandcomputerforanewnetworkconnection:
or
1. Reviewcomputerconfigurationspecifications:
tip
a. HP3405MicrotowerModelXZ935UT
er
C
b. HPCompaq6005ProModelA2W63UT
&
c. HPEliteBook2760pModelLJ466UT
P
H
2. EnsureNICcompatibility
3. Ensureoperatingsystemcompatibility
4. Ensurecablesareavailable
5. Confirmthatcablesareconnectedtoswitch/router
6. Ifcabletestingequipmentisavailable,testthecable(s).
7. Confirmpowersource.
Thespecificrequirementsforconnectingnewclientstoyournetworkmay
besomewhatnetworkspecific.However,thestepslistedhereforthe
MedDevcasestudycanprovideageneralguideline.
1. Installtheclient(s)andensurethatallcablesareproperly
connected.
a. Power
Page 5-40
Summary
b. Network Summary
c. Monitor Reviewthekeypoints
d. Keyboard/mouse covered.
2. PowerupthesystemandwaitforWindowstocompletethestartup ReviewQuestions
process.
1.True
3. ConfirmDHCPclientrequestissuccessfulby:
2.WiredandWireless
a. ReviewingtheNICproperties
b. RunningIPConfig 3.Coaxial,TwistedPair
andFiberOptic
4. Confirmthefollowing:
a. IPaddress 4.FalseUpto100Mbps
b. Subnetmask 5.IPConfig/?
c. Defaultgateway 6.802.11n
5. Ifconfirmationispositive,openthebrowserapplicationtoconfirm
7.IPAddress,Subnet
n
Internetaccess.
io
MaskandDefault
t
bu
Congratulations!Youhavesuccessfullyconnectedthesystemstothe Gateway
tri
networkandconfirmedthattheyarereadyforthethreenewemployees.
is

rD

Summary fo
ot
N
l-
tia
Thebenefitsofnetworking
en

fid
Theconnectionmethodsfornetworking
on
Howtorecognizethevarioustypesofnetworkdevices
tC
Characteristicsofwirednetworks
or
Characteristicsofwirelessnetworks
tip
Howtoidentifytherequirementsandplanforconnectinga
er
C
devicetoanetwork
&
P
H
Review Questions
1. TrueorFalse:Informationsharingisonebenefitofnetworking.
2. Whatarethetwomainmethodsfornetworkingcomputers?
3. Whatarethemostcommoncabletypesusedfornetworkingtoday?
4. TrueorFalse:CAT5Eunshieldedtwistedpairhasamaximum
datatransmissionspeedofupto16Mbps.
5. WhatisthecommandandoptionstoviewIPConfigoptions?
6. Which802.11standardamendmentisthefastestona2.4GHz
band?
7. WhataretheminimumIPv4parametersthatmustbeconfiguredto
allowcommunicationonanetwork?
Page 5-41
Definitions Homework
d
Definitions
e
Matcheachtermtoitsdefinition.
g
h ____Mbps a. Theactofconnectingtwoormore
f computersystemsforthepurposeof
b
sharingdataandresources.
c ____RJ45 b. Microsoftstermforassigningalink
a localaddress
____CAT3 c. A4to6wiremodularconnector.
n
io
____UTP d. Megabitspersecond.
t
bu
tri
____WiFi e. Aneightwiremodularconnector.
is
rD
____APIPA f. AsetofstandardsforWLANnetworks
fo
ot
____RJ11 g. Cablesupportingupto16Mbps.
N
l-
tia
____Computer h. UnshieldedTwistedPair.
en
Networking
fid
on

tC
Short Essays
or
tip
1. Acustomerissettingupanewnetworkforapproximately20
er
C
peoplewhocommunicatewithclientsaroundtheglobe.Video
&
streamingandvideoconferencingarevital.Whatrecommendation
P
H
wouldyouproposetothecustomer?Explainwhy.
2. Whileconnectingacustomersnewsystemtothenetwork,youare
unabletoaccesstheInternet.Thecomputercanconnecttoother
locallyattachedcomputersonthenetwork.Allothercomputers
haveInternetaccess,soyouhavelocalizedtheissue.Briefly
describetheconfigurationparametersyouneedtoreviewonthe
computer.

Page 5-42
Homework
Put it in Practice
MedDev
Computers:
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
A2W63UTcomputer.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
LAN:
C
&
MedDevusestheprivatenetworkaddressof192.168.1.0withasubnetmaskof
P
255.255.255.0andadefaultgatewayof192.168.1.254forintranetaccesswithin
H
theAdministrationBuilding,servingadministration,engineeringandsales.In
theManufacturingBuildingMedDevusestheprivatenetworkaddressof
192.168.2.0withasubnetmaskof255.255.255.0andadefaultgatewayof
192.168.1.254forintranetaccess.
1. Prepareaplanforaddingtwonewnetworkconnectedsystemsforthe
engineeringdepartment.
2. IdentifytherequiredIPAddress,SubnetMaskandDefaultGateway
forthetwonewcomputersinordertoconfiguretheDHCPserver.

Page 5-43
Pageintentionallyleftblank.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 5-44
Objectives
Chapter 6: Windows Starttheclassbyreading
Operating System
Introduction
Windowsisthemostwidelyusedoperatingsystemandcanbefoundon
amajorityofdesktops,workstations,laptops,andevenservers.
Inthischapter,wewillbeginwithabriefoverviewofthehistoryof
Windows.Next,wewillturnourfocusspecificallytoWindows7and
examineitsfeaturesandafewbuiltinapplications.Wewillthendiscuss
n
installationoptionsandprocedures.Finally,wewilllookatsome
io
t
bu
administrativetasks,includinguser,file,andprintermanagement.
tri
is
rD
Objectives
fo
ot
N

l-
IdentifythecurrentlysupportedWindowssolutions,
tia
includingthebuiltinapplications
en
Selecttheclientplatformstobeusedbasedonspecific
fid
selectioncriteriaincludingapplicationavailability,mobility,
on
anddatasecurity
tC
InstallWindowsfrominstallationmedia
or
tip
InstallWindowsspecificdrivers
er
Installandconfigureapplications
C
Load/unloaddevicedrivers
&
ManageclientsolutionswithHPandindustrystandard
H
resources
Confirmnetworkconnectivity
Managefileanddatasecurity
Configureuserprofilesettings
Installapplications
Manageprinters

Page 6-1
Chapter 6: Windows Operating
System
MedDev Windows Operating System
Itisimportanttoreview TheWindowsoperatingsystemhaschangedthewaypeopleworkwith
theMedDevinformation,
computers.AgraphicaluserinterfacetransformedtheDOScommand
asitiscontinuallyused
orreferencedthroughout lineworldintopictures.
thischapter.
Disk Operating System (DOS)
The original operating system used in IBM compatible PCs.
TheimpactthattheWindowsoperatingsystemhashadonbusinessover
theyearsishardtomeasure,butitisdistinct.
Throughoutthischapter,wewilluseMedDevtohelpillustratesomeof
thebenefitsandusageconsiderationsabusinesswillexperiencewhen
deployingWindows7.HereisanoverviewoftheMedDevCompany.
n
io
MedDev
t
bu

tri
is
rD
devices.Ithasfouradministrativepersonnel,sixengineers,andtensalespeople.
fo
Thereisalsoamanufacturingfacilitythathassixworkers.
ot

N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
tip
er
C
&
A2W63UTcomputer.
P

Page 6-2
Windows Operating System
A Short History Lesson

TherehavebeenmultipleversionsoftheWindowsoperatingsystemover
theyears.Wewillfocusprimarilyontheevolutionoftheclientversionsof
Windows.Afewserverversionswillbementionedbriefly.
Windows 1.0
MicrosoftreleasedWindows1.0inNovember1985.Builttorunasan
interfaceontopofDOS,italloweduserstoclickonitemstousethem
insteadoftypingacommand.
Windows1.0includedseveralGUIfeatures,includingdropdown
menus,scrollbars,icons,anddialogboxes.Italsoalloweduserstoswitch
fromoneopenedprogramtoanotherwithouthavingtocloseeitherone.
n
Theamountoftimesavedbecauseofthisfeaturewasimmeasurable.
t io
ImaginehavingtoshutdownExcelandopenupWord(andviceversa)
bu
everytimeyouneededtomodifydatabetweenthetwoapplications!
tri
is
rD
InEnglish,GUIispronouncedlikegooey.
fo
ot
Graphical User Interface (GUI)
N
A user interface that allows a user to interact with images and text by
l-
clicking on them instead of by typing commands.

tia
en
Drop-down menu
fid
An additional menu that appears underneath a main menu option when

on
that option is selected.

tC
or
Scrollbar
tip
A rectangular object positioned vertically or horizontally that contains a

er
box that can be moved up and down or left and right to view more
C
information.
&
P
H
Icon
A graphical image that can be used to open an application or perform a
task.
Dialog box
A single window that appears on the Windows desktop, prompting the
user for input.
TheminimumsystemrequirementsforrunningWindows1.0onaPC
were:
256KBRAM
Twodoublesidedfloppydiskdrives
Graphicscard
Page 6-3
System
Windows3.0 512KBavailableharddiskspace
Virtualmemoryis DOS3.0orhigher
discussedinmoredetail
Theserequirementsseemquitesmallcomparedtosystemsavailable
laterinthecourse.
today.However,in1985,manysystemsrequiredupgradestomeetthese
requirements.
Windows 2.0
Releasedin1987,thesecondversionofWindowsaddedenhancedscreen
control,layout,andoverlappingwindows.TheControlPanelwasalso
introducedinthisversionofWindows.
Control Panel
A Windows feature that enables modification of system settings.
n
io
Windows2.0wasoriginallydesignedtorunonanIntel286processor.
t
bu
However,whenIntelreleasedthe386processor,Microsoftenhanced
tri
Windows2.0tosupportit.ThiswasknownasWindows/386.
is
rD
Windows 3.0
fo
ot
Windows3.0wasreleasedin1990andintroducedfeaturessuchasvirtual
N
memorythathelpedsupportbettergraphicsandhigherperformance.
l-
tia
Windows3.0providedfullsupportfortheIntel386processor.
en
fid
Virtual memory
on
A file on the hard disk that can be used to provide additional temporary
storage for running applications.
tC
or
tip
SomebuiltinprogramsforWindows3.0included:
er
FileManager
C

&
PrintManager
P
ProgramManager
H
Inaddition,MicrosoftreleasedanewWindowsSoftwareDevelopment
Kit(SDK)allowingsoftwaredeveloperstheopportunitytodevelop
Windowsbasedapplicationsmoreeasily.
Windows Software Development Kit (SDK)

A library of development tools, utilities, and applications that are used for
developing Windows applications.
OnedrawbacktoWindows3.0andWindows3.1(whichwasreleased
shortlyafterWindows3.0)wasthattheydidnotincludenetworking
capabilities.Tofillthatgap,MicrosoftintroducedWindowsfor
Workgroups3.11,providingpeertopeernetworkingcapabilitiesaswell
asconnectivitytonetworkdomains.
Page 6-4
Peer-to-peer networking Windows95

A network connecting independent systems as peers, without centralized Studentsmighthave
control of users and resources. heardoftheWindows95
launchcommercial,
Domain whichplayedStartMe
A group of computers and users that can be centrally managed by a UpbyTheRolling
Windows server. Stones.
Windows NT
In1993,MicrosoftreleasedWindowsNT,anewoperatingsystembuilt
fromscratch.TheNTportionofthenamestoodforNewTechnology.
WindowsNT3.1wasa32bitoperatingsystem,allowinghighend
engineeringandscientificprogrammingsupport.WindowsNT3.1was
availableintwoeditions:
n
io
t

bu
WindowsNTWorkstation

tri
WindowsNTServer
is
rD
WindowsNTwasgearedmoretowardsthebusinessenvironmentrather
fo
thanthehomePCmarket. ot
N
AgreatdealoftheWindowsNTarchitecturestillexistsinWindows7.
l-
tia
Windows 95
en
fid
Releasedin1995,Windows95representedadeparturefromtheprevious
on
Windowsinterfaceandintroducedabrandnewinterfacedesignthat
tC
includedadesktop,taskbar,andStartmenu.
or
tip
Start Menu
er
A menu that contains shortcuts to applications and files.

C
&
Shortcut
P
H
An icon linked to an executable or other file on the storage media.
Windows95wasdesignedtotakeadvantageofthegrowinguseofthe
Internet.Itwasa32bitoperatingsystemthatofferedmoreenhanced
multimediacapabilities,alongwithimprovednetworkingfeatures.
Multimedia
Content that includes video, graphics, sound, and sometimes interactivity.
OneofthemostimportantfeaturesofWindows95wasitssupportfor
PlugandPlay.Windows95(andlater)canautomaticallydetectdevices
thatsupportit,installtheirdevicedrivers,andassignresources,reducing
theamountoftimeamaintenancetechnicianmustspendmanagingand
installingdevicedrivers.
Page 6-5
System
ThesystemrequirementsforWindows95include:
386DXprocessororhigher(486recommended)
Minimum4MBofRAM(8MBrecommended)
5055MBofharddiskspace(Dependingoninstallationtype)
VGAorhighergraphicscapability(256SVGArecommended)
Windows95alsoincludedInternetExplorer,whichignitedlegalbattles
withNetscape(anearlywebbrowsercompany)overwhetherdoingso
providedMicrosoftwithanunfairbusinessadvantage.
Windows 98 and Windows Millennium (Me)

Windows98introducedseveraladditionalfeatures,including:
Fasterprogramaccessibility
n
SupportforDVD
io
t

bu
SupportforUSB
tri
QuickLaunchtoolbar
is
rD
Windows98wassupposedtobethelastversionofWindowsthatranon
fo
topofDOS.However,theneedtosupportsomenewerdevicesprompted
ot
MicrosofttoreleaseWindowsMeasaconsumeroperatingsystem.All
N
l-
futureversionsofWindowswouldbebasedontheWindowsNTand
tia
Windows2000kernel.
en
fid
Kernel
on
The core component of an operating system that provides its most critical
tC
services.
or
Windows 2000 Professional

tip
er
Intheyear2000,MicrosoftreleasedWindows2000Professional.Itwas
C
&
designednotjustasanupgradetoWindowsNT4.0,butalsowiththe
P
intentionofreplacingWindows95andWindows98.
H
Windows2000wasavailableinfoureditions:
Windows2000Professional
Windows2000Server
Windows2000AdvancedServer
Windows2000DatacenterServer
Windows2000wasbuiltontheWindowsNTcodebaseandenhanced
withseveralimprovementsincluding:
Reliabilityimprovement
Easeofuse
Internetcompatibility
Page 6-6
Supportformobilecomputing WindowsXP
PlugandPlay Pointthatoutthatits
popularityisveryevident
ThePlugandPlayenhancementsinWindows2000Professionalincluded
whenyouconsiderthe
supportforwirelessnetworking,additionalUSB,FireWire,andinfrared numberofcomputersstill
devices. runningWindowsXP11
yearsafteritsinitial
Active Directory release.
PerhapsthemostimportantfeatureintroducedintheWindows2000 ActiveDirectory
productswasActiveDirectory.ActiveDirectorystreamlinedtheway Adetaileddiscussionof
businessescouldorganizeresourcesanduseraccounts.Useraccounts, ActiveDirectoryis
computeraccounts,andotherresourcesarestoredinadatabasethatcan beyondthescopeofthis
bedistributedacrossmultipledomaincontrollers.ActiveDirectory course.Itiscoveredin
moredetailintheServers
domainscanspanmultiplelocations,andacompanymightchooseto
n
andStoragecourse.
io
implementoneormoredomains.
t
However,itisworth
bu
discussingthebenefitsof
tri
domain
usingadomain
is
A collection of objects, including user accounts, groups, computers, and
rD
printers. GroupPolicy
fo Grouppolicycanalsobe
ot
Domain controller
N
configuredonthelocal
A special server that stores user and computer account information.
l-
computer.LocalGroup
tia
Policyisdiscussedlater
ThemainbenefitofActiveDirectoryisthatitallowsanadministratorto
en
inthechapter.
fid
centrallymanageuseraccounts,computers,printers,andotherobjects.A
on
domainusercanusethesamecredentialstologontoanycomputerinthe
tC
domain(unlessrestrictedtospecificcomputers).Userscanbeplacedinto
or
groups,andthengroupscanbeassignedpermissiontoaccesssharedfiles
tip
andprintersthroughoutthedomain.Thisallowsausertologonwitha
er
C
singlesetofcredentialsandgainaccesstoalltheresourcesheorshe
&
needs.
P
H
AnotherimportantbenefitofActiveDirectoryistheabilitytocentrally
controlacomputersconfigurationandsecuritysettingsusingGroup
Policy.
Group Policy
A set of configuration settings that are applied based on the users or
computers identity.
Windows XP
Releasedin2001,WindowsXPprovidedaredesignedlookandfeel.It
becamethemoststableandpopularversionofWindowsinitstime.Itwas
installedinmultiplelanguagesandshippedonmorethan1billionPCs
aroundtheworld.
Page 6-7
System
WindowsVista Theadvancementsinspeedandstabilityhelpedfuelthemigrationto
Amajorcomplaintwas WindowsXP.Inaddition,onlinedeliveryofupdates,includingsecurity
thatWindowsVistakept updates,easedsafetyconcernsaboutvirusattacksandothersecurity
promptingtheuserfor exploits.
verificationduringmany
commonactivities. WindowsXPwasavailableinseveraleditions:
WindowsXPHome
WindowsXPProfessional
WindowsXP64bit
WindowsXPMediaCenter
WindowsXPTabletPC
Asitsnamesuggests,WindowsXPHomeeditionwasdesignedfor
personaluse.Itsimplifiedmanycommontasks,makingiteasierto
n
io
connecttotheInternet,managedigitalphotos,andcreatemultimedia
t
bu
presentations.
tri
is
WindowsXPProfessionalwasdesignedprimarilyforbusiness.It
rD
providedincreasedperformance,reliabilityandenhancedsecurity.Some
fo
ofitsusefulfeaturesincluded:
ot
N
RemoteDesktop
l-
EncryptingFileSystem(EFS)
tia

en
SystemRestore

fid
WindowsMessenger
on
RemoteAssistance
tC
AbigadvantageofferedbyWindowsXPwasitssupportfortheNTFSfile
or
tip
system,allowingbettercontroloffileaccessthroughNTFSpermissions
er
andEFS.
C
&
NTFS permissions
P
File access permissions that can be granted or denied.

H
NTFSwasoriginallyintroducedinWindowsNT.WindowsXPwasthe
firstconsumeroperatingsystemtoincludeit.
Windows Vista
Releasedin2006,WindowsVistawasdesignedtohavethestrongest
securitysystemofallofthepreviousWindowsversions.However,itwas
notwellacceptedduetoitsoverprotectiveuseraccountcontrol(UAC)
prompting.
Page 6-8
User Account Control (UAC) WindowsTouch

A security precaution that ensures that an administrator security context is Iftimepermits,ask
only used when performing actions that require it and that users are studentsifanyonehas
prompted before permissions are elevated. experiencewith
WindowsTouch.
LikeWindowsXP,WindowsVistawasavailableinseveraleditions:

WindowsVistaStarter Windows7Editions
WindowsVistaHomeBasic
Windows7Starteris
WindowsVistaHomePremium
listedunderavailable
WindowsVistaBusiness editions,butitisnot
WindowsVistaEnterprise coveredinthechapter.
WindowsVistaUltimate Alsoseewhateditionof
Windowsthestudents
Installationrequirementsweredependentontheedition. arefamiliarwith.
n
io
Windows 7
t
bu
tri
Windows7wasreleasedin2009.Itincludesfeaturesthatenhanceeaseof
is
rD
use,energyefficiency,andperformance.
fo
Onenewfeature,WindowsTouch,allowstheusertointeractwitha
ot
touchscreenmonitor.WithWindowsTouch,ausercanbrowsethrough
N
l-
webpages,openfoldersandfiles,andevenscrollthroughpicturesall
tia
withjustatouchoftheirfingers.
en
fid
Windows Touch
on
A multitouch technology that allows users to navigate and manipulate

tC
data on a Windows 7 system using multiple fingers. A compatible

multitouch PC and monitor is required.
or
tip
er
Inthebusinessenvironment,Window7providesseveraltoolsandnew
C
featuresthathelpusersworkmoreproductively.Itspopularityhas
&
steadilyincreasedforbothhomeandbusinessuse.Sinceitsrelease,
P
H
Windows7hasbecomethefastestsellingWindowsversioninhistory.At
theendof2010,sevencopiesofWindows7werebeingsoldeverysecond.
Windows7iscurrentlyofferedinthefollowingeditions:
Windows7Starter
Windows7HomePremium
Windows7Professional
Windows7Ultimate
Windows7Enterprise
Forthischapter,themajorityofWindows7contentpresentedwillcover
theProfessionalandUltimateeditions.
Page 6-9
System
EFS Windows 7 Home Premium
BothEFSandBitLocker Designedforpersonaluse,Windows7HomePremiumoffersan
areintroducedinthenext enhancedhomeentertainmentexperience.Userscanwatch,pause,
fewpages.However,
rewind,andevenrecordtelevisionshowswithWindowsMediaCenter
examplesareillustrated
laterinthechapter. andInternetTV.ToviewandmanagetelevisionshowswithoutInternet
TV,anadditionalTVtunerisrequired.
Windows Media Center

A multimedia application from Microsoft that provides a complete
entertainment system on a PC running Windows 7.
Internet TV
A Microsoft entertainment service providing a large base of online
entertainment options through the Windows Media Center application
with no TV tuner required.
n
tio
bu
TV tuner
tri
A device that connects a TV signal to a computer.
is
rD
WithWindowsHomePremiumahomeusercaneasilysetupahome
fo
basednetworktoshareinformationandresourceswithotherWindows7
ot
N
PCsonthenetwork.
l-
tia
en
ItisimportanttonotethatalthoughtheHomePremiumeditionprovides
fid
homebasednetworkfunctionality,computersrunningitcannotbeconfiguredas
on
domainclients.
tC
Windows 7 Professional
or
tip
Windows7Professionalisdesignedforthebusinessenvironmentand
er
C
offersfeaturesforincreasedproductivityandprotectionofconfidential
&
andcriticaldataaswellasbackwardscompatibilitywithWindowsXP
P
H
applications.
Connectingtonetworkresources,includingsharedprintersandremote
storagedeviceshasbeenmadeeasier.Also,connectingdirectlytoexternal
componentslikeprojectorsorsmartphoneshasbeenstreamlined.
Dataprotectionfeaturesincludebackupstoeitherahomebasednetwork
orbusinessnetworkandEncryptingFileSystem(EFS).EFSwillbe
discussedinmoredetaillaterinthischapter.
Encrypting File System (EFS)

An NTFS feature that protects the confidentiality of user files by
automatically encrypting and decrypting them.
Page 6-10
Finally,toensurethatWindowsXPapplicationscontinuetooperate,
Windows7ProfessionalsupportsWindowsXPMode.
Windows XP Mode
A Windows 7 virtual machine that allows businesses to use and run any
application that will run under Windows XP on a Windows 7 system.
WindowsXPModeisnotabuiltinapplicationandmustbedownloaded
separatelyfromtheMicrosoftWebsite.
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows7Ultimateisthemostversatileedition.TheUltimateedition
providesacombinationoffeaturesfromboththeHomePremiumand
Professionaleditions.Thesefeaturesinclude:
n
io

t
Enhancedeaseofuse
bu

tri
Homeentertainment
is
Homebasedorbusinessnetworking
rD
WindowsXPMode
EFS fo
ot
N
Inadditiontothesefeatures,Windows7Ultimateeditionprovides
l-
tia
BitLockerDriveEncryptionandBitLockerToGo.Bothapplications
en
provideencryptionforsensitiveorconfidentialdatastoredonahard
fid
driveoraUSBflashdrive.
on
tC
BitLocker Drive Encryption

or
A technology that encrypts the entire hard disk drive.

tip
er
BitLocker To Go
C
Provides encryption for mobile storage devices such as external hard disk
&
drives and USB flash drives.

P
H
Asanaddedbenefit,theWindows7Ultimateeditionprovidestheability
toworkinanyoneof35differentlanguages.
Table61illustratesonlythefeatureswhereadifferenceexistsbetween
theHomePremium,ProfessionalandUltimateeditions.
Windows 7 Enterprise
Windows7Enterpriseeditionisthemostadvancededitionofthe
WindowsoperatingsystemmadeforbusinessPCs.Itwasdesignedto
addresstheevolvingneedsofbusinessusersandITprofessionalsina
largeorganization.Becauseitwasdesignedwithlargeorganizationsin
mind,itfallsoutsidethescopeofthiscourse.Detailedinformationforthe
Windows7EnterpriseeditioncanbefoundontheMicrosoftWebsite.
Page 6-11
System
WindowsAnytime
Upgrade
Table61:FeaturesbyEdition
Itmaybeworth
mentioningthatwith
WindowsAnytime Feature Home Professional Ultimate
Upgrade,ausercan Premium
upgradetoanother
edition.Thisfeatureis SupportforJoining X X
notprovidedwiththe
Domains
Ultimatebecausethereis
noupgradeoptionfrom
UltimatetoEnterprise. WindowsAnytime X X
Upgrade
RemoteDesktopand
othervirtualization
technologiesarecovered
LocationAwarePrinting X X
n
io
inChapter11.
t
RemoteDesktop X X
bu
Manyofthefeatures
tri
Connection
listedherearenot
is
rD
describedinthiscourse.
Languagepacks X
fo
Studentswhoare
interestedinlearning
ot
AdvancedBackupand X X
N
morecanresearchthem
l-
onTechNet. Restore
tia
en
BitLocker X
fid
on
GroupPolicyControls X X
tC
or
EncryptingFileSystem X X
tip
er
C
OfflineFolders X X
&
P
AppLocker X
H
BranchCache X
DirectBootfromVHD X
DirectAccess X
EnterpriseSearchScopes X
VirtualDesktop X
Infrastructure(VDI)
enhancements
Page 6-12
Windows 7 Features and Built-in Applications
BuiltinApplications
Windows 7 Features and Built-in Applications Discussthestudents

experienceswithbuiltin
applicationsiftime
Windows Desktop and Taskbar permits.
TheprimaryinterfaceforWindowsisthedesktop.Thedesktopcan
containbothshortcutsandgadgets,asshowninFigure61.
Gadget
A small application that provides specific functionality, such as a clock,
calculator, or CPU meter.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid

on
tC
Figure61:DesktopViewwithGadgets
or
Thetaskbarcanpositionedalongthebottom,top,leftorright.Each
tip
runningapplicationisrepresentedonthetaskbarbyanicon.Whenyou
er
C
hoverthemouseoveranapplicationsicon,aninteractivethumbnail
&
previewoftheapplicationinstancesappears.Figure62illustratesthe
P
H
thumbnailpreviewsofallrunningbrowserapplicationinstances.

Figure62:TaskbarwithThumbnailPreviews
ThumbnailpreviewsareonlydisplayedwhentheAerothemeisenabled.
Page 6-13
System
Whenyourightclickonataskbaricon,alistofrecentlyopenedfilesand
commontasksrelatedtothatapplicationisdisplayed.Thislistiscalled
thejumplist.
Aero
The desktop experience introduced in Windows 7, featuring new windows
colors, subtle windows animations, and a translucent glass design.
Jump List
A list of files, recently opened with a specific application, and common
tasks.
Youcanalsopinanapplicationshortcutdirectlytothetaskbar,allowingit
tobelaunchedeasily.
n
Built-in Applications
io
t
bu
Thelistofbuiltinapplicationscontinuestogrowwitheveryversionof
tri
Windows.Letuslookatafewimportantones.
is
rD
Internet Explorer
fo
ot
InternetExplorerversion8wasshippedwithWindows7.Thelatest
N
releaseofInternetExplorerasofwinter2012isInternetExplorer9.Both
l-
tia
versionsofInternetExplorerinclude:
en
Accelerators
fid

on
InPrivateBrowsing

tC
Pinsitestothetaskbar

or
Searchintheaddressbar
tip
SmartScreenFilter
er
SuggestedSites
C

&
Tabisolationandcrashrecovery
P
WebSlices
H
Accelerators
AcceleratorsallowyoutohighlighttextonaWebsiteandchoosewhich
actionyouwouldliketotake.Forexample,highlightinganaddress
providestheoptiontoseeamapwiththelocationpinpointed.Another
exampleistohighlighttextwritteninonelanguageanduseanaccelerator
totranslateitintoanotherlanguage.
InPrivate Browsing
InPrivateBrowsingenhancesyourprivacyduringwebsurfingby
discardingbrowsinginformationfromtheInternethistory,cookies,and
temporaryInternetfiles(Figure63).AftersurfingtheInternetwith
Page 6-14
InPrivateBrowsingenabled,simplyclosedownthebrowser,andthe
informationaboutthesitesyouvisitedwillbedeleted.UsingInPrivate
Browsingisespeciallyimportantwhenmultiplepeopleusethesame
computer.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
Figure63:MSInternetExplorerInPrivateBrowsing
er
C
Pinning a Web site to the Taskbar

&
P
YoucanalsopinaWebsitetothetaskbarbyopeningitandthendragging
H
thetabassociatedwithittothetaskbar.
Using the Address Bar to search

YoucansearchtheInternetusingtheaddressbarbysimplytypingina
searchterm.YoucansearchforWebsitesusingapartialaddressoraterm
thatyouwouldnormallytypeintoasearchpage.
InInternetExplorer,Bingisthedefaultsearchengine.However,you
canenableothersearchproviders,suchasGoogle.
Page 6-15
System
SmartScreen
SmartScreenfilterprovidesanaddedlayerofprotectionagainstmalicious
WebsitesbyalertingyouifInternetExplorersuspectsthatitisaphishing
site.
phishing
A hacking technique in which users are tricked into entering passwords,
credit card numbers, or other confidential information when they believe
they have visited a legitimate site, but in fact, it is an imposter.
Suggested Sites
SuggestedSitespromptsyouwithchoicesforsuggestedWebsitestovisit.
Theselectionprovidedisbasedonyourmostfrequentlyvisitedsites.
n
Tab Isolation and Crash Recovery
io
t
bu
Tabisolationandcrashrecoveryprovidesasafeguardagainstatab
tri
crashing,allowingothertabstocontinue.Ifatabcrashes,itwill
is
rD
automaticallyreloadwithoutimpactingtheothertabs.
fo
MedDevresearchersneedtofrequentlyaccessseveralmedicalinformationWeb
ot
N
sites.Theycanpinthosesitestotheirtaskbarforoneclickaccess.
l-
tia
Accessories
en
fid
ThereareseveralbuiltinapplicationslocatedwithintheAccessories
on
folderinStartmenu(Figure64).Wewilltakeaquicklookatfoura
tC
businessusermightfinduseful.
or
tip
Calculator
er
C
&
P
H

Figure64:Accessories
Page 6-16
Thecalculatorishasastandardcalculatormode,aswellasthree
specializedmodes:
Scientific
Programmer
Statistics
Thescientificmodeincludestrigonometric,power,squareroot,and
logarithmicoperations.Theprogrammermodeallowsyoutocalculate
andconvertbetweenhexadecimal,decimal,binary,andoctalnumbers.
Thestatisticsmodeprovideskeysforperformingstatisticalcalculations
involvinglinearregression(Figure65).
TheUnitConversionfeatureallowsyoutoeasilyperformconversions
fromoneunittoanother.Forexample,youcanconvertfrommetricunits
n
io
toU.S.units.
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure65:MSCalculatorStatisticsCalculatorwithUnitConversion
WiththenewCalculatorapplicationfeaturesMedDevengineerscanquickly
calculateconversionswhenworkingwithvariousunits.
Paint
Paintisasimplegraphicspaintingprogramthathasbeenincludedwith
Windowsformanyreleases.InWindows7,ithasaddedsomenew
features,includingmultitouchsupportonatouchscreenmonitor(Figure
66).
Page 6-17
System
n
io

t
bu
Figure66:MSPaint
tri
is
Sticky Notes
rD
fo
TheStickyNotesbuiltinapplication,showninFigure67,allowsauserto
ot
createnotesonthedesktopthatareretainedafterareboot.StickyNotes
N
alsosupportmultitouch,souserscancreatenotesusingastylusortheir
l-
tia
fingertip.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure67:MSStickyNotes
MedDevsalespeopleandadministratorsuseStickyNotesonadailybasistomark
quickremindersandnotespriortorecordingtheminOutlook.

Page 6-18
Windows 7 Installation
Sync Center SyncCenter
TheSyncCenterapplicationallowsausertomaintainlocalcopiesof CoverSyncCenterandits
serverbasedfilesandfolders.Thismakesitpossibleforausertoaccess advantagetomobile
users.
andmodifyafilewhentheirsystemisnolongerconnectedtothe
network.
Offline Files must be enabled on the shared folder before

Sync Center can be used.
Offline Files
A Windows feature that allows a file in a shared folder to be stored locally
and synchronized.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
Figure68:MSSyncCenter
er
C
Havingasyncedcopyofafileisadvantageousformobileusers.Theuser
&
P
canmakemodificationstoapresentationorcontractwhiledisconnected
H
fromtheofficenetwork.Oncethecomputerisconnectedtothenetwork,
SyncCentersynchronizesthefilesandfolders.
WithSyncCenterfunctionalityenabled,MedDevsalespeoplecansynctheir
importantfilesandpresentationstoensurethatthemostcurrentinformationis
availablewhentraveling.
Windows7comespreinstalledonHPdesktopcomputers.However,if
customersneedtoupgradefromanearlierversionofWindows,orifyou
needtoreinstalltheoperatingsystemduetoafailure,youneedto
understandtheproceduresforinstallingWindows7.
Page 6-19
System
Inthissection,wewillbeginwithadiscussionoftheminimumsystem
requirements.Next,wewillcoverlicensingconsiderations.Finally,we
willwalkthroughthestepsforinstallingWindows7.
Windows 7 System Requirements

BeforeinstallingorupgradingtoWindows7,youneedtoensurethatthe
targetsystemmeetstheatleasttheminimumhardwarerequirements.
Theseare:
1GHzprocessor(32bitor64bit)
1GBRAMfor32bitversion/2GBRAMfor64bitversion
16GBharddrivespacefor32bitversion/20GBharddrivespace
for64bitversion
DVDROMorUSBflashdrive
n
io
DirectX9graphicsdeviceWDDM1.0
t
bu
tri
Pleasenotethatthislistreflectsminimumrequirements.Youshouldalso
is
reviewtherequirementsoftheapplicationsthatwillbeusedtoensure
rD
thatthehardwarewillprovideadequateperformance.
fo
ot
The32bitversionofWindows7supportsupto32processorcores.The
N
64bitversionofWindows7supportsupto256processorcores.Windows
l-
tia
7StarterandWindows7HomePremiumsupportonlyasinglephysical
en
CPU.Windows7Professional,UltimateandEnterpriseeditionssupport
fid
uptotwophysicalCPUs.
on
tC
A64bitprocessorcanruna32bitor64bitoperatingsystem.A32bit
or
tip
processorcanonlyruna32bitoperatingsystem.
er
Licensing
C
&
P
ThelicensinginformationthatdefinesMicrosoftSoftwareLicenseTerms
H
willbedifferentdependingontheeditionofWindows7thatisused.
ToviewthelicensingtermsofaspecificWindows7edition,bootupthe
systemandexecutethefollowingsteps:
1. ClickStart.
2. RightclickComputer.
3. SelectProperties.
Page 6-20
n
io

t
bu
Figure69:Windows7SystemInformation
tri
is
rD
HereyoucanseewhichWindows7editionisrunningonthesystemby
fo
lookingintheWindowsEditionsectionlocatedatthetop. ot
N
4. SelectHelpfromthemenubar.
l-
5. SelectAboutWindows.
tia
6. SelecttheMicrosoftWindowsLicenseTermslink.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure610:Windows7MicrosoftSoftwareLicenseTerms
Volume Licensing
MicrosoftoffersvariouslicensingstrategiesforpurchasingWindows.The
onebestsuitedforacompanywilldependonavarietyoffactors.The
Page 6-21
System
MicrosoftLicenseAdvisorallowsyoutoresearchvariousvolume
licensingstrategiesandreceiveaquote.
TheMicrosoftLicenseAdvisorisavailableat:
http://www.microsoft.com/licensing/mla/default.aspx
Installation Type
BeforeyouinstallWindows7onanysystem,youneedtodetermine
whethertoperform:
Acustominstallation
Anupgrade
Custom Installation
n
AcustominstallationcreatesacleaninstallationofWindows7onthe
io
t
harddisk.Applicationsanddocumentfilesarenotmigrated.Youshould
bu
backupanydatafilesorcopythemtoanalternatelocation.Afteraclean
tri
is
installation,youwillneedtoinstallapplicationsandrestoredatafiles.
rD
fo
Whenperformingacustominstallation,youhavetheoptionof
ot
reformattingthesystempartitionorleavingitintact.
N
l-
tia
Ifyoudonotreformatthesystempartition,datafilesarestoredinafile
en
namedWindows.old.However,ifthefilesareencryptedandyourencryptionkey
fid
isnotbackedup,youwillbeunabletoaccessthemafteracleaninstallation.
on
tC
Upgrade
or
Anupgradepreservesapplications,datafiles,andmostconfiguration
tip
er
settings.However,someoperatingsystemversionscannotbeupgradedto
C
Windows7.Forexample,youcanonlyupgradeacomputerrunning
&
WindowsXPtoWindows7byperformingacustominstallation.You
P
H
mustalsoperformonewhenupgradingfrom32bitWindowsto64bit
Windows.
Windows 7 Operating System Media

Inthissection,welookataninstallationprocedureusinginstallation
mediaobtainedfromMicrosoft.Itisimportantnottopurchaseupgrade
mediaifyouplantoinstallitonacomputerwithoutanexistingWindows
operatingsystem.Ifyoudo,youwillnotbeabletoactivatethe
installation.
Activate
A Microsoft mechanism used to ensure that an individual installation
product key is not used on multiple devices.
Page 6-22
Installationcanbeperformedfromeither:
DVDROMdrive
USBflashdrive
WewillillustratethestepsrequiredtoinstallWindows7fromDVD.To
preparethesystem,reviewtheBIOSsetupasdescribedinchapter2and
confirmthattheDVDROMisenabledasabootabledevice.
1. PoweronthesystemandplacetheWindows7installationDVD
intotheavailabledrive.
2. Rebootthesystem.
3. Whenprompted,pressanykeytobootfromtheCDROM.
4. WindowswillstarttoloadfilesasshowninFigure611.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure611:Windows7InstallationLoadingFiles
N
l-
5. AnInstallWindowspagewillappearasshowninFigure612.
tia
en
Selectthepreferredlanguage,time,andcurrencyformat,and
fid
keyboardorinputmethodandclickNext.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure612:Windows7InstallationLanguage
6. Thefollowingpagewillprovideyouwithasingleoption.Select
Installnowtocontinue.
Page 6-23
System
HereyoucanclickonWhattoknowbeforeinstallingWindows
toreviewtheinstallationoptions.
7. ReadthelicenseagreementandthenclicktheboxnexttoIaccept
thelicenseterms,asshowninFigure613andthenclickNextto
continue.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-

tia
Figure613:Windows7InstallationLicenseTerms
en
fid
8. Theinstallationtypedialogboxappears.Asthisisanew
on
installation,selectCustom(advanced)asshowninFigure614.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure614:Windows7InstallationInstallationType
Page 6-24
9. TheWheredoyouwanttoinstallWindows?dialogboxis
presented.SelectDriveoptions(advanced)asshowninFigure6
15.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure615:Windows7InstallationWheretoInstallWindows ot
N
10. SelectthepartitiononwhichyouwantinstallWindowsorselect
l-
tia
UnallocatedSpace.Inthisexample,wewillselectUnallocated
en
Spaceandformatthedrive.
fid
11. SelectNew,typetheamountofdiskspaceyouwanttoallocateto
on
thesystemvolumeintheSizefield,andclicktheApplybuttonto
tC
allocatetheavailablespaceasshowninFigure616.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure616:Windows7InstallationDiskAllocation
Page 6-25
System
12. Anewdialogboxappears,asshowninFigure617.ClickOKto
continue.

Figure617:Windows7InstallationWarningDialogBox
13. SelectthenewlycreatedpartitionandclickFormat.
14. Awarningdialogboxappearsinformingyouthatalldatawillbe
n
lost.ClickOKtocontinue.
tio
bu
Thepartitionwillbeconfiguredastheprimarypartitionandformatted
tri
withtheNTFSfilesystem.
is
rD
15. Thepartitionisnowformattedandconfiguredasaprimary
fo
partitionasshowninFigure618.ClickNexttocontinue.
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure618:Windows7InstallationDiskPartitionandFormat
16. WindowsinstallationbeginsasshowninFigure619.Waitforthe
filestobecopiedandthesystemtorestart.
Page 6-26
n
io

t
bu
Figure619:Windows7InstallationInstallingFiles
tri
is
17. OncetheSetUpWindowsdialogboxappears.Typeausername
rD
andauniquecomputernameasshowninFigure620.ClickNext
tocontinue.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure620:Windows7InstallationSetUpWindows
18. Enterapasswordandpasswordhint.ClickNexttocontinue.
19. EntertheWindowsproductkeyprovidedbyMicrosoft.
20. Bydefault,thesystemwillautomaticallyactivateWindowsafter
thesetup.LeavetheboxcheckedasshowninFigure621andclick
Nexttocontinue.
Page 6-27
System
n
io

t
bu
Figure621:Windows7InstallationProductKey
tri
is
21. YouarepromptedtoselectamethodofWindowsprotection.Select
rD
UserecommendedsettingsasshowninFigure622.
fo
ot
N
ClickontheLearnmoreabouteachoptionlinktogetadditional
l-
informationontheavailableWindowsprotectionoptions.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure622:Windows7InstallationProtection
22. ModifytheTime,DateandTimezoneaccordingtoyourlocation.
ClickNexttocontinue.
23. SelecttheWorknetworkoptionasshowninFigure623toidentify
thecurrentnetworkasyourplaceofbusiness.Differentsecurity
settingsapplytohome,work,andpublicnetworks.
Page 6-28
n
io

t
bu
Figure623:Windows7InstallationNetworkConnection
tri
is
24. Windowswillfinalizethesettingsandrestart.Afterthecomputer
rD
boots,youwillbepromptedforausernameandpasswordas
showninFigure624tologon.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure624:Windows7InstallationWindows7Login
Congratulations,yourWindows7installationiscomplete.
WhenreviewingthethreetypesofcomputersystemsusedbytheMedDev
employees,whichsystems,ifany,comepreconfiguredwithWindows7
Professionaledition?32bit?64bit?
Page 6-29
System
Drivers
NowthatWindows7hasbeensuccessfullyinstalled,youmightneedto
updatesomeofthesoftwarecomponents,includingthedrivers.Thethree
mostcommonapproachesforupdatingdriversandsoftwarecomponents
are:
InstallfromDriverRecoveryDVD
DownloadfromthemanufacturersWebsite
RunWindowsUpdate
Driver Recovery DVD

TheHPsystemscurrentlyusedintheMedDevcompanyexampleare
eitherprovidedwithanApplicationDriverRecoveryDVDasshownin
n
Figure625,oronecanbeordereddirectlyfromHP.
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
Figure625:HPApplicationandDriverRecoveryDVD
&
P
H
ThisdiskcontainsHPapplicationsanddriversthatarerelevanttothe
systemitaccompaniesforexample,theHPEliteBook2760pTabletPC
usedbytheMedDevsalespeople.
AftersuccessfullycompletingtheinstallationofWindows7,thedrivers
providedontheDVDcanbeinstalledtoupdateanyolder,generic,or
missingdevicedrivers.
1. PoweronthesystemandplacetheApplicationsandDriver
RecoveryDVDintotheavailabledrive.
2. LocatetheDVDdriveandselectittoviewthefilesavailableonthe
DVDasshowninFigure626.
Page 6-30
n
iot
bu

tri
is
Figure626:HPApplicationandDriverRecoveryDVDFiles
rD
fo
3. ThePatchfile,showninFigure627,isabatchfilethatexecutesan
ot
automaticfileupdatesequence.DoubleclickthePatchfileto
N
initiatethedriverupdates.
l-
tia
Batch file
en
A file that contains a set of commands that run when the file is executed.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure627:HPApplicationandDriverRecoveryDVDPatchFile
4. Oncetheupdateiscomplete,rebootthesystem.
NotethatthedriversareonlyascurrentastheFactoryUpdate
AutomaticTool,asindicatedbythedateshowninFigure627.
Page 6-31
System
HPSupport Manufacturers Support web site
Iftimepermitsand Mostsystemmanufacturershavedevicedriversavailableontheirsupport
Internetaccessis Websites.HP,forexample,hasasupportanddriverswebpageasshown
available,practice
inFigure628thatallowsyoutoselectthedriversspecifictoyoursystem.
searchingfortheMedDev
systemdrivers.

n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
Figure628:HPSupportandDriverswebsite
tia
en
YoucouldeasilyfinddriversfortheMedDevHPEliteBook2760p
fid
systems.
on
tC
1. SelecttheDrivers&Softwarelink.
or
2. Typeinthesystemorproductname.Forexample,HPEliteBook
tip
2760passhowninFigure629.ClickSearchtocontinue.
er
C
&
P
H

Figure629:HPSupportandDriverswebsiteProductSearch
3. SelecttheLanguageandoperatingsystemasshowninFigure630.
Page 6-32
n
tio
bu

tri
is
Figure630:HPSupportandDriverswebsiteOperatingSystem
rD
fo
4. Fromhere,youcanselectanddownloadindividualdrivers,as
ot
showninFigure631.Toillustratetheprocessofdownloading,
N
thenloading/unloadingadevicedriver,wewillcontinueusinga
l-
tia
graphicsdriverfortheEliteBookasanexample.SelectDriver
en
Graphicstocontinue.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure631:HPSupportandDriverswebsiteDriverSelection
Page 6-33
System
5. TheavailablegraphicsdriversarelistedasshowninFigure632.
ClicktheDownloadbutton.

Figure632:HPSupportandDriversWebsiteGraphicsDriver
6. Downloadthefileandsaveittoanaccessiblelocation.
7. ThedownloadedfileisanexecutablefileasshowninFigure633.
Toautomaticallyinstallthedriver,clicktheRunbutton.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
Figure633:HPSupportandDriverswebsiteGraphicFile
H
Thefollowingstepsprovideguidanceonhowtomanuallyloadorunload
adevicedriver.Thesestepsaregeneralguidelinesandmayvary
dependingupontheoperatingsystemusedandtherequireddriver.
1. ClicktheStartbuttonandselectControlPanel.
2. SelectHardwareandSound.
3. Next,selectDeviceManager,asshowninFigure634.
Page 6-34
n
io

t
bu
Figure634:Windows7DeviceManager
tri
is
4. Sinceweareinstallingagraphicsdriver,doubleclicktheDisplay
rD
adapters.
5. Doubleclickthedisplayadaptershown.Forexample,doubleclick fo
ot
N
theStandardVGAGraphicsAdapterasshowninFigure635.
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure635:Windows7DeviceManagerDisplayAdapters
Page 6-35
System
Onewaytorecoverfrom 6. TheStandardVGAGraphicsAdapterpropertiesdialogbox
abaddriverinstallation appears.SelecttheDrivertab.
thatpreventsthe
7. HereyoucanperformthefollowingactionsasshowninFigure6
computerfromrestarting
istouseLastKnown
36:
GoodConfiguration ViewDriverDetails
(LKGC).Troubleshooting UpdateDriver
iscoveredinChapter15. RollBackDriver
DisableDriver
UninstallDriver
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
tip
Figure636:StandardVGAGraphicsAdapterPropertiesDriver
er
C
8. Toloadadriver,clicktheUpdateDriverbuttonandfollowthe
&
instructions.
P
H
9. Tounloadadriver,clicktheUninstallbuttonandfollowthe
instructions.
TheDisableoptionallowsyoutotroubleshootthedriverbydisablingit
insteadofuninstallingit.
Becarefulwhenuninstallingordisablingadriverbecauseitmayrender
thesystemunusable.
TheMedDevengineersneedanupdatedgraphicsdrivertofullyutilizetheCAD
software.
Whichgraphicsdriverwouldyouupdateonthesystemsusedbytheengineering
department?Why?
Page 6-36
Configuring Network Connectivity

Windows7supportsconnectionstoEthernet,wireless,andBluetooth
networks.
ToconnecttoanEthernetnetwork,plugintheRJ45cableintothe
adapter.Ifyourcomputerhasthecorrectnetworkadapterdriverandthe
networkhasaDHCPserver,theconnectionshouldbeestablished
automatically.
YoucanmanagenetworksthroughtheNetworkandSharingCenter,
showninFigure637.
SeeChapter5forinformationonTCP/IPconfiguration.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&

P
H
Figure637:NetworkandInternetConnected
Toviewalloftheavailablenetworkresources,selectSeefullmap,located
intheupperrightcorner.Theavailablenetworkresourceswillbe
displayed,asshowninFigure638.

Figure638:NetworkandInternetSeeFullMap
Page 6-37
System
Ifthesystemisnotconnectedtothenetwork,asshowninFigure639,
selectTroubleshootproblemstorunatroubleshooterthatcanhelp
determinethereasonandresolvetheconnectionproblem.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figure639:NetworkandInternetDisconnected
l-
tia
Workgroups
en
fid
Whencomputersonanetworkarenotmembersofadomain,theyare
on
consideredtobeinaworkgroup.Bydefault,theworkgroupisnamed
tC
WORKGROUPasshowninFigure640.
or
tip
Workgroup
er
A peer-to-peer network of computers that can share resources with each

C
other.
&
P
H

Figure640:ComputerWorkgroup
Theworkgroupnamecanbemodifiedifneeded.
Page 6-38
Joining a domain JoiningaDomain

Stresstheimportanceof
Perhapsyouaresettingupanewcomputerforanorganizationatusesan thisstepinsettingupa
ActiveDirectorydomain.Ifso,youwillprobablyneedtoconfigurethe computer.Discussthe
computertojointhedomainsothatthecomputercanaccessresourcesin benefitsofdomain
thedomain. membership.
Asyoumayrecall,adomainallowsyoutocentrallymanagesecurityand
configurationsettings.DomaincontrollersrunningWindowsServer
managethedomain.YoumustbeamemberoftheAdministratorsgroup
onthecomputertojoinittoadomain.Youalsoneedauseraccounton
thedomaincontroller.Theuseraccountdoesnotneedtobeamemberof
theDomainAdminsgroup.
Administrators group
n
io
A security group that has permission to perform any action on the
t
bu
computer.
tri
is
Domain Admins group
rD
A domain security group that has permission to perform any action on
computers in the domain.
fo
ot
N
1. ClickStartthenselectControlPanel.
l-
tia
2. SelectSystemandSecurity.
en
3. IntheSystemandSecuritydialogbox,underSystem,selectSeethe
fid
nameofthiscomputerasshowninFigure641.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure641:SystemandSecurity
Page 6-39
System
4. Systeminformationisdisplayed.Lookforthecomputername,
domain,andworkgroupsettingssectionandselectChange
settings.
5. TheSystemPropertiesdialogboxisdisplayedasshowninFigure
642.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid

on
Figure642:SystemProperties
tC
or
6. Toautomatetheprocessofjoiningadomainusingawizard,click
tip
theNetworkIDbutton.
er
C
7. TheJoinaDomainorWorkgroupdialogboxappears.Tojoina
&
domain,leavethedefaultselectionasshowninFigure643.Click
P
H
Nexttocontinue.
Page 6-40
Figure643:BusinessNetwork
8. Ifthecompanyusesanetworkwithadomain,leavethedefault
selectionasshowninFigure644.ClickNexttocontinue.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is

rD
fo
ot
9. TheinformationshowninFigure645willberequiredtocomplete
N
theprocessofjoiningadomain.Onceyouhaveit,clickNextto
l-
tia
continue.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

10. Typeintheusername,password,anddomainnameprovidedby
thedomainadministrator.ClickNexttocontinue.
Thewizardwillsearchthenetworkforthedomainnameprovidedand,if
thepropercredentialsareentered,thewizardwilladdthesystemtothe
domain.
Page 6-41
System
Ifanissueoccurswhilejoiningadomain,verifytheinformationyou
providedinStep10withthedomainadministrator.
File Sharing and Security

InChapter3youwereintroducedtosomeofthebasicsformanaging
disks,partitions,andfilesystems.Inthissection,wewillleveragethis
informationandexaminehowuserscansafelysharetheirdatawithother
usersonthenetwork.
Sharing Folders and Files

Windowsallowsuserstosharefoldersandthefilestheycontainwith
otherusersonthenetwork.Thegranularityofsharingpermissionsvaries
n
io
dependingonwhetherasystemisadomainorworkgroupmember.In
t
bu
thiscourse,wewillfocusonfilesharinginaworkgroup.
tri
is
rD
IntheMedDevorganization,administrativeemployeesneedtosharelocalfolders
fo
andfileswithotheradministrativeemployees.LetuslookathowaMedDev
ot
employeecouldsetupasharedfolderforanothercolleague.Forthepurposesof
N
thisexample,letusassumethatyouareloggedonasOfficeUser1.
l-
tia
1. ClickStartthenselectComputer.
en
2. DoubleclickthelocaldriveC:\toshowtheavailablefolders.
fid
on
3. DoubleclicktheUsersfolder.
tC
4. DoubleclickOfficeUser1,asshowninFigure646.Thisisthe
or
personalfolderthatbelongstoOfficeUser1.Itcontainspersonal
tip
foldersandfiles,includingMyDocuments,MyPictures,andMy
er
Music.
C
&
P
H

Page 6-42
Figure646:LocalFolderforOfficeUser1
5. DoubleclicktheMyDocumentsfolder.
AdifferentwaytogettoyourMyDocumentsfolderistoexpand
DocumentsandclickMyDocuments.
Inthisexample,therearetwofoldersavailableinMyDocuments:
Assignment_1
Assignment_2
TheobjectiveistosharetheAssignment_2folderwithOfficeUser2.
6. RightclicktheAssignment_2folder,pointtoSharewith,and
selectSpecificpeopleasshowninFigure647.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
er
Figure647:ShareSpecificPeople
C
&
7. TheFileSharingdialogboxappears.Clickthedownarrowkeyto
P
showmoreusersandselectOfficeUser2asshowninFigure648.
H
Page 6-43
System
n
io
Figure648:ShareAddOfficeUser2
t
bu
tri
is
Iftheuseraccounthasnotbeencreatedonthecomputer,youwill
rD
needtocreateonebyclickingCreateanewuser.
fo
ot
8. ClicktheAddbutton.OfficeUser2nowappearsinthelistofpeople
N
tosharewith.Bydefault,thepermissionlevelisRead.Asyoucan
l-
seeinFigure649,youcanselectReadorRead/Writepermission.
tia
en
Youcanalsochoosetoremovetheuserfromtheshare.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure649:SharePermissionLevel
9. Whenthepermissionlevelhasbeenchosen,clicktheSharebutton.
Ifprompted,typeapasswordforauthorizingthechange.
10. AconfirmationdialogboxispresentedasshowninFigure650.As
noted,OfficeUser1cannotifyOfficeUser2viaemail.
Page 6-44

Figure650:ShareConfirmed
n
tio
bu
11. ClicktheDonebuttontoclosethedialogbox.
tri
is
TheMedDevsalespeoplealsowanttosharepresentationsandspecificationsheets,
rD
whicharecurrentlystoredlocally,witheachother.Eachsalespersonwantsto
fo
sharehisorherpresentationsbuttheydonotwantotherstomodifythem.Based
ot
onwhatyouknowaboutsharing,howwouldyousetupthepermissions?Why?
N
l-
HomeGroups
tia
en
Althoughtheyaremorecommonlyusedinhomenetworkscenarios,it
fid
mightsometimesbeappropriatetocreateandsharefolderstoa
on
tC
HomeGroup.Forexample,youmightcreateoneandsharefilesneededby
or
allusers,suchastimesheetforms,vacationrequestforms,templates,or
tip
brochures.
er
C
WhenyouestablishaHomeGroup,youassignapassword.Anycomputer
&
canjoinbytypingthepassword.
P
H
Encrypting File System (EFS)

EFSallowsausertoretainorstoredatalocallyinencryptedform.This
providesanaddedlayerofprotectionshouldthelocaldrivebe
compromised.EFScanonlybeenabledonanNTFSvolume.
Sharinganencryptedfolderorfileispossible,butdoingsoisoutsidethe
scopeofthiscourse.
EnablingEFSonafolderisquitesimple.Letustakealookatencrypting
theAssignment_1folder,locatedintheMyDocumentsfolderfor
OfficeUser1.
Page 6-45
System
1. OpentheMyDocumentsfolder.ThecontentsoftheMy
DocumentsfoldershouldbelistedasshowninFigure651.
n
iot
bu

tri
Figure651:EFSOfficeUser1MyDocuments
is
rD
2. RightclicktheAssignment_1folder,andclickProperties.
fo
3. OntheGeneraltab,clicktheAdvancedbutton.
ot
N
4. TheAdvancedAttributesdialogboxappears.SelecttheEncrypt
l-
contentstosecuredataoptionasshowninFigure652.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure652:EFSAdvancedAttributes
5. ClickOKtocontinue.
6. ClickOKtoapplythechangesandclosethefoldersproperties
window.
Page 6-46
Stresstherequirements
Thefirsttimeencryptionisenabled,anencryptionkeywillbecreated. neededforBitLockerand
Youshouldbackupthiskeytoasafelocation. BitLockerToGo:
7. TheAssignment_1folderisnowencryptedanddisplayedingreen TPM
textasshowninFigure653. USB
Ultimate
n
t io
bu
tri

is
rD
Figure653:EFSAssignment_1FolderEncrypted
SomeofthebenefitsofEFSinclude: fo
ot
N
Itissimpletoenable.
l-
tia
Theuserhascontroloverwhocanaccessandreadthefiles.
en
Whenused,thefilesareunencrypted,andthentheyareencrypted
fid
whentheyareclosed.
on
Todisableencryption,ausercanjustremovethecheckinthe
tC
propertiesdialogbox.
or
tip
ArethereMedDevemployeeswhowouldbenefitfromEFS?Whatarethe
er
C
requirementsforEFS?
&
P
BitLocker
H
BitLocker,whichwasmentionedearlierinthechapter,issupportedonly
byWindows7UltimateandEnterpriseeditions.Itprovidesan
enhancementtodatasecuritythroughtheuseofdriveencryptionas
opposedtofolderandfileencryptionprovidedbyEFS.BitLockerencrypts
allfiles,includingtheoperatingsystemfiles.Ithelpsprotectthedataifa
systembecomeslostorstolen.
TherearetwoeditionsBitLockerorBitLockerToGo.Forthissectionwe
willillustratetheuseofBitLockeronly.
IntheMedDevorganization,engineersworkonbusinesscriticalandconfidential
filesintheformofCADdrawings.Theyneedtoensurethatthedataisnot
accessibleiftheircomputersarestolen.
Page 6-47
System
TheobjectiveistoenabletheMedDevengineerstoencrypttheirlocal
drivesusingBitLocker.
1. Ontheclientsystem,clickStartthenselectControlPanel.
2. SelectSystemandSecurity.
3. SelectBitLockerDriverEncryptionasshowninFigure654.
4. Remember,BitLockerisonlyavailableontheWindows7
Ultimateedition.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
tip
Figure654:BitLockerDriveEncryption
er
C
TheBitLockerDriveEncryptiondialogboxappearsasshownin
&
Figure655.
P
H
Page 6-48
Managing Users
n
tio
bu

tri
Figure655:BitLockerDriveEncryptionDialogBox.
is
rD
5. ChoosewhichdriveshouldbeencryptedandselectTurnOn
fo
BitLockernexttothedrive.Ifprompted,typeinthepasswordto
ot
N
allowthechange.
l-
TheBitLockerDriveEncryptionwillstart.
tia
en
6. Oncetheencryptionprocessiscompleted,clickClosetoexitthe
fid
dialogbox.
on
tC
or
Managing Users
tip
er
YoucansetupmultipleusersinWindows7.Inthissectionwewill
C
illustratetheprocessofsettingupanewuserandreviewinghis/her
&
P
profileinformation.
H
Itisimportanttonotethattheuserpropertieswillvarybasedonwhether
acomputerisamemberofadomainorworkgroup.Domainconnectivity
isoutsidethescopeofthischapter,sothefollowingstepswillillustrate
thecreationofauseronaworkgroupmember.
1. Logintothesystemasauserwithadministrativeprivileges.
2. ClickStartandthenselectControlPanel.
3. InthecomputersettingsdialogboxlocatedunderUserAccounts
andFamilySafety,selectAddorremoveuseraccountsasshownin
Figure656.
Page 6-49
System
n
io

t
bu
Figure656:UserAccountsandFamilySafety.
tri
is
4. TheManageAccountsdialogboxappears.SelectCreateanew
rD
accountasshowninFigure657.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure657:ManageAccounts.
5. TheCreateNewAccountdialogboxappears.Inthespace
provided,typethenameofthenewuseraccount.Anexample
MedDevsalesemployeeaccountisshowninFigure658.
Page 6-50
Managing Users
n
t io

bu
tri
Figure658:CreateNewAccount.
is
rD
6. LeavethedefaultselectionofStandarduser.ClicktheCreate
fo
Accountbuttontocreatethenewuseraccount. ot
7. ClickthenewuseraccountSalesUser1.
N
8. TheChangeanAccountdialogboxappears.Hereyoucanmodify
l-
tia
theaccountasshowninFigure659.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure659:ChangeanAccount.
Noticethattheaccountwascreatedasastandarduser.Astandarduser
doesnothaveadministrativepermissionsonthecomputer.Tochangethe
useraccounttoanAdministrator,clickChangetheaccounttype.
User Profiles
EachuseraccounthasaprofilefolderinsidetheUsersfolder.Theprofile
folderhasthesamenameastheuseraccount.Itcontainsanumberof
foldersthatstoretheuserspersonalfiles,preferences,andapplication
settings.EachfolderalsocontainsanNtuser.datfile,whichholdsthe
usersdesktopconfigurationsettings.
Page 6-51
System
Default Profile
Whenauserlogsonforthefirsttime,thecontentsoftheDefaultfolder
arecopiedtotheirpersonalprofilefolder.Ifyouwantuserstohavea
specificdefaultdesktop,youcanperformthefollowingsteps:
1. LogontoaWindowscomputer.
2. Configurethedesktop.
3. CopytheNtuser.datfiletotheUsers\Defaultfolder.
Mandatory Profile
Ifyouwanttopreventusersfromchangingtheirdefaultdesktopsettings,
youcandosobyrenamingtheNtuser.datfiletoNtuser.man.
Group Policy
n
io
YoucanimplementalargenumberofconfigurationsettingsusingGroup
t
bu
Policy.ToconfiguretheLocalGroupPolicyObject(LGPO)ona
tri
is
computerrunningWindows7,ClicktheStartbuttonandtypethe
rD
followinginthesearchbox:
gpedit.msc
fo
ot
N
TheLocalGroupPolicyEditorwillopen,asshowninFigure660.
l-
tia
LGPO
en
A GPO that defines configuration settings that will be applied to the

fid
computer, regardless of which user logs on.

on
tC
Group Policy Object (GPO)

or
A collection of configuration and policy settings that are enforced when

tip
the computer starts up or a user logs on.

er
C
&
P
H

Figure660:LocalGroupPolicyEditor
Asyoucansee,therearetwocontainers:ComputerConfigurationand
UserConfiguration.Eachcontainsanumberofconfigurationsettings.
TheComputerConfigurationcontainer,showninFigure661,hasthree
Page 6-52
Managing Users
folders:SoftwareSettings,WindowsSettings,andAdministrative
Templates.SoftwareSettingsisusedtodeployapplicationsandcanonly
beconfiguredinanActiveDirectorybasedGPO.WindowsSettings
containspoliciesrelatedtoDNSnameresolution,startupandshutdown
scripts,deployedprinters,securitysettings,andsettingsthatallowyouto
defineQoSforspecifictypesofnetworktraffic.
Quality of Service (QoS)

A method of prioritizing network traffic by type.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
l-
Figure661:ComputerConfigurationWindowsSettings
tia
en
TheavailableSecuritySettings,showninFigure662,allowyoutodefine
fid
policiesthatregulate:
on

tC
Passwordstrength

or
Accountlockoutduetoincorrectpassword
tip
Securityauditing
er
Userrightsassignment
C
Whichsoftwarecanbeexecutedandinstalled
&
P
Whattypesofnetworktrafficthecomputercansendandreceive
H
ThePublicKeyPropertiessettingsallowyoutodefineEFSandBitLocker
RecoveryAgents.
Recovery Agent
A key that can be used to decrypt files if the users EFS key or the BitLocker
key is lost.
Page 6-53
System

Figure662:ComputerConfigurationSecuritySettings
TheAdministrativeTemplatesnodecontainsanumberofpolicyfolders
n
thatcontrolvariousaspectsofWindows.Forexample,theWindows
io
Componentssection(Figure663)allowsyoutoconfiguresettingsrelated
t
bu
tovariousWindowsfeaturesandbuiltinapplications.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
Figure663:ComputerConfigurationAdministrativeTemplates
C
&
TheUserConfigurationcontainer,showninFigure664,includessimilar
P
typesofsettings,althoughthepoliciesaresomewhatdifferentbecause
H
theyapplytotheuserwhoisloggedin.Forexample,youcandefinelogin
andlogoutscripts,Startmenuandtaskbarpolicies,anddesktopsettings.
TheonlysecuritysettingsavailablearethePublicKeyPolicies,which
allowyoutodefinecertificateenrollmentpolicies.
Certificate
A file issued by a certificate authority that contains keys used for
authentication, signing, or encryption.
Page 6-54
Applications

Figure664:UserConfigurationSettings
n
io
TheGPOyoudefinethroughLocalGroupPolicyEditorappliestoall
t
bu
userswhologontothecomputer.Youcanconfigureuserspecificpolicieslocally,
tri
butyouneedtousetheGroupPolicyObjectEditorsnapin.Userspecificpolicies
is
rD
takeprecedenceoverthelocalgrouppolicyobject.Domainpoliciestakeprecedence
fo
overanypoliciesdefinedlocally. ot
N
l-
Applications
tia
en
Therearethousandsofapplicationscurrentlyavailabletoinstallandrun
fid
onaWindows7platform.Inthissection,wewilllookatinstallingand
on
managingapplications.
tC
or
Installation Media
tip
er
MostapplicationsavailablefortheWindows7platformareprovidedby
C
oneoftwodeliverymethods:
&
P
CD/DVD
H
Download
AnapplicationprovidedonaCD/DVDprovidestheuserwithaphysical
copyoftheinstallationfiles.Theseinstallationfilescanbeusedagainin
caseofasystemcrashorharddrivefailure.
Downloadedapplicationscanbepurchased,downloaded,andinstalled
immediately.However,thedrawbacktoadownloadedapplicationisif
theinstallationfilebecomescorruptorislost,youwillneedtodownload
itagain,unlessyouhaveabackupcopy.
NeverdownloadanapplicationfromtheInternetunlessyouknowthat
itssourceistrustworthy.
Page 6-55
System
CD/DVD
InstallinganapplicationfromCD/DVDisprettystraightforward.
1. OpentheCD/DVDdriveonthesystem.
2. Inserttheinstallationdiscintothedrive.
3. Iftheinstallationdoesnotstartautomatically,openWindows
Explorer,selecttheCD/DVDdriveandlookforasetupfile,as
illustratedintheexampleinFigure665.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
Figure665:CD/DVDApplicationInstallation
en
4. Doubleclickthesetupfiletoinitiatetheinstallation.
fid
on
5. Oncetheinstallationbegins,followtheinstructions.
tC
Download
or
tip
Installinganapplicationfromadownloadedinstallationfileisaneasy
er
processaswell.
C
&
1. Clickthelinktodownloadtheinstallationfile.
P
H
2. ClickSavetosaveacopyofthefiletoyourharddiskorclickRun
tohavetheinstallationstartautomatically.
3. IfyouclickedSave,youmightbepromptedtoruntheinstallation
afterthedownloadiscomplete.Ifyouwanttoinstallnow,click
Run.Otherwise,performthefollowingstepswhenyouareready
toinstalltheapplication:
a. Locatethedownloadedinstallationfile.
b. Ifthefileisinacompressedorzippedformat,youwillneedto
extractitorunzipit.
Compressed or Zipped
Reducing a file in size to allow faster transmission and/or save
storage space.
Page 6-56
Printing
c. Lookforthesetupfile
d. Doubleclickthesetupfiletoinitiatetheinstallation.
e. Onceinstallationbegins,followtheinstructions.
Managing Applications
Insomecases,youmightneedtouninstallanapplication,add,orremove
applicationfeatures,orrepairanapplicationthatiscorrupt.ThePrograms
andFeaturesControlPanelutility,showninFigure666,liststheinstalled
programs.YoucanselectaprogramandthenclickUninstalltouninstall
theapplication.
Notallapplicationssupportthechangeorrepairoptions.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure666:ProgramsandFeatures
H
Printing
Windowsprovidessupportforprintingtolocallyattached,network,and
wirelessprinters.
Printingissuescantakeupagreatdealofatechnicianstime.Some
planningmayhelptoavoidproblemsarisingwhenusersconnectand
printtoasharedprinter.
Network Printing
Networkprintingrequirescommunicationbetweenthesharedprinter
andtheWindowscomputer,asshowninFigure667.
Page 6-57
System

Figure667:NetworkPrinting
Connecting to a Printer
Tocommunicatewiththeprinter,thecomputermustbeconfiguredwith
theproperdevicedriver.Followthestepsbelowtoinstallanetwork
printeronaWindows7client.
1. ClickStartthenselectDevicesandPrinters.
n
2. Thedetecteddevices,printersandfaxesareshown.SelectAdda
t io
bu
printerfromthetopofthepage.
tri
3. TheAddPrinterdialogboxappears.SelecttheAddanetwork,
is
rD
wirelessorBluetoothprinteroptionasshowninFigure668.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&

P
H
Figure668:AddaNetwork,WirelessorBluetoothPrinter
4. Windowsstartssearchingforavailableprinters.Locatethe
appropriateprinter,selectitandclickNexttocontinue.
5. Windowslooksfortheprinterdriver,asshowninFigure669,and
installsitontheclient.
Page 6-58
Printing

Figure669:InstallingPrinterDriver
6. OncetheprinterdriverisinstalledsuccessfullyontheWindows
client,asshowninFigure670,clickNexttocontinue.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure670:PrinterInstallationSuccessful
H
7. Youthenhavetheopportunitytosetthisnewprinterasthedefault
printerforthisclientandprintatestpageasshowninFigure671.
Default Printer
The printer selected by default in the Print dialog box and used by the
Quick Print option in Microsoft Office.
Page 6-59
System

Figure671:DefaultPrinterandTestPage
n
iot
bu
Printingatestpageishighlyrecommendedtoconfirmthattheprinteris
tri
configuredcorrectlyandthatthedriverworks.
is
rD
8. ClickFinishtoclosethedialog.
Managing Print Jobs fo

ot
N
l-
Whenauserprintsadocument,aprintjobiscreatedandsenttotheprint
tia
spooler.Occasionally,thedocumentdoesnotprint.Thisproblemcould
en
beduetoacommunicationerror,apaperjam,runningoutofpaper,or
fid
on
variousotherissues.Totroubleshoottheproblem,openDevicesand
tC
Printersandlocatetheprintericon.Rightclicktheprintericontodisplay
or
amenuofoptions,asshowninFigure672.
tip
er
Print Job
C
A document sent to a printer.

&
P
Print Spooler
H
The file the contains a processed print job that is waiting to be printed.

Figure672:PrinterMenu
Page 6-60
Printing
ClickOpentoopentheprinterutilityprovidedbythevendor.Theprinter
utilityfortheHPPhotosmartPremiumC309gmprinterisshownin
Figure673.
n
io
Figure673:PrinterUtility
t
bu
tri
ClickthedocumentsinqueueorSeewhatsprintinglinktoviewthe
is
printqueue.Youcanpause,restart,orcancelprintjobsfromthisdialog.
rD
Print Queue
fo
ot
A first-in-first-out list of print jobs.
N
l-
tia
Inthiscase,youcanseethattheprinterisoffline.Thismeansthatthe
en
printeriseitherturnedofforcannotbereachedonthenetworkforsome
fid
otherreason.Youcanalsodisplayprintingpreferencesbyclickingthe
on
Letter,PortraitlinkortheCustomizeyourprinterlink.Printing
tC
preferenceswilldifferaccordingtotheprinter.ThosefortheHP
or
PhotosmartPremiumC309gmprinterareshowninFigure674.
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure674:PrinterPreferences
Page 6-61
System
Printer Properties
Youcanalsodisplayandmodifyaprinterspropertiesbyrightclicking
theprintericonandchoosingPrinterProperties.TheGeneraltab,shown
inFigure675,allowsyoutoviewinformationabouttheprinter,display
thePrinterPreferencespropertypages,orprintatestpage.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
er
Figure675:PrinterPropertiesGeneral
C
&
TheSharingtab,showninFigure676,allowsyoutosharetheprinter
P
withotherusersonthenetwork.Whenyoushareaprinter,your
H
computeractsasaprintserver.Youcanselecttorendertheprintjobson
theclientorcleartheboxtohavethemrenderedonyourcomputer.You
canalsoselecttoinstallprinterdriversfordifferentoperatingsystems.For
example,youwouldneedtoinstallaWindowsXPprintdriverifyou
neededtoallowclientcomputersrunningWindowsXPtoprinttothe
printer.Thefirsttimeauserconnectstotheprinter,thedriverwillbe
downloadedandinstalledtothatuserscomputer.
Page 6-62
Printing
io
t
bu
Figure676PrinterPropertiesSharing
tri
is
ThePortstab,Figure677,allowsyoutoassociateaprinterwithoneor
rD
moreports.Youcanenablebidirectionalsupportandprinterpooling
fo
fromthistabaswell. ot
N
Bidirectional support
l-
A feature that allows a printer to send messages to the computer, for

tia
example to send an alert about an out-of-paper or paper jam condition.

en
fid
Printer pooling
on
The process of associating multiple identical physical printers with a single

tC
printer name.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure677:PrinterPropertiesPorts
Page 6-63
System
TheAdvancedtaballowsyoutoconfigureawidevarietyofoptions,
includingthoseforprinteravailability,driver,andspooling(Figure678).
Youcanalsodefineaseparatorpageorchangetheprintprocessor.The
PrintingDefaultsbuttondisplaysprinterpreferences.
Separator page
A page that prints between print jobs.
Print processor
A program that works with the print driver to modify the data type of the
document, if necessary, and move the print job from the spool file to the
printer.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
tip
Figure678:PrinterPropertiesAdvanced
er
C
TheColorManagementtaballowsyoutoselectanddefinecolorprofiles.
&
Configuringcolorprofilesisanadvancedconceptandisnotcoveredin
P
H
thiscourse.
TheSecuritytab,showninFigure679,allowsyoutograntanddeny
permissiontousetheprinter.Asyoucansee,therearethreepermissions
available:
Printtheusercansendadocumenttotheprinter
Managedocumentstheusercanpause,restart,andcancelprint
jobs
Manageprintertheusercanmodifyprinterpropertiesand
managedrivers
Page 6-64
Printing
n
iot
bu

tri
is
Figure679:PrinterPropertiesSecurity
rD
TheDeviceSettingstablistsdevicespecificsettings.TheAbouttab,
fo
showninFigure680,listsinformationaboutthedrivers,includingthe
ot
N
versionsandinstallationdates.
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure680:PrinterPropertiesAbout
AnadministrativeemployeeattheMedDevcompanyishavingtroubleprinting
toasharednetworkprinter.Asatechnician,wherewouldyoustartyour
investigation?
Page 6-65
System
Summary Summary
Reviewthekeypoints Inthischapter,youlearned:
covered.
HowtoidentifythecurrentlysupportedWindows

solutions,includingthebuiltinapplications.
ReviewQuestions
Howtoselecttheclientplatformstobeusedbasedon
1.BitLockerToGo specificselectioncriteriaincludingapplicationavailability,
2.True mobility,anddatasecurity.
3.Professionaland HowtoinstallWindowsfrominstallationmedia.
Ultimate Howtoinstallandconfigureapplications.
4.InternetExplorer Howtoloadorunloaddevicedrivers.
HowtomanageclientsolutionswithHPandindustry
5.False.Driveencryption
isavailablewith standardresources.
n
Howtoconfirmnetworkconnectivity.
io
BitLockeronUltimate
bu
editiononly. Howtomanagefileanddatasecurity.

tri
6.HPSupportand Howtoconfigureuserprofilesettings.
is
DownloadWebsite Howtomanageprinters.
rD
fo
7.CD/DVDand ot
Download
Review Questions
N
8.Professionaland
l-
1. Whichisthebestoptionforencryptingaremovabledriveona
tia
Ultimate
en
9.Tosupportclient mobilePC?
fid
computersrunning 2. TrueorFalse:WindowsTouchallowstheusertointeractwitha
on
differentoperating touchscreenmonitor.
tC
systems. 3. Whichedition(s)ofWindows7supportsfileencryption?
or
4. Whichbuiltinapplicationallowsyouviewinformationonthe
tip
Internet?
er
C
5. TrueorFalse:Windows7Professionaleditionsupportsdrive
&
encryption.
P
H
6. Wherecanyoulocateanddownloadindividualdevicedriversfora
specificsystem?
7. Whattwoapplicationinstallationmethodsaremostcommon?
8. Whichedition(s)ofWindows7support(s)joiningdomains?
9. Youconnectandshareaprinter.Whywouldyouinstallmultiple
drivers?
Homework
Definitions
Matchthetermtoitsdefinition.
Page 6-66
Homework
Definitions
____SDK a. ContainsStartbuttonandapplicationshortcuts
e
____EFS b. Alistoffilesrecentlyopenedbyaspecific h
application
g
____Activate c. Allowsuserstonavigateandmanipulatedata d
Windows onaWindows7systemusingmultiplefingers a
c
____Aero d. Thedesktopexperienceprovidedwith
Windows7 f
b
____Taskbar e. Alibraryofdevelopmenttools,utilitiesand
applications
n
io
____Windows f. Capableofencryptingtheentiredrive
t
bu
Touch
tri
is
____BitLocker g. MechanismusedtoensureWindowsisonly
rD
installedononecomputer
fo
ot
N
____JumpList h. Usedtoencryptindividualfilesonaperuser
l-
basis
tia
en
Short Essays
fid
on
1. AcustomerwantstoupgradefromWindowsXPtoWindows7.
tC
Describesomeofthesystemrequirementsthatneedtobemetto
or
upgradetoWindows7Professionaledition.
tip
er
2. Yourcustomerhasapeertopeernetwork.Youpurchaseaprinter
C
thathasonlyaUSBconnectoranddoesnotsupportwireless
&
access.Explainhowyoucouldallowallusersintheofficetoprint
P
H
totheprinter.

Page 6-67
System
Put it In Practice
MedDev

devices.Ithasfouradministrativepersonnel,sixengineers,andtensalespeople.
Thereisalsoamanufacturingfacilitythathassixworkers.


n
io
t
bu
tri
is
A2W63UTcomputer.
rD

fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
1. Gatherinformationonthecurrentcomputerconfigurationsby
er
visitinghttp://www.hp.comandresearchthespecificationsforeach
C
ofthethreemodels.
&
2. PrepareaproposaloutliningtheavailableWindowsoptions,
P
H
including32bitor64bit,forallthreemodels.
Page 6-68
Objectives
Chapter 7: Open Source Starttheclassbyreading
Operating Systems
Introduction
AlthoughWindowsisstilltheprevalentclientoperatingsystem,itisfar
fromtheonlyone.Moreandmorecompaniesarechoosingtoadoptthe
opensourceoperatingsystemLinuxastheirclientplatform.
Inthischapter,wewillbeginwithalittlebackgroundoftheLinux
operatingsystemanddiscussopensourcelicensing.Next,wewill
n
overviewsomeoftheLinuxdistributionssupportedonHPdesktopand
tio
bu
laptopcomputers.Finally,wewilllookathowtoinstallandconfigure
tri
SUSE,apopularLinuxdistribution.
is
rD
Objectives
fo
ot

N
Identifyandrecognizethecurrentlysupportedsolutionsfor
l-
Linux/UNIX
tia

en
Planformanagementandsecurityrequirements,includingasset,
fid
user,anddatasecurity
on
Planforprintingrequirementsbasedonuser/jobrequirementsand
tC
theimplicationsontheprintinfrastructure
or
tip
Planforcrossplatforminteroperabilityissues,includingfile
er
C
sharing,printing,andapplicationandfilelevelcompatibility
&
InstallandconfigureaLinuxdistribution
P
H
PerformadministrativeandmaintenancetasksonaLinux
distribution
Page 7-1
Chapter 7: Open Source Operating
Systems
Aboutopensource About Open Source

GNU(pronounced Anopensourceoperatingsystemorapplicationisonethatadherestothe
gnew)originally GPL.TheGPL(currentlyatversion3)isasoftwarelicensethatdefinesthe
stoodforGNUsNot followingconditions:
Unix.Studentswho Acompiledprogramcanonlyberedistributedifitincludesthe
areinterestedcan opportunitytoreceivethesourcecode.
learnmoreaboutthe AnyredistributedversionmustabidebythetermsoftheGPL.
GNUProjectat
http://www.gnu.org GNU General Public License (GPL)
A copyleft software license agreement that defines the terms under which
Opensource open source software can be distributed.
applications
copyleft
Afewopensource
A licensing method that allows the software creator to pass on the right to
n
io
applicationsare use and redistribute software while still protecting it from being converted
t
bu
describedhere.There into a proprietary distribution.
tri
aremanyothers.Ask
is
GNU
rD
studentswhether
A free, Unix-style operating system.
fo
theyhavehad ot
experiencewithan ThemostcommonopensourceoperatingsystemisLinux,originally
N
opensource
l-
developedin1991byLinusTorvald.Todaytherearemanydifferent
tia
operatingsystemor distributionsofLinux.
en
application.
fid
distribution
on
An alteration of the Linux operating system that is made available free or

tC
for purchase.
or
tip
er
Acommonmisconceptionisthatopensourcesoftwareisfree.
C
AlthoughsomedistributionsofLinuxarefree,manymustbepurchased.
&
P
Open source applications

H
InadditiontotheLinuxoperatingsystem,manyapplicationsarecreated
anddistributedundertheGPL.Theseopensourceapplicationsare
typicallyavailableandcompiledforLinux,butmightalsobeavailableas
Windowsapplications.Somecommonopensourceapplicationsare
describedinTable71.

Page 7-2
About Open Source
Table71:OpenSourceApplications
Application Description
OpenOffice Aproductivitysuitesimilartoandcompatiblewith
MicrosoftOffice.OpenOfficeincludeswordprocessing,
spreadsheet,graphics,andemailapplications.
MySQL Arelationaldatabasemanagementsystem
Apache AWebserver
Audacity Anaudioeditorandrecorder
n
Inkscape Agraphicsartprogram
t io
bu
Scribus Apagelayoutprogram
tri
is
rD
Blender A3Drenderingprogram
fo
ot
Firefox AWebbrowser
N
l-
tia
FileZilla AprogramusedforFTPandsecureFTP(SFTP)file
en
transfers
fid
on
WordPress AprogramusedtocreateWebsitesandblogs
tC
or
relational database management system (RDBMS)

tip
An application that provides data storage and retrieval services for

er
structured data.
C
&
Web server
P
H
A server that responds to HTTP requests.
Theserepresentonlyasmallsamplingoftheapplicationsavailableas
opensourcesoftware.

Page 7-3
Systems
LinuxDistributions Linux Distributions

Afewpopular AwidevarietyofLinuxdistributionsareavailable.Somecommonones
distributionsarelisted
are:
here.Therearemany
others. RedHatEnterpriseLinux(RHEL)
SUSEisnolongerowned NovellSUSELinuxEnterpriseDesktop
byNovell.Itisownedby openSUSE
Attachmate. TurboLinux
HPCompatibility Mandriva
Explainthatthe Ubuntu
compatibilitymatrix Thepricing,hardwaresupport,andfeaturesetofthedistributionsvary,
identifiesonwhich soyoushouldresearchcarefullywhenselectingadistribution.Some
platformsaspecific
questionsyouneedtoconsiderinclude:
distributionhasbeen
n
Willthedistributionrunonthehardwareplatform?
io
testedandindicates
t
Doesthedistributionsupportalltherequiredapplications?
bu
whethertechnical
Doesthedistributionoffertherequiredlevelofperformance?
tri
supportisavailablefora
is
specificconfiguration. Doesthedistributionoffertherequiredlevelofsecurity?
rD
IfyouhaveanInternet Doesthedistributionoffertherequiredleveloffunctionality?
connection,usethemost
fo
Arebudgetconcernsadrivingfactor?
ot
N
uptodatecompatibility
HP Compatibility
l-
matrixontheWebsite
tia
insteadoftheslides.
en
WhenselectingadistributiontorunonanHPdesktopcomputer,you
fid
shouldconsultthecompatibilitymatrix.Figure71showsthe
on
compatibilitymatrixforRedHatLinuxrunningonvariousHPCompaq
tC
desktopcomputersasofDecember2011.Figure72showstheNovell
or
SUSEcompatibilitymatrix.
tip
er
TheboxeswithaVindicatethatthevendorhaspartneredwithHPto
C
performcompatibilitytestingandcertification.Suchconfigurationsare
&
P
eligibleforsupportfromanHPLinuxpartner.
H
Youcanaccessthecompatibilitymatrixfordesktopcomputers
at:http://h71028.www7.hp.com/enterprise/cache/317386000
121.html
AsofDecember2011,noLinuxdistributionsarebundledwithHP
desktopcomputers.
AlthoughitispossiblethataLinuxdistributionthathasnotbeentested
onaspecificcomputermodelwillwork,theconfigurationisconsidered
unsupportedandyouwillnotbeabletoobtainassistanceinresolving
issuesfromHPsupport.

Page 7-4
Linux Distributionss
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
Figu
ure71:RedH
HatCompatibilityMatrix
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

SUSECompatiibilityMatrix
Figurre72:NovellS
Page 7-5
5
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
Insstallation MedDev
ThiiscourseusessNovell Theengineeeringdeparrtmentisevaaluatinganopensourcesimulation programon
SUS SELinuxEnteerprise fourcomputersinthelab.Thecom mputersandLinuxdistrributionhaveenotyet
Dessktop11asannexample beenpurch hased.
insttallation.

HowcanttheLinuxcompatibilitymatrixhelpyoumakeaselection?C Canyou
thinkofotthertoolsyou
ucanuseto ensurethatthedesignpprogramwilllrunonthe
selectedplatform?
Installa
ation
Dependin ngontheLinuxdistribbutionyouselect,you ucanperforrmthe
installatio
onbydown nloadingfillesfromtheeInterneto
orbyorderiing
n
io
installatio
onmedia.S
Somedistrib butionssuppportbothoptions.
t
bu
Although hthestepsw
willdifferd
dependingonthedistrribution,mmostLinux
tri
is
installatio
onswillbesomewhat automated d.Fileswillbeextracteedfromthe
rD
installatio
onpackageandchang geswillbem
madetoyou urcomputeer.This
processwwilltypically
yrequireo
fo
oneormoreereboots.A
Asanexamp ple,letus
ot
N
lookatth
heprocessfoorinstalling
gSUSELin nuxEnterprriseDesktop11froma a
l-
DVD.
tia
en
Installin
ng SUSE Liinux Ente
erprise De
esktop 11
1
fid
on
First,youuneedtoinserttheinsstallationm
mediaintheDVDdriveeand
tC
restarttheecomputerr.TheLinuxxinstallatioonprogrammwillprobeeyour
or
computerrtoidentify ythehardw waredeviceesandpartiitionsthatccurrently

tip
exist,assshowninFiigure73.
er
C
&
P
H

Figure73:S
SystemProbing
g
Page
e 7-6
Installation
Atth heendofth
heprobeprrocess,thep
packagemanagerwilllbeinitializzed.It
willtheninstalllthevariouusoperatingsystemfiles.Youcan nviewwhiich
filessarebeingiinstalledby
yexamininggtheDetaillstab(Figu
ure74).
prob
be
The process of examining a compute er to identiffy the instal led hardwa
are
devices, Linux partitions,
p and
a system files.
package mana ager

An a application
n responsible
e for extrac
cting and in
nstalling sof tware from
m its
distrribution media.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid

on
tC
Figurre74:InstallattionDetails
or
TheReleaseNo otestabdisplaysinformationabooutthisreleeaseofSUS
SE
tip
Linu
uxEnterprise.AsyoucanseeinF Figure75,italsodisp
playstheop
pen
er
C
sourrcelicense.
&
P
H

Figurre75:ReleaseNotes
Page 7-7
7
Systems
ATourofthe Afterthepackageshavebeeninstalled,thecomputerwillrebootand
Environment automaticallycompleteinstallation.Youwillbepromptedtosupplya
Explainthatone usernameandpasswordfortherootuser.
differencebetween
WindowsandLinuxis Usernamescanconsistonlyoflowercasecharacters,numbers,
thatwithLinuxyoucan
periods,hyphens,andunderscoresinSUSELinux.Someother
modifythedesktop
applicationorevenusea distributionsmightallowuppercasecharacters,buttheyarenot
completelydifferentone. recommended.
rootuser
Auserwhohasfullpermissiontothecomputeranditsconfiguration.Alsocalled
superuser.
n
A Tour of the Environment
io
t
bu
tri
WhenyoustartLinux,youwillbepromptedforausernameand
is
password.TheGNOMEdesktopassociatedwithyouruseraccountwill
rD
bedisplayed,asshowninFigure76andadesktopsessionwillbe
started. fo
ot
N
l-
AlthoughGNOMEisthedefaultdesktop,itisnottheonlygraphical
tia
userinterfaceoption.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure76:GNOMEDesktop
Page 7-8
A Tour of the E
Environmentt
GNUU Network Object

O Mod
del Environm ment (GNO OME) Desktoop
An o
open source graphica
al user interfface that operates on
n the Linux
platform.
Deskktop session
A pe
eriod of time that begins when a user logs on
o and end s when the
e user
logs off.
TheTomboyN Notesicona
allowsyouttocreateno
otesthatcan nbesaved
individuallyorrorganized
dintonotebooks.Figurre77show wsthemenu uthat
disp
playswhenyouclickthheTomboy yNotesiconn.Inthisexxample,theereare
twostandaloneenotes:NewwNote3an ndUsingLLinksinTom mboy.Therreis
alsoanotebook
kcalledMy
yProject.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre77:Tomboy
yNotesMenu
TheSoundsetttingsallowyoutoadju ustthevolu
ume.TheBlluetoothsettings
allowwyoutoennableBlueto oothandcoonnecttoaBluetoothd device.Dissplay
settiings(Figuree78)allow
wyoutoma anagethereesolution,r efreshrate,,and
rotationofthedisplay.Itaalsoallowssyoutomannagemultip plemonitoorsif
theyyareavailabble.
Page 7-9
9
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
n
io
Figure78:D
DisplaySetting
gs
t
bu
Workspaccesallowyyoutosave asetofopeenwindowwsrelatedto
oaspecific
tri
is
task.Forexample,agraphicdeesignermig ghthaveon
neworkspaccefordoing g
rD
emailanddcommuniicationand anotherforrworkingo onanartprroject.
fo
ot
TheTrash
hissimilartotheWin
ndowsRecy
yclebin.
N
DoublecllickingtheHomedireectoryopen
nstheFileB
Browser.Letuslookatt
l-
tia
thatnext.
en
File Brow
wser
fid
on
TheFileB
Browser(Fiigure79)aallowsyouttoviewanddworkwith hfilesin
tC
yourHom medirectory y,onyour desktop,an

ndinthefillesystem.IItalso
or
tip
allowsyooutoaccesssthenetworrk.
er
C
&
P
H

Figure79:F
FileBrowser
Page
e 7-10
A Tour of the E
Environmentt
TheHomedireectoryhasth
hreedirecto
oriesbydefault:
binsto
oresbinaryfilesforthaatspecificu
user
Desktop pstoresdiirectories,files,andlauncherscreeatedonth
he
desktop
Documeentsstoressyourdocu uments
laun
ncher
An ic
con that sta
arts an app
plication, sim
milar to a Windows
W sho
ortcut
Use
ers and Groups
G
LikeeWindows,,youcanco onfiguredifferentuserraccountsoonacompu uter
runn ningLinux..Eachuserhasaseparrateprofileandcanbeegranted
diffeerentpermiissions.
n
iot
bu
Usersaandgroupsccanonlybem
managedbytherootuseer.
tri
InN
NovellSUSE
ELinux,useersandgrooupsarema
anagedthro oughtheUser
is
rD
andGroupAdmministratio
onutility,sh
howninFig
gure710.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre710:UserAccounts
ToaaccessUserandGroup
pAdministrration:
11. ClickCo
omputeran ndchooseCControlCennter.
22. DoubleclickUsera
andGrouppManagem ment.
33. Whenprromptedto oprovideth
herootpasssword,enteeritandclick
Continuue.
Page 7-11
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
UseersandGrou
ups Youcanaadd,edit,annddeleteu
usersontheeUserstab.Eachuserhasalogin,
Poiintoutthatussernames whichmu ustbealllo
owercase,a name,aUIID,andgrooupmembeership.You u
can
nonlycontain n caneditth
hename,loogin,andp asswordon ntheUserDDatatab(Fiigure711).
low
wercaseletterss, Youcanaalsoconfiguurewhethe rtheusersshouldreceeivesystemmailand
nummbers,period ds, youcanddisablethellogin.
undderscores,and d
hyp
phens. User Identifier (UID)
A unique numeric id dentifier for a user.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid

on
tC
Figure711:UserData
or
Theusern
nameistheloginandccancontain nonlyloweercaseletterrs,numeric
tip
characters,aperiod,,anunders core,orah
hyphen.Theepassword dshouldbe
er
C
between55and72chharactersan
ndcancontaainanylettters,numbeers,and
&
symbolstthatarefou
undonanEEnglishkeyb yboard.
P
H
Passwordsar
P reencrypteddusingBlow
wfish.
Blowfish
A public domain
d encryption alg
gorithm.
TheDetaiilstab(Figu
ure712)alllowsyoutooassignaU
UID.Forno on
administrrativeuserss,youshouuldspecifyaaUIDover499.Youcanalso
specifyth
helocationoofthehomeedirectoryandwheth heritisencrrypted,and
d
manageg groupmem mberships.TTheAdditio onalUserInnformationfield
allowsyooutoentertthreecommmadelimiteedpiecesoffinformatio on.For
example,youmight entercontaactinformaation.
Page
e 7-12
A Tour of the E
Environmentt
n
io
t
bu
tri

is
rD
Figurre712:Detailss
ThePasswordSettingstab ballowsyo
fo
outodefineepassword expiration
ot
N
policyforthatu
userandfo
orceapassw wordchang ge.Avalue of1indicaates
l-
thatthepolicyisnotenforrced.Forex
xample,inFFigure7133,theuserwwillbe
tia
issuedawarnin ng7daysb
beforetheppasswordex xpires,butttheexisting
g
en
passswordwillcontinueto owork.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre713:Passwo
ordSettings
Page 7-13
3
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
Youcanccreate,edit,,anddeleteegroupsthrroughtheG
Groupstab(Figure7
14).
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure714:Groups
N
l-
Agrouphhasanamee,aGID,an ndapasswo ord.Youcaanadduserrs,

tia
en
applicatio
ons,andserrvices(Figu
ure715).
fid
Group Ide
entifier (GID
D)
on
A numbeer that uniquuely identifiies a group

p.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure715:GroupData
Page
e 7-14
A Tour of the Environment
The Command Line TheCommandLine
AlthoughtherearealotofusefulGUIfeaturesavailableforworkingwith Alargenumberof
commandsareavailable.
files,itisoftenfastertoopenacommandlineterminalandtype
Thiscoursecoversonlya
commandsmanually.Systemadministratorsandpowerusersusethe fewofthemorecommon
commandlinefrequently.YoucanopentheterminalinSUSELinuxby filemanagement
rightclickinganobject,suchasthedesktop,thehomedirectory,ora commands.
directory,andchoosingOpeninTerminal.TheTerminalwindowwillbe
displayedanditscontextsettotheobjectyourightclicked.Forexample,
Figure716showstheTerminalwindowwhenyourightclickthehome
directorythatbelongstostudent.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figure716:Terminal
Managing Files
Itisusefultoknowhowtoquicklygettothefilesyouwanttoworkon.
Youcanaccessfilesthroughfilebrowser(Figure717)orthroughthe
Terminal.
Page 7-15
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

Figure717:FileBrowser
fo
ot
N
Letusloookatsomeo
ofthecomm
mandsyou
ucanusetonavigateth
hrough
l-
tia
directoriees.
en
Changin
ng directories
fid
on
Thecdco
ommandisusedtochaangelocatio onfromonedirectorytoanother.
tC
Youcansspecifyloca
ationsintw
wodifferentways:abso
oluteandreelative.
or
tip
er
Commands,d
C Linuxarecasesensitive.
directorynaames,andfilenamesinL
C
Theabsollutecomma andissimp
ple.Youspeecifythefulllpathtow
whatyou
&
P
aretalkin
ngabout.Foorexample,,ifyouarein/home/sstudentand dyouwant
H
tochangeetothedireectory/hom
me/student//Documentss/book,you ucantype:
cd/homee/student/Documents/b
book
Notethatthe
N eseareforwaardslashes(lliketheonessusedinWeebURLs,nott
backslasheeslikethoseu
usedinWin ndows.
Howeverr,doingthissfrequentlyycanleadttoalotofunnecessaryytyping.
Instead,y
youcanuseetherelativ
vemethod.Tomoveto oasubdirecctoryof
yourcurrrentdirecto
ory,type:
cdDocum
ments/book
k
Noticethereisnosla
ashinfronttofdocumeentsinthesecondexaample.The
beginninggslashindiicatestostaartatthero
ootdirectory
y,whichyo
oudonot
Page
e 7-16
A Tour of the E
Environmentt
wannttodointh
hiscase.Ussingnoslasshcausesth
hepathtob
beginatthee
currrentdirecto
ory.
You
ucanalsonaavigatebacckwardsthrroughthed directoryhiierarchyby
addiingtwoperriodsaftertthecdcomm
mand.Forexample,F Figure718
show
wsthefollo
owingnavig gatestepsu
usingtheco
ommandlin ne:
11. NavigattetothemyystuffsubdiirectoryofD
Desktop
22. NavigattetotheDesktopdirecctory
33. Navigattetothestu
udentdirecttory.
44. Navigattetothehommedirectorry
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
Figurre718:ChangiingDirectoriess
&
P
Listin
ng files and directories
H
Afteeryouhaveenavigatedtoadirecto
ory,youmiightwantttoviewthe
directoriesand
dfiles.Twocommandssallowyou utodoso:d
dirandls.
Thelscomman ndcanbeussedwithorrwithoutop ptionflagss.Whenrun
n
houtanyfla
with ags,itdispllaysalistoffthedirecto
oryandfileenameswitthout
anyadditionalinformatio on,asshown ninFigure719.
optio
on flags
A lettter or lette
er combinattion that follows a com
mmand. In LLinux, an op
ption
flag is precede ed by a min
nus sign (-).
Page 7-17
7
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
Aggoodwaytorremember
howwtodisplaytthe
dettailedversionofthe
filelistingisthattL
stanndsforLong g.
n
io

t
bu
Figure719:lsWithoutOp
ptions
tri
is
Asyouca
ansee,then
namesofdiirectories(b
bin,Deskto op,andDoccuments)
rD
areshown
ndifferentllythanthe namesoffiiles(newfille).
fo
ot
Youcanu usetheafllagtoshow
wallfiles,in
ncludinghidddenfiles.Hidden
N
filesareth
hosethatbeginwithaadot(.),likeemanyoftthefilesand
d
l-
tia
directorieesshowninnFigure7220.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure720:ShowingHid
ddenFiles
Youcanuusethelfla
agtoshow thelistusin
ngthelong
gformat,assshownin
Figure72
21.
Page
e 7-18
A Tour of the E
Environmentt
F
FilesandDireectories
TTheideaofeaachfile
bbeingassociattedwitha
ssinglegroupm mightbe
d udentsto
difficultforstu
ggrasp.Discusssthe
aattributesforeeachfile
aanddirectoryshownin
thhefigure.

UUsetheMedD
Devscenario
aasanexamplee.
io
t
bu
Figurre721:Showin
ngAttributes
tri
is
Runnin
ngthedircoommandiseequivalenttoorunninglssl.
rD
fo
Thelongforma mationaboutthefiles anddirecto
atshowsallotofinform ot ories
inadirectory.L
Letustakeacloserloook.
N
l-
Filess and Direc

ctories
tia
en
Each hfileandddirectoryhaasasetofatttributes,assshownin Figure7222.The

fid
firsttfieldindicateswhetheeranitemiisadirectorry(d)oraffile().Thenext
on
threefieldsspeecifythepermissionsffortheown nerofthefille.The
tC
perm missionsareeRead,Wrrite,andExeecute,respeectively.Th henextthreee

or
tip
field
dsarethepermissionsassignedto oagroup.A Ahyphen(()indicatessthat
er
thep permission nisnotgrannted.Forexxample,inF Figure722,,thegroupis

C
gran ntedreadan ndexecutepermission ntothebindirectory,b butnotwriite

&
P
perm mission.Th hefinalthreeepermissioonsfieldsin ndicatethe permission ns

H
assig gnedtoallotheruserss.Theowneeroftheitem,groupto owhichthee

perm missionsareeassigned,andnumb berofbytesarelistedn next.Thisiss
folloowedbytheedateandtimetheiteemwaslasttmodifiedaandthefileeor
directorynamee.

Figurre722:Fileand
dDirectoryAtttributes
Page 7-19
9
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
Creating
g Directorie
es
Youcanm
manuallycrreatedirecttoriesusing
gthemkdirrcommand
d.For
example,tocreateadirectoryn
namedProjectFiles,yo
ouwoulden
nterthe
command d:
mkdir ProjectFi
P iles
MedDev

Engineersareassigned dtospecific projects.En
ngineersmusstbeabletomodifyonly y
thefilesth
heycreate,bu
utmustbeaabletoreadaallfilesassocciatedwithaanyprojects
towhichth heyareassig
gned.

Explainhoowyouwoulldconfigureepermissionsstomeettheerequiremen nts.
n
io
Built-in Applicattions
t
bu
tri
MostLinu uxdistributions,inclu
udingNoveellSUSEcom mewithannumberof
is
rD
builtinap
pplicationss.InNovell SUSE,you
ucanviewiinstalledap
pplications
fo
intheAppplicationBrowser(Fig gure723).Y
ot unchanapplication
Youcanlau
fromhereebydoubleeclickingitt.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure723:ApplicationB
Browser
Page
e 7-20
A Tour of the E
Environmentt
Youucanalsocoonfigurewh hichapplicationsstarttautomatic allywhentthe

systeemstartsu
upbyconfigguringthem mintheStartupApplications
Prefferences,whhichisavaiilablethrou
ughControllCenter(Fiigure724).
n
tio
bu
tri
is

rD
Figurre724:Startup
pApplications
Insttalling Ap
pplication
ns fo
ot
N
l-
Youucaninstall,upgrade,anduninstallapplicattionsbyusiingtheSofttware
tia
Man nagertool(Figure725 5).Youmusstprovidettherootpassswordtolaaunch

en
Softw
wareMana ager.TheSooftwareMa anagertoolisapackag gemanagerrthat
fid
canbeusedtoextractand dinstallapackagethattexistsony
yourcompu uter
on
orth
hatisavaila
ableinarep
pository.
tC
or
repoository
tip
A sto
orage location that co
ontains insta
allation pac
ckages and
d their
er
desccriptions.
C
&
P
H

Figurre725:Softwa
areManager
Page 7-21
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
TheAvailabletablisststheappllicationsthaatareintheerepositoryybuthave
notyetbeeeninstalled.TheInstaalledtablisststheappllicationsthaatare
currentlyinstalled.TTheUpgrad destablistsstheinstalledapplicattionsfor
whichuppgradesareavailable.
Ifyouneeedtoinstalllanapplicaationthatissnotinclud
dedwithSUUSELinux
Enterprise,youcandosobyfirrstaddingaarepository yintheSofftware
Repositorrytool(Figuure726).
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
Figure726:ConfiguringS
SoftwareRepo
ositories
fid
on
YoucanaassociatethherepositorrywithvariiousmediaasshowniinFigure7
tC
27.Forex
xample,you ucouldcreaateareposiitoryassociiatedwithaaDVD
or
ROMyou uinsertinth
heDVDdrriveoridenntifyapackaageonanFFTPsite.
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure727:RepositoryMediaTypes
Page
e 7-22
YaST Co
ontrol Centerr
H
HardwareInfformation
YaS
ST Contro
ol Cente
er C
ComparetheHHardware
In
nformationto
oolto
TheSoftwareR
Repositorya andSoftwa areManageementutilitiiesareavaiilable
S
SystemInform
mationin
inth
heYaSTCo
ontrolCenteer.Anumberofotherutilitiesuseedtomanaage W
Windows.
variousaspectssofthecom
mputerarellocatedtherreaswell.A
Althoughw we
willnotexamin
neeachutillity,wewilltakealookbrieflookkatafew.
YaSTiisanacronym
mthatstand
dsforYetaanotherSetuppTool.
Harrdware
Anu
umberofutilitiesarea
availableth
hatallowyo
outoviewiinformationn
abou
utyourcom
mputerand dmanageth heattachedperipheralls(Figure728).
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre728:YaSTC
ControlCenter
Hard
dware Info
ormation
TheHardwareinformatio ontool(Figu
ure729)alllowsyoutooviewdetaailed
informationab
boutinstalleedhardwarredevices,BBIOS,andoothersystemm
information.Yo
oucanalsoosavethein
nformationtoafile,w
whichisago
ood
wayytodocumeentasystem
msconfiguurationbefooreandafteeranupgradde.
3
Page 7-23
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
MaanagingPrintters
Expplainthatthe
parrametersyouneedto
pro
ovidewillbeddifferent,
dep
pendingonth hetypeof
con
nnection.
n
io
t
bu
tri

is
rD
Figure729:HardwareInfo
ormation
Managing Printe
ers
fo
ot
N
SUSELinnuxallowsy youtoprin
nttolocallyattachedoornetworkp
printers
l-
andprinttersattachedtoaprinttserver.PriintersattachedtoaCo
ommon
tia
en
UnixPrinntingSyste em(CUPS) printserveerwillbedeetectedautomatically.

fid
YoucancconfigureC CUPSsettinngsonthePPrintviaNeetworktabooftheYaST
T
on
Printingu
utility,assh
howninFiggure730.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure730:CUPSPrintSe
erver
Page
e 7-24
YaST Co
ontrol Centerr
CUPPS
An oopen source print service developed by Apple Compu
uter that use
es the
Interrnet Printing
g Protocol (IPP).
(
Topprinttoloca
allyornetw
workattachhedprintersorprinterrssharedw
with
otheerprintsharingprotoccols,suchassaWindow
wsprintserrver,youneeedto
creaateaprintq
queue.Todoso,clickttheAddbu
uttonontheePrinter
Connfigurationsstab(Figure731).
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figurre731:PrinterConfiguration
ns
on
YaSTTwillexam
mineyoursy ystemandattempttofindlocallyyattached
tC
prin
ntersandth
heirdrivers..Ifyouneedtomanua
allycreateaaprinter,cllick
or
tip
ConnnectionWizard.
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre732:Adding
gaPrinterCon
nfiguration
Page 7-25
5
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
Youwillbbeprompteedtoselect thetypeoffconnection
nyouwanttto
establish,asshowniinFigure733.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure733:PrinterConne
ectionTypes
N
l-
Dependin ngontheseelectionyou
umake,you uwillbeprromptedfoorthe
tia
differentparameterssnecessarytoestablish
htheconneection.Foreexample,to
o
en
fid
connecttooaWindowwsprintserrver,youwwouldneedtoprovidethe
on
informatiionshowniinFigure734.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure734:Connectingto
oaWindowsP
PrintServer
Page
e 7-26
YaST Co
ontrol Centerr
Nettwork Setttings
YouucanuseNeetworkSetttingstomanagetheco
onfigurationnofeach
netw
workadapter.AsyoucanseeinFFigure735,,theOverv
viewtablistts
each
hone.Youccanselecta
anetworka
adaptertov
viewdetailssaboutits
conffiguration.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on

tC
Figurre735:NetworrkInterfaces
or
tip
Tom
modifythesettingsforraspecificaadapter,selectitandcclickEdit.T
The
er
Adddresstaballlowsyouto
oconfigureitsIPaddrresssettingss(Figure736).
C
&
Youucanconfig
guredynam micorstaticIPaddressassignmen ntorselectttonot
P
assig
gnanIPad
ddressatalll.Ifyouuseedynamicaassignmentt,youcanselect
H
wheethertouseIPv4,IPv6,orboth.YYoucanalsooassociatem multipleIPP
addrresseswith
hasinglead
dapter.
Page 7-27
7
Cha
apter 7: Ope
en Source Operating
Sysstems
Askkstudentswhhythey
migghtwanttohavea
networkinterfaccethat
theyenablemannually.
n
iot
bu

tri
Figure736:IPAddressCo
onfiguration
is
rD
TheGeneeraltaballo
owsyoutocconfigurewwhentheneetworkadaapter
fo
shouldbeeactivated andthefireewallzonetowhichittbelongs.Y
Youcan
ot
N
chooseto
oactivateth
hedevice:
l-
Attboottime(default)
tia

en
Onncableconnnect
fid
Onnhotplug
on
Ma anually
tC
Neever
or
OnnNFSroot
tip
er
TheOnNNFSrootsetttingisused
dforfileshaaringandisbeyondth
hescopeof
C
thiscoursse.
&
P
H
Thefirew
wallzonedeeterminesth hesecurityrulesthataareapplied
dtothe
connectio
on.Thedefa aultsetting
gisFirewalllDisabled,whichdoessnot
providessecurityand
disnotrecoommended d.Theotherravailablessettings
fromleasttostrongeestsecurity
yare:
Intternalzone
Deemilitarized
dzone
Ex
xternalzonee
Configu
uring a Linux Com
mputer in a Windows Netwo
ork
YoucanjoinaLinux
xcomputerrtoanActiv
veDirectorrydomaino
ortoa
Windowssworkgrou upusingtheeWindowssDomainM Membership putility
(Figure737).
Page
e 7-28
Summary
y
n
io
t
bu
tri

is
Figurre737:Joining
gaWorkgroup
porDomain
rD
fo
Ifyoouwantuseerstobeab
bletosharefiles,check
ktheAllow
ot wUserstoS
Share
TheirDirectoriesoptiona andspecifyythegroupthatisalloowedtoshaare
N
l-
filess.NotethatunlessGueestAccessiisenabled,onlyusers with
tia
apprropriatepermissionsw willbeableetoaccessssharedfiles..
en
fid
on
Sum
mmary
tC
Openso ourcesoftwaremustad dheretotheeGPL.

or
tip
ManyLiinuxdistrib butionsareavailablea
andcompattibilitywith h
er
hardwarrevaries.
C
Thesuperuserorro ootaccountthaspermiissiontodo
oanything.
&
P
Atermin nalallowsyyoutoperformtasksaatthecommmandline.
H
Usersca anbeassign
nedtomulttiplegroupss.
Filesareeassociated
dwithasing
glegroup.
Apacka agemanageerextractsaandinstallsapplicationnsfroma
repositoory.
CUPSprrintserverssaredetecteedautomattically.Othherprintersmust
beconfig gured.
Youcan njoinaSUSELinuxEn nterpriseDeesktopcommputertoa
Window wsworkgro oupordomain.
Page 7-29
9
Systems
ReviewQuestions Review Questions

1.lslordir 1. Whichcommandwouldyouusetodisplayalistofallfilesina
2.superuser directory,includingtheiraccesspermissionsandowners?
3.repository 2. Anothernamefortherootuseris_____________.
4.createaprintqueue
3. Whatisthenameofastoragelocationforapplicationpackages?
4. YouneedtoprinttoanHPprinterthatisdirectlyattachedtoa
5.Externalnetwork
computerrunningSUSELinuxEnterpriseDesktop11.Whatmust
6.False youdoontheSUSEsystem?
7.False 5. Whichfirewallsettingprovidesthestrongestprotection?
8.True 6. Trueorfalse?Opensourcesoftwaremustbefreelydistributed.

7. Trueorfalse?Opensourceapplicationsareonlysupportedon
computersrunningLinux.
FillIntheBlank
8. Trueorfalse?Opensourcesoftwarecanbemodifiedand
n
io
1.Allfilesincluding redistributed.
t
bu
hiddenfiles
tri
2.CUPS
is
Homework
rD
3.packagemanager
4.copyleft Fill In the Blank fo
ot
N
5.HardwareInformation 1. Thelsacommanddisplays_________________.
l-
tia
2. Aprintersharedona____________printserverisdiscovered
en
automatically.
fid
3. A_______________isresponsibleforextractingandinstalling
on
applications.
tC
4. TheGPLisanexampleof____________protection.
or
tip
5. Youcanusethe______________tooltoviewthepropertiesofthe
er
CPUandothercomponents.
C
&
Short Essay
P
H
1. Writeashortessaydiscussingtheadvantagesanddisadvantagesof
opensourcelicensing.
2. Afilehasthefollowingpermissions:
rwxrwr

Explainwhocanaccessthefileandwhatactionstheycanperform.

Page 7-30
Homework
Put it in Practice
MedDev
YouhaveselectedSUSELinuxEnterpriseDesktop11forthelabcomputersthat
willrunthesimulationsoftware.
Engineersneedtobeabletoprintsimulationresultstoaprintersharedona
Windowscomputer.Theyalsoneedtobeabletoaccessfilesonthelabcomputers
fromcomputersrunningWindows.
1.Explainhowyouwillmeetthefilesharingandprintingrequirements.
2.Whatprecautionscanyoutaketosecurethelabcomputers?
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 7-31
Systems
Thispageintentionallyleftblank.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 7-32
Chapter 8: Meet Macintosh
Objectives
Begintheclassbyreading
theobjectives.Students
areprobablyfamiliar
Introduction withAppleproducts
suchastheiPhone,iPad,
InthelasttwochaptersyoulearnedabouttheWindowsandOpenSource andiPoddevices.Wewill
operatingsystems(OS).Thesesystemsarecomputerindependent, discussthesedevicesand
enablingtheconsumertopurchasehardwareandoperatingsoftware theiroperatingsystem
(IOS)inChapter10.You
separately.
maywishtoaskthe
InthischapterwewillexplorefeaturesoftheMacintoshcomputers studentsiftheyare
currentoperatingsystem,commonlytaggedOSXLion.Wewill currentlyusinga
Macintoshcomputer.
discoversimpleoptionsfornetworkingMacintoshcomputers,givean
n
overviewofhowtheOSlooksandperforms,anddiscussthethingsthat
io
shouldbeconsideredwhenintegratingamixedWindowsandOSXLion
t
bu
environment.
tri
is
rD
Inmanybusinessesyouwillfindagroupofindividualsgenerally
graphicdesign,videoproduction,marketingandpublicrelations
fo
ot
professionalswhosecomputerofchoiceistheMacintosh.Althoughvery
N
similarinfunction,userinterfaceandcapabilitiestoWindowsbased
l-
tia
computers,ApplesMacintoshcomputersofferaonestepsolution,
en
includingboththehardwareandoperatingsystem.
fid
Applecontrolstheuserexperience,resultinginaconsistentinterface
on
acrossallMacs,designedtorequirelittletechnicalknowhow.Macintosh
tC
computersareconsideredthestandardforhighendgraphicdesign,video
or
tip
production,publishing,andphotoeditingplatforms.
er
C
MacintoshcomputersareavailableinfourbasicformfactorsAllinOne
&
iMacs,towerMacPros,smallMacMinis,andthreelinesoflaptops
P
H
MacBook,MacBookAir,andMacBookPro.
Objectives
Inthischapter,youwill
ExplorekeycomponentsoftheMacintoshOSX10.7(OSX
Lion)operatingsystem
LearnoptionsfornetworkingMacintoshcomputersinboth
anallMacintoshenvironmentandamixedWindowsbased
computerandMacintoshenvironment
GainabasicunderstandingofthestructureofOSXLions
filesystem
Page 8-1
OSXLion:KeyFeatures Sampleproductivityapplicationsandutilities,including
Thissectionprovidesan restoreandrecoveryoptions
overviewofjustsixofthe
Understandprintingoptions,and
morethan250different
featuresofOSXLion.
DiscusscrossPlatforminteroperability
Studentsshouldhavea
clearunderstandingof
thesebasiccomponents OSX 10.7Lion: Key Features
oftheOS.Bytheendof AppleMacintoshcomputersincludeafactoryinstalledoperatingsystem
theclass,theyshouldbe
comfortablenavigatinga
(OSXLion),enablingyoutosimplyunpackthecomputer,
Macintoshcomputer. mouse/trackpadandkeyboard,pluginthepowercord,andbeginusingit.
Thefirsttimethecomputerboots,anInstallationAssistanttakesyou
SystemPreferences stepbystepthroughconfiguringyouruseraccounts,connectingtothe
n
Internet,andestablishinganAppleID.
io
Itisessentialthat
t
bu
studentsunderstandhow
Apple ID
tri
toaccessandusethe
An Apple ID is an individual account that enables you to share media,
is
systempreferencesmenu
information and files across your multiple OS X Lion and IOS devices, such
rD
toconfigureaMacintosh.
as the iPhone and iPad/iPod. An Apple ID is required to access the iTunes

fo
Store, the Macintosh App Store, and Apples iCloud services.
ot
N

ItiscommonforuserstosetuptheirMacintoshandaccesstheInternet
l-
tia
withinminutesofunpackingthebox.
en

Inthissection,wewillexploresomeofOSXLionsfeaturesthatyouare
fid
on
mostlikelytoencounterinanofficeenvironment,including:
tC
SystemPreferences
or
ConfiguringUserAccounts
tip
er
MultitouchGestures
C
TheDock
&
Resume
P
H
AutoSaveandRestore
Recovery
OSXLionincludesover250features.Pleasefamiliarizeyourselfwith
thesecapabilitiesbyreferencingabookontheOSorbyaccessingtheAppleWeb
site(http://www.apple.com).
System Preferences
YouconfiguresystempreferencesintheSystemPreferencespanel,
accessedthroughtheApplemenuatthetopleftcornerofthescreen.
Page 8-2
OSX 10.7Lion: Key Features

Figure81:SystemMenu
System Preferences
n
io
System preferences allow you to modify hardware and software settings
t
bu
on your computer. You can establish preferences for your Macintosh OS
and for specific applications.
tri
is
rD
Systempreferencesarearrangedinfoursections:Personal,Hardware,
fo
InternetandWireless,andSystem. ot
N
l-
Afifthsection,Other,willappearbelowSystemifyouinstall
tia
applicationsrequiringuserconfiguration.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure82:SystemPreferencesScreenshot
Wewillexploreeachofthesefoursectionsandtheconsiderationsthat
you,asadministrator,shouldkeepinmindasyouconfigureeachusers
accountaccess.
Page 8-3
Securing (Locking) System Preferences

OSXenablesausertoconfigurespecificsystempreferences,thenlock
them,requiringausername/passwordcombinationtomakechanges.
Whenyousetupuseraccounts(asdescribedinthenextsection),you
determinewhocanmakechangestoaspecificsetting.Ifyouwantto
preventauserfromchangingasetting,youcanlockthesettingby
clickingthepadlockinthelowerleftcornerofapreferencescreen.Once
thepadlockisclickedshut,onlyauserwithadministratorprivilegescan
unlockthepreferenceandmakemodifications.Theusermustenterthe
administratorname/passwordcombination.
InFigure83,aloggedinuserattemptstochangetheSecurity&Privacy
systemsettingsbyclickingontheclosedpadlock.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure83:SystemPreferencesLocked
Afterclickingthelock,theuserreceivesapopupscreenrequestingan
administratornameandpassword.
Page 8-4
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure84:AdministratorNameandPasswordRequired ot
N
Onlyiftheuserentersthecorrectinformationwillthepreferencebe
l-
openedformodification.
tia
en
Notallsystempreferencesofferlocksecurity.Somearedesignedtobe
fid
userspecific,allowingeachuniqueusertosetaconfigurationthatsuits
on
hisorherowntastesandindividualpreferences.Youwillnotseethelock
tC
optiononthosescreensanduserscanmodifythepreference,asdesired.
or
tip
Personal System Preferences

er
C
ThePersonalsettingsenableindividualaccountuserstoconfigurethe
&
lookandfeelofthecomputeraccordingtotheirtastesandpreferences.
P
H
Thepersonalpreferencesapplyonlytotheusercurrentlyloggedon.
Thesepreferencesinclude
GeneralDefinetheuseofscreenfeatures,suchasthe
scrollbar
Desktop&ScreenSaverSetthedesktopscreen
(wallpaperinotherOS)andchoosescreensaver
DockChoosehowthedockappears
MissionControlControlappearanceofMissionControl
optionforviewingallopenwindowsandapplications

Page 8-5
Language&TextChooselanguage,textformatting,
(automaticallysubstitutingfor(c),forexample),dateand
timepreferences(mm/dd/yearvs.dd/mm/year;12hour
clockvs.24hourclock),currencyandmeasurementunits
Security&PrivacySetsecurityandprivacyoptions
SpotlightConfiguretheorderinwhichaSpotlightsearch
displaysresults
UniversalAccessChooseamongoptionsforenabling
accessforassistivetechnology,includingspeakingtext,
addingassistivedevices,flashingscreenwhenalertsounds
occurs,etc.
General Settings
n
Inthissection,wewilldiscussthePersonalPreferencesthatyouasan
io
t
bu
administratorwilleitherconfigureorassisttheuserinmakingselections.
tri
Thesesettingsareindividualizedperuserpreferencesandallow
is
rD
customizingtheappearanceoftheworkscreenaswellasbasicwindow
fo
navigation. ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure85:GeneralSystemSettings
Desktop & Screen Saver

OSXLiongivesuserstheoptionofselectingaDesktopscreenfroma
varietyofimagesprovidedbythesoftwareorallowingtheusertoselecta
personalphoto.ScreenSaverimagesoffermanybuiltinoptionsorthe
usermaycustomizewithapersonalimageorslideshow.
Page 8-6
n
io
t
bu

tri
is
Figure86:GeneralPreferences(top)andDesktop&ScreenSaverPreferences
rD
Dock
fo
ot
OSXsDockisaquickaccesslaunchstripforapplicationsandfoldersyou
N
select.BuiltinOSXLionapplicationssuchastheFinder,AddressBook,
l-
tia
AppStore,Safari(Internetbrowser),mail,downloads,anddocumentsare
en
accessiblethroughtheDockbydefault.
fid
on
Dock
tC
In OS X Lion, Dock refers to a vertical or horizontal bar containing icons for

frequently accessed applications, documents, downloads, and deleted
or
tip
files.
er
C
&
ApplicationfilesdonotresideintheDock;ashortcutoraliasforan
P
applicationisaddedinstead.Toaddanitem,simplydragitsicontotheDock.An
H
aliasoftheitemthenresidesthere.

Figure87:OSXDock
LocationandsizeoftheDockareconfiguredintheDockmenu,apull
downchoicefromtheApplemenuatthetopleftofthescreen.
Page 8-7

Figure88:OptionsforConfiguringDockAppearance
Mission Control and Spotlight
n
Mission Control
t io
Mission Control is an option in OS X Lion that displays everything currently
bu
running on the Macintosh computer.
tri
is
rD
Spotlight
fo
Spotlight is OS X Lions built-in search function and is discussed in depth in
ot
the Utilities section in this Chapter.
N
l-
Usingthreefingerstoswipeupwardsonyourtrackpadorclickingonce
tia
ontheMissionControlicononyourDockgivesyouanoverviewofevery
en
openapplication.
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
C
Figure89:MissionControlIcononDock
&
P
H

Figure810:MissionControlOverview
Page 8-8
Security and Privacy

TheSecurityandPrivacypreference,however,isonethatyouassystem
administratorwillwishtocontrol.Thispreferenceofferstheabilityto
securethesettingsbyclickingthepadlockinthebottomleftcorner.
General Security Settings

You,asadministrator,cansecurethecontentsofeachusersaccountby
configuringtheGeneralSecuritySettings.Youcanrequireeachuserto
entertheloginpasswordwhenthecomputerhasbeeninactiveandthe
sleeporscreensaverbegins.Ifthecomputerisinactiveforasetperiod
oftime,youcanconfigureautomaticlogout.Configuringthesegeneral
securitypreferencesshouldbepartofyourcompanysoverallsecurity
policy.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
Figure811:GeneralSecurityPreferences
P
H
FileVault
Security&PrivacyoptionsincludeFileVault,automaticencryptionand
decryptionoftheusersdata.Ifyourworkenvironmentrequiresthislevel
ofsecurity,youassystemadministratorshouldenableitbutmakesureto
storetherecoverykeyinasecurelocationincasetheuserforgetshisor
herpassword.
FileVault
OS X system preference that enables a user to encrypt all user data.
IfFileVaultisenabledandthepassword/recoverykeyislost,encrypted
datawillbelost.
Page 8-9
FileVault
Thekeypointthat
studentsmust
understandisthatif
FileVaultisenabledand
thepasswordislost,
thereisnowaytorecover
theencrypteddata.Only
theadministrator,in
conjunctionwith
companypolicy,should
decideifdataencryption
isnecessary.FileVault
recoverykeysmustbe Figure812:FileVaultPreferenceScreen
storedinalocation
n
knowntothe Firewall
iot
administratoraswellas
bu
designatedmembersof TheFirewallpreferenceenablesyoutoenableOSXsbuiltinfirewall
tri
protection.Withoutthisorathirdpartyfirewallprograminstalled,all
is
thecompanysexecutive
rD
managementteam. incomingconnectionstothecomputerareallowed.
Firewall fo
ot
N
A firewall is a hardware or software device that controls incoming
l-
connections to a computer by applying specific rules. Firewalls protect

tia
the computer against unauthorized access while enabling authorized

en
communications.
fid
on
YoulaunchandconfigureOSXLionsFirewallfeaturebyclickingonits
tC
tab.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure813:FirewallConfigurationPreference
OnceyouclickStarttoenablethefirewall,youhavetheoptionto
customizefirewallsettingsthroughtheAdvancedbutton.
Page 8-10
n
io
t
bu

tri
is
Figure814:AdvancedConfigurationOptions
rD
Youhavetheopportunitytodesignatespecificconnectionsthatare
trustedandauthorized. fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure815:OptionsforConfiguringOSXFirewall
Afirewallisjustonecomponentofcomputersecurity.Itisanimportant
considerationforcomputeradministrators.
Page 8-11
Privacy
ThefinalSecurityandPrivacyPreferencethatyoucanconfigureisthe
Privacytab.Privacygivesyoutheoptiontosharesysteminformation
withAppleforproductimprovementpurposesandtoenablelocation
services,whichallowWebsitesandapplicationstouseyourcomputers
locationtocustomizeinformationandservicesprovided.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
Figure816:PrivacySystemPreferenceOptions.
fid
on
Enablingordisablinganysecurityfeaturesshouldbepartofastrategiccompany
tC
policyregardingcomputerandnetworksecurity.
or
tip
BesuretolocktheSecurity&Privacyoptionsselectedtoprevent
er
individualchanges.
C
&
Hardware Preferences
P
H
AswithPersonalPreferences,HardwarePreferencesallowtheindividual
usertoconfigurehowthecomputerinteractswithavailablehardware.
Youcanpreconfigurethesesettingsorallowtheindividualuserto
customize.
Thesesettingsincludeoptionsforconfiguring:
CDs&DVDs
Displays
EnergySaver
Mouse
Trackpad
Print&Scan
Sound
Page 8-12
Print and Scan iCloud

PointoutthatApples
OnehardwaresettingyoumaywishtoestablishandlockisthePrint&
iCloudservicesaremost
Scanoption.Youusethispreferencetoadd/configureaprinterand/ora beneficialtoemployees
fax.Youcancontrolwhichprintersand/orfaxmachinesindividualusers whoareissuedoneor
canaccessbylockingthisscreen. moreAppleOSXoriOS
devices.Forexample,if
themarketingmanager
usesaniPhone,iPadand
aMacBookPro,syncing
email,calendars,address
book,anddocuments
acrossthethreedevices
wouldbebeneficial.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on

tC
Figure817:PrintandScanPreferences
or
Internet & Wireless

tip
er
You,asadministrator,mayconfigureandlocktheNetworkandSharing
C
&
PreferencesintheInternet&Wirelesssystempreferences.Theothersare
P
userconfigurableandcanbemodifiedatanytime.
H
iCloud
YouwillseetheiconforiCloudpreferencesasthefirstoptionunder
Internet&Wireless.iCloudsyncscalendars,emailaccounts,documents,
andpurchasesthroughtheAppleMacAppstoreandiTunesstore.iCloud
requiresanAppleIDandisdesignedtoenableasingleusertoaccessdata
frommultipledevices.
iCloud
iCloud is a service offered by Apple that automatically syncs selected
items and files across all OS X Lion or mobile iOS devices (iPad, iPhone,
iPod) tied to an individual Apple ID.
Page 8-13

Figure818:iCloudPreferenceScreen
n
iCloudiscompatiblewithWindowsVista(ServicePack2)andWindows
tio
bu
7.Outlook2007orlaterandanupdatedversionofyourpreferredbrowser
tri
(Safari5.1.1orlaterorInternetExplorer8orlater,forexample)are
is
rD
requiredtoaccessiCloudfeaturesthroughWindows.OutlookMail,
Contacts,CalendarsandbookmarksaresyncedacrosstheWindows
fo
ot
basedcomputerandiOSdevicesregisteredtothesameAppleID.
N
l-
SynchronizationusingiCloudwillbediscussedinmoredetailinChapter
tia
10.
en
fid
Mail, Contacts, & Calendars

on
OSXLionsMail,Contacts,&Calendarspreferenceassistsconfiguring
tC
Apple(@me.com),Gmail,Yahoo!,Exchange,Aol.,andotheremail
or
tip
accounts.Youmaywishtopreconfigureeachuserscompanyemail
er
account.Onceyousetupanemailaccount,youcanchoosetheavailable
C
OSXLionfeaturesyouwishtousewiththataccount.
&
P
H

Figure819:GmailAccountAccesstoOSXLionServices
Page 8-14
Inaddition,theOthertabpresentsalistofavailableservicesthatcanbe Network
configuredbytheuser. Thekeypointstostressin
thissectionarethe
differentwaysanInternet
connectionmaybe
established;theNetwork
SetupAssistantprovides
astepbystepguideto
configuringInternet
connections.
n
io

t
bu
Figure820:AdditionalAccountOptions
tri
is
rD
MostoftheseoptionsenabletheusertoaddInternetorserverbased
fo
accounts,requiringtheserveradministratortoprovidespecific
ot
configurationdetail.MailreferstospecificInternetmailaccounts,iChat
N
referstoaniChataccountusingaspecificInternetaccount,CalDAVand
l-
tia
CardDAVrefertoInternetstandardstoaccessandsharecalendarand
en
contactinformation,LDAPreferstotheInternetstandardforfinding
fid
informationonadirectoryserver,andOSXMacServerAccountrefersto
on
obtainingInternetaccountinformationfromaserverrunningOSX10.7or
tC
later.
or
tip
MobileMe
er
C
Thethirdpreference,MobileMe,isanAppleofferingthatprovidessome
&
ofthesamecapabilitiesofiCloudservices.OnlycurrentMobileMe
P
H
customersmaycontinuetouseit,andAppleplanstodiscontinueitin
mid2012.
Network
YouwillconfigurenetworkpreferencesthroughtheNetworkpreference
icon.YoucanconfigurenetworkaccessthroughanInternetconnection
usingyourInternetServiceProvider(ISP)orlocalnetworkservice.
Althoughyoucanlockthesesettings,youwillmostlikelyneedtoallow
employeesusinglaptopstochangethesesettingsdependinguponthe
locationinwhichthelaptopwillfunction.
Page 8-15
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure821:NetworkSetupAssistantScreen
ot
N
Afteryouhavenamedthedesirednetworklocation(Work,Headquarters,
l-
etc.),theNetworkSetupAssistantwillrequestinformationontheway
tia
youwillaccesstheInternet:wirelessthroughtheMacintoshcomputers
en
builtinAirPortwirelesscard,telephonemodem,DSLmodem,cable
fid
on
modem,orlocalareanetwork.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure822:NetworkSetupPreferencestoConnecttotheInternet
Page 8-16
Avisualrepresentationoftheaboveoptionsisavailablebyselectingthe
MoreInfobutton.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
Figure823:NetworkOptionstoConnecttotheInternet
tia
en
SelectthedesiredInternetconfigurationandthenextscreenrequeststhe
fid
informationnecessarytojointhedesirednetworkforexample,a
on
passwordforthewirelessnetwork.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure824:RequestedInformationtoCompleteNetworkConnectiontoInternet
Page 8-17
n
tio
bu
tri

is
Figure825:FinalSteptoConnectingtotheInternet
rD
fo
IfyouencounterdifficultiesconnectingtotheInternet,OSXsInternet
ot
UtilityandAirportUtilitywillassistinisolatinganyproblems.Thesewill
N
bediscussedintheApplicationsandUtilitiessection.
l-
tia
Bluetooth
en
fid
TheBluetoothpreferenceenablesconnectiontoBluetoothdevicessuchas
on
thewirelesskeyboard,mouse,andtrackpad.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure826:BluetoothPreferenceScreen
Page 8-18
Sharing SharingPreferences
TheSharingpreferencesallowsyoutodeterminewhichservicesare Stressthatconfiguring
availabletootherusersonthenetwork,includingfiles,printers,scanners, sharingpreferences
enablesuserson
remotelogin,andscreensharing.Theavailablesharingpreferences
networkedcomputersto
appearintheleftcolumnoftheSharingpreferencescreen(below). accessdocuments,
printers,andother
services.
Askstudentstodiscuss
theprosandconsof
sharingaspecific
documentamongthreeor
moreusers.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on

tC
Figure827:SharingPreferences
or
tip
Screen Sharing
er
C
Screensharingenablesotherstoaccessthecomputerscreenandremotely
&
controlthecomputer.Ifyouenablethisoption,besuretocarefully
P
H
configureandspecifywhohasremoteaccesstothecomputer.
IfyouenabletheoptionAnyonemayrequestpermissiontocontrolthe
screen,anyoneonyournetworkcanrequesttosharethatcomputers
screen(mustbeapprovedbyuser).
Ifyouselectthesecondoption,VNCviewersmaycontrolscreenwith
password,youareauthorizinganyoneusingaVNC(VirtualNetwork
Computing)viewerapplicationtocontrolthescreenuponenteringthe
presetpassword.
VNC
An application that allows a user to interact with a remote desktop using
Remote Framebuffer (RFB) protocol. Both VNC and RFB are open source.
Page 8-19
n
io
t
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure828:ScreenSharingPermissions
File Sharing fo
ot
N
Enablingfilesharingallowsotheruserstoaccessselectedfoldersonthe
l-
tia
computerandallowsadministratorstoaccessallvolumes.Youas
en
administratordeterminewhichfilesshouldbesharedandtheread/write
fid
privilegesforeachuser.
on
tC

or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure829:DesignatingSharingPrivileges
Page 8-20
TheOptionstaballowsyoutoallowordenyfilesharingbyAFPor
SMB(Windows)protocolsfortheexchangeofdatafilesacrossanetwork
ortheInternet.Thereareprosandconstoeachofthefiletransfer
methods.Asadministrator,youwillneedtocarefullyconsiderthe
benefitsandrisksofeachmethod.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figure830:FileSharingOptions
on
Apple Filing Protocol (AFP)

tC
File sharing protocol native to OS X-based computers.

or
tip
Server Message Block (SMB)

er
C
Network file-sharing protocol for Windows Linux computers that support

&
SMB file sharing.

P
H
FTPwassupportedonearlierMacOSXoperatingsystems,butisnot
supportedonLion.
Printer and Scanner Sharing

PrinterandScannerSharingenableothersonthenetworktoaccessthe
devicesconnectedtoyourcomputer.
Web Sharing
OSXLionincludesApacheWebserversoftware.IfWebSharingis
enabled,othercomputeruserscanaccessWebsiteshostedonyour
computer.
Page 8-21
Remote Login
RemoteLoginenablesotherstologintothecomputerusingSSH.
SSH
Secure Shell is a network protocol providing secure data communication
between two computers. SSH is typically used for command-line remote
management.
Whenselected,RemoteLoginprovidestheSSHaddresstobeusedwhen
accessingthecomputerthroughanSSHclient,suchastheOSXLions
UnixTerminalapplication.
Enablingremotelogincanhaveaneffectonthecomputerssecurityand
shouldbediscussedaspartofanoverallcomputersecuritystrategy.
n
io
Remote Management
t
bu
tri
ByenablingRemoteManagement,yougivelocaluserstheabilitytoaccess
is
thecomputertoperformselectedtasks.Thiscanrangefromobservingthe
rD
computertoperformingmoreintrusivetaskslikeopeningandquitting
fo
ot
applications,deletingandreplacingitems,andmore.Youcandesignate
N
whichusersmayaccessthecomputerandwhichfunctionstheymay
l-
perform.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure831:RemoteManagementOptions
Page 8-22
Remote Apple Events

Computerswiththissharingpreferenceenabledcanrespondtoevents
(suchasAppleScriptprogramsrunningonanothercomputer)sentfrom
othernetworkedcomputers.
AppleScript
Apples plain-English scripting language designed to facilitate a users
ability to automate repetitive tasks.
Xgrid Sharing
XgridSharingisanAppledesignedprotocolthatenablesgroupsof
computerstocombineresourcestohandleprocessorintensivefunctions.
Gridsaremostcommonlyusedinlargescalescienceormathematical
calculations,orinanimationrendering.
n
t io
Internet Sharing
bu
tri
TheInternetSharingpreferenceenablesothercomputerstosharean
is
rD
Internetconnectionthroughandtoavarietyofconnectionoptions.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure832:InternetSharingOptions
Bluetooth Sharing
BluetoothsharingenablesBluetoothenabledcomputersanddevicesto
sharefiles.
Page 8-23
ParentalControls
Iftimepermits,divide
theclassintofivegroups.
Assigneachgrouponeof
theParentalControls
listedtotheright:Apps,
Web,People,Time
Limits,andOther(the
optionsdisplayedonthe
screenshot).Whenand
whywouldthesebe
appropriatetoconsiderin
anofficesetting?Ask
eachgrouptopresentits
conclusionsanddiscuss.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figure833:BluetoothFileSharingOptions
l-
System Preferences
tia
en
YouastheadministratorconfigureSystempreferencesthatapplytoall
fid
userswhologontothecomputer.Ofthesepreferences,onlytheSpeech
on
tC
preference(whichsetsupspeechrecognitionandtexttospeakoptions)is
or
uniquetotheindividualwhoisloggedin.Thispreferencecannotbe
tip
locked.
er
C
Parental Controls
&
P
ParentalControlslimitsaccesstothecomputersapplications,enables
H
websiterestrictions,limitsemailandchataccesstospecifiedindividuals,
setslimitsforhoursperdayandtimesduringtheweekwhenthe
individualusercanaccessthecomputer,andpreventsauserfrom
burningCDsorDVDs,changingpasswords,oraddingordeleting
printers.Whilethesesettingsareintendedtoallowparentstoestablish
safetyparametersforchildren,therearecircumstancesinwhichyoumay
wishtoenablesomeofthesesettings,suchasallowinguseraccessonlyto
specificapplicationsandlimitingaccesstoadultcontentWebsites.
Page 8-24
LaunchingApplications
throughtheDock
OSXLionsDockisan
enhancementtothe
MacintoshOSthatallows
userstoplaceashortcut
(alias)toapplicationsor
foldersinanorganized
Dock.
Tip:Clickonlyonceona
Dockicontoopenit.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figure834:ParentalControlsOption
on
Apps
tC
or
OneoptionofferedundertheAppsscreenistoUseSimpleFinder,
tip
whichprovidesaverybasicviewofthecomputersdesktop,offering
er
C
accessonlytoApplications,Documents,andanysharedfolders.The
&
SimpleFinderisnotconfigurablebytheindividualuser.TheSimple
P
H
Finderoptionisintendedforyoungorinexperiencedusersandgenerally
wouldnotbespecifiedinacorporateenvironment,otherthanperhapsin
averylimitedaccessguestaccount.
The Finder
The Finder is the term Apple utilizes to refer to its file system. Literally, the
Finder enables the user to find anything on the computer. It will be
covered in detail in the section Organizing and Viewing Files in OSX.
Youcanelecttolimitspecificapplicationsthatausermayaccessfor
example,denyingaccesstoiTunesstoreortheMacAppStore.
IftheSimpleFinderisnotspecified,youmayallowtheusertoaddor
deletedockitems.
Page 8-25
Web
WebcontrolsaredesignedtoallowaccesstoWebsitesbasedupon
content.YoucangenerallydenyaccesstoinappropriateadultWebsites,
oryoucanspecifywhichwebsitesareallowedordenied.As
administrator,youmaychoosetoblockadultcontentWebsitesaswellas
chat,socialmedia,orshoppingsites.Theserestrictionsshouldbeenabled
inconjunctionwithyourcompanyspolices.
People
PeoplecontrolsaredesignedforparentstolimitemailandiChat
communications.Parentscandesignatespecificcontacts,emailaddresses
thatmaycommunicatewiththeirchild(andviceversa).Thisrestrictive
optionwouldgenerallynotbeappropriateinabusinesssetting.
n
io
Time Limits
t
bu
tri
Parentscandeterminethecumulativetimeachildmayspendonthe
is
rD
computerperday,restrictthetimesthecomputermaybeaccessed,and
fo
preventaccessduringspecifiedhours.Thesewouldtypicallynotbe
ot
appropriateinabusinesssetting.
N
l-
Other
tia
en
TheremainingsettingsunderParentalControlslimitaccessto
fid
inappropriatecontentindictionaries,Wikipedia,andothersources;
on
preventtheuserfromchangingprintersettings,addingprinters,or
tC
removingprinters;preventtheuserfromburningCDsorDVDs,and
or
preventusersfromchangingthepasswordassignedtotheaccount.
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure835:ParentalControlAdditionalPreferences.
Page 8-26
Software Updates ConfiguringUser

Accounts
SoftwareUpdatesprovidesoptionsforschedulingandinstallingsystem
softwareupdatesprovidedbyApple.Youastheadministratorwillwish Explaintheimportanceof
properlyconfiguringthe
todeterminethebestmethodofregularlyupdatingallcomputersthatyou
administratoraccount
manage. beforesettingup
individualusersaccess
Startup Disk tothecomputer.
Inmostcases,youwillwishtoadministertheStartupDiskpreference. Emphasizethatthe
ThedefaultsystempreferenceisOSXLioninstalledonthecomputers administratorspassword
shouldbekeptinasecure
harddrive.Therearetimeswhereyoumaywishtobootfromasystem locationandnotgivento
CD/DVDtypicallytoverifyandrepairsystem/diskissues. individuals.Acommon
administratorpassword
Configuring User Accounts maybeusedinsettingup
n
administratoraccounts
io
MultipleusersaccessingasingleMacintoshcanbeassignedseparate
t
onallcomputers.
bu
logins,privileges,documentfolders,andaccesstospecificapplications.
tri

is
Whenloggingin,thesystemdisplaysascreencontainingallregistered
rD
SystemAdministration
users.Eachusercanselecttheassignedaccountandloginwiththe
fo
appropriatepassword.
ot Duringyourdiscussion
ofsystemadministration
N
You,asthecomputersadministrator,setprivilegesforeachUserAccount andconfiguringusers
l-
throughtheUsers&Groupspreference.Ifauserattemptstochange accounts,discusswiththe
tia
studentsanyexperiences
en
selectedsystempreferences(asdesignatedbytheadministrator),a
thattheymayhave
fid
promptwillrequesttheadministratorspassword. encounteredwhena
on
youngersibling,a
tC
User Accounts
roommate,friendor
User accounts enables custom configuration of the services, applications,
or
parentchangedthesetup
tip
and files accessed by a specific person. When logging on to the

oftheirpersonal
er
computer, the username and password combination authenticates this

computer.Wouldthey
C
custom configuration.
assignadministrator
&
P
controlsafterthat
Youwillfirstconfiguretheadministratoraccount,pertheexamplebelow:
H
experience?

Page 8-27
GuestAccounts Figure836:AdministratorAccountConfiguration
Discusswhenandwhya Next,youconfigureeachindividualusersaccess.Youcanspecifythe
systemadministrator
applicationsthespecificusercanaccess,setpermissionforindividual
maywishtoconfigurea
GuestUserAccount.
dockconfigurationandviewalogofapplicationsaccessedbythatuser.
Whataretheprosand Byclickingthepadlockiconatthebottomleftcornerofthescreen,youas
cons?(Forinstance: administratorensurethatthespecifiedsettingsmaynotbemodified.
convenience,easeof
occasionalaccess,
Besuretoclicktoclosethelocktopreventchangestouserconfigurations
securityconcerns,and (Figure837).
unauthorizedpersons
accessingtheInternetasa
guest.)
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
C
Figure837:ConfigureIndividualAccess
&
P
YoucanconfigureagenericGuestAccountforoccasionalusers.Guest
H
usersaregrantedaccessonlytoapplicationsandservicesthatyou,as
administrator,designate.Forinstance,youcandenyaccesstoshared
folders,enableParentalControlsaspreviouslydiscussedintheSystem
Preferencessection,andlimitaccesstoapplication,web,printers,chat,etc.
Guestaccountsrequirenopasswordandwhenloggingoff,any
documentscreatedbytheguestaredeletedfromtheGuestDocuments
folder.
Page 8-28
n
io

t
bu
Figure838:GuestAccountSetup
tri
is
Setting Up Group Accounts
rD
fo
Groupaccountsareconvenientforsharingspecificfilesamongmultiple
ot
users.Allmembersofagrouphaveaccesstothesamefiles,asdetermined
N
l-
intheSharingPreferencesmenu.Anadministratorcreatesthegroup(s)
tia
andassignsmembers.Usersdonotlogintoaspecificgroupaccount.By
en
loggingontotheirpersonalaccounts,accesstospecifiedgroupfilesis
fid
automaticallygranted.
on
tC
Intheexamplebelow,theadministratorcreatesaMarketinggroup,
or
assigningtheusersWebDesigner,GraphicArtist,andWriter.Other
tip
accountsmaybeaddedasnecessary.
er
C
&
P
H

Figure839:AssigningGroupMembership
Page 8-29
MultiTouchGestures UserslogoutthroughtheApplemenu:
Usingeitheratrackpad
ormousewithanOSX
LionequippedMacintosh
providestheoptimum
waytofamiliarizeoneself
withthescreen
navigation.

n
iot
bu

tri
is
Figure840:ApplePulldownMenu
rD
Multi-Touch Gestures
fo
ot
Applesversionsofpointingdevicesincludeamouseandatrackpadthat
N
respondtovariouscombinationsoffingertipgestures,swipes,clicksand
l-
tia
scrolls.TheseMultiTouchgesturesarethesameonthemouseandthe
en
trackpad.Forexample,draggingthreefingerssidewaysandvertically
fid
movesthecontentsofawindow,tappingwithtwofingerszoomsinona
on
screen,pinchingyourthumbandforefingertogetherorapartzoomsin
tC
andoutofWebsitesorphotos,anddraggingtwofingershorizontally
or
tip
acrossthedevicecyclesthroughpagesordocuments.
er
C
Multi-Touch Gestures
&
Multi-Touch Gestures use the touch-sensitive surfaces of track pads or

P
compatible mouse devices. Through the use of multi-finger interactions

H
with the surface of the device, you quickly can navigate and access
applications and files.
ApplesMagicMouseisconfiguredtosupportthesameMultiTouch
GesturesastheMacBooktrackpadsorthestandaloneAppleMagicTrackpad.A
videotutorialteachesMultiTouchGesturesaspartoftheInstallationAssistants
process.Itislocatedat:http://www.apple.com/macosx/whats
new/gestures.html

Page 8-30
Timesaving
Applications
Resume,AutoSave,and
Versions
ThissectioncoversOSX
Lionsenhancedfeatures
designedtoautomate
tasks.
Engagethestudentsina
discussionconcerning
instancesinwhichthey
hadanunexpected
systemrestartandthe
timeittooktoreopenall
n
theapplicationsandfiles
io
t
thatwereinuse.Contrast
bu
thatwithOSXLions
tri
Resumefeature.
is
rD
Figure841:DemonstrationofMultiTouchGestures PointoutthatnonApple
fo
distributedapplications
Resume
ot
maynotsupportAuto
N
Save.Studentsshould
l-
OSXLionsResumefeatureeliminatestheneedtolaunchapplications
checkthesoftware
tia
andopenfilesinordertostartexactlywhereyouleftoffwhenyouclosed manufacturerandnot
en
anapplicationorafteryoulogofforrestartyoursystemforanyreason assumeanapplication
fid
suchasinstallingsoftwareupdates.Manypeopleworkonavarietyof supportsit.
on
applicationsduringtheday,switchingbackandforthasneeded.
tC

or
Resume
tip
Resume is a software feature of OS X Lion that enables you to start where

er
you left off when restarting your computer or closing an application.

C
&
P
FIPrint
H
FIPrintsgraphicdesignersimultaneouslyutilizesAdobesIllustrator,
Photoshop,andInDesignproductswhencreatingapublication.Awordprocessor
maybeusedforcreatingtext.ThedesignerskipsfromIllustratortoInDesignto
Photoshop.Resumeensuresthatifthedesignerlogsoffforlunchorrestartsthe
systemforanyreason,allfileswillbeopenintheexactplacewherethedesigner
stoppedwork.
Page 8-31
LionRecovery Auto Save and Versions

Iftimepermits,discuss Ifyouhaveeverlosthoursofworkduetoapoweroutagebecauseyou
thedifferencebetween
forgottosaveregularlyAutoSavemaybeyourfavoritefeatureofOSX
LionsRecoveryoption
andthosediscussedin Lion.TheOSautomaticallysavesyourworkeachtimeyoupause
theprevioustwo (perhapstoswitchapplications)oronceperhour.
chapters.
Auto Save
Software feature in OS X Lion that automatically saves documents on a
regular basis.
Likewise,ifyouevermakechangestoafile,onlylatertoregretdeleting
thatchunkoftext,Versionscanhelpyourevertyourdocumenttoa
previousstate.Everytimeyouopenadocumentandonceeveryhour
OSXLiontakesasnapshotofthedocument.Youhavetheluxuryandthe
n
io
abilitytoscrollthroughpreviousversionsuntilyoufindthatchunkoftext
t
bu
thatyouregretdeleting.Bothcurrentandpreviousversionscanbe
tri
comparedsidebyside,andyoucancopycontentfromoneversionand
is
rD
pasteinanother.
fo
Onceyoufinalizeafile,youcanpreventaccidentalchangesbychoosing
ot
N
theLockoption.Shouldyoutrytoeditalockedfile,amessageasks
l-
whetheryouwishtounlockthefileoropenasatemplateforanewfile.
tia
en
Versions
fid
OS X Lion maintains complete copies of documents, archiving whenever

on
you open a file and once per hour while the file is open.
tC
or
tip
TheVersionsoptionsavesonlytheinformationthathasbeenchanged
er
sincethelastversionwassaved,conservingdiskspace.Youcanmanuallycreate
C
aversionatanytimethroughtheFile>SaveaVersionmenuoption.Versions
&
P
maintainshourlysnapshotsfor24hours,dailycopiesforamonth,andweekly
H
versionsforpriormonths.
Lion Recovery
RecoveryisanautomatedprogrambuiltintoOSXLionthatenablesyou
toreinstalltheOSwithoutphysicalmedia,restorethecontentsofyour
harddrivewithaTimeMachineBackup,andrepairoreraseyourstartup
harddrive.Normally,youwouldneedabootablesystemdisktorepair
yourinternalstartupdisk.Lioncontainsarecoverysystemthatis
launchedbyholdingtheCommandRkeysduringsystemstartup.
Page 8-32
Setting up a Network
SettingupaNetwork
Thissectiondiscusses
optionsavailablefor
creatingsimplenetworks,
bothwirelessandwired.
Askstudentstoexplain
whysecurityisan
importantconsideration
whensettingupa
network.
Figure842:LionRecoveryOptions AirDrop
PointoutthatAirDropis
Recovery
aLionspecificoption,
Lions Recovery feature is an automated program that can reinstall system
bestforMacintosh
software without a physical installation disk. Recovery enables a user to
n
io
computerswithinclose
access and restore system software without a disk.
t
bu
proximity.Ifthe
tri
Macintoshcomputer
InternetRecoveryautomaticallylaunchesifyourharddrivefails,
is
supportsAirDrop,itwill
rD
downloadingandopeningLionRecoveryoverabroadbandconnection. appearasashared
fo
ot computerintheAirDrop
InternetRecoveryisavailableonnewlyreleasedMacs.Ifyour menu.
N
MacintoshisnotenabledforInternetRecovery,youcanusetheLionRecovery
l-

tia
DiskAssistanttocreateabootabledriveonaUSBflashdrive.Fordetailson
en
creatingaLionRecoverydisk,consultthehttp://www.apple.comsupportsection.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
InChapter5,wediscussednetworksandthevariouswaysinwhicha
er
groupofcomputersmaysharefilesorprinters.
C
&
OSXLionfacilitatescommunicationamongagroupofMacintosh
P
computers.Ifthesearelocatedincloseproximity,OSXLionsAirDrop
H
featureautomaticallydetectsandestablishespeertopeerWIFI
communicationamongtheMacintoshcomputersrunningLion.The
computersdonotneedtobeonthesamewirelessnetwork,buttheydo
needacompatiblewirelesscard.
Inordertorunthissoftwarefeature,theMacintoshmustrunOSX
LiononalatermodelMacintoshthatsupportsAirDrop.ApplesWebsitelists
thecompatiblemodelsbyyear.IfOSXLionwaspreinstalledwhenthecomputer
waspurchased(sincemid2011),AirDropissupported.OlderMacintosh
computerscanupgradetoOSXLion,butmaynotsupportAirDropsharing.
YouaccessthissoftwarefeaturethroughtheGo>AirDroppulldown
menu.YoucanthenselectanyoralloftheAirDropenabledcomputers.
Page 8-33
t io
bu
Figure843:AccessingAirDropThroughtheFindersGomenu
tri
is
AirDropsupportedcomputersdisplayuserscontacticonsintheFinder.
rD
Toshareafile,youdragtofileicontothepersonscontacticon.OSXLion
fo
asksifyouwishtosharethisfile,andifyouconfirm,arequestissentto
ot
therecipient.Iftherecipientapprovestherequest,thefileisencrypted
N
l-
usingTransportLayerSecurity(TLS)andtransferredthroughafirewalled
tia
connectionbetweenthetwocomputers.Thisensuressecuredatatransfer
en
andpreventsanothercomputerfromaccessingyourcomputerthrough
fid
theAirDroptransferconnection.
on
tC
Wireless Networks
or
tip
Macintoshcomputersautomaticallydetectandoffertoconnectto
er
availablewirelessnetworks.Apopupscreenliststheavailablenetworks
C
&
andyouwillbepromptedtoenterapassword,ifrequired,tojoin.
P
Networkpasswordsarestored.Thisisconvenientifyouusealaptopina
H
varietyoflocations.
WirelessnetworksgenerallyuseTCP/IPprotocols(DHCP,DNS,WINS,
802.1X).Thewirelessnetworkcanutilizeaproxyserverasagatewayto
theInternet.
Wireless Networks
Macintosh computers connect via Wi-Fi in a wireless network. Apples
wireless base station, Time Capsule, includes 802.11n connectivity and
supports Macintosh and PC computers using 802.11a, b, or g standards.
Time Capsule also connects wireless devices (iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch)
running iOS 5 to the wireless network. Details about iOS 5 are discussed in
Chapter 10.
Page 8-34
AccesstheavailablewirelessnetworksthroughtheAirporticononthe
toprightmenubar.

Figure844:AirportWirelessNetworkAccessandConfigurationMenu
Wired Networks
Wiredaccessisanotheroptioninconfiguringanetwork.Bychoosingthe
n
NetworkoptionunderSystemPreferences,youcanconfigurethe
iot
connectionaccordingtoyournetworkspecifications.Wirednetworks
bu
tri
generallyuseTCP/IPprotocols(DHCP,DNS,WINS,802.1X).Likea
is
wirelessnetwork,youcanalsouseaproxyserverasagatewaytothe
rD
Internet.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure845:ConfiguringEthernetNetworkThroughSystemPreferences
Lesscommon,FireWireoffersnetworkingoptions.TwoFireWirecapable
MacintoshcomputerscantransferdatadirectlyviaaFireWirecable.
Thunderbolt,anemergingdatatransfertechnology,connectstwo
Thunderboltenabledcomputers.
Page 8-35
NetworkingMacintosh Thunderbolt
andWindowscomputers Developed in collaboration by Intel and Apple, Thunderbolt is an I/O
technology that provides two channels on the same connector with data
Animportantpointis
transfer rates of 10 Gbps throughput per channel.
thattheadministratorcan
useWindows7sHome
GroupSharingfeatureas OSXLionsMigrationAssistantutilityassistsusersintransferring
aquick,simplewayto
datadirectlyfromonecomputertoanother.
networkOSXLionand
Windows7computers
withouthavingto
introduceaserver.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
tip
Figure846:ConfiguringaFireWireNetwork
er
Hybrid Networks
C
&
P
ManytimesWindowsandOSXLionbasedcomputerscoexistinan
H
office.TheaccountingdepartmentutilizesWindowsbasedapplications,
thesalesstaffusesWindowsequippednetbooks,andthemarketing,
advertising,publishing,videoproduction,andwebstaffuseMacintosh
basedapplications.
Althoughfilesharingwillwork,asimplerwaytoconnectallthesedevices
istoenableHomeGroupsharinginWindows7.TheMacintosh
computerswillautomaticallydetectandconnecttothisnetwork.
Thissolutionisappropriateonlyforverysmallbusinessenvironments,
asitprovidesasimplepeertopeernetwork.Macintoshcomputerscanalsobe
connectedtoaWindowsdomain.
Page 8-36
Organizing a
and Viewing
g Files in OSX
X
TheFinderwin ndowautom maticallydiisplaysanyycomputerssconfigureedto O

OrganizinganndViewing
sharrefiles.You
ucaneasily
yviewandsselectfoldeersorfilesy
youare F
FilesinOSX
auth
horizedtoa access. R
Reviewthedeefinitionof
th
heFinderand dtheways
toaccessit.
A
Askstudentsttolistthe
in
nformationppresentedby
th
heFinder.
AAsasidenotee,youmay
wwishtomentionthatthe
FFinderhasbeeenthebasis
ooftheMacintoosh
ooperatingsysttemitsfirst
aappearanceinn1984.
n
io
P
Pointouttheffour
t
bu
d
differentwayssthatthe
tri
F
Findercontenntsmaybe
is
d
displayed.Doostudents
rD
Figurre847:Availab
bleSharedCom
mputersinthe
eLeftBarofth
heFinderWind
dow
h
haveaprefereenceforone
fo
ot p
particularview
w?Why?
Org
ganizing and Vie
ewing Files in OSX
N

l-

tia
ThetopFinderrmenubarprovidesth henavigatio ontoolsthaatenableeaach

en
userrtoaccessa
applicationss,documen
nts,librariess,andtoolss.
fid
on

tC
Figurre848:TheFin
nderMenuBarr
or
tip
You
ucanalsoacccesstheFinderwindo
owbyclick
kingonitsi coninthed
dock.
er
C
&
P
Figurre849:FinderDockicon
TheFinderpro ovidesanov verviewtothecontenttsofthecom mputer.

Go>>Homeprov videsaccessstotheuseersApplica
ations,Deskktop,
Documents,Do ownloads,L Library,Mo ovies,Musiic,Pictures,,Public,an
nd
Sitess.Thisinforrmationisp
presentediintheusersschoiceof screenoptiions
andisselectedbyclicking goneoftheefourboxesslocatedbeelowandleeftof
theAApplication nsheader.
Page 8-37
7
Icon View

Figure850:ViewingWindowsContentswithIcons
n
List view
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
Figure851:ViewingWindowsContentsbyAlphabetical(orbyDateModified)Listing
tip
er
Combination List/Icon View

C
&
P
H

Figure852:CombinationList/IconView
Page 8-38
Applications and Utilities
Cover Flow View (swipe two fingers horizontally to view contents) Applicationsand
Utilities
Brieflyreviewthebuiltin
applicationsandthen
dividetheclassinto
groupstodiscussthe
scenariopresented.Each
groupwillthenpresent
howthesebuiltin
applicationsenablethe
administratortoprovide
asolutiontothescenario.

Figure853:CoverFlowView
n
io
t
bu
tri
Applications
is
rD
MacintoshOSXLionincludesasuiteofproductivityapplications,
fo
ot
including
N
Mail
l-
tia
Calendar(iCal)
en
AddressBook
fid
VideoConferencing(FaceTimeoriChat)
on
InternetBrowser(Safari)
tC
Search(Spotlight)
or
tip
Backup(TimeMachine).
er
C
Inthissectionwewilldiscusstheapplicationsyouwillencounter
&
frequentlyinasmallbusinessenvironment.
P
H
FIPrint
FIPrintsmarketingandcreativedepartmentssharecommondeadlinesand
collaborateonprojects.Bothworkwiththesameclients.Often,agraphicdesigner
andmarketingmanagerwillpresentconceptstoclientsviaconferencecalls.To
facilitateinformationsharing,youaretaskedwithestablishingasharedcalendar
andcontactsmanager,alongwithvideoconferencing.
Mail
MacintoshOSXLionsmailapplicationenablesanindividualtoaccess
andmanageoneormoreemailaccountsinasingleapplication.
CompatiblewithGmail,Yahoo!,Aol.(andotherpopularmailservices),
MailsupportsPOP3andIMAP,aswellasMicrosoftExchange2010and
Page 8-39
AddressBook Applesme.comemailaccountassignedthroughitsiCloudservice,as
Pointoutthemany previouslydiscussedintheSystemPreferences>InternetPreferences
featuresthatOSXLion section.
supportsinitsvCard
format. iCal
VideoConferencing OSXLionoffersanintegratedcalendarthatsupportsmultiplecalendars
Explainthedifference withinoneapplication.CompatiblewithMicrosoftOutlook,Googleand
betweenFaceTimeand Yahoo,iCaloffersasharedcalendaroptionbypublishingacalendarand
iChat.Askthestudentsto providingitsURL.ByprovidingtheURLtomembersoftheworkgroup,
explainthebenefitsand youenableeachindividualtosubscribetoandsharethecalendar.
drawbacksofbothtypes
ofvideoconferencing: Address Book
easeofsetupanduse;
lackofsecurity. OSXLionsAddressBooksupportsvCards.Membersoftheworkgroup
n
cansharevCardsviaemail.
tio
bu
vCard
tri
A standard format for electronic business cards, vCards can be shared
is
wirelessly through hand-held devices such as smartphones and tablets,
rD
attached to emails, and transmitted via instant messages. vCards may
fo
contain basic address and telephone information as well as photographs,
ot
geo-location, URLs, logos, and audio.
N
l-
tia
en
iCalandAddressBookworktogetherseamlessly.Youcanschedulea
fid
meetinginiCalandissueinvitationsthroughAddressBook.Bothinterface
on
automaticallywiththeMailapplication.InvitationsissuedtoOutlookaccount
tC
userswillbeaddedtotheOutlookcalendar,ifaccepted.
or
tip
Video Conferencing
er
C
Theremaybetimeswhenagroupwillneedtoconductameetingor
&
conferencecallwhenoneorallmembersofthegroupareindifferent
P
H
locations.GroupchatsontheInternetareasimplesolution;videochats
(orvideoconferencing)areanotheroption.Avideochatprovidesthe
opportunitytoshareconceptsvisually,suchasamockupmarketing
brochureoranadvertisement.
MacintoshcomputersandAppledisplaysincludeabuiltinwebcamera
locatedattheverytopandmiddleofthescreen.
FaceTime
OSXLionsFaceTimeapplicationenablesvideocallstoanother
Macintoshcomputer,iPad2tabletdevice,iPhone4,orcameraequipped
iPodtouch.YoucanselectcontactsthroughtheAddressBookapplication.
FaceTimeworksonOSXLioncomputersviaEthernetorWiFi,but
requiresaWiFinetworkforiOSdevices.
Page 8-40
FaceTimeisavailableonlyonOSXLionMacintoshcomputersor
ApplesiOSdevices.However,thirdpartyappssuchaSkypearecompatiblewith
OSXLion.
iChat
TheMacintoshcomputersbuiltinwebcamerasupportsthirdpartyvideo
conferencing.OSXLionincludestheapplication,iChat,whichallows
onetooneandmultiplewindowvideoconferences.
Compatiblewithmostinstantmessagingprograms,iChatoffersthe
choiceoftext,audio,orvideochats.Pleasenote:iChatconversationsarenot
securedunlessyousetupaprivatesecurednetwork.PleaserefertoApple.coms
OSXLionServeroverviewformoreinformation.
n
t io
bu
Internet Browsers
tri
is
OSXLionsupportspopularbrowserssuchasChrome,Firefox,andOpera
rD
andprovidesabuiltinbrowser,Safari.
fo
MicrosoftnolongersupportstheMacintoshOSwithitsInternetExplorer
ot
N
browser.
l-
tia
Search the Contents of a Computer

en
Spotlight,OSXLionsbuiltinsearchfunction,indexesthefilesonthe
fid
on
computer,searchestheweb,displaystheWikipedialinkforthesearch
tC
term,andallowsyoutodragitemsfromthesearchresultsandsendvia
or
emailorAirDrop.
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure854:SpotlightDropdownMenu
Clickonthemagnifyingglassiconlocatedatthetoprightcornerofevery
screentolaunchtheSpotlightapplication.Typeinasearchtermandthe
resultsarepresentedbycategoryinadropdownmenu.
Page 8-41
BackingupComputers
Emphasizethe
importanceofan
administratorensuring
thatallcomputersare
configuredtobackup
automaticallyatregular
intervals.Discussthe
valueofbackinguptoa
connecteddeviceversus
backinguptoanInternet
basedservice.
TimeMachinegives

optionsforbackingupto
Figure855:SpotlightSearchforFilescontaining.dmg
aconnectedharddrive,a
n
io
portableflashdrive,ora
Automatic Backup and File Recovery
t
bu
wirelessTimeCapsule
tri
storagedevice. OSXLionincludesanautomaticbackupapplication,TimeMachine,
is
whichenablesyoutodesignateaUSB,FireWireorEthernetconnected
rD

externalharddriveorAppleswirelessTimeCapsuleasthestorage
fo
ot
deviceforacomputer.
N

l-
Time Capsule
tia
Time Capsule is Apples 802.11n Wi-Fi base station that includes 2- and 3T
en
storage for automatic backups with OS Xs Time Machine application.

fid
on
TimeMachinenotonlyautomaticallybacksuptheentireMacintosh,it
tC
alsomaintainsasnapshotofthecomputereachday,enablingyoutogo
or
backintimetoretrieveafileorrestorethecontentsofthecomputer.
tip
AccessTimeMachinethroughtheGo>Applications>TimeMachineMenu.
er
C
&
P
H

Figure856:FinderGoWindow
Next,youwillopentheTimeMachineapplicationandselectyourback
upstoragedevices,aswellasyourbackupoptions.
Page 8-42
n
io
Figure857:TimeMachineStorageandBackupOptions.
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
Figure858:ExcludeFilesfromaTimeMachineBackup
H
Pleasenotetheestimatedsizeofafullbackup,indicatedontheabove
screen.Youwillwanttoensurethattheselectedstoragedevicecontainssufficient
availablespaceformultiplebackups.
Ifyouneedtoaccessaversionofafilefromapreviousdateoriffor
somereason,youwanttorestorethecomputertoaprevious
configurationlaunchingtheTimeMachineapplicationwillallowyouto
gobackintimeonscreenuntilyoufindthefileyouwishtorestoreorthe
entirecontentsofthecomputer.
Page 8-43
SystemUtilities
Lionincludesutilitiesto
assistinconfiguring
systemresources.
Brieflydiscusseach
utility.TheNetworkand
theDiskutilitiesarethe
mostimportantforthis
courseandstudents
shouldbeableto
troubleshootInternet Figure859:TimeMachineScreenshot
connectiondifficulties,
createadiskimage,and FIPrint
diagnoseandrepaira
FIPrintsgraphicdesignerhasjustputthefinishingtouchesonafourminute
damageddisk.
n
multimediaPowerPointfilethatwillbeincorporatedintothesalesteams
io
t
bu
presentationpacketrollingoutnextmonth.Thefileissavedinasharedfolder
tri
thattheentiremarketingteamaccesses.Whilethegraphicdesignerisonaweeks
is
rD
vacation,aneweditorjoinstheteam,seesthePowerPointfileanddecidesto
fo
tweakitabit.Thenewlyediteddocumentissaved,eliminatingtheoriginalfile.
ot
Thefollowingweek,theteampreparestopresentthepresentationpackagetothe
N
seniorsalesmanager.Whileconductingafinalreviewofallcomponents,the
l-
tia
marketingteamdiscoversthetweakedPowerPoint.Itisadisaster!Every
en
memberiftheteamexceptthewebeditorcallsyouinapanic.Howcanthey
fid
undothechangesthatweremade?
on

tC
Describethestepsyouwouldtakeaftercalmlyreassuringthemarketingteam
or
torecovertheoriginalPowerPointfile.
tip
er
OS X Lion System Utilities

C
&
P
Utilitiesenableyouassystemadministratortoinstallandconfigure
H
systemresourcessuchas
Peripheraldevices
Internetaccess:TroubleshootingtheConnection(Network
SetupAssistantandAirportUtilities)
Networkadministration(NetworkUtility)
ColorManagement(ColorSyncUtility)
Verify,repair,erase,orpartitiondisks(DiskUtility)
Completeinformationataglanceaboutacomputers
hardware,software,andnetworkconfiguration(System
Profiler).
Thissectioncoversthecommonsystemutilitiesyouwillusein
configuringandtroubleshootingtheMacintoshcomputersinyouroffice.
Page 8-44
Peripheral Devices
Commonperipheraldevicesthatyouwillencounterwhenworkingwith
Macintoshcomputersincludeexternalandinternalstoragedevices,
monitors,printers,opticaldrives,andscanners.
Peripheral Device
A peripheral device expands the functions of a computer by connecting
to the host computer, either internally or externally,
OSXLionsupportstheplugandplaystandard,asitssystemsoftware
automaticallyrecognizesandconfiguresnewdevicesusingLionsbuiltin
driversformostdevices.
Plug-and-play
n
Plug-and-play eliminates the need to manually configure a computer in
io
order to recognize a new peripheral device. The user simply plugs in the
t
bu
device and the computer recognizes and incorporates it into its system.
tri
is
rD
Internet Access: Troubleshooting the Connection
fo
IfyouencounterdifficultywithyourInternetconnection,theNetwork
ot
SetupAssistanthelpstodeterminetheproblemandassistsinits
N
l-
resolution. ClickingontheAssistmebuttonwillgiveyoutheoptionto
tia
eithersetupanewconnection,asoutlinedabove,orselectDiagnostics.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure860:NetworkSystemPreferenceOptions
Page 8-45
n
t io
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure861:ChooseDiagnosticstoTroubleshootProblems
fo
ot
Diagnosticscreenswillwalkyouthroughcommonscenariosandassistin
N
isolatingandtroubleshootinganetworkproblem.Dependinguponthe
l-
tia
mannerinwhichyouconnecttotheInternet,NetworkDiagnosticswill
en
summarizepossiblecausesfortheproblemandoffersuggestionsto
fid
resolveit.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure862:SampleEthernetTroubleshootingScreen
Page 8-46
n
iot
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure863:SampleWirelessTroubleshootingScreen
fo
ot
IfyouuseaTimeCapsuleorAirPortBaseStationasawirelessrouter,the
N
AirPortUtilitywillaidinrestoringanInternetconnection.Launchthe
l-
tia
AirportUtilitythroughtheFindersGo>Utilitiesmenu.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure864:AirPortUtility
Color Management
Graphicdesigners,videographersandpublishershaveprecise
specificationswhenworkingwithimagesorvideo.Forexample,what
waspurplewhenyoucapturedanimagewithyourdigitalcameramay
appearasblueonthemonitor,andthenmayprintasnavyblue.
Page 8-47
Color Sync Utility

TheColorSyncutility,accessedthroughtheGo>Applications>Utilities
menu,providescoloraccuracyacrossdevicesconnectedtoyour
Macintosh,enablingthedesignertomatchcolorprofilesdeviceto
deviceuntilthefinalimageisprinted,burnedtoDVD,ordisplayed.
Digital Color Meter Utility

TheDigitalColorMeterutilitytakescolormanagementastepfurtherby
displayingthecolorvalueofanypixelonthemonitor.Thisvaluecanbe
capturedinRGB,CMYK,Pantone,orotherpopularcolorformats.
RGB
Represents colors produced by combining Red, Green and Blue tones.
n
io
CMYK
t
bu
Represents a four-color process, including Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and
tri
black.
is
rD
Pantone Matching System (PMS)
fo
An industry standard color matching system used by designers and
ot
commercial printers to provide exact color specifications.
N
l-
tia
SpecifyingcolorsforWebsitesconsistofentirelydifferentsystemsfor
en
HTMLandCascadingStyleSheets(CSS)basedonHex(hexadecimal)Codes.
fid
on
OnesuchsystemincludescolorsspecifiedbytheScalableVectorGraphics(SVG).
tC
Verify, Repair, Erase, and Partition Disks

or
tip
DiskUtilitygivesyoutoolstotest,repair,erase,andpartitionahard
er
drive.YoucanalsomanagealldisksconnectedtotheMacintosh:internal
C
&
orexternalharddrives,CDsorDVDs,anddiskimages.Accessedthrough
P
theFindersGo>Utilitiesmenu,DiskUtilityenablesyoutouseAES128
H
or256bitencryptionincreatingsecurediskimages.

Figure865:DiskUtilityLaunchScreenThroughGo>Utilities
Page 8-48
Disk Image
A disk image is commonly used to distribute software files over the
Internet. Disk images compress files, support secure password protection,
and in OSX usually have a .dmg extension. When opened, the .dmg file
mounts as a drive visible in the Finder.
AES encryption
Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is a data security encryption
standard defined by the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Creating a Disk Image

SometimesyouwillwishtobackupmorecontentthanasingleCDor
DVDcanhold.DiskUtilitygivesyoutheoptiontocreateaDiskImage,a
singlecompressedfileoftheselectedcontent.
n
WhencreatingtheDiskImage,youhavetheoptionofspecifyingthesize,
t io
bu
encryption,partitions,andformatoftheDiskImageFile.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure866:CreatingaDiskImage
Verifying a disks structure and contents

DiskUtilitysFirstAidoptioncanresolvemostcommondiskproblems.
TheoptionVerifyDiskexaminesthedisksandpresentsalistofany
problemsuncoveredinthediskhardwareorcontents.
Page 8-49
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
Figure867:DiskUtilityOptions
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure868:ResultsofVerifyDiskOption
Page 8-50
VerifyingandRepairingDiskPermissionscanresolveproblemsinfiles
installedbythesystemthroughaPackageFile.
Disk Permissions
When installing a software application on the Macintosh, a receipt is
created and stored containing a list of the newly installed files and
permissions for each file. These receipts are stored in the Library/Receipts
file and can be identified by the .bom extensionBillOfMaterials.
Package File
A file containing multiple items that appears as a single file. Many
software applications are distributed via package files.
Erasing a Disk
DiskUtilitysEraseoptionenablesyoutoerasealldataonadiskor
n
io
volume.Youcanalsopreventrecoveryoffilesyouerasedbyclickingthe
t
bu
EraseFreeSpaceoption.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure869:DiskUtilityEraseOptions
Ifyouareexperiencingsevereproblemswithyourstartup(boot)disk
drive,youcanreinstallOSXLionthroughtheLionRecoveryprogram,described
previouslyinthischapter.
Create One or More RAID Sets

DiskUtilitysupportsthecreationofRAIDsets.
Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID)

A technology that allows multiple hard disks to act as a single volume.
RAID configurations can offer better performance and protection against
hard disk failure.
Page 8-51
RAIDiscoveredatanindepthlevelintheServerscourse,butnotinthis
one.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure870:DiskUtilitysOptionsforConfiguringRAIDVolumes
ot
N
Copying a Volume and Restoring a Disk Image to a Volume

l-
tia
DiskUtilitysRestoreoptiongivesyoutheoptiontocopyavolumeor
en
restoreadiskimagetoavolume.Ifthediskimageisstoredonthe
fid
computer,clickontheimage.IfthediskimageisstoredontheInternet,
on
youcaneitherdragitfromthebrowsertothesourceorenteritsURL.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure871:DiskUtilityOptionstoVerifyandRepairDisks(top);RestoreDiskImage,or
VolumetoDestinationVolume(bottom)
Page 8-52
Complete Information at a Glance

OSXLionsSystemProfilerprovidesasnapshotofanindividual
MacintoshcomputersHardware,Network,andSoftwarecomponents.
AccessedthroughtheApple>AboutThisMacmenuoption,thisutility
assistsindeterminingthespecificationsofthecomputer,includingtypes
ofstoragedevices,I/Oconnections,memoryinstalled,network
configuration,andinstalledsoftware.
SystemProfilerenablesyoutoprovidecompleteinformationabouta
MacintoshcomputershouldyourequireApplesupportservices.An
optionallowsyoutoprintorsendtheinformationdirectlytosupport.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid

on
Figure872:LaunchScreenAccessesCompleteHardwareandSoftwareInformation
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure873:SystemReportButtonsDetailedSummaryoftheComputersContents
Page 8-53
Printing Options
WhenaddingaprintertoaMacintosh,youwillconnecttheprinter
directlyviaUSB,FireWire,orEthernetconnection;indirectlythrougha
network;orwirelesslythroughaWiFiconnection.OSXLionwilleither
havethenecessaryprintdriversoftwarealreadyinstalledoritwill
automaticallydownloadandinstallthenecessaryprintdriversoftware
whenconnectingoraddinganewprinter.
Donotinstallsoftwareprovidedwithaprinter,asitmaybeoutdatedor
incompatiblewithOSXLion.RunSoftwareUpdatethroughtheApplemenuto
ensurethatthelatestprintdriversaredownloadedandtoupdateOSXLions
availableprinterdatabase(Internetconnectionrequired).
n
AvailableprintersappearonthePrinterandFaxSystemPreferences
tio
screen.Ifyouusemorethanoneprinter,allwillbelistedontheleftpanel,
bu
tri
andyoucandesignateadefaultprinter.
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure874:Print&FaxUtilitiesScreeninSystemPreferences.
Whenchoosingaprinter,besurethatitiscompatiblewithOSXLion,
offersPostScriptfonts,andincludesnetworkcapability.
AdobeAcrobatenablesyoutoviewPostScriptfilesonanycomputer.

Page 8-54
Cross-Platform Compatibility
PostScript
PostScript is a language developed by Adobe to enable high-resolution
fonts and graphics in documents created on a computer. Many design
and layout programs enable the artist or graphic designer to assign
specific font characteristics. PostScript files ensure that the document
retains all specifications, if printed on a PostScript-compatible printer.
PostScript files use the .ps or .eps extension. An application must support
PostScript in order to open or utilize these files.
Direct Connect
YoucanconnectprintersdirectlytotheMacintoshviaUSB,Ethernetor
Firewireconnectors;onecomputerconnectstooneprinter.
Shared Hub
n
SeveralMacintoshandWindowscomputerscanconnecttothesame
tio
bu
printerviaanEthernetorUSBhub.Onecableconnectsthehubtothe
tri
printer;individualUSBorEthernetcablesconnectthehubtothe
is
computers.
rD
Wireless fo
ot
N
SomeprintersofferbuiltinsupportforprintersoveraWiFiconnection.
l-
tia
TheseprintersarecommonlyreferredtoasePrinters.
en
Networked
fid
on
Computerssharinganetwork(wirelesslyorviaEthernetconnections)can
tC
shareoneormoreprinters.
or
tip
er
Cross-Platform Compatibility
C
&
OSXLionbringsanewlevelofcompatibilitywithWindowsbased
P
H
computers.FilescreatedonMicrosoftOfficeforWindowsmaybeopened
andeditedinOfficeforMac2011orinApplesiWorkProductivity
Suite.Likewise,documentscreatedinAdobeCreativeSuite5.xfor
MacintoshmaybeaccessedbytheWindowsversionofthesoftware.
ShouldyourofficestructurerequireallemployeestouseaWindowsonly
softwareapplication,virtualWindows7(orearlier)basedsystemsmaybe
installedontheMacintoshthroughsoftwaresuchasOSXLionsBoot
Camporthirdpartyapplications,includingParallelsorVMwareFusion.
BootCamprequirestheusertolaunchthecomputereitherintheMacOS
XLionorWindows.ParallelsorFusionenabletheusertorunboth
operatingsystemsconcurrentlyonthesamecomputer.
Page 8-55
ReviewQuestions
BootCampcanbelaunchedeitherbyspecifyingitasthestartupdiskin
1.MultiTouchGestures
theSystemPreferencesmenuorbypressingandholdingtheOption(Alt)key
2.System whilestartingthecomputer.YouwillthenbegiventheoptiontoselecttheOSX
Preferences>Users&
LionorWindowsoperatingsystem.
Groups
3.TheFinder
4.FaceTime,iChat
5.TimeMachine
6.ConfigureBootcamp,a
builtinOSXapplication,
orinstallathirdparty
application,Parallelsor
Fusion.
n
io
t

bu
tri
Figure875:WindowsMeetsMacintosh
is
rD
Summary
fo
ot
N
Inthischapter,wediscussedbasicelementsofMacintoshOSX.You
l-

tia
LearnedbasicelementsofMacintoshOSXLion

en
DiscussedkeycomponentsofLion,includingconfiguring
fid
systempreferences
on
Reviewednetworkoptions
tC
Gainedunderstandingoffilesystemstructure
or
Sampledbuiltinproductivityapplicationsandutilities
tip

er
Exploredcrossplatforminteroperability
C
&
P
Review Questions
H
1. Whattermisusedtodescribethemannerinwhichauser
interactswithOSXLionspointingdevices?
2. Wheredoyouconfigureausersaccount?
3. WhattermdescribesOSXFileSystemstructure?
4. Whichbuiltinapplicationsallowuserstoconductavideo
conference?
5. Whatbuiltinapplicationcapturescompletebackupsofthe
entirecomputerandenablesyoutorestorefilesfroma
specificdate?
6. HowcanyouenableaMacintoshOSXLioncomputerto
installandrunaWindowsbasedapplication?
Page 8-56
Homework
CompletetheStatement
Homework 1.Postscript
2.AppleID
Complete the Statement
3.Versions
1. LanguagedevelopedbyAdobetoenablehighresolution
4.vCard
fontsandgraphicsindocumentscreatedonacomputer:
2. Anindividualaccountthatenablesyoutosharemedia, 5.Sharing
informationandfilesacrossyourmultipleOSXLionand
IOSdevices:
3. SoftwarefeatureinOSXLionthatautomaticallysaves
documentsonaregularbasis:
4. Standardformatforelectronicbusinesscards:
5. Preferencethatallowsyoutodeterminewhichservicesare
n
io
availabletootherusersonthenetwork,includingfiles,
t
bu
printers,scanners,remotelogin,andscreensharing:
tri
is
Short Essay
rD
fo
1. ChooseafeatureofLionandwriteashortessaycomparingitwith
ot
asimilarfeatureineitherWindowsorLinux.
N
l-
Put it in Practice
tia
en
FIPrint
fid
on
YoureceiveanurgentcallfromFIPrintssalesmanager.HerMacBookAirs
tC
harddriveappearstobecorruptedandshemustcatchaplaneinafewhours.
or
Luckily,youhaveconfiguredeachMacintoshcomputertoautomaticallybackup
tip
withTimeMachine.First,however,youmustrepairthediskandpossiblyrestore
er
thesystem.
C
&
DescribethestepsyouwouldtaketoaccessApplesautomaticrecoveryprogram
H
viatheInternet,thendiagnoseandcorrecttheproblemusingtheDiskUtilityand
Restoreprograms.
Page 8-57
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 8-58
Objectives
Chapter 9: Notebooks and Overviewtheobjectives.
Netbooks
Explainthatthischapter
willcoversimilar
proceduresaswere
coveredinChapters2,3,
and4,butwillfocuson
Introduction laptops.
Inchapter1,youwereintroducedtovariousformfactorsthatare
appropriateforuserswhohavemobilityrequirements.Youlearnedthat
mobiledevicesrangefromapowerfullaptopcomputertoahandheld
smartphone.
Inthischapter,wetakeacloserlookatthelaptopandnetbookform
n
factors.Youwilllearnaboutthecomponentstheytypicallyinclude,as
tio
bu
wellashowtosupport,upgrade,andmaintainthem.Ourdiscussionof
tri
laptopupgradesandmaintenancewillfocusonuserupgradablemodules.
is
rD
Objectives
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
Describethedifferencebetweenx86(Atombased)andARMbased
en
architecturesincludingprocessorandmemoryrequirements
fid
Identifytheprocessorinstalledinalaptopornetbookandits
on
attributes
tC
Describeandrecognizethedifferencesbetweenvariousmemory
or
tip
typesusedinlaptopsandnetbooks
er
DescribecommonPCstoragetechnologiesusedinlaptopsand
C
netbooks
&
Describesafetyprecautions,includingpersonalanddatasafety,
H
electricalshockprotection,andESDprotectionwhenworkingwith
laptopsandnetbooks
Installandupgradesystemandaccessorycomponentsinalaptop
andnetbook
Describetheneed,securitycapabilities,andrequirementsfor
mobilePCs
ManageclientsolutionswithHPandindustrystandardresources
Page 9-1
Chapter 9: Notebooks and Netbooks

HPMiniNetbook Laptops and Netbooks
Makesuretoexplainthe Asyouwillrecall,laptops(alsocallednotebooks)andnetbooksare
significanceoftheAtom
portabledevicesthatincludeanintegrateddisplay,keyboard,and
processor,ascomparedto
theAMDori3,i5,ori7 pointingdevice.Thereareawiderangeofsizesandcapabilitiesavailable.
processors. Inthissection,wewilltakeacloserlookatthefeaturesofvariousHP
Focusonthefactthatthe notebookandnetbookproductlines.Wewilllookat:
Miniishighlymobile,but HPMiniNetbook
isnotcapableofrunning
HPEssentialNotebook
processorormemory
intensiveapplications. HPProBookNotebook
HPEliteBook
HPEliteBookMobileWorkstation
HP Mini Netbook
n
io
t
bu
TheHPMiniisalowcost,verysmalllaptopthatissuitableforuserswho
tri
needalightweight,mobiledevicethatcanrunproductivityapplications,
is
suchasMicrosoftOfficeorCorelOffice(whichisincluded).
rD
fo
TheHPMini5103weighs2.64lb(1.2kg)atitslightestconfiguration.It
ot
has10.1inchdiagonalLEDbacklitWSVGAwidescreenthatsupportsup
N
to1024x600resolutionandisavailablewithorwithouttouchscreen
l-
tia
capability.Italsohasaconnectorforanexternalmonitor.
en
BecausetheMini5103hasa32bitIntelAtomprocessor,itisveryenergy
fid
on
efficient,butnotsuitableforrunningapplicationsthatrequirehigh
tC
performanceoralotofRAM.ItalsohasonlyoneSODIMMmemoryslot
or
with1GB1333MHzDDR3SDRAMinstalled.
tip
er
Small Outline Dual In-line Memory Module (SODIMM)

C
A type of RAM that is approximately half the size of a DIMM.

&
P
H
TheHPMini5103includesaspillresistantkeyboardwithHPDuraKeys.
Ithasbuiltin802.11b/g/nWiFiandBluetoothadapters,aswellasa
10/100/1000Ethernetadapter.
DuraKeys
A technology that uses a thin transparent coating over keys to make
them more resistant to wear
TheHPMini5103hasa250GB7200rpmSATAinternaldrive.Itdoesnot
haveaCDROMorDVDROMdrive.However,itdoeshavethreeUSB
portstoallowyoutoconnectexternaldevicesorconnecttoadocking
station.

Page 9-2
Laptops and Netbooks
Docking station HPEssentialNotebook

A device that allows a laptop computer to connect to an external Explainthatthisisagood
monitor, keyboard, and mouse. choiceforcasualusersin
abudgetconscious
About the Atom Processor company,butwillnotbe
TheIntelAtomprocessorisalowpowerprocessor.Itistypicallyusedin highpoweredenoughfor
powerusers.
smallformfactordevicesliketabletsandsmartphones.Itsupportshyper
threadingandburstperformance. HPProBookNotebook
Explainthattheseare
Hyper-threading goodmiddleoftheroad
An Intel technology that allows two threads to execute in parallel on a laptopsthatwillmeetthe
single-core processor. needsofmany
productivityworkers.
Burst performance
An Intel technology that allows a processor to provide high performance
n
io
for a short period of time.
t
bu
tri
HP Essential Notebook
is
rD
TheHPEssentialNotebookseriescomputersarelowpricedcomputers
fo
thatareslightlylargerthantheMinis,withascreensizeof11.6,13.3,or
ot
15.6inches.TheyhavethefollowingperformanceadvantagesoveraMini:
N
l-
EitheradualcoreprocessororanInteli3processor
tia
4GBRAM
en
fid
EitheranSSDoraSATAIIinternaldrive.
on
Mostmodelshavebuiltin802.11a/b/g/n.Afewsupportonly802.11b/g/n.
tC
TheydonotallhaveintegratedBluetooth.
or
tip
HP ProBook Notebook
er
C
TheHPProbookseriesoffersperformanceandsizeconfigurationsto
&
addressawidearrayofusagerequirements.Processorconfigurations
P
H
include:
IntelCorei3
IntelCorei5
IntelCorei7
AMDA4Series
AMDA6Series
AMDESeries
Page 9-3

HPEliteBook
Thisisahigh
performanceseriesthat
willbeappropriatefor
userswhorequirethe
additionalfeaturesand
performance.

n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
Figure91:ProBook4330
l-
tia
Allmodelshave4GBRAM.ModelsareavailablewithSATAIIorSSD
en
internalstorage.MostmodelsincludeaDVD+RWopticaldrive.Most
fid
on
modelshaveintegrated802.11a/b/g/nwireless(afewsupportonly802.11
tC
b/g/n)and10/100/1000Ethernet.SomemodelshavebuiltinBluetooth.
or
Severalincludemobilebroadbandadapters.
tip
er
Mobile broadband
C
Internet connection provided by a cell phone carrier

&
P
HP EliteBook
H
TheHPEliteBookseriesoffersbetterperformanceandmoreexpandability
thanthecomputersintheProBookseries.Theyarealsoavailableina
rangeofsizes,asshowninFigure92.
Page 9-4
Laptops and Netbooks
HPEliteBookMobile
Workstation
Thesearetopoftheline
laptopsforuserswho
requirebothmobilityand
highperformance.

Figure92:TwodifferentEliteBookmodels
n
io
AllmodelshaveeitheranInteli5ori7processorand4GBRAM.They
t
bu
havevariousportsandslots,including:
tri

is
USB
rD
eSATA
fo
ExternalVGAmonitor ot
DisplayPort
N

l-
Firewire
tia
Dockingconnector
en
Secondarybatteryconnector
fid
RJ11
on
tC
Allmodelshaveintegrated802.11a/b/g/nwireless,10/100/1000Ethernet,
or
andBluetooth.Severalsupportmobilebroadband.
tip
er
Afew,liketheHPEliteBook6930p,supportRAID.
C
&
Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID)

P
A technology that allows multiple hard disks to act as a single volume.

H
RAID configurations can offer better performance and protection against

hard disk failure.
AllEliteBookcomputersinclude64bitWindows7Professional.
HP EliteBook Mobile Workstation

TheEliteBookMobileWorkstationseriesoffershighperformancewithi5
ori7processors.Somemodelshave4GBRAM,butmosthave8GBRAM.
Theyincludehighqualityvideoadaptersthathavededicatedvideo
memory.Somemodelshave17.3screens.AllEliteBookcomputers
include64bitWindows7Professional.
Page 9-5

MobileDeviceSecurity TheEliteBookMobileWorkstationseriescomputersaresuitableforusers
Askstudentstogive whorequirebothmobilityandhighperformance.
examplesofsituationsin
whichalaptoppresentsa
MedDev
greaterriskthana Someoftheengineerswouldliketobeabletotelecommute.TheirCADprogram
desktopcomputer. requires4GBRAM.Theyoftenhaveanumberofwindowsopenandneedalotof
Adetaileddiscussionof screenrealestate.
riskanalysisisbeyond Discussthedifferentseriesoflaptopsavailable.Whichonewouldyourecommend
thescopeofthiscourse. fortheengineers?Whichfeatureshelpedinfluenceyourdecision?
However,students
shouldbeawarethatthe
moreconfidentialdatais,
themoreitneedstobe
Mobile Device Security
protected. Becausemobiledevicesaresmallandeasytocarry,theyaremorelikelyto
n
becomelostorstolen.Therefore,itiscriticaltoensurethatyoutake
io
t
appropriatemeasurestoprotectagainsttheft.
bu
tri
Acomputersystemisonlyassecureasitsweakestcomponent.Creatinga
is
rD
securesysteminvolveslookingatallareasofvulnerabilityandcreating
fo
solutionstoaddresseachofthoseareas.
ot
Whileitisimportanttoimplementproperoperatingsystemsecurity,
N
l-
doingsoisnotsufficienttosecureamobiledevice.Althoughsecurity
tia
measuresthatareconfiguredattheoperatingsystemlevelprovideahigh
en
levelofprotectionagainstunauthorizedaccess,theycanbecircumvented.
fid
Inordertoprotectamobiledeviceagainstthisthreat,securityhastoalso
on
tC
bebuiltintothehardwareandfirmware.Thisisoftenreferredtoas
or
embeddedsecurity.
tip
Embedded security
er
C
Protection mechanisms that are built into the hardware and/or the
&
firmware.
P
H
Unlikeoperatingsystemlevelsecuritysoftware,embeddedsecurity
featurescanonlybeprovidedbythesystemmanufacturer.HP
ProtectToolsoffersarichsetofembeddedsecurityfeaturesthatwork
togethertoenableenhancedsecurity.
HPProtectToolsprovidesasolutionforallpointsofvulnerability,
including:
Securingthedeviceagainstunauthorizedaccess
Securingthenetwork
Protectingthedata
Page 9-6
LayersofSecurity
NotalllaptopssupportHPProtectToolsandtherearevariouslevelsof
Askstudentstogive
support.Whenchoosingamobiledevice,itisimportanttoanalyzethesecurity
examplesofconfidential
risksassociatedwiththedeviceandchoosealaptopthatimplementsembedded datathatmightbestored
securityfeaturestomitigatetherisk. onalaptopcomputer.
Explainthattakinga
LayersofSecurity
layeredapproachto
Atypicalcomputersystemstoressensitivedataonalocalharddriveand securityprovidesthebest
mayalsohaveaccesstonetworkresourcescontainingsensitive protection.Useacastleas
ametaphor.Asecure
information.Inordertohelpsecurethiscomputer,thefollowingneedto
castlewassurroundedby
happen: multiplelayersof
Protectagainstunauthorizedaccesshelpsensurethatan defensesagainst
attackers:amoat,castle
unauthorizedpersondoesnotaccesstheinformationstoredona
walls,andsoldiers.
n
localharddriveanddoesnotusethecomputertogainaccessto
io
t
bu
networkresources.
tri
Protectlocalstoragehelpsensurethatinformationcannotbe
is
rD
accessedbysimplyremovingtheharddrivefromasecure
computerandinsertingitintoanonsecurecomputer.
fo
ot
Securedevicesprimarilyhelpsensurethatthecomputerdoesnot
N
bootusingadeviceotherthantheprimaryharddriveandaccess
l-
tia
sensitiveinformationbycompletelybypassingtheoperating
en
systemauthentication.
fid
HPprovidesembeddedsecurityfeaturesthatenhanceuser
on
authentication,dataprotection,anddeviceprotectionbysurroundinga
tC
computerwithlayersofdefense,asillustratedinFigure93.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure93:HPProtectToolsLayeredSecurity
Page 9-7

UserAuthentication User Authentication
Studentsshouldbe Userauthenticationoncurrentoperatingsystemsispasswordbased,
somewhatfamiliarwith
grantingaccessbasedonthecorrectentryofausernameandpassword.
thedifferent
authenticationtypes Externally,softwaretoolscanrequiredevicesotherthanpasswordsfor
available,butkeepthe userauthentication,suchashardwaretokensandbiometrics,butthe
discussionatanoverview
underlyingauthenticationisstillpasswordbased.Thismeansthatthe
level.
loginsoftwarethatisinstalledtosupportSmartCards,forcesauserto
authenticateusingaSmartCard,butpassesthatauthenticationtothe
operatingsystemusingapassword.Thisoperatingsystempasswordis
thenstoredonthesystemandcanbemanipulatedtogainunauthorized
access.
Hardware tokens
n
io
A device that a user inserts into a system to prove their identity. It typically
t
bu
works using a one-time key and a PIN entered by the user.
tri
is
Biometrics
rD
An authentication method that uses a physical characteristic to
fo
authenticate a users identity. Examples include retinal scans, hand
ot
geometry, and fingerprints.
N
l-
Smart Card
tia
A credit card-sized card that contains a digital certificate used to

en
authenticate a user. It is typically used in conjunction with a PIN.

fid
on
Currently,softwaretoolsexistthatcanresetanoperatingsystem
tC
password,unlockingtheuseraccount.
or
tip
Inordertohelpprotectthecomputerfromsuchanintrusion,another
er
layerofauthenticationisadded.Thisauthenticationisreferredtoaspre
C
&
bootauthenticationandoccursimmediatelyafterturningonthe
P
computerandbeforetheoperatingsystemisallowedtoload.
H
Pre-boot authentication
The process of authenticating a user prior to loading the operating system.
Types of pre-boot authentication supported on HP laptops

Prebootauthenticationrequiringpasswordshasbeenavailableon
computersforsometime.HPhasexpandedthisfunctionalitytoallow
authenticationusingotherdevices.Thisallowsthesamedevicetobeused
forbothprebootandoperatingsystemlevelauthentication,makingthe
processeasyandconvenientforauthorizedusers.
HPCompaqbusinessnotebooksfeaturesupportforthreetypesof
authenticationshowninTable91.
Page 9-8
Table91:PrebootAuthenticationTypes ConfiguringPoweron
Password
Authenticationtype Description Authentication
Explainthatthismethod
Poweronpassword Theuserisrequiredtoenterapasswordon ofpreboot
boot. authenticationrequires
userstosetapassword.
SmartCard Theuserisrequiredtopresentthecorrect Thepasswordisstoredin
nonvolatilememory.
authentication SmartCardandPINonboot.Thisfeature
requiresasupportedSmartCardsuchasthe
HPProtectToolsJavaCardortheHP
ProtectToolsSmartCard.
Embeddedsecuritychip OnnotebookscontainingtheTPM
n
io
authentication embeddedsecuritychip,theuserisrequired
t
bu
toentertheirbasicuserkeypassphraseon
tri
boot.
is
rD
fo
Trusted Platform Module (TPM) ot
A chip on the motherboard that can generate and store cryptographic
N
keys.
l-
tia
Cryptographic key
en
A value used to perform security operations, including authentication,

fid
encryption, and decryption.

on
tC
Allthreeofthesefeaturesprovidelayersofprotectionagainst
or
unauthorizedaccesstothenotebook,includingattacksthattake
tip
er
advantageoftheabilitytoboottoadeviceotherthantheprimaryhard
C
drive.
&
P
Wewilllookattheproceduresusedtoconfigurepoweronpasswords
H
andTPM.AdetaileddiscussionofSmartCardauthenticationisbeyond
thescopeofthiscourse.
Configuring Power-on Password Authentication

Poweronpasswordauthenticationisasimplebuteffective
implementationofprebootsecurity.Intheirsimplestform,poweron
passwordsrequireausertoenterapasswordthatgetsstoredinthe
systemsnonvolatilememory.Atpoweron,thesystempromptstheuser
forthestoredpasswordandallowsthebootprocesstocontinueifthe
correctpasswordisentered.
Ifanincorrectpasswordisenteredthreetimes,noadditionalretriesare
permitteduntilthesystemispowereddownandrestarted.Thisfeature
Page 9-9

ConfiguringTPM furtherprotectsthesystemfromunauthorizedaccessbyforcingthe
ExplainthatTPM passwordtobeenteredmanually.
providesbettersecurity
Ifcareistakentochooseastrongpassword,poweronpasswordsarean
thanPoweron
Passwords,butthatit
effectivewaytoenhancesystemsecurityandhelpprotectsystemsagainst
requiresaTPMchip.Not unauthorizedaccess.Thedrawbacktopoweronpasswordsisthat
alllaptopcomputers typicallyacomputercanonlyhaveone.Thismeanspoweronpasswords
haveaTPMchip. areeffectiveonlyonsingleusersystems.

YoucanenablepoweronpasswordauthenticationthroughtheBIOSby
pressingtheF10keyasthesystemstarts.EntertheBIOSsetupandselect
PowerOnPasswordfromtheSecuritymenu.
PoweronpasswordscanalsobeenabledthroughtheBIOSConfiguration
forHPProtectToolsmodule.IntheBIOSConfigurationforHP
n
io
ProtectToolsutility,selectPoweronPasswordfromthePasswordspage.
t
bu
tri
Toensurethatthepoweronpasswordcannotbeeasilyguessed,
is
rD
strongpasswordsshouldbeused.Astrongpasswordistypicallyonethat
fo
includes8charactersandamixofuppercase,lowerchase,numeric,and
ot
symbolcharacters.Personalinformationshouldneverbeusedasa
N
password.
l-
tia
Configuring TPM
en
fid
EmbeddedsecuritychipprebootauthenticationusestheTPMembedded
on
securitychiptoauthenticatetheuserbeforeallowingthesystemtoboot.
tC
TheBIOSadministratormustenabletheuseofthefeaturethroughthe
or
BIOSsetupbypressingtheF10keyasthesystemstartsorthroughthe
tip
er
BIOSConfigurationforHPProtectToolsmodule.
C
Whenenabled,theuserispromptedfortheTPMembeddedsecuritychip
&
P
basicuserkeypasswordatbootupandtheTPMembeddedsecuritychip
H
validateswhattheuserenters.Iftheauthenticationsucceeds,theBIOS
continuestoboottheoperatingsystem.Otherwise,itmayallowseveral
moreretriesbutultimatelyshutsdownthesystemwhenallallowed
retriesareexhausted.
TheTPMembeddedsecuritychipprebootsetupisatwostepprocess.
1. LogintotheoperatingsystemandinitializetheTPMembedded
securitychipbycreatinganownerpasswordandabasicuser
password,aspromptedbytheinitializationwizard.
2. UseBIOSsetuporHPProtectToolstoenabletheTPMembedded
securitychipprebootauthentication.
Page 9-10
Protecting local storage Protectinglocalstorage

Installingaharddrivein
Onewaytobypassstrongoperatingsystemuserauthenticationisto adifferentcomputerwill
removetheharddrivefromthesystemwhereoperatingsystem bypasspreboot
authenticationisimplementedandinsertitasasecondaryharddiskintoa authenticationunless
systemyoucanlogintousingAdministratorcredentials.Iftheharddrive anothersecurity
isnotprotectedwithencryption,thedatawillaccessibletoanyuserwho mechanism,suchas
DriveLockisused.
hasAdministratorcredentials.Anadministratorcaneventakeownership
ofthedataandassignpermissiontoanyuser.
HPCompaqbusinessnotebooksenableaharddrivesecurityfeature
calledDriveLock.DriveLock,ifenabled,lockstheharddrivewitha
password.Atpoweron,theuserispromptedfortheDriveLock
password.TheharddriveisaccessibleonlyafterthecorrectDriveLock
n
io
passwordisentered.
t
bu
DriveLock
tri
An HP tool that locks the hard drive if the pre-boot authentication
is
rD
password is not provided, protecting the hard drive from being installed in
fo
a different system and accessed. ot
N
DriveLock hard drive protection
l-
tia
DriveLockdoesnotrequiretheusertorememberanotherpassword.
en
DriveLockintegrateswithpoweronpassword,andifbotharethesame,
fid
theuserisrequiredtoenteronlyasinglepasswordinordertounlockthe
on
systemaswellastheharddrive.
tC
or
TheDriveLockpasswordisstoredinsidetheharddriveitself,andcannot
tip
beread;itcanonlybeauthenticatedagainst.Inpracticalterms,thismeans
er
thatanunauthorizeduserdoesnothaveanymeanstoreadtheDriveLock
C
&
passwordthatisstoredonaharddrive.Inordertounlocktheharddrive,
P
thecorrectpasswordhastobeentered.
H
AharddrivethatisprotectedwithaDriveLockpasswordstaysprotected
evenifremovedfromonesystemandinsertedintoanother.
DriveLockcanbeenabledinBIOSsetupbyselectingDriveLock
PasswordsfromtheSecuritymenu.Thiswillprompttheusertocreatea
masterpasswordandauserpasswordbeforeenablingDriveLock.
Alwaysselectastrongmasteranduserpassword.Ensurethat
themasterpasswordisdifferentfromtheuserpassword.Intheeventthat
theuserpasswordislost,themasterpasswordcanbeusedtoaccessthe
harddriveandtoresettheuserpassword.
Page 9-11

ProtectingData TPM Enhanced DriveLock
Explainthatsome TPMEnhancedDriveLockaddsalevelofsecuritytothecomputer
securitycompliance withoutsacrificingusabilityfortheauthorizeduser.
specificationsrequire
permanentdestructionof TPMEnhancedDriveLocktiesprebootTPMembeddedsecuritychip
data. authenticationtoDriveLockbyautomaticallyusingaTPMembedded
securitychipgenerated32characterDriveLockuserpassword.This
DriveLockuserpasswordisarandomnumberandisnotstored
anywhere.
Atpreboot,onceauserhassuccessfullyauthenticatedtotheTPM
embeddedsecuritychip,the32characterDriveLockpasswordis
automaticallyenteredandthebootprocesscontinues.
Foranauthorizeduser,theloginprocessiscompletelytransparent.
n
io
However,unauthorizedaccessisnowevenmoredifficultduetothe
t
bu
randomlygeneratedDriveLockuserpassword.
tri
is
TPMEnhancedDriveLockprotectioncanbeenabledthroughBIOSsetup
rD
intheSecuritymenu.ItcanalsobeenabledintheBIOSConfigurationfor
fo
HPProtectToolsmoduleintheSecuritysection.
ot
N
Protecting data
l-
tia
Informationleftonaharddrivewhenasystemisrecycledordisposed
en
fid
posesasecuritythreatthatisoftennottakenintoconsideration.Large
on
enterprisestendtouseexternalservicesthatwipeharddrivesbeforethey
tC
aredisposed,butalargenumberofusershavenoprocessesorsolutions
or
inplace.
tip
er
Thislackofprocesscanresultinasignificantsecuritythreat.Inthefirst
C
quarterof2005,200usedharddriveswereboughtonapopularwebsite.
&
P
Ofthedrivesthatwerenotdefective,72%containedconfidentialpersonal
H
andcompanyinformation.
Tocounterthisthreat,HPhasincludedDiskSanitizerasastandardBIOS
featureinallHPCompaqbusinessnotebooks.DiskSanitizerdeliberately
removesordestroysdataonthenotebookprimaryharddriveusinga
dataremovalalgorithmdocumentedintheDepartmentofDefense(DOD)
5220.22Mspecification.Onceexecuted,destroyeddatacannotbeeasily
recoveredevenwithadvanceddatarecoverytools.
Algorithm
A sequence of steps used to perform an operation.
Page 9-12
Mobile Dev
vice Security
y
Disk
k Sanitizer M
MedDev
An HHP tool thatt permanen
ntly destroy
ys data by performing
p a cycle of writes
WWorkthrough hthe
to each bit on a drive.
sscenarioasacclass.
Disk
kSanitizerppermanentllydeletesddatabywrittingdatato
oeachbit.E
Each
cycleeconsistso
ofthefollow
wingdataw
writes:
11. All0s
22. All1s
33. Random m1sand0s
44. All0s
uconfigureDiskSanitiizerthrough
You hBIOSsetu
up(Figure994).
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er

C
&
Figurre94:Configu
uringDiskSan
nitizerOptionss
P
H
TheFastoption nperformsthecycleonce.TheOp ptimumop ptionperforrms

theccyclethreetimes.YoucanusetheeCustomooptiontocoonfigurea
speccificnumbeerofcyclestomeetab
businesssp
pecificsecurrity
requ
uirements.F Department ofDefensee
Forexamplle,theUniteedStatesD
requ
uiresfivecyycles.
Med dDev
Theengineerssttoredesignsontheircom mputersthatwouldputtthecompanyyata
disaddvantageifttheyfellintooacompetitoorshands.
Wheenrecommen ndingalaptoopfortheeng gineers,whiichcharacterristicswoulddyou

lookffor?Wouldthesesameccharacteristiicsberequireedforasalesspersons
compputer?
Page 9-13
3

ServicingaLaptop Servicing a Laptop Computer
Computer
UnderstandingtherangeoffeaturesavailableinHPlaptopcomputers
Thetextbookusesthe
willallowyoutorecommendanappropriatesolution.However,likeany
ProBook6440basan
exampleofhowto mechanicaldevice,laptopcomponentsfail.
servicealaptop.Other
Inthissection,wewillexaminetheproceduresforservicingaspecific
modelswillbesomewhat
different.Stressthe
laptopmodel,theProBook6440b.Althoughtherewillbesomedifferences
importanceof whenservicingothermodels,mostofthetechniquesyoulearnwillbe
downloadingthe verysimilaracrossdifferentmodels.
MaintenanceandService
Guideforthespecific Ourdiscussionwillfocusontheuserreplaceablemodulesthatdonot
modelbeingserviced. requireyoutoopenthecase.Openingthecaseofalaptopthatisunder

warrantywillvoiditswarranty.Ifalaptopneedsarepairthatrequires
openingitscase,youshouldcontactanHPauthorizedtechnician.
n
Identifyingtheexternal
io
Ifyouwanttolearnhowtoreplaceandupgradecomponentsthatarenot
t
components
bu
userreplaceable,youcantakeaServiceandMaintenancecoursethat
tri
Pointoutthatlocationof
is
variouscomponentswill coverstheproductyouwanttoservicethroughtheHPLearningCenterat
rD
bedifferentacross http://www.hp.com/certification/whats_learning_center.html.Many
fo
models.However,there coursesareavailableaswebbasedtrainingcourses.
ot
willbesimilarities.For
N
example,components YouwillneedtoapplyforandreceiveanHPLearnerIDbeforeyoucan
l-
likethewebcamare
tia
takeacourse.
usuallyonthetopofthe
en
display.
fid
Whenservicingalaptop,downloadtheappropriateMaintenanceand
on
ServiceGuidefromtheManualssectionontheHPwebsiteforspecific
tC
instructionsandreplacementpartnumbers.
or
tip
Identifying the external components

er
C
BeforewelookattheinsidesoftheProBook6440b,letuslearnwhere
&
variousexternalcomponentsarelocated.Wewillstartbylookingatthe
P
H
faceoftheopenlaptop(Figure95).
Page 9-14
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figurre95:TheFace
eofaProBook
k6440b
N
l-
TheProBook64 440bsuppo ortsmobilebroadband dconnection nsfor

tia
connnectingtoa aWWAN.T Thesewirellessradioantennaeareereferencedby

en
fid
callo
out1.Italso
osupports802.11a/b/g g/nwirelesssconnection ns.These
on
WLA ANconnectionsarereeferencedbycallout3.Althoughthewirelesss
tC
anteennaecanno otbeseen,iitisimporttanttoundeerstandwhheretheyarre
or
wheentroublesh hootingwirrelessconneectivityissu ues.Youshhouldalso

tip
instrructusersttokeeptheareaaroun ndtheanten nnaeclear.

er
C
Wire
eless Wide Area
A Netwo
ork (WWAN))
&
A method of coonnecting to the Interrnet by com

mmunicatin
ng through cell
P
H
phone towers.
Wire
eless Local Area
A Netwo
ork (WLAN)
A method of co onnecting to a local network
n by accessing an 802.11
acccess point.
Calllout2identtifiesthebu
uiltinmicroophones.Laaptopswithhoutawebccam
haveeonlyonem microphon ne.Ifalapto
opisequipp
pedwithaw
webcam(5),it
willalsohaveaawebcamllight(4)and dasecondm
microphon ne.
Calllout6identtifiestheintternaldispllayswitch,whichputssthecompu
uter
toslleepwhentthecomputterisclosed d.
Page 9-15
5
Cha
apter 9: Note
ebooks and Netbooks

Buttons
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure96:P
ProBook6440bButtons
N
l-
ThebuttoonsonaProoBook64400blaptoparreidentified
dbyicons,asshown
tia
inFigure96.ThePoowerbuttonn(1)turnstthecomputterofforon
n.Ifthe
en
fid
computerrisinSleep
porHibernaationmodee,youcanp pressthepoower
on
buttonbrrieflytowak
kethecompputerup.Iffthecompuuterisnot
tC
respondin ng,youcan
nforceashu
utdownby yholdingthhepowerbu uttondown n
or
for5seco
onds.
tip
er
TheQuick kLookbuttton(2)hasaadifferentffunctiondeependingonwhether
C
thecomputerisoffo oron.Iftheecomputerisoff,pressingQuickLook
&
causestheecomputerrtostartin HPQuickL Lookmodee.Ifthecom mputeris

P
H
on,pressiingtheQuiickLookbu ttonstartsS SoftwareS Setup,ifitisavailable..

Ifitisnottavailable,thedefaulttWebbrowwseropens.
HP QuickLook
A feature
e that allow
ws you to sav
ve calenda ar, contact, inbox, andd task
informatio
on from Miccrosoft Outllook to the hard drive of your computer
and acce ess it when the compu uter is off, w
without startting Window
ws.
Software Setup
A tool thaat allows yo
ou to load s oftware, including Mc
cAfee Total Protection
antivirus software.
s
TheQuick kWebbutto on(3)open

nsHPQuickkWebwheenthecomp puteris
turnedofffandthed
defaultbrow
wserwhentthecomputterison.
Page
e 9-16
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
HP Q
QuickWeb L
Lights
A fe
eature that allows you to access the
t Internett without sta
arting the EExplainthatlaaptoplights
opeerating syste
em. pprovideaquicckcheckof
aacomputerssstatusand
TheWirelessbutton(4)tu
urnsthewirrelessradio
ooffandon
n.Buttons55 ccanbeusefulfor
(mu
ute),6(volumedown),and7(volu umeup)arreusedtocoontroltheaaudio. troubleshootin ngand
TheCalculator button(8)openstheW
Windowsccalculatoran ndisonly rresolvingprob blems.
avaiilableoncertainmodeels.
Thearearefereencedbycallout9isafingerprinttreader,wh
hichcanbeused
toco
ontrolaccessstothelap
ptopusingb
biometrics..
Ligh
hts
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figurre97:ProBook
k6440bLights
on
Thelightsonalaptopcom
mputerareiimportantttoolsfortro
oubleshootiing
tC
prob
blemsandccheckingthhecurrentstateofbuiltincompoonents.
or
tip
TheProBook64 440blightsaredefined dinFigure97.Thetwwowireless

er
C
lightts(1)indica
atewhetherroneormo orewirelesssadapterisson.Whenthe
&
lighttsglowbluue,itmeanssthateitherraWLAN,WWAN,orrBluetooth h
P
H
Whenallwirrelessdeviccesareoff,ttheselightssglowamber.
deviiceison.W
Thetwopowerrlights(2)iindicatewh
hethertheccomputerisson,off,orin
SleeporHibern
nationmod de.Thelighhtsglowsolidwhenthhecomputerrison
andblinkwhennthecomputerissleep pingorhib
bernating.
Thereaasontherearretwopowerrlightsandtwowirelessslightsisthaatthe
lighttatthetopof
ofthekeyboardcanonlybeseenwhen nthecompuuterisopen;
wherreasthelightinthefrontcanbeseen
nwhentheccomputerisoopenorcloseed.
Thebatteryligh
ht(3)reporrtsthepowerstatus.Ittsvaluesarredescribed
din
Tablle92.
Page 9-17
7

Additionalinformation Table92:BatteryLights
onHPDriveGuardis
availableat Pluggedin? Light Meaning
http://www.hp.com/sbso/
solutions/pc_expertise/pr
Yes Off Batteryisfullycharged
ofessional_innovations/h
p3ddriveguard.pdf
Yes Turquoise Batteryisnearlycharged
Yes Amber Batteryischarging
No Off Batteryisfullycharged
No Blinkingamber Batteryisnearlydepleted
n
Thedrivelight(4)isusedtodeterminethestatusoftheinternalharddisk,
tio
andinsomemodels,theinternalopticaldrive.Ifthelightisblinking
bu
turquoise,itindicatesthatthedriveisbeingaccessed.Ifitisamber,the
tri
is
drivehasbeenparkedbyHP3DDriveGuard.
rD
fo
HP 3D Drive Guard ot
A technology that protects a hard drive and its data from damage due to
N
physical shock.
l-
tia
TheQuickLooklight(5)isoffwhenthecomputerisoff,sleeping,or
en
hibernating.Itglowswhenthecomputerison.TheQuickWeblight(6)
fid
on
glowswhentheWebbrowserisopen.
tC
TheCapslocklight(7)glowswhentheCapsLockkeyisdown.TheNum
or
locklight(8)glowswhentheNumLockkeyisdownortheembedded
tip
er
numericpadisenabled.
C
&
Whentroubleshootingaloginproblem,makesuretoinstructusersto
P
H
verifythattheCapsLockkeyisnotpressed.
Thevolumemutelight(9)indicateswhetherthevolumeison(turquoise)
ormuted(amber).Thevolumedownlight(10)blinkswhenthevolume
downbuttonisbeingusedtodecreasethevolume.Thevolumeuplight
(11)blinkswhenthevolumeupbuttonisbeingusedtoincreasethe
volume.Thecalculatorlight(12)indicateswhethertheWindows
calculatorisopen.
FrontComponents
Asmentionedintheprevioussection,thefrontofthecomputer(Figure9
8)includesawirelesslight(1),powerlight(2),batterylight(3),anddrive
Page 9-18
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
lightt(4).Selectedmodelsalsohavea
aWebcamlightontheetopofthecase
(5).

Figurre98:ProBook
k6440bFrontC
Components
Thedisplayrelleaselatch((6)ontheto
opofthecoomputerisu usedtoopeenthe
com
mputer.Thespeakers(7 7)arelocateedatthefro
ontoftheccomputeron n
both
hsides.
n
io
Righ
ht-side Components
t
bu
tri
Therightsidewwilldiffera
abitdependingontheelaptopseexact
is
rD
conffiguration.F
Figure99sshowsonepossiblecoonfiguration n.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
Figurre99:ProBook
k6440bRightssideCompone
entswithSeria
alPort
er
C
Themediacard
dreaderslo
ot(1)accepttsvariousttypesofdig
gitalcards,
&
inclu
uding:
P
H
Memory yStick
Memory yStickPro
Memory yStickDuoo(adapterreequired)
Memory yStickDuooPro(adaptterrequired
d)
MultiMeediaCard
MultiMeediaCardP Plus
SecureD
Digital(SD))MemoryCCard
SecureD
Digital(SD))HighCapaacityMemo oryCard
microSeecureDigita
al(SD)MemmoryCard(adapterreequired)
xDPictu
ureCard
Thessecardsareeusefulforrtransferrin
ngdatabetw
weendevicces,includin
ng
digitalcamerassandscann ners.
Page 9-19
9
Cha
apter 9: Note
ebooks and Netbooks

LefftsideComponents Theupgradebay(2))canbeuseedtoinstalllanopticaldriveoran nadditional
Expplaintheimpoortanceof harddiskkdrive.AU
USBconnecttion(3)can nbeusedto oattachvarrious
enssuringthattheeairvent peripheraals.TheFireewireconneector(4)isusedtoattaachanIEEE E1394
isn
notblocked. device,su
uchasacammcorder.Th heserialpoortconnecto or(5)isuseedto
connectaadevicetha
athasaseriialinterfacee,suchasan
noldermou use,
keyboardd,orprinterr.
n
io

t
bu
Figure910:ProBook6440b
bRightsideC
Componentsw
withRJ11
tri
is
rD
Therightsideconfig guration,shhowninFig gure910,hhasanRJ111jack(5)
insteadoffaserialco
onnector.An nRJ11jackkisusedto
oconnectatelephone
fo
ot
cabletoth
heinternalmodem.Th hismodelaalsoincludeesaconnecctorfora
N
securityccable(6)tha
atcanbeussedtotetheeracomputtertoadeskk.
l-
tia
en
Thessecuritycablleisdesigneedtoactasaadeterrent,bbutitmight
fid
nottpreventtheecomputerffrombeingmmishandledoorstolen.
on
Left-side Compone
ents
tC
or
Theleftsiideofthela wninFigurre911)includesanairvent(1),
aptop(show
tip
whichallowstheairrflownecesssaryforco oolingtheinnternalcom
mponents.Itt
er
C
isimportaanttoensurethatthisventisnottblocked.
&
P
H

Figure911:ProBook6440b
bLeftsideCo
omponents
ThereisaalsoaDispllayPort(2), whichisussedtoconnnectanexteernal
monitor,3USBports(3),amicrrophonepo ort(5),andaspeaker/h headset
port(6).D
Dependingonthemod del,therew
willbeeitheeranExpresssCardslott
orasmarrtcardread
derintheloocationreferrencedbyccallout4.
Page
e 9-20
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
Rea
ar Compon
nents B
BottomComp
ponents
EExplainthatsome
Atth herearofth
helaptop(FFigure912
2),youwillfindanRJ45Etherneetjack
ccomponentsccanbe
(3),aaconnectorrforanexteernalVGAmonitororrprojector((4),andap
power aaccessedbyreemoving
conn nector(5). bbaycoversonnthebottom
oofacomputerr.
PPointoutthesstrategic
pplacementofaairvents
aandexplainth
he
immportanceoffensuring
thhattheydon
notbecome
bblocked.

Figurre912:RearCo
omponents
n
io
Onssomemodeels,youwillalsofinda
asecurityccableconne ctor(1)and
dan
t
bu
RJ111jack(2).
tri
is
Botttom Comp
ponents
rD
fo
Tosservicealap
ptop,youn
needtoundderstandtheelocationo
ofthevariou
ot us
bayssandcomp partmentsth
hatcanbea
accessedth
hroughtheb bottomofth
he
N
laptoop(Figure913).
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre913:ProBoo
ok6440bBottom
mComponentts
Thelargebayaattherearo
ofthelaptop
p(1)isthebatterybay
y.Youreleaase
theb
batteryusin
ngthebatteeryreleaselever(3).M
Modelsthat includeHP P
MobbileBroadbandhavea anoptionalSIMcardiinsidetheb batterybay..You
Page 9-21

Understandingthe canalsoconnectanoptionalaccessorybatterytotheconnectorreferenced
ServiceTag bycallout5.
Explainthattheservice
taginformationis Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card
requiredwhenordering A removable card that contains the unique value that authenticates a
partsorwhencallingfor user on a cell phone network.
technicalsupport.
Callout4identifiesthedockingconnector.Thisconnectorisusedtoattach
thelaptoptoadockingstation.
Thereareanumberofvents(6)toprovidesufficientairflow.Aswiththe
ventonthesideofthecomputer,itisimportantthattheseventsdonot
becomeblocked.Workingwiththelaptoponyourlaporonapillowcan
causeoverheatingandleadtocomponentfailure.
n
io
Userswhoneedtoworkwiththelaptopontheirlapshouldbe
t
bu
encouragedtouseanelevatedlaptopcoolingpadtoensuresufficient
tri
airflow.
is
rD
Callout7identifiestheharddrivebay.Callout8identifiestheexpansion
fo
memorycompartment.Callout9identifiestheoptionalHPmobile
ot
N
broadbandmodule.Callout10identifiestheBluetoothcompartment.
l-
tia
Thebottomofthelaptopalsoincludessevenrubberfeettohelpkeepthe
en
computerelevated.
fid
Preparing to Service a Laptop

on
tC
Nowthatyouarefamiliarwiththelocationofthevariouspartsofa
or
laptop,letuslookatthestepsyoushouldtakebeforeperformingan
tip
er
upgradeorreplacement.
C
&
Rememberthatopeningalaptopcasewillvoidtheservice
P
H
warranty.
Understanding the Service Tag

Ifyouneedtocontacttechnicalsupportororderreplacementparts,you
willneedtoprovidetheserialnumber(s/n)andproductnumber(p/n)of
thelaptop.Thesearelocatedontheservicetagonthebottomofthelaptop
(Figure914).
Page 9-22
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
G
GeneralPrecaautions
SStudentsshouuldalready
bbefamiliarwiithESD
pprotection.Reeviewbriefly
bbyaskingqueestions
aaboutwhyitiisimportant
aandhowtoimmplementit.

SSubassemblieesand
sscrews
DDependingon nthe
mmaintenanceb being
pperformed,allaptop
mmightbecompletely
n
io
ddisassembledduringthe
t
bu
pprocess.Becau usethereare
tri
ssomanydifferentsized
is
sscrews,itiseaasytolose
rD
trackofwhatgoeswhere.
fo
Figurre914:Service
eTag ot EExplaintheim mportanceof
oorganizingscrrewsasyou
N
Theproductfieeld(1)istheeproductn name.Thisshouldmattchthelabeelthat ddismantlethecomputer.

l-
isatttachedtoth
hefrontofthecomputter.Theserrialnumberr(2)isaun nique
tia

en
idenntifierforth
helaptop.T
Theproducttnumber(3 3)identifiesstheexact

fid
hard dwareandiisusedtoloocatethecoorrectreplaacementcom mponents.T The

on
textreferenced dbyCalloutt4isadesccriptionthattcanbeuseedtolocatee
tC
drivvers.Thewa arrantydurration(5)iddentifiestheenumbero ofyearsforthe

or
stanndardwarra anty.
tip
er
Toolls Required
d
C
&
Befo
orebeginninngtowork,,youshoulldassembleeallthetoo
olsyouwillneed.
P
H
Thesseinclude:
Flatbladdedscrewd
driver
PhillipsP0screwdrriver
PhillipsP1screwdrriver
TorxT8screwdriveer
ESDwriiststraporfootstrap
Aflatsta
ableworkssurface.
Torx
x screwdrive
er
A sc
crewdriver that has a head
h shape
ed like a 6-p
pointed sta
ar.
3
Page 9-23

Avoidexcessiveforce Youwillalsoneedcontainerstokeepscrewssafeandsegregated.
Explainthatlaptopsare Dependingonthenatureofthemaintenance,youmightalsoneedanti
delicate.Ifaplasticpiece staticbagstostoreortransportcomponents.
isbrokenduring
maintenance,itwillneed General Precautions
tobereplacedby
YouwereintroducedtothedangersofESDearlierinthecourse.The
purchasingareplacement
kit.
dangersofESDapplytolaptopcomputersaswellastodesktop
computers.Somegeneralguidelinestopreventaccidentaldamage

throughESDare:
Handlingcables
Keepcomponentsintheirelectrostaticsafecontainersuntilyouare
Propercablehandling
readytoinstallthem.
andplacementare
extremelyimportantto Usenonmagnetictools.
preventdamage. Beforetouchinganelectroniccomponent,dischargestatic
n
io
electricitybyusingtheguidelinesdescribedearlierinthecourse.
t
bu
Avoidtouchingpins,leads,andcircuitry.Handleelectronic
tri
componentsaslittleaspossible.
is
rD
Ifyouremoveacomponent,placeitinanelectrostaticsafe
fo
container. ot
N
Subassemblies and screws
l-
tia
Asyouremoveeachsubassemblyfromthecomputer,placethe
en
subassembly(andallaccompanyingscrews)awayfromtheworkareato
fid
preventdamage.Makesuretokeepthescrewswiththesubassemblythey
on
belongto.Notallscrewsinalaptoparethesame.Infact,theProBook
tC
6440bhasasmanyas92screwsandscrewlocksin11differentsizes.
or
tip
Therefore,itiscriticaltokeeptrackofwhereeachscrewbelongs.
er
Avoid excessive force

C
&
Usingexcessiveforceduringdisassemblyandreassemblycandamage
P
H
plasticparts.Usecarewhenhandlingtheplasticparts.Applypressure
onlyatthepointsdesignatedinthemaintenanceinstructions.
Handling cables
Cablesmustbehandledwithextremecaretoavoiddamage.Applyonly
thetensionrequiredtounseatorseatthecablesduringremovaland
insertion.Handlecablesbytheconnectorwheneverpossible.Inallcases,
avoidbending,twisting,ortearingcables.Besurethatcablesareroutedin
suchawaythattheycannotbecaughtorsnaggedbypartsbeingremoved
orreplaced.Handleflexcableswithextremecare;thesecablesteareasily.
Page 9-24
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
Shhuttingdownnand
Whenserviicingthecommputer,besu
urethatcabllesareplaceddin diisconnectingfrom
theirprop
perlocationssduringthereassemblyprocess.Imppropercablee poower
placemenntcandamag gethecompu uter. M
Makesurestud dents
unnderstandthee
Shuttting down
n and disconnecting
g from pow
wer im
mportanceofp proper
11. Disconn
nectallexternaldeviceesconnected
dtothecom
mputer. sh
hutdownand d
diisconnectingffrom
22. UnplugthepowercordfromtheACouttlet.
poowertopreveent
33. UnplugtheACada apterfromthecomputer. in
njuryduring
m
maintenance.
Neverassum methatacomputerisshhutdownunnlessyoushuutit

downyouurself.Theccomputercou uldbehibern
nating.Tom
makesure,staartthe
Reemovingand d
computerrandthenseelectShutdoown.
ReeplacingtheBattery
n
Rem
moving and
a Repla
acing the
e Battery
io
Exxplainthatthebattery
t
bu
isasourceofp
power
Donnotperform
mmaintenanceonaco omputerun
ntilafteryou
uhaverem
moved
tri
anndmustbereemoved
is
theb
battery.Todoso,firsttproperlysshutdownth
hecomputeerand beeforeremovinngany
rD
disconnectitfrromexterna aldevicesa
andACpowwer,asprevviously otthercomponeent.
desccribed.
fo
ot
N
Nexxt,youshou
uldremovethebattery
y(Figure915)byfollo
owingthesee
l-
step
ps:
tia
en
11. Turntheecomputerrupsidedow wnonafla atsurface,w

withthefro
ont
fid
towardy you.
on
22. Slidetheebatteryreleaselatch(1) toreleasethebatteery.

tC
33. Removeethebattery y(2).

or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre915:Remov
vingtheBattery
y
Afteermaintenaanceiscomplete,youa arereadyto oinsertthebattery.Sim

mply
insertthebatteryintothebatterybayyuntilitisseated.Theebatteryrellease
latch
hautomaticcallylockstthebatteryintoplace.
Page 9-25
5
Cha
apter 9: Note
ebooks and Netbooks

Rep
placingaMass Replaciing a Ma
ass Storag
ge Device
e
Sto
orageDevice
Ifyouneeedtoreplacceorupgraadeahardddiskdriveo
orSSDinalaptop
Theetermmasssstorage
computerr,youneed dtoorderthhecorrectsp
parepartk
kitforthesp
pecific
devviceisusedheere
beccause,depend dingon model.Afteryouha avethemateerialsyoun need,shutd
downthecomputer,
theexactconfigu
uration, disconnecctexternalddevicesanddACpoweer,andremovethebatttery,as
thedrivemightbean previousllydescribed d.
HDDDoranSSD..
Nowyou
uarereadytoremovetthecoverfrromthedriivebay(Fig
gure916).
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
Figure916:Removingthe
eDriveBayCo
over
fid
on
1. Po
ositionthela aptopwithhitsfrontto
owardyou.
tC
2. Lo
oosenthetw woPhillips PM2.06.0captivescrrews(1)thaatsecure
or
theemassstoragedevice covertoth hecomputerr.

tip
3. Liffttheleftsideoftheco
over(2)toddetachitfro
omthecom
mputer.
er
C
4. Reemovethem massstorag gedevicecoover(3).

&
P
Captive screw
s
H
A screw that is desig

gned to loc k into place
e, but that can be easily
removed using the appropriate
a e screwdrivver.
Nowthattthemasssstoragedev
viceisexpossed,youcaancarefully
ydisconnectt
itandrem
moveitfrom
mthebay(F
Figure9177).
Page
e 9-26
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
n
io
t
bu
tri

is
Figurre917:Remov
vingthestorage
edevice
rD
fo
11. LoosentthePhillipssPM2.513..0captivesscrew(1)thhatsecurestthe
ot
massstooragedevicceinthemaassstoraged devicebay..
N
l-
22. Graspth ab(2)ontheemassstoragedevice bracketand

heMylarta
tia
slidetheemassstora
agedevice(3)totheriighttodisco
onnectitfrom
en
thesysteemboard.
fid
33. Removeethemasssstoragedev vice(4)from

mthemasssstoragedev vice
on
bay.
tC
or
Mylaar
tip
A strrong, heat-resistant po
olyester or plastic.
p Som
me types of mylar are a
also
er
ESD resistant.
C
&
P
Ifyo
ouneedtorreplacethebracketaswellasthedrive,perfformthe
H
owingstepss(Figure918).
follo
Page 9-27
7
Cha
apter 9: Note
ebooks and Netbooks

Figure918:ReplacingtheBracket
n
tio
bu
1. ReemovetheffourPhillip sPM3.03.00screws(1)thatsecurrethemass
tri
sto
oragedevicebracketto othemassstoragedev vice.
is
rD
2. Lifftthebrack
ket(2)straig
ghtuptoreemoveitfro
omthemasssstorage
device.
fo
ot
Toinstalllthenewm
massstorageedevice:
N
l-
1. Plaacethebraccketonthemassstoraagedeviceaandtighten nthe
tia
scrrews.
en
fid
2. Plaacethemasssstorageddeviceintheedevicebaay.
on
3. GrrasptheMy ylartabanddslidethem
massstorag gedeviceto
otheleftto
tC
connnectittotthesystemb
board.
or
4. Tigghtenthesccrewstose curethemaassstoragedeviceinto othebay.

tip
5. Reeplacethemmassstorageedevicecoover.
er
C
6. Tigghtenthesccrewstose curetheco
over.
&
Replaciing the Bluetooth Module

P
H
Asyouwwillrecall,th
heBluetootthmoduleccanbeaccesssedfromtthebottom
ofthecom
mputer.TheeBluetooth hmodulein naProBook
k6440bmu ustbe
removedifitfailsorrifyounee dtoreplaceecomponentsthatareelocated
undertheetopcover..
top coverr
A plastic casing thatt protects t he motherb
board.
ToreplaccetheBlueto
oothmodu ule,firstyou
uneedtoreemovetheB
Bluetooth
moduleccover(Figurre919).
Page
e 9-28
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr

Figurre919:Remov
vingtheBlueto
oothModuleC
Cover
11. LoosentthePhillipssPM2.06.0
0captivescrew(1)thaatsecuresth
he
n
Bluetootthmoduleccompartmeentcoverto othecompu uter.
t io
22. LifttheB
Bluetoothm
modulecom mpartmentcover(2)sttraightuptto
bu
tri
removeit.
is
rD
Nowwyouarereeadytodisconnectand
dremoveth
heBluetootthmodule
fo
(Figu
ure920). ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figurre920:Remov
vingtheBlueto
oothModule
Tod
doso:
11. ReleasetheBluetoo
othmodulee(1)byliftin
ngtherighttsideofthee
moduleoutoftheBBluetoothm
modulecom mpartment.
22. Disconn
necttheBluetoothmod dulecable(2)fromtheeBluetooth
module..
33. RemoveetheBluetooothmodulee(3).
Rep
placing th
he Expan
nsion Memory Mo
odule
Ifth
heexpansion
nmemorymoduleisffailing,oriffyouneedtoupgradeethe
RAM M,youcanreplacetheeexpansion
nmemorym module.You uwillneed
dto
Page 9-29
9
Cha
apter 9: Note
ebooks and Netbooks

Rep
placingtheE
Expansion orderthecorrectmeemorymod duleforyouurproductb
beforeperfo ormingthiss
MeemoryModulle procedure.TheProB Book6440bsupportsu
upto8GBo
ofRAM,wiith4GB
Exp plainthattheProBook installediintheexpa
ansionmem
morymodulleand4GB Binstallediinthe
64440bhastwom memory primarymmemorymo odule.
moodules:aprim mary
mem morymoduleeandan Afteryou
uhavethemmaterialsyo
ouneed,sh
hutdownth
hecomputeer,
exppansionmemo ory disconnecctexternald
devicesand
dACpoweer,andremovethebatttery,as
moodule.Theexp pansion previousllydescribedd.
mem morymoduleeiseasy
toaaccessthrough hthe Nowyouuarereadytoremovettheexpansiionmemorrymodule
botttomofthecoomputer. compartm
mentcover(Figure9221).
Theeprimarymeemory
mooduleismoredifficult
toaaccess.Theprrocessfor
accessingthepriimary
n
mem morymoduleeis
t io
disccussedlaterinnthe
bu
chaapter.
tri
is
Expplainthatonly ythe
rD
mem morymoduleekits
fo
speecifictothep//ncanbe ot
useedtoupgradeeor
N
rep
placethemem mory.
l-
tia
eExpansionM
MemoryModuleCover
en
fid
1. Po
ositiontheccomputerw withthefronnttowardy you.
on
2. Lo
oosenthePh hillipsPM22.06.0capttivescrew(1)thatsecuuresthe
tC
meemorymod dulecompaartmentcov vertothecoomputer.

or
3. Liffttheleftsideoftheco
over(2)tod
detachitfro
omthecom mputer.
tip
4. Reemovethem memorymo odulecomp partmentco over(3).

er
C
Nowthattthememorymodule isexposed,youarereeadytocareefully
&
removeitt(Figure92
22).
P
H

eExpansionM
MemoryModule
Page
e 9-30
Servicing a Laptop Computer
1. Pullawaytheretentionclips(1)oneachsideofthememory KeyboardReplacement
moduletoreleasethememorymodule.Thememorymoduletilts Spillsareacommon
up. reasonforkeyboard
2. Grasptheedgeofthememorymodule(2),andthenpullitoutof failure.Keyboardscan
thememorymoduleslot. alsostopworkingdueto
dustanddebris
accumulation.
CAUTION:Topreventdamagetothememorymodule,holdit
Explainthatstudents
bytheedgesonly.Donottouchthecomponentsonthememorymodule.
whoareinterestedin
Nowyouarereadytoinsertthememorymodule.Gentlypositionitinthe learningtoservice
memorymoduleslotandpressitintoplace.Thememorymoduleis internalcomponentsina
specificlaptopshould
notched(3)topreventincorrectinsertion.Makesuretheretentionclips
taketheServiceand
arefirmlyinplaceandreplacethecover. Supportcourseforthat
product.
n
Keyboard Replacement
io
t
ReplacingthePrimary
bu
Akeyboardmightneedtobereplacedifitisdamagedbyanaccidental MemoryModule
tri
is
spill,byoverheating,orbecauseofnormalwearandtear.Youalsoneed Aswiththeextended
rD
toremovethekeyboardifyouneedtogainaccesstocomponentslocated memorymodule,the
fo
beneathit,suchastheprimarymemorymodule.Removingthekeyboard
ot primarymemorymodule
requiresopeningthecase,soyoushouldcontactanauthorizedHPservice isnotchedtoprevent
N
incorrectinsertion
l-
technician.
tia
StayandSleep
Replacing the Primary Memory Module
en
Breaktheclassinto
fid
Ifyouneedtoreplacetheprimarymemorymodule,youneedto: groupsandaskthemto
on
listtheinformationthey
tC
1. Shutdownthecomputer. wouldneedorcomplete
or
2. Disconnectexternaldevices. theactivityasaclass.
tip
3. DisconnectfromACpower.
er
Requiredinformation
C
4. Removethebattery. includes:whichmemory
&
5. Removethekeyboard. modulesareinstalledin
P
theprimarymemory
H
Theprimarymemorymoduleislocatedunderthekeyboard.Therefore, moduleandthe
replacingtheprimarymemorymoduleshouldbeperformedbyan expansionmemory
authorizedtechnician. moduleandthespare
partnumbersupported
StayandSleep bythatmodel.
StayandSleephaspurchasedProBook6440bnotebookcomputersfortheir
propertymanagers.Thereiscurrently4GBofRAMinstalled.
Oneofthepropertymanagerscomplainsthathercomputerisslowwhenrunning
certainapplications.Youdeterminethatmemoryisabottleneck.
WhatwouldyouneedtodeterminebeforeupgradingtheRAM?
Page 9-31

ReplacingtheTouchpad Replacing the Touchpad
Explainthatyouneedto Ifthetouchpadbecomesdamaged,youwillneedtoreplaceit.Firstyou
removethepalmrest
needto:
beforeyoucanremove
thetouchpad. 1. Shutdownthecomputer.
TheFan 2. Disconnectexternaldevices.
Explaintheimportanceof
3. DisconnectfromACpower.
thefaninkeepingthe 4. Removethebattery.
computercool. 5. Removethemassstoragedevice.
Explainthatthefanis 6. Removethepalmrest.
locatedbeneaththe
Removingthepalmrestrequiresyoutounscrewit.Therefore,this
keyboardandswitch
cover,sobothofthese
replacementshouldbeperformedbyanauthorizedtechnician.
mustberemovedbefore
The Fan
n
io
thefancanbereplaced.
t
bu
ReplacingtheCPU Alaptopcomputersfaniscontrolledbyatemperaturesensorandis
tri
designedtoturnonautomaticallywhenhightemperatureconditions
is
Explainthatreplacingthe
rD
CPUisnottrivialbecause exist.Theseconditionsareaffectedby:
fo
itrequiresremovingthe
highexternaltemperatures
ot
battery,keyboard,switch

N
cover,fan,andheatsink.
systempowerconsumption
l-
powermanagement/batteryconservationconfigurations
tia

batteryfastcharging
en
softwarerequirements
fid
on
Thefandisplacesexhaustairthroughtheventlocatedontheleftsideof
tC
thecomputer.Topreventoverheating,itisimportanttoensurethatthe
or
fanisworkingandthatthereisatleast7.6cm(3in)ofclearanceontheleft
tip
er
sideofthecomputer.
C
Ifthefanfails,youwillneedtocontactanauthorizedtechniciantoreplace
&
P
it.
H
Replacing the CPU

ReplacingtheCPUinalaptopisnotatrivialtask.Todoso,youmustfirst
removethebattery,keyboard,switchcover,fan,andheatsink.Theheat
sinkisattachedusinganadhesivethermalcompound,inadditionto
screws.
CPUreplacementshouldbeperformedbyanauthorizedtechnician.
Page 9-32
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
Rep
placing th
he Displa
ay Assem
mbly R
ReplacingtheeDisplay
A
Assembly
ThedisplayasssemblyinclludesWLA ANtransceiv versandm
microphonessin RRemindstudeentsthatthe
addiitiontotheactualdisp
play.Ifanyoftheseco
omponents fail,an WWLAN,WWA AN,and
auth
horizedtech hnicianwilllneedtopeerformtherepair. wwebcamcomp ponentsare
bbuiltintothed
display
Rep
placing th
he WLAN
N module
e aassembly.
TheWLANmo oduleisavaailableonth
hebottomo ofthecomp
puter(Figurre9
23).Todisconnnectthecab
bles,positionthecomp puterfacedoownwiththhe
fron
ntofthecom
mputerbefo oreyouand dtakethefo
ollowingsttepstoremo
ove
thew
wirelessmoodulecomp partmentco over:
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid

on
Figurre923:Remov
vingtheWirele
essModuleCo
ompartmentCo
over
tC
1. LoossenthetwoPhillipsPM M2.06.0ca aptivescrewws(1)thatssecure

or
tip
thew
wirelessmo odulecomp partmentcovertotheccomputer.
er
2. Liftttherearedg
geofthecover(2)tod
detachitfro
omthecomp puter.
C
3. Removethewirrelessmodu ulecomparrtmentcoveer(3).
&
P
H
Afteeryouhaveeremovedtthecover,y
youarereaddytodiscon
nnectthecaables
andremovetheewirelessm
module(Fig gure924).
3
Page 9-33
Cha
apter 9: Note
ebooks and Netbooks

n
io
Figure924:Disconnecting
gtheWLANC
Cables
t
bu
Firstyouneedtodissconnectth
heWLANanntennacables(1)from
mthe
tri
is
terminalssontheWLLANmodulle.Thecabllesarecolo
orcodedan
nd
rD
describeddinTable93.
Table93:ColorCodingfo
fo
orWLANWirees
ot
N
l-
Color Connected
dto
tia
en
Black Mainterm
minal
fid
on
tC
White Auxtermin
nal
or
tip
Yellow Middleterrminal
er
C
Onlylapttopsequipp pedwithan
n802.11a/b//g/nmodullewillhaveeayellow
&
antennaccable(2).
P
H
Nowyou uarereadytoremovettheWLAN Nmodule.First,remov

vethetwo
PhillipsP
PM2.56.0screws(3)thhatsecurettheWLANmoduletothesystem m
board.ThheWLANm modulewillltiltup.ReemovetheW
WLANmod dule(4)by
pullingitawayfrom
mtheslotattanangle.
WLAANmodulesaaredesigneddwithanotcch(5)toprevvent
inccorrectinsertionoftheW
WLANmodu uleintotheW
WLANmodduleslot.
Finally,in
nstallprotectivesleeveesonthean
ntennaconn
nector,asshownin
Figure9225.
Page
e 9-34
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
D
DisconnectingWWAN
A
AntennaCablles
EExplainthatth
hestepsare
vverysimilarto
o
ddisconnectinggWLAN
ccables,exceptthatthe
aantennaeareiindifferent
loocationsandthewire
ccolorcodingisdifferent.

Figurre925:ProtectiveSleeves
Disc
connecting
g WWAN Antenna
A Ca
ables
n
io
TheWWANm moduleisalssolocatedb
beneaththeewirelessm
modulecover.
t
bu
Afteeryouhaveeremovedtthecover,y
youareread
dytodiscon
nnectand
tri
is
removetheWW WANmodu ule(Figure926).
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre926:Discon
nnectingWWA
ANcables
AswwiththeWL LANmodu ule,youneeedtofirstdisconnectth

heWWAN N
anteennacables(1)fromth heterminalssontheWW WANmodu ule.Thecolor
codiingfortheccablesisdeescribedinT
Table94.
Tablee94:WWANW
WireColorCoding
Collor Conn
nectedto
Red
d Main
nterminal
Blu
ue Auxtterminal
Page 9-35
5
Cha
apter 9: Note
ebooks and Netbooks

Next,rem
movethetw
woPhillipsP
PM2.56.0sscrews(2)tthatsecurethe
WWANm moduletotthesystem board.TheeWWANm moduletiltsup.
RemovettheWWAN Nmodule(33)bypullin
ngitawayffromtheslootatan
angle.
WLANmod
LiketheW dules,WW WANmodullesaredesig
gnedwithaanotch(4)
topreven
ntincorrectinsertiono
oftheWWA
ANmoduleeintotheW
WWAN
moduleslot.
Placepro
otectivesleeevesoverth
heantennaee.
Replaciing the Optical

O Drrive
Toreplaccetheoptica
aldrive,fir styouneed
dtoshutdo
own,discon
nnectfrom
AC,andrremovetheebattery,ju ustaswhenremovingothercomp ponents.
n
Next,placethecomp puterfaced downwiththefronttoowardyou(Figure9
tio
27).
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
C
eOpticalDrivee
&
P
Completeethefollow
wingsteps:
H
1. Lo
oosenthePh hillipsPM22.511.0capptivescrew(1)thatseccuresthe
op
pticaldrivetothecomp puter.
2. Inssertaflatbladedscrewwdriverinttotheopticaaldrivetab baccess(2)
andpresstheetabtothellefttoreleaasetheopticcaldrivefromthe
commputer.
3. Reemovetheo opticaldriv
ve(3)fromttheopticaldrivebay.
Ifyouneeedtoreplaccethebrack
kets(Figuree928):
1. Po
ositiontheo
opticaldriv
vewiththerreartoward
dyou.
2. ReemovethethhreePhillip
psPM2.033.0screws(1)thatsecu
urethe
op
pticaldriveb
brackettottheopticaldrive.
3. Reemovetheoopticaldriv
vebracket(22).
Page
e 9-36
Servic
cing a Laptop
p Computerr
R
RemovingtheeTopCover
OOthercompon nents,like
thhesystemboard,builtin
mmodem,andU USBboard
aarealsolocateedunderthe
topcover.Thee
pproceduresfoorreplacing
thhesecompon nentsarenot
ccoveredhere.Iftheyneed
tobereplaced d,you
sshouldcontacctan

aauthorizedsuupport
Figurre928:Remov
vingtheOptica
alDriveBracke
ets technician.
Repplacing Smart
S Card Reade
er and Ex
xpressCard R
Reassembling
gthe
Asssemblies L
Laptop
n
iot
EEmphasizethatyou
bu
Onm modelsthatincludeabuiltinSm
martCardR
ReaderorExxpressCard d rreassembleth
helaptopby
tri
asseembly,theseecomponenntsarebeneaththetop
pcover.Th
herefore,to rreversingtheorderofthe
is
rD
replacethem,y
youneedtooremoveth hefollowing
gcomponen nts: ddisassembly.
fo
1. Batteery ot
N
2. Bluettoothmoduule
l-
3. Masssstoragedeevice
tia
4. Opticaldrive
en
5. Keybboard
fid
on
6. Switcchcover
tC
7. Palm
mrest
or
8. ToucchPad
tip
9. Dispplayassembbly
er
10. Topcover
C
&
Asw
withotherpproceduresthatrequirreyoutoop
penthecasee,youshou
uld
P
H
conttactanauth
horizedsup
pporttechniician.
Rea
assemblin
ng the La
aptop
Afteerreplacing
gorupgraddingacomp ponent,you
uneedtoreeassemblethhe
laptoop.Todosso,performthestepsy
youtooktodisassembllethelapto
opin
reveerseorder.
Wheenreassemb
blingthela
aptop,keep
pinmindth
hefollowing
gpoints:
Makesuuretouseth
hecorrectscrewstoatttacheachccomponent..
Seatcom
mponentsfiirmly,butggently.
Handletheplasticcarefullyso
othatitdoeesnotbreakk.
Routeth
hecablesth
hroughthea appropriateechannelsaandattachthem
securely
y.
7
Page 9-37

Summary
Inthischapteryoulearned:
TheHPMininetbookisalowcost,verysmall
laptopwithanAtomprocessor.
Whenrecommendinganotebookcomputer,
considertherequiredfeatures,processing
power,sizerequirements,andprice.
HPProtectToolsprovidesembeddedsecurity
solutionsforprotectingalaptopandthedatait
containsagainstlossortheft,including:
o Prebootauthentication
o TPM
n
o DriveLock
io
t
bu
o DiskSanitizer

tri
ConsulttheMaintenanceandServiceguidefor
is
specificinstructionsaboutservicingalaptop.
rD
LEDsprovidestatusinformationandcanhelp
fo
youtroubleshootaproblem.
ot
N
Somelaptopcomponentscanbeaccessed
l-
throughabayonthebottomofthelaptop.
tia
en
Othersareaccessedbyremovingthekeyboard.
fid
Somerequireremovalofthetopcoveraswell.
on
Youshouldshutdownalaptop,disconnectall
tC
externaldevices,disconnectthelaptop,and
or
removethebatteryfromtheACbefore
tip
removinganycomponents.
er
C
YoushouldtakeproperESDprecautionswhen
&
servicingalaptop.
P
Anumberofdifferenttypesofscrewsareused
withinalaptop.
Alwayscheckthewarrantybeforeperforming
anyupgradeorreplacement.
Anupgradeorreplacementthatrequiresyouto
openthecaseshouldbeperformedbyan
authorizedtechnician.
Youassemblealaptopinreverseordertohow
youdisassembleit.
Page 9-38
Review Questions
ReviewQuestions
Review Questions 1.Battery
1. YouhaveshutdownthecomputeranddisconnectedtheAC 2.Hyperthreading
adapterfromthepoweroutletandthecomputer.Whatmustyou 3.BIOSsetuporBIOS
removeFIRSTwhenperformingmaintenanceonalaptop? Configuration
2. Whichtechnologyallowstwothreadstoexecuteinparallelona 4.DriveLock
singlecoreprocessor? 5.Thecomputerwillstart
3. WhichtwotoolscanyouusetoconfigurethePowerOnPassword? inQuickLookmode
4. WhichHPProtectToolfeaturepreventsauserfromremovinga 6.Thebatteryisfully
laptopsharddriveandputtingitinadifferentcomputer? charged.
5. WhatwillhappenifauserpressestheQuickLookbuttonwhenthe 7.Itidentifiesthe
computerisoff? hardwareinstalledinthe
n
6. AProBookisnotpluggedintoACpowerandthebatterylightis laptopandisusedto
io
off.Whatdoesthismean? locatethecorrect
t
bu
replacementcomponents.
7. Whatisthepurposeofthep/nnumberontheservicetag?
tri
is
8. Howcanyouensurethatyouareinsertinganextendedmemory 8.Itisnotched.
rD
modulecorrectly? 9.Covertheantenna
fo
9. WhatshouldyoudoafterdisconnectingaWLANantennafromthe
ot connectorwitha
protectivesleeve.
N
terminalontheWLANmodule?
l-
10. Whichcomponentisaffixedusingathermalcompound? 10.heatsink

tia
en

fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 9-39

1.Shutdownand
unplugthecomputer.
Homework
Disconnectallexternal
devices. Upgrade It
Removethebattery. YouareaddingexpansionmemorytoaProBook6440b.Placethestepsin
Removetheexpansion thecorrectorder.
memorycover.
1.Listthestepsyouwilltaketoprepareforandperformtheupgrade.
Addexpansionmemory.
2.Whatstepswouldyouneedtotaketoupgradetheprimarymemory
Replacetheexpansion
memorycover.
module?
Replacethebattery. Short Essay

Reconnectdevices.
1. Explainwhyitisimportanttocarefullysegregateandlabelthe
n
io
Startthecomputer. screwsyouremovewhendisassemblingalaptop.
t
bu
2. Acustomerhasaskedyoutorecommendanotebookcomputer.
tri
Makealistofthequestionsyouwouldasktohelpdeterminewhich
is
2.Contactanauthorized
rD
technician. isthemostappropriatemodel.
fo
3. ExplainhowHPProtectToolscanhelppreventcompany
ot
confidentialdatafromfallingintothewronghands.
N
l-
Research Activity
tia
en
MedDev
fid

on
Youneedtorecommendalaptopmodelfortheengineers.Themodelyou
tC
recommendmustmeetthefollowingrequirements:
or
tip
*Support8GBRAM
er
*SupportTPM
C
*Haveaslargeadisplayaspossible
&
P
*Supportexternalmonitor
H
VisittheHPwebsiteandsearchforlaptopsintheSmallandMedium
Businesssection.Locatethreedifferentmodelsthatmeettherequirements
andprepareashortpaperthatliststheprosandconsofeachmodel.
Optional Hands-On Activity

RequiresWindowsMediaPlayer11
Watchtherepair/replacementvideofortheHPMiniat:
http://h20464.www2.hp.com/resultsCSR.htm?prodSeriesId=4256301&MEI
D=F71B75A390684482956F002CEC594AC0
Page 9-40
Objectives
Chapter 10: Mobile Devices Reviewtheobjectives.
Introduction
Today,nearlyeveryonehasatablet,asmartphone,orboth.Mobile
devicesallowuserstobeconnectedtotheInterneteverywheretheygo.
Mobiledevicesaredesignedtosynchronizewithotherdevicestoo.
Inthischapter,wewillexaminethreetypesofmobiledevices.Wewill
startwithadiscussionofHPtablets.Next,wewilllookatAndroidbased
smartphones.Then,wewilltakealookatthemobiledevicesofferedby
AppleComputer,includingiBook,iPad,andiPhone.Finally,wewilltake
n
aquicklookatsomeoftheearliermobiledevicesthat,althoughless
tio
bu
commonthantheAndroidandiOSdevices,arestillinusetoday.
tri
is
rD
Objectives
fo
ot
N

l-
Describethedifferencebetweenx86(Atombased)andARMbased
tia
architectures,includingprocessorandmemoryrequirements
en
DescribetheprocesstosyncmobiledevicestoPCs
fid
Describemobilestorageandexpansiontechnologiesandthe
on
variouswaystoprovidedatastoragetoamobiledevice
tC
Describemobiledevicenetworkconnectivity
or
tip
Describetheneed,securitycapabilities,andrequirementsfor
er
mobilePCs
C
Setupanewmobiledevice
&
P
H
HP Tablets
YouwillrecallfromChapter1thatatabletisasmallformfactordevice
withatouchscreendisplay.
Atthetimethisbookisbeingwritten,HPofferstwolinesoftablets,the
EliteBookTabletPCandtheHPSlate.Letuslookatboth.
HPhadalowendtabletcalledTouchpadthatranthewebOS
operatingsystem.Atthetimethisbookwaswritten,theTouchpadwasno
longeravailable.
Page 10-1
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
HP Slate
e
TheHPS
Slate2hasa
an8.9inchd
displayand
dweighsap
pproximateely1.5
pounds(F
Figure101).
n
tio
bu
tri
is
Figure101:HPSlate2
rD
fo
Ithasthefollowingcomponentts:
ot
1.5
5GHzAtom mprocessorr
N

l-
TP
PMembedd dedsecurityychip
tia
2G
GBDDR2SDRAM
en
32GBor64GGBSSD
fid
8022.11a/b/g/n
n
on

tC
Blu
uetooth

or
Inttegratedmiicrophone
tip
Inttegratedsteereo
er
Heeadset/spea akerjack
C

&
Inttegrated3M
MPcamera(outwardffacing)
P
InttegratedVGGAwebcam m(inwardffacing)
H
1U
USBport
1S
SDslot
TheSDsllotsupportsSDHCmeemorycard
dsandxDP
Picturecard
ds.Some
modelssuupportmob bilebroadb
band.
Youcanooperatethetouchscreeenusingyo
ourfingerorthedigitaalpen
includedwithsomemodels.Th heHPSlateeruns32biitWindowss7
Profession
nal.

Page
e 10-2
HP Tabletss
HP EliteBook
k Tablet R
RemovableSttorageCards
TheEliteBookT Tablet27600pisanoteb
bookcomputerthatcaanbeconveerted PPointoutthat
tdesktops
aandlaptopscaanalso
intoatabletby
ytwistingofffthekeybo
oard(Figurre102).Ith
hasa12.1in
nch
ssupportremovable
disp
play.Itsweiightvariesdepending gonthecon
nfiguration. Thelightest sstoragecards.
conffigurationis1.8poundds.
AAskstudentswwhether
thheyhavehaddexperience
uusingacamerra,
ssmartphone,o orother
ddevicethatsu
upporteda
sstoragecard.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
Figurre102:EliteBo
ookTablet2760
0p
en
TheEliteBookT
Tablet2760
0phasthefo
ollowingco
omponentss:
fid
on
2.3GHzzi3processo
or
tC
TPMem mbeddedsecurity
or
4GBRAAM
tip
250or32
20GBSATA AIIdrive
er
C
Itco
omeswithb builtin802.11a/b/g/n,Bluetooth,HPMobileeBroadband d,RJ
&
P
11,aandRJ45ja gtheuserafullcomplementofco
acks,giving onnectivityy
H
options.Ithasanumbero ofexpansion nports,inccludingUSB

B,VGA,
Firewwire,andaadockingsttationconn nector.IthasSD/MMC C,ExpressCCard,
andSmartCard dReadersllots.Italsohasanintegratedweb bcam.Itcom
mes
withh64bitWinndows7Professionaliinstalled.
Rem
movable Storage Cards
Storragecardsp
provideaneeasywayto oincreasetthestorage capacityoffa
mob biledeviceo weendevices.Storagecardsareh
ortotransferfilesbetw hot
plugggable.

3
Page 10-3
Chapter 10: Mobile Devices
Hot-pluggable
A characteristic that enables a component to be removed and added
without shutting down the computer.
Thereareseveraltypesofstoragecardsavailable:
MemoryStick
CompactFlash
MultiMediaCard(MMC)
SecureDigital(SD)
xDPictureCard
Memory Stick
TheMemoryStickflashmemorycardisaproprietarySonyformat.There
arethreedifferentformfactors:
n
tio
MemoryStickPro
bu
MemoryStickDuo
tri
is
MemoryStickMicro
rD
ThecardsareusedinvariousSonydevices,includingcamerasand
fo
ot
phones.Thecardscanbeaccessedfromabuiltinmemorycardreaderor
N
byattachingaperipheralmemorycardreader.
l-
tia
en
Thesmallerformfactorsincludeanextenderthatallowsthemto
fid
bereadinastandardsizedmemorycardreader.
on
xD-Picture Card
tC
or
ThexDPicturecardisaproprietarystandarddevelopedbyOlympusand
tip
FujiFilmandwasonceusedinthecameras.However,theircurrent
er
C
camerasuseSDcardsinstead.
&
P
SomeSDHCreaders,liketheoneintheSlate2,canreadxDPicturecards.
H
CompactFlash
CompactFlashwasoneoftheearlystandardsforhotpluggable,
removablestorage.ThecardsaredesignedtoworkinaPCMCIAslotand
mostuseflashmemory(Figure103).
Page 10-4
HP Tabletss

Figurre103:Compa
actFlash
Thespecificatio
onsforCom
mpactFlasharedefineddbytheCoompactFlashh
ociation.Fou
asso urmodernspecificatio
onsaredefiinedinTab
ble101.
Tablee101:CompacctFlashSpecifiications
Specification Interface Description

D
n
t io
bu
CF44.1a PATA Su
upportsseq
quentialacccessof90
tri
MB/sec
M
is
rD
fo
CF55.0 PATA Su
upportshig
gherperforrmancethan
ot n
CF4.1aandc
C canoperateeataconsisstent
N
sp
peed
l-
tia
en
CF66.0 PATA Su
upportstra
ansferrateo
of120MB/ssec
fid
on
CFast SATA Su
upportstra
ansferrateo
ofupto6000
tC
MB/sec
M
or
tip
ACompactFlasshcardcan
nbereadinanExpresssCardslotiifanapprop
priate
er
verisinstallled.
driv
C
&
MM
MC
P
H
MMMCisanopeenstandarddthathasp
primarilybeeenreplaced
dbytheSD
D
stan
ndard.Therearethreeformfactorrs:
MMC
Reduced
dSizeMMC
C(RSMMC
C)
MMCmiicro
AnMMMCcardcanberead dinafullsizeSDslot..Thesmalleersizescan
nbe
read
dinafullsiizeSDslot,providedyyouattacha anadapter..Therearetwo
otheerMMCsta andardstha atsupporthhigherspeeedtransfertthanMMCor
RSMMMC:
MMCplu
ussamessizeasMMC
MMCmoobilesam
mesizeasRS
SMMC
Page 10-5
5
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
SD
TheSDsttandardwa ascreatedb
bySecureD DigitalAsso
ociation.Itd
definesthe
wayinwhichdataccanbestoreedonaflash hmemoryccardthatcaanberead
byanSDDhostdevicce.Because itisastand ousmanufacturerscan
dard,vario
createcarrdsthatcan
nbereadaccrossmultippledevices.
SD host device
A compo onent that can
c read fro
om and wrrite to an SD
D device. A
Also called
an SD rea
ader.
SDcardsareavailab
bleinthree differentfo
ormfactors:
ullSD(Figu
Fu ure104)
miiniSD
miicroSD
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
Figure104:FullSDCardsswithVarioussCapacities
en
IfadevicehasafullSDreader,,liketheSlaate2,itcan
nreadthesm
maller
fid
cards.TheSDsloton ntheSlate22islocated
donthelefttedgeandiis
on
tC
referencedby(2)inFigure1066.
or
Thereareethreediffeerentcapaciityspecificaationsasw
well.Theseaaredefined
tip
inTable1
102.
er
C
Table102:S
SDSpecificatio
ons
&
P
H
Specificcation Capacity FormFactorrs HosstDevices
SD Upto2GB
B Fu
ull,miniSD
D, SD,,SDHC,
m
microSD SDXXC
SDHighh >2GBto322GB Fu
ull,miniSD
D, SDH
HC,SDXC
Capacity
y(SDHC) m
microSD
SDExten
nded 32GBto2 TB Fu
ull,microSD
D SDX
XC
Capacity
y(SDXC)
Page
e 10-6
HP Tabletss
Mobile Broa
adband Activation
A n M
MobileBroaddband
A
Activation
HPMMobileBrooadbandenablesyourSlatetouseeWWANs toaccessth he AAkeypointissthatyou
Interrnetfromm
moreplacessandoverllargerareassthanitcan
nbyusing nneedaplanw
witha
WLA ANs.Using gHPMobilleBroadban ndrequiresanetwork service ssubscriberbefforeyoucan
provvider,whichinmostccasesisamobilephoneenetworkp provider.H
HP aactivatemobille
bbroadband.
Mob bileBroadbandsupportsconnecttiontotheffollowingceellular
provviders:
AT&T
Sprint
TMobille
Verizon
Som
menotebook ksandtableetshavebu
uiltinsuppo
ortformob
bilebroadbaand.
n
io
Suppportcanbeeaddedtoo
othersbypuurchasingaaPCIExprressMiniC
Card
t
bu
thatsupportsm
mobilebroaadband,succhastheHP Pun2430EEVDO/HSP PA
tri
is
MinniCard.
rD
PCI--Express (PC
CIe) Mini Ca
ard
A sm
mall form factor version
n of a PCI-E
Express expansion card
d. fo
ot
N
Broa
adband Module
M Seriial Numbe
er
l-
tia
YouumayneedtheHPMo obileBroadb bandModu uleserialnuumberto

en
fid
activ
vatemobileebroadband dservice.O
OnaSlate2
2withabuiiltinbroadb band
on
mod dule,theserrialnumberislocatedonthepulloutlabeltrrayontherright
tC
edgee(Figure1005).
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre105:Labeltrray
TheMicrossoftCertificcateofAuth henticitylabeel,regulatoryy
label,Wiirelesscertifiicationlabel,,andSIMlaabelarealsolocateonthiis
tray.
7
Page 10-7
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
RemmovingandIInstalling Removin
ng and Insttalling a SIM
aSIM
Somemo obileprovid dersrequireeaSubscrib berIdentityyModule(S SIM).The
Remmindstudentsthatin SIMslotiinaSlate2islocatedo
ontheleftssideandisrreferencedby(1)in
theProBook64440b,the
Figure10
06.
SIM
Mislocatedin
nsidethe
batterybay.

Figure106:HPSlate2LefftEdge
n
io
ASIMisn
notahotpluggableco
omponent.ToremoveeaSIMfrom
matablet:
t
bu
tri
1. Sh
hutdownth hecomputeer.Ifyousu
uspectthecoomputerm mightbein
is
rD
hib
bernationmmode,wakeethecompu uterandtheenshutitd
down.
2. Disconnectalllexternald
devices.
fo
ot
3. DisconnectfrromACpow wer.
N
4. PreessontheS
SIMtoejecttit.
l-
tia
5. ReemovetheS SIMfromthheslot.
en
6. ReeconnecttoACpower..
fid
7. Reeconnectextternaldevicces.
on
ToinsertaSIM:
tC
or
1. Sh
hutdownth hecomputeer.Ifyousu
uspectthecoomputerm mightbein
tip
hib
bernationmmode,wakeethecompu uterandtheenshutitd
down.
er
C
2. Disconnectalllexternald
devices.
&
3. DisconnectfrromACpow wer.
P
H
4. PreesstheSIM
Mgentlyinto
otheSIMsslot.
5. ReeconnecttoACpower..
6. Reeconnectextternaldevicces.
Makesureto
M oproperlyaligntheSIM
Msothatitm
matchestheicconnextto
theSIMsllot.Donotaapplytoomu
uchforce.Im
mproperlyinssertingtheS
SIMcard
coulddam
mageitandth heconnectorr.
Managin
ngConnectiions
Youcanm
manageWW WAN,WLA AN,andBlu
uetoothcon
nnectionsu
usingeither
theHPCo
onnectionM
ManagerorrWindowsNetworkaandSharing
gCenter.

Page
e 10-8
HP Tablets
StayandSleep TabletSecurity
SueMichaels,theownerofStayandSleep,frequentlyvisitscurrentandpotential Referbacktothe
properties.Sheneedstobeabletomakenotesduringanonsiteinspectionofa discussionofsecurityin
property.Shealsoneedstobeabletorunproductivityapplications,suchas thelastchapter.This
discussionbuildsonthat
MicrosoftOfficeandafinancialapplication.
knowledge.
HPProtectToolsare
Ms.MichaelsneedstobeabletoaccesstheInternetevenwhenaWiFiaccess
supportedonmany
pointisnotavailable. differentmodels,notjust
tabletcomputers.They
ComparethefeaturesofferedbytheSlate2andtheEliteBook.Whichwouldyou arediscussedhere
recommendandwhy? becausesecurityisso
criticalforhighlymobile
devices.
Tablet Security
io
Inthelastchapter,wediscussedsomeofthesecurityfeaturesoflaptop
t
bu
computers.Becauseoftheirsmallsize,securityisextremelyimportantfor
tri
tabletcomputers.
is
rD
BoththeSlate2andtheEliteBookTablet2760pincludeaTPMembedded
fo
securitychip1.2,supportforEmbeddedSecurity,andHPProtectTools
ot
N
SecurityManager.TheSlate2includessupportforComputrace.
l-
tia
TheEliteBookalsoincludesDiskSanitizer,asecuritylockslot,an
en
integratedSmartCardreader,andafingerprintsensor.Itsupportsan
fid
enhancedversionofprebootauthenticationthatauthenticatesmultiple
on
usersusingmultifactorauthentication.
tC
or
Multifactor authentication
tip
An authentication method that requires a user to present credentials from

er
two or more categories: something you know, something you have,

C
something you are, or something you do.

&
P
H
Wehavealreadydiscussedseveralofthesefeatures.Letustakeaquick
lookatthosewehavenotdiscussed.
AnindepthdiscussionofHPProtectToolsisbeyondthescopeof
thiscourse.Moreinformationisavailableat
http://bizsupport1.austin.hp.com/bc/docs/support/SupportManual/
c02753983/c02753983.pdf
Security Manager
TheSecurityManagerallowsuserstomanagetheirownlogonaccounts,
passwords,andcredentials.Italsoallowsyoutomanagebuiltinsecurity
applicationsandinstalladditionalapplicationsthatyoucandownload
fromtheHPWebsite.
Page 10-9
Logons and Credentials

LogonsandcredentialsaremanagedthroughtheMyLogonsareaof
SecurityManager.Fromthere,youcanaccesstheCredentialManagerand
thePasswordManager.
TheCredentialManagerisusedtoconfigureaWindowslogon,register
yourfingerprint,andconfigureasmartcard.Fingerprintsensorsand
smartcardreadersareonlyavailableonsomemodels.
ThePasswordManagerisusedtostorepasswordstovariousWebsites
andresourcesthatcanbeunlockedbyusingasinglecredential.Password
Managerhelpsmakeiteasiertousedifferentstrongpasswordsbecause
youonlyhavetoauthenticateusingasinglesetofcredentials,aprocess
knownassinglesignon.
n
io
Single sign-on
t
bu
An authentication process that enables a user to log on to multiple servers
tri
or Web sites using a single set of credentials.
is
rD
Embedded Security
fo
ot
TheEmbeddedSecurityfeatureenhancestheEncryptingFileSystem
N
(EFS)capabilitiesofWindowsbystoringthedecryptionkeyinTPM.With
l-
tia
embeddedsecurity,youcancreateapersonalsecuredrive(PSD)thatis
en
hiddenunlessyouprovidetheappropriatecredentials.
fid
on
PSD
tC
An encrypted virtual drive that only appears after you have provided the
appropriate credentials.
or
tip
er
AdriveprotectedwithEmbeddedSecuritycannotbeaccessedby
C
installingthedriveinadifferentcomputerbecausetheencryptionkeyis
&
tiedtothemotherboardsidentity.
P
H
Computrace
Computraceisasubscriptionservicethatallowsyoutotrackthelocation
ofadevice.IfComputraceisenabledonadevice,anadministratorcan
performthefollowingtasks:
Determinethelocationofadevice
Remotelymonitorthedevice
Remotelymanagethedevice
ComputracewasformerlycalledLoJackPro.
Page 10-10
HP Tablets
HP SpareKey Bluetooth
Synchronization
TheSpareKeyfeatureallowsyoutospecifythreequestionsthatausercan
Itislikelythatatleast
answertoallowlogoniftheyforgettheirpassword. somestudentshaveused
Bluetoothtotransferfiles
One-Step Logon
betweenphonesor
Withonesteplogon,auseronlyhastoprovidethepreboot betweenaphoneanda
authenticationcredentialstologontoWindows. PC.Ifso,askthemto
sharetheirexperiences.
Administrative Console
TheAdministrativeConsoleallowsanadministratortoconfigurelogon
andsessionpolicies,including:
Preventusersfromreadingfromorwritingtoaremovabledevice

n
ManageHPProtectToolsusers
io

t
Configuresupportedlogonmethods
bu
tri
OnlyamemberoftheWindowsAdministratorsgroupcanaccessthe
is
rD
AdministrativeConsole.
StayandSleep
fo
ot
N
Ms.Michaelsisconcernedthatherlaptopmightbecomelostorstolen.You
l-
explainthatbyusingEmbeddedSecurity,shecanensurethatherpersonaldata
tia
canonlybeaccessedifshelogsontothecomputer.
en
fid
Bluetooth Synchronization
on
tC
BluetoothisusedforconnectingdevicesinaPersonalAreaNetwork
or
(PAN).Itoperatesoverthe2.4GHzfrequency.Varioustypesofdevices
tip
canbeBluetoothenabled,including:
er
C
NotebookPCs
&
Tablets
H
Smartphones
Printers
Cameras
Headphones
TherangeforaBluetoothconnectiondependsonthedeviceclass.Class1
devices,suchasHPprinterscanhaveanunobstructedrangeof100
meters.Class2deviceshavearangeof50meters.Class3devices,suchas
HPnotebooks,havearangeof10meters.
Page 10-11
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
Blu
uetoothTopologies Bluetooth
h Topologiies
Stu
udentsneedonnlyageneral Bluetoothhsupportsttwotopologgies:piconeetsandscattternets.Apiconet
undderstandingo
ofthe (Figure10
07)allowsconnectionnsofuptoeeightdevicesusingaffrequency
Blu
uetoothtopolo
ogies.
hoppingpattern.W Whenapicon netisestablished,onedevicesetssthe
frequency yhoppingp patternanddtheotherdevicessyn nchronizettheirsignalss
tothesam
mepattern.Thedeviceethatsetsth hefrequenccyhopping gpatternis
calledtheeprimaryddevice,ormmasterdevicce,andtheotherdeviccesare
calledseccondaryorslavedevicces.Eachpiiconethasaadifferentffrequency
hoppingp patterntod
differentiateeitssignalssfromthessignalsofo
other
piconets.

n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
Figure107:TwoPiconets
en
fid

on
Frequenccy hopping
tC
A techno
ology in which the data a is divided
d into small pieces callled
or
packets. The transmitter and re

eceiver exchange a data packett at one
tip
frequency, and thenn they hop to anotherr frequency y to exchannge anothe

er
er
packet. This
T method d reduces innterference e and eaveesdropping..
C
&
P
Ascatternnetisformeedwhentwwoormorepiconetsarrelinkedby ya
H
commonBluetootheenabledde vice(Figurre108).Wh henadeviceeispresentt

inmultiplepiconets,,itsynchro
onizestotheemasteroffeachpicon
netwith
whichitiiscurrently
ycommuniccatingandssetsthehop ppingpatteernofthe
piconetin
nwhichitissthemasteer.
Page
e 10-12
HP Tabletss
n
Figurre108:Scattern
net
io
t
Blue
etooth Sec
curity
bu
tri
Blueetoothsecurityismosttlytransparrentandeasyforusersstoimplem
ment.
is
rD
Likeemostothersecurenetworkprottocols,Bluetooth2.1(aandlater)
fo
implementsau uthenticationn,authorization,andeencryptionn(Figure109).
ot
N
l-
Encryp
ptionwasinttroducedinBluetooth2..1.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
Figurre109:SecurittySequence
er
C
Authhenticationnverifiesth
heidentityoofthedeviccetryingtoconnectwiith
&
P
yourrdevice.Afterauthen nticationisccomplete,y
yourBlueto oothdevice
H
gran
nts(authoriizes)anotheerBluetooth hdeviceacccesstoasp
pecificserviice.
Encrryptiontrannslatesdataaintoaformmatthatcannonlybereeadbyanother
deviicewiththeesameencrryptionkey y.
Theimplementtationoftheesemechan
nismsoccurrsatthethrreesecurity
y
mod
desdescribeedinTable103.

Page 10-13
3
EnablingBluetooth Table103:SecurityModes
TheBluetoothsettings
shownarethoseavailable Mode Description
inWindows7.Theuser
interfacewillbedifferent Mode1 Nosecurity;anyonecanusethedevice.Thismodeisthe
inotherversionsof defaultsettingforpublicdevicessuchasprinters.
Windows.
Mode2 Permissiontoaccessyourdeviceisdependentonthe
service(s)youauthorize(ServiceLevelsecurity).Withyour
PDA,forexample,youcanallowanotherdeviceto
exchangeelectronicbusinesscardsanddenythedevice
accesstocontactinformationandcalendarentries.
Mode3 Inthismode,thedevicesmustbepairedbeforetheycan
n
io
establishaconnectionandtransferdata(LinkLevel
t
bu
security).
tri
is
rD
Enabling Bluetooth
fo
BeforeyoucanenableBluetooth,youneedtoensurethatthecomputer
ot
N
hasaBluetoothradio.YoucanviewBluetoothradiosinDeviceManager
l-
(Figure1010).
tia
en
AnHPnotebookthathasaBluetoothradiocomeswiththenecessary
fid
softwarealreadyloaded.However,youwillneedtoinstallitusingthe
on
SoftwareSetuputility.
tC
1. SelectStart>AllPrograms>SoftwareSetup.
or
tip
2. WhentheSoftwareSetupWelcomewindowisdisplayed,select
er
Next.
C
3. SelectthecheckboxnexttoBluetoothbyHPtoenablethe
&
P
softwareforinstallation,andthenselectNext.
H
4. SelectFinishtocompletetheinstallationandtorestartthe
computer.
Youwillalsoneedtoensurethatthewirelesslightison.Ifitisnot,
pressthewirelessbutton.

Page 10-14
HP Tabletss
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figurre1010:ViewiingBluetoothR
RadiosinDev
viceManager
N
l-
TheiconintheWindowssystemtray yindicatesthestatuso
oftheBluettooth
tia
radiio,asdefineedinFiguree1011.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figurre1011:Blueto ons
oothStatusIco
H
InW
Windows7,youcanennableBlueto
oothbyrigh
htclicking theBluetoo
oth
icon
nandselectingTurnA
AdapterOnn.Thelogow
willchangeefromredtto
whitte.
You
ucanmanag geBluetootthdeviceseettingsbycllickingthe iconand
choo
osingOpen nSettings.T
TheOption ntab(Figurre1012)setttingsconfiigure
wheetherBlueto
oothdeviceescandisco
overandcon nnecttotheecomputerr.
TheSharetab((Figure10113)isusedttoconfigurrethelocatiionofthe
BlueetoothExchhangefolderanddeterrminewhettheraremo otedevicecaan
senddandreceivvefilesand
dusetheprinteror,ifa
applicable, themodem m
attacchedtothe computer.
Page 10-15
5
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figure1012
2:OptionsTab
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1013
3:BluetoothSh
hareSettings
Page
e 10-16
HP Tabletss
ThePIMInterfacetab(Figgure1014)allowsyou utoenablessynchronizzation P
PairingDevicces
ofpersonalinfformationmmanagemen nt(PIM)da ata.Youcannselectwh
hich EExplainthatinnorderto
appllicationsho
ouldreceiveesuchdata
aifitissenttfromaBlu
uetoothdevvice. ppairdevices,tthecode
Forexample,y youcanconfigureMicrrosoftOutlo ooktoreceiivebusinesss mmustbeconfirrmedon
dsandcalen
card ndaritemsfromasmaartphone. eeachdevice.
PIM
Mdata
Dataathatisrela
atedonlyto
oaspecificuser,suchasemailm
messages,
calen
ndaritems,,contacts,aandtasks
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1014:PIMIn ngs
nterfaceSettin
PairringDevice
es
Pairringisabon
ndingproceedurethataallowsyoutoavoiden nteringacceess
informationeachtimetwo odevicesesstablishaconnection. IfSecure
Connnectioniseenabled,deeviceswillp
pairautoma aticallythe firsttimetthey
connnect(apasssword,orp
passkey,mu ustbesucceessfullyexchhanged).Fo or
exammple,when nyoupaira
anAndroid dsmartphon netoacommputerrunn ning
Winndows7,yo oumustconnfirmthecoonnectionb bothonthe smartphon neand
onW
Windows7(Figure1015).
7
Page 10-17
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure1015
5:ConfirmthePairingCode
N
l-
Whenyou upairtwodevices,theeygenerateeandstoreacommon
nlinkkeyso
o
tia
thatyoud
donotneed
dtoenterth
hepasskeywhenyouconnect.
en
fid
Paireddeevicesexcha
angeencryppteddatath
hatcannotbedecipheeredby
on
unauthorrizeddevicees.Thedev
vicesremain
npairedevenwhen:
tC

or
On
neofthedeevicesisnottpoweredo on.
tip
Asservicecon
nnectionisiinterrupted
dortheserv
viceisstopp
ped.
er
On
neorbothoofthedeviccesarerestaarted.
C
&
Whendev vicesarefirrstpaired,aanynecessaarydeviced
driversanddsoftware
P
H
isautoma
aticallydowwnloaded.Y Youcannottusethedeeviceuntiltthe
softwareisinstalled.
Youcanv
viewdeviceespairedtooaWindow ws7compuuterinConttrolPanel>
Devicesa
andPrinterss>BluetootthDevices(Figure1016).Inthefigure,the
Epic4Gh
hasbeenpa
aired,butissnotyetreaadybecauseethedriverrsarebeing
g
downloadded.
Page
e 10-18
HP Tabletss
n
iot
bu
tri

is
rD
Figurre1016:Paired
dDevicesinW
Windows7
Figu
ure1017sh
howstwod
devices,aPC
Candasmartphonep
pairedtoan
nfo
ot
N
Anddroidphonee.
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1017:Paired
dDevicesonan
nAndroid
Page 10-19
9
AndroidDevices HP QuickSync
TheAndroidoperating OnHPMiniNetbookcomputers,youcandownloadandinstalltheHP
systemisevolving QuickSyncsoftware,whichispoweredbySyncablestomanage
quicklyanddifferent
synchronizationofmusic,audio,andotherfilesbetweendevicesonthe
versionsaresupported
ondifferentsmartphones. samenetworkrunningQuickSyncsoftware.QuickSynccanbeconfigured
toautomaticallysynchronize:
Itislikelythatsome
studentshavean Files
Androiddevice.Ifthey Email
do,andtimepermits,ask
Contacts
forstudentvolunteersto
explainafeatureoftheir InternetExplorerorFirefoxbookmarks
smartphone.
AndroidSmartphone
Android Devices
n
Features
io
Alargenumberofsmartphonesfromdifferentcellphonevendorscome
t
bu
AkeypointisthatARM
withaversionoftheAndroidoperatingsysteminstalled.Asofthesecond
tri
processorsarecommonly
is
usedonsmartphonesdue quarterof2011,anestimated550,000newandroiddeviceswereactivated
rD
toitslowpower everyday.
fo
consumption. ot
NewversionsoftheAndroidoperatingsystemarereleasedfrequently.To
N
addtothecomplexity,differentphonessupportdifferentoperating
l-
tia
systemversions.
en
Whenthisbookwaswritten,version4oftheAndroidoperatingsystem
fid
wasthelatestversion.Itoffersimprovementsinmultitaskingand
on
usability,including:
tC
or
Homefoldersandfavorites
tip
Facerecognition
er
Resizablewidgetstoembedaliveapplicationonahomepage
&
Voiceinput
P
Explorebytouchmodetoenabletouchscreennavigationusing
audioprompts
Forthepurposeofthiscourse,wewilluseaSprintGalaxySphone
runningAndroidOSversion2.3.5asanexample.
Android Smartphone Features

Androidsmartphonescomeinavarietyofstyles.Theytypicallyinclude
thefollowingfeatures:
ARMprocessor
Internalmemory
Touchscreendisplay
3Gand/or4Gdataconnection
Page 10-20
Andrroid Devicess
WiFi A
AndroidArch
hitecture
Bluetootth Overviewonly.Thekey
O
Camera p
pointhereistthatthe
USBporrt A
Androidisbaasedonthe
L
Linuxkernel.
ARMM processorr AAlthoughtheprocedure
A prrocessor creeated by ARM.
A The Co ortext-A serries processsors are pow
wer fordoingsoissbeyondthe
effic
cient 32-bit processors typically ussed in smarrtphones an nd other deevices sscopeofthisccourse,some
thatt require muultimedia fu
unctionality
y. They can have 1-4 c cores and uusersrootthheir
opeerate at up to 2 GHz. ssmartphones,allowing
thhemtointeraactwith
Thebatterycha argertypica
allyconnectstotheUS
SBport.Mo
ostsupportt LLinuxastheroot
addiitionalstoragethroughhamicroSDDcard.Sommeinclude aslideout (superuser)acccount.
keyb
board. RRootingisneccessaryto
rrunsomeapp plications
n
io
Youcanchargeasmartphonebbyconnectin
ngtheUSBccabletoachaarger thhatareavailaableinthe
t
bu
ortooaPCsUSB
Bport. MMarket.Howeever,
tri
rrootingisdan
ngerousand
is
And
droid Arc
chitecture
e ccanvoidthesservice
rD
wwarrantyony yourphone
fo
TheAndroidoperatingsy ystemisanopensourcceoperatinggsystembaased
ot oorcausedamaagetothe
onth
heLinux2..6kernel.Eachapplica
ationrunsinnitsownD
Dalvikvirtuual ooperatingsysttem.
N
macchine.Andrroidhasalaayeredarch
hitecture,assshownin Figure10118.
l-
tia
Dalv vik virtual machine

m
en
An e environmen nt that exec

cutes applic cation code in its own
n process sp
pace.
fid
It is ssimilar to the Java Virtual Machin ne (JVM), but trimmed down and d
on
optimized to ru un applicatiions using le

ess processor power aand memorry.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1018:Andro
oidArchitecturre
Page 10-21
Applicationsinterfacewiththemanagersintheapplicationframework.
Onlythedriversinteractdirectlywiththehardware.Thisarchitecture
helpspromoteapplicationstabilityandencourages3rdpartyapplication
development.
Phone Information and Updates

YoucanclicktheSettingsbuttonandthenclickAboutPhonetoview
informationaboutthephone(Figure1019)andperformsystemupdates.
Thisinformationcanbeusefulwhentroubleshootingproblemsandmay
berequiredwhencallingtechnicalsupport.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or

tip
Figure1019:AboutPhone
er
C
ClickingSystemupdatesallowsyoutocheckforupdatesto:
&
P
Firmware
H
Profile
PreferredRoamingList(PRL)
Androidoperatingsystem
PRL
A database of carriers that can provide roaming services in a specific
area.
Userswhotraveloutsidetheirhomelocationmightneedto
updatetheirPRL.
Page 10-22
Andrroid Devicess
Acttivation
Asm
martphonemustbeactivatedwitthaprovideerbeforeit canbeused d.
Actiivationincluudesassociiatingacusstomeracco
ountandphhonenumb ber
with
hthesmartp phone.Mannyprovidersrequirea adatacontrractbeforethey
willactivateassmartphoneethathas44Gcapabilitties.
Thecustomersserviceperssonnelwillgenerallya
activatetheesmartphon
nefor
youwhenyoupurchaseitt.Otherwisse,youwillneedtocalllyour
prov
viderscusttomersupp
port.
App
plications
TheAndroidinncludesanumberofbbuiltinappllications,in
ncludingem mail,
ndar,andW
calen Webbrowser.Youcan nviewinsta alledappliccationsby
n
io
click
kingtheAp
pplicationsb
buttonontthescreen(Figure10220).
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1020:Andro
oidHomeScre
een
You
ucanmanag
geapplicatiionsbyclickingSettin
ngs,Appliccations,and
dthen
Man
nageAppliications(Fig
gure1021)).
Page 10-23
3
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices

Figure1021
1:ManagingAp
pplications
n
tio
bu
Fromtherre,youcan
nclickanap
pplicationto
odothefolllowing:
tri
Fo
orceittosto
op
is
rD
Un
ninstallit
fo
Un
ninstallapp plicationuppdates
ot
Managewha
M attheappliccationhasp
permissiontoaccess
N
l-
Dependin ngonthea
application, youcanallsocleartheeapplicatio
ondataandd
tia
cache,anndmovetheeapplicatio
onbetween nthephoneandaUSB Bstorage
en
fid
device.
on
Youcanaalsopurcha
aseandinsttallapplicattionsfromtheMarkett.Letus
tC
lookatso
omeoptionssforconfig
guringemaiilandcalenndarsetting
gs.
or
tip
Email
er
C
oidsupportsconnectio
AnAndro ontoaPOP
P3,IMAP,o orMicrosoft
&
Exchange
eActiveSyn
ncemailacccount(Figu
ure1022).
P
H

Figure1022
2:TypesofEma
ailAccounts
Page
e 10-24
Andrroid Devicess
Wheenconfigurringanytyp
peofaccount,youneeedtospecify
ytheemaill
addrressandpaassword.Th
heotherinfformationy
youneedtooprovidew
willbe
diffeerentdepen
ndingonth
hetypeofacccount.
TheEmmailapplicattionisdemonnstratedheree.Toconfigu
ureaccesstooand
syncchronizewith
haGmailacccount,usettheGmailap
pplicationin stead.
POP
P3
WithhaPOP3em mailaccounnt,theemailisdownlooadedtoth
hedevice.
How wever,youcanelectto
ohavethem messageskeeptonthesserveruntillyou
man nuallydelettethem.Th
hisoptionisshelpfulwh
henausernneedstobeeable
toch
heckthemeessageonthheirsmartp phone,buta
alsohaveittdownloaddto
theirrOutlookm
mailboxontheirdeskttopcomputter.
n
io
Wheenestablish
hingaconn
nection,you
uneedtoprrovide:
t
bu
NameoffthePOP3server
tri
is
POP3po ort(port110bydefaullt)
rD
Security
ytype(SSLorTLS)forrincomingmmessages
NameofftheSMTP Pserver
fo
ot

N
SMTPport(port25 5bydefaultt)
l-
Security
ytype(SSLorTLS)forroutgoingmmessages
tia
Howofttenthepho oneshouldccheckform
messages
en
Whetherrthisshoulldbethedeefaultaccou
untusedto sendmessages
fid

on
Whetherrtonotifyttheuserwh
henmailarrrives
tC
Figu
ure1023sh
howsthescreenusedttoconfigureeincoming
gsettings.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1023:POP3IncomingServ
verSettings
Page 10-25
5
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
ExcchangeActive
eSync IMAP
Oveerviewcertifiicate WithanIIMAPaccou unt,emailm
messagesarrenotdown nloadedtothedevice.
autthenticationandtoken Instead,u
usersreadm
messageswwhileconnectedtotheemailserveerand
bassedauthenticaation
selectwh
hichmessaggestodown nload.Thessameinform
mationmusstbe
onlly.Thesearen
not
typ
picallyusedin
nanSMB suppliedfortheIMAAPaccounttasfortheP
POP3accouunt,exceptthatan
envvironmentand dare IMAPserrvernamea andIMAPp portmustbbeprovideddinsteadoffaPOP3
com
mplicatedtocconfigure. servernameandporrt.IMAPussesport1433bydefaullt(Figure10024).
Maakesurestudeents
und derstandthata
primmaryadvanta ageto
ExcchangeActiveeSync
oveerIMAPandSMTPis
thatcalendarandcontact
infoormationcanbe
n
io
nchronizedinaddition
syn
t
bu
toeemail.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
C
Figure1024
4:IMAPIncom
mingServerSetttings
&
P
Exchang
ge ActiveSy
ync
H
Ifabusin
nesshasaM
MicrosoftExxchangeem mailserver,youcansynchronize
mail,conttacts,andccalendarinfformationb
bycreatinganExchange
ActiveSyn ncaccount..Todoso,y providethenameofth
youmustp heclient
accessserrverandtheedomainn nameanduusernameasssociatedwwiththe
mailbox((Figure102 25).
Page
e 10-26
Andrroid Devicess
n
io
t
bu

tri
Figurre1025:ExchangeActiveSyn
ncSettings
is
rD
ExchhangeActiv veSyncsuppportsDirecctPush,tosynchronizzeinformattion
overrHTTPorH HTTPS.Syn nchronizatiionoverHT fo
TTPSisenccrypted,and
d
ot
N
therreforemoreesecure.
l-
tia
Direct Push
en
A method by which
w new messages
m and
a other content
c is a
automatically
fid
sync
chronized on
o the mobile phone when
w it arriv
ves at the mmail server.
on
tC
ExchhangeActiv veSynccanbeconfigu uredtoperformbasicaauthenticattion,

or
certiificateauth
hentication
n,ortokenbbasedauthhentication..Whenbassic
tip
auth
henticationisused,theeuserscred
dentialsareepassedascleartext.You
er
C
canencrypttheembyinstaallinganSSLcertificateeontheExxchangeserv ver.
&
YouuwillneedttoconfigurethesmarttphonetotrrusttheCAAthatissued dthe
P
H
certiificate.
Basic authentic
cation
An a
authenticattion method d that uses a usernam
me and passsword as
cred
dentials. Unless used in
n conjunctio
on with SSL,, credentialls are passe
ed in
clea
ar text.
Certtificate auth
hentication
An a
authenticattion method d that uses a certificate issued by
y a CA as tthe
auth
hentication credentialls.
Toke
en-based authenticati
a ion
An a
authenticattion method
d that uses a dynamic
cally genera
ated token
n as
the authentica
ation credentials.
Page 10-27
7
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
Certificate
e authority (CA)
An entity responsiblee for valida ting the ide
entity of a c
certificate rrequester
and issuin
ng the certificate.
ExchangeeActiveSynncalsoallow
wsyoutocconfigurepoliciesthataffect
variousco
onfiguratio
onoptionstthatcanimppactsecurity,includin
ng:
Pa
asswordexppirationanddstrength
Featuresthatcanbeenab
abled,suchasBluetootthandcamera
Synchronizationsettingss
ExchangeeActiveSyn ncsupportssbothlocalwipeandremotewip peto
preventaathieffromusingthessmartphoneeoraccessiingthedataait
contains.Whenawiipeoccurs,alldataonthesmartp phoneandiitsstorage
cardisdeeletedandtthedeviceiisresettoittsfactoryco
onfiguratio
on.
n
io
Local wip
pe
t
bu
A device erasure annd reset tha
at occurs affter a defined numberr of
tri
incorrect logon atte
empts.
is
rD
Remote wipe
w
A device erasure an
nd reset tha fo
at is perform
med after an administrrator issues
ot
a comma and.
N
l-
tia
Contac
cts
en
fid
AnAndro oidsmartph honeallow

wsyoutocreeatecontacctsmanually
y(Figure
on
1026).Yo
oucanenterapersonssnameand
dmultiplep phonenummbers,emaill
tC
addressess,andinsta
antmessagiingaddressses.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1026
6:ManuallyCrreatingaContaact
Page
e 10-28
Andrroid Devicess
You
ucanalsoau
utomaticalllysynchron
nizecontacttsfromvariiousemail
prov
vidersandsocialnetw
works(Figurre1027).
n
io

t
bu
Figurre1027:Synch
hronizingwith
hAccounts
tri
is
Sec
curity
rD
fo
Earllierinthech
hapter,you ulearnedab
bouttheseccuritymeassuresyouccan
ot
takeewhenasm martphoneiisconfigureedasanExchangeActtiveSynccliient.
N
Therrearealsossomepreca autionsyou
ucantakeonthedevicceitself.Theese
l-
tia
optionsareava heLocationandSecuriityareaofSSettings(Fig
ailableinth gure
en
10228).
fid
on
Itisagoodideatosecureyourphon neimmediattelyafter
tC
activation
nandbeforeedownloadin ngemailorootherpersonaalinformatioon.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1028:LocatiionandSecuritySettings
Page 10-29
9
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
Locking the screen

n
Youcancconfigureth
hesmartphhonetorequuireanalphhanumericpassword,
numericPPIN,orgraphicalpatteerntounlo
ockthescreeen.
Credentiial storage
e
Thesmarrtphonecan nstorecertiificatesand
dothercred
dentialsthattareused
toaccesssecuresitessandVPN networks.Youcanm managecred dential
storageseecuritythro
oughLocatiionandSeccuritysettin ngsaswell(Figure10
29).
Virtual priivate netwo

ork (VPN)
A secure tunnel thro ough an unssecure netw
work, such as the Interrnet
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure1029
9:CredentialSttorageSettingss
H
Youcanp protectthecredentialsstorewithaapassword d.Youcanaalsoinstall

certificateesfromanS
SDcardand dclearthecertificatessthataresto
oredonthe
e
smartpho one.
3rd Party
y Applicatiions
Anumbeerofapplica
ationsareaalsoavailab
bletohelpssecureyourr
smartpho
oneandtheedataitconntains.Afew
woftheseaaredescribeedinTable
e
104.

Page
e 10-30
Android Devices
Table104:Some3rdPartySecurityApplications
Application Description
Lookout Offersantivirusprotection,databackup,lost
devicetracking,andremotewipe
LastPass OfferssinglesignontoWebsitesbystoring
passwordsinacloudbasedstore
Configuring Networks
AnAndroidsmartphonecanconnecttoWiFi,mobilebroadband,and
Bluetoothnetworks.YouhavealreadyseenhowBluetoothdevicesare
n
paired.
io
t
bu
Letustakealookatafewnetworkconfigurationsettingsformobile
tri
broadband,WiFi,andVPNconnectivity.
is
rD
Mobile Broadband
fo
ot
Mostsmartphonescanconnecttoa3Gnetworkifoneisavailable.You
N
canenableanddisable3GconnectivitythroughWirelessandNetworks,
l-
tia
MobileNetworkSettings.
en
Moreandmorealsooffer4GsupportforfasterInternetaccesswhena4G
fid
on
networkisavailable.4GsettingsareavailablethroughWirelessand
tC
Networks,4GSettings.
or
tip
Ifyouarenotusingthe3Gor4Gnetwork,turningitoffwill
er
conservebatterypower.
C
&
Wi-Fi Networks
P
H
WhenWiFiisenabled,youcanconfigurethesmartphoneto
automaticallydetectWiFinetworksandnotifyyouwhentheyare
available,oryoucanmanuallyaddaWiFinetwork.Toaddanetwork,
youneedtospecifytheSSID,thesecuritytype,andifthenetworkis
secured,thesecuritykey.
VPN Connectivity
Ifabusinessneedstoallowuserstoconnecttotheinternalnetwork
remotely,theymightcreateaVPN.YoucanconnecttoaVPNusinga
smartphonebyclickingAddVPNinVPNSettings.Youcanselecttoadd
aPPTPVPNoranL2TPVPN.AnL2TPVPNcanuseeitherno
Page 10-31
Cha
apter 10: Mo
obile Devices
credentiaals,apresh
haredkey(P
PSK),oraccertificatettoauthenticcatethe
user,assh
howninFig gure1030.
n
io
Figure1030
0:VPNSettings
t
bu
tri
Point-to-p
point tunnelling protocool (PPTP)
is
A protocool that auth
henticates uusers based d on a passsword and
rD
encapsulates packe ets for secu re transmisssion through an unseccure
fo
network. PPTP can encrypt
e pacckets using Microsoft P
ot Point-to-Poin
nt
Encryptio
on (MPPE). PPTP
P authennticates thee user, but n
not the devvice.
N
l-
Layer 2 Trransport Pro

otocol
tia
An industry-standard d tunneling protocol th

hat can be
e used in co
onjunction
en
with IPsec
c. L2TP can be configu ured to authenticate tthe device as well as
fid
the user. IPsec is used to provid

de encryptio
on.
on
tC
Pre-share
ed key (PSK
K)
or
A passphrase that must

m be con
nfigured ide
entically on
n the server and the
tip
client.
er
C
ForanyV
VPN,youneedtoprov
vide:
&
P
VPPNname thenameu usedtoidenntifythecon

nnection
VPPNserver theIPadd
dressoftheVPNserveer
DNNSsearchd domainsttheDNSserrversthatwwillbeused
dtoresolve
namesontheinternalneetworkafteertheVPNconnection nis
esttablished
ForaPPTTPVPN,yo ouneedtosspecifywheetherthetraafficshould dbe
encryptedd.ForanL22TPVPN,y youneedto ospecifywh hetheranL
L2TPsecret
isenabled
dand,ifso,,provideitt.IfyouareusingIPseec,youneed
dtoeither
specifyth
hePSKorseettheuser andCAcerrtificate.
TheV
VPNsettingsswillbedetterminedbytheVPNserrvers
con
nfiguration.
Page
e 10-32
Android Devices
USB Connection
YoucanestablishaUSBconnectionbetweenasmartphoneanda
computer.Youcanchoosewhethertousethatconnectionforpower,to
treatthephoneasaUSBdrive,ortotetherthephonetothecomputer
(Figure1031).
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure1031:Settings
N
l-
Tether
tia
To use the smartphones data network connection to allow a computer to

en
access the Internet

fid
on
Tetheringisnotsupportedbyallcellphoneproviders.
tC
or
AcomputercanalsouseBluetoothtoestablishatethered
tip
er
connection.
C
&
MedDev
P
MedDevhasanExchangeserver.SomeoftheengineersatMedDevneedtobe
abletoaccessfilesontheinternalnetworkfromtheirAndroidsmartphoneswhile
theyarecommuting.Theyalsoneedtobeabletochecktheiremailandcorrespond
withcoworkers.
Discusshowyouwouldconfiguretheengineerssmartphonestoallowforsecure
accesstointernalresources.Whatprecautionswouldyoutaketoensurethatthe
dataonthephonewasnotaccessedifthephonewaslostorstolen?Howwoulda
VPNserverattheofficeaddresstheirsecurityrequirements?
Page 10-33
AppleComputersiOS Apple Computers iOS Devices and Architecture

DevicesandArchitecture
WhenAppleannouncedtheiPhoneinearly2007,therewasnohintofthe
Thissectiondealswith
changesitwoulddeliverinthewayweviewandutilizewhatwenowcall
Applesthreemobile
devices:theiPhone,iPod mobiledevices.In2007,theBlackberry,Nokia,andPalmOSdevices
touch,andiPad.Allrun definedthesmartphonemarket.Usersinteractedwiththesedevicesviaa
thesameoperating stylus,aphysicalscrollkey,and/orakeyboardthatrequirednimble
systemiOS5.1isthe thumbsanddifficultkeycombinationstoproducedesiredlettersor
currentversion.Inthis
numbers.SomeofferedacameraandWiFisupport.Despitewhatwe
section,wewillprovide
samplescreenshotsfrom mayviewtodayasshortcomings,Blackberry,Nokia,andPalmclaimeda
boththesmalleriOS hugemarketshareandwereinwideuseincorporateenvironments.
devices(iPhone/iPod
touch)andthelarger iPhone
iPad.
TheiPhonewasthefirstsmartphonetoemployahighresolution
n
io
Theimportantpointto touchscreenfingers,ratherthanastylusinteractedwiththedevice.
t
bu
emphasizeisthatall
Ratherthanaphysicalkeyboard,anonscreenQWERTYkeyboard
tri
threedeviceswillbe
is
configuredinthesame appearedwhenneed.ThefirstiterationofApplesMultiTouchGestures
rD
manner;somefunctions (seeChapter8)alloweduserstoscrollthescreen,enlargeorshrinka
fo
willvaryfrommodelto portionofthescreen,andtouchabuttontolaunchanapplication.Forthe
ot
model.
N
firsttime,afullyfunctioningInternetbrowser,Safari,providedtrue
l-
Atthistime,thecurrent mobilewebsurfing.Andasabonus,theiPhoneintegrateditsmarket
tia
iPadmodelistheiPad definingiPodtechnology,combininganiPodwithasmartphone.The
en
2theiPad3isexpected
iPhoneOSwasbasedupontheMacintoshOSX,atfirstcalledtheiPhone
fid
tobeannouncedfirst
on
quarterof2012,butno OS,eventuallyiOS.
tC
detailsareavailable. Withinayear,Applehadannouncedsupportforthirdpartyapplications
or
TheiPhone4Sisthe fortheiPhone,launcheditsAppStore,andsmartphonesbecamemore
tip
currentiPhonemodel, commonlyknownasMobileDevices.TheiPhonebegantofunctionasa
er
alongwiththeiPhone4.
C
microcomputer,runningmanyofthesameapplicationsastheMacintosh.
&
Featuresofferedwill
P
changeasthehardware iPhone 4/4S

H
andOSareenhanced
overtime. ApplescurrentiPhonefeaturesa3.5inchdiagonalhighresolutionmulti
touchretinadisplay,featuringhorizontalorverticalviewing.
Retina Display
Apple term for the iPhones and iPod touchs 326 ppi, 640X960 high-
resolution 3.5-inch display.
Dependingonthemodel,theiPhonecurrentofferings,the4Sand4,
include:
8GB,16GB,32GB,or64GBmemory
A4chip(iPhone4);DualcoreA5chip(iPhone4S)
FiveoreightmegapixelcamerawithaLEDflash
Page 10-34
Apple Computers iOS Devices and Architecture
SecondfrontfacingcamerawithVGAresolutiondesignedfor AirPlayandAirPrint
videochats Stressthevalueofeach
720por1080pHDvideorecording;storagefrom8GBto64GB, technologyinabusiness
dependinguponthemodel oreducationalsetting.
802.11b/g/nWiFi(802.11n2.4GHzonly) AirPlaygivesyouthe
AssistedGPSandGLONASS(GlobalNavigationSatelliteSystem) optiontoloadvideo
Bluetooth4.0 presentationsorpower
pointslidesonaniPad,
DigitalCompass
andthenconnectthe
Audioandvideoplayback devicetoaHDmonitor
AirPlay inaboardroomor
classroom.This
AirPrint(wirelessprinting)
eliminatestheneedto
MailAttachmentsupportforwidevarietyofdocumenttypes, carryabulkylaptop.
including.docand.docx,.xlsand.xlsx,.pdf.,.jpg,tiff,.gif,html,
n
AirPrintprovidesthe
io
vcf,andAppleiWorkProductivityapps
t
abilitytoprintanyemail,
bu
Proximitysensor document,attachment,or
tri
Ambientlightsensor webpagewirelesslytoan
is
rD
Threeaxisgyroandaccelerometer AirPlaycompatible
fo
printer.HPoffersseveral
A-4 Chip AirPlayenabled
ot
N
Apple-designed chip that combines an ARM Cortex-8 CPU with a ePrinters.Thisallowsthe
l-
PowerVR GPU. iOSdeviceusertoprint

tia
withouthavingtoaccess
en
Dual-core A5 chip alaptopordesktop

fid
Apple-designed chip based on the dual-core ARM Cortex-A9 MPCore computer.

on
CPU with a NEON SIMD accelerator and a PowerVR SGX543MP2 GPU. The
tC
chip incudes an image signal processor unit (ISP), used for advanced
or
image processing such as facial recognition and image stabilization.

tip
er
AirPlay
C
Apple technology that enables the user to wirelessly stream music, photos,
&
or video from an iOS device to an HDTV or speakers through the Apple TV

P
H
device.
AirPrint
Apple Technology that enables iOS devices to print directly to an AirPrint-
compatible printer via Wi-Fi.
Proximity Sensor
iPhone display automatically detects when the phone nears the face and
deactivates the touch screen.
The4SalsoincludesApplesSiritechnology(Figure1032),avoice
enabledassistantthatusesartificialintelligencetorespondtoquestions,
commands,andengageinbasicconversation.

Page 10-35
Inthissection,discussthe Siri
changesintheway Apple term for the iPhone 4S intelligent personal assistant, which uses
peopleaccessorreceive voice requests to perform tasks, search information, place phone calls,
newstodayascompared send text messages or emails, remind you of appointments or tasks based
totheearly2000s.Ask on geo-location, and more.
studentsiftheyreadthe
newsinatraditional
newspaperoraccessit
online.Howmanyusea
mobiledevicetostayin
touchwithnews,sports
scores,orother
information?Howmany
accessmobilesportssites,
likeMLBonline,or
mobilenewssitessuchas
n
io
CNN.com,oranewsapp
t
bu
towatchvideobased
tri
news?
is

rD
Whataretheimplications Figure1032:AccessingSiri
fo
forprintandstandard ot
broadcastmediainthe Forexample,askingSirithenearestplacetogetpizza,producedthe
N
future? screenresponseseeninFigure1033.
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1033:Sirianswersaquestion
iPod touch
ApplesiPodtouchprovidesmanyofthefeaturesoftheiPhone,withthe
exceptionofcellularvoiceanddataservices:
8GB,32GB,and64GBmemory
A4Chip
3.5inchhighresolutionmultitouchretinadisplay
720pHDrecording,960X720stillphotobackcamera
Page 10-36
Apple Computers iOS Devices and Architecture
VGAqualityfrontcamera
802.11/b/g/nWi(802.11n2.4GHzonly)
Bluetooth2.1+EDR
Mapslocationbasedservices(userconfigurableifdesired)
Internetservices,suchasemail,webbrowser,and
messaging
WiFienablevideocallsviaApplesFaceTimeapp
AirPlaytoAppleTV
Supportfor1024X768pixelswithAppleVGAAdapter,
576pand480pwithAppleComponentAVCable,and576i
and480iwithAppleCompositeAVCable
Ambientlightsensor
Threeaxisgyroandaccelerometer
n
AirPrint
io
t

bu
iCloudservices
tri
Appleearphones
is
rD
iPad
fo
ot
TheAppleiPads2010debutlaunchedthecurrenteraoftabletcomputing.
N
Its9.7inchtouchscreencomplementedtheiPhone,makingthelearning
l-
tia
curvenonexistentforthemillionsofiPhoneusersbuyingthenewdevice.
en
iPadintroducedanewapp,iBooks,togetherwithaniBookstoreto
fid
complementtheiTunesandAppstores.Suddenly,thedeliveryofdigital
on
contenttoamobiledevicepresentednewopportunitiesforbookand
tC
textbookmanufacturers,newspapers,magazines,andeventelevision
or
newsoutlets.MorecomputerapplicationsappearediniOSformat,further
tip
er
advancingtheideathatmobiledevicescouldserveascomputers.iPad
C
sharesmanyofthesamefeaturesasitssmallercousins,theiPhoneand
&
iPodtouch,withadditionalfeaturesdesignedtocomplementthe
P
H
corporateandeducationalmarkets:
16GB,32GB,and64GBmemory
DualcoreA5chip
802.11a/b/g/nWiFiplusoptional3G
Bluetooth2.1+EDR
9.7inchdiagonalLEDbacklitmultitouchscreendisplay
1024X768pixelresolutionat132pixelsperinch
720pHDvideorecordingwithaudiobackcamera;still
camerawith5Xdigitalzoom
VGArecordingfrontcamera;VGAqualitystillcamera
WiFienabledPhotoandvideogeotagging
Page 10-37
Discussthewaysin LocationservicesviaWiFianddigitalcompass(Assisted
whichVideoMirroring GPSandcellularincludedwith3Goption)
couldbeusedinbusiness
DolbyDigital5.1surroundsoundpassthroughwithApple
oreducationalsettings:
Seminars,sales
DigitalAVAdapter
presentations,etc. AirPlayMirroringtoAppleTVat720p
VideoMirroringandsupportupto1080pwithApple

DigitalAVAdapterorAppleVGAAdapter
DeviceActivation
Videooutat576pand480pwithAppleComponentAV
DeviceActivationskey Cable;576iand480iwithAppleCompositeAVCable
pointisthatwithiOS5,
Viewabledocumenttypes:.docand.docx,.xlsand.xlsx,.ppt
theactivationofanApple
mobiledevicecanbe and.pptx,.pdf.,.jpg,tiff,.gif,html,vcf,andAppleiWork
accomplishedwithout Productivityapps
connectingtoahost AccessibilityApps
n
computer. o VoiceOverscreenreader
io
t
bu
iPhonesandiPadWi o Closecaptionedcontentsupport
tri
Fi+3Garecarrierspecific o Supportforassistivetechnologytouchdevices
is
andyoumustdesignatea
rD
o Userdefinedfontsize
carrierbeforepurchasing
Ambientlightsensor
fo
thedevice.TheiOSisthe

ot
samenomatterwhich Threeaxisgyroandaccelerometer
N
carrieryouselect,orif AirPrint
l-
youchooseaWiFionly
tia
iCloudservices
device.
en
Video Mirroring
fid

With an Apple Digital AV or VGA Adapter, users can project the iPad
on
screen to an HDTV or projector. AirPlay mirroring enables wireless display

tC
of the iPad screen through an Apple TV device. This is useful for

or
presentations to large groups and in classroom settings.

tip
er
C
Device Activation
&
P
H
ApplesiOS5severedthewirethatoncewasrequiredtoactivatetheiOS
device.WhenunboxinganewiPhone,iPad,oriPodTouch,youwill
activateandsetupyourdevicewirelessly.IfyoudonothaveanAppleID
(discussedinChapter8),youwillbepromptedtocreateone.TheApple
IDautomaticallysetsupaccesstotheiTunesStore,theAppStore,and
iCloudservices.IfyoualreadyhaveanAppleIDandareusingiton
anothermobiledeviceoronanOSXLioncomputer,sharedcontentwill
automaticallyflowtoyournewdevice(mail,contacts,calendars,iOS
apps,etc.).
iPhoneactivationisdeterminedatthetimeofpurchase,dependingupon
yourchoiceofavailablecellularcarriers(currentlyAT&T,Sprint,and
Verizon).Eachcarrieroffersdifferentvoice,message,anddataoptions;at
Page 10-38
Network Connectivity
thistimeiPhonesarecarrierspecific;forexample,youcannotconnectan
AT&TenablediPhonetoaVerizonnetwork.
Ifyouareactivatinga3GenablediPad,youwillsetupyourcellulardata
planthroughanetworkcarrier(currentlyAT&TandVerizon).iPadswith
3Gservicearecarrierspecific;aswiththeiPhone,youchooseyourcarrier
atthetimeofpurchase.Activationof3Gservicesisconfiguredthrough
theiPadsCellularDataSettings(Figure1034).UnlikeiPhones,youcan
buydataasneeded,withoutalongtermcontractwiththecellular
provider.The3Gdataserviceisavailablewhenyouneedit,andyoucan
turnitoffwhenyoudonot.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figure1034:CellularDataSettings
on
tC
Network Connectivity
or
tip
YouconfigureWiFiaccessiniOS5throughtheSettingsicon,usually
er
C
locatedonthehomescreenoftheiPhone/iPadoriPodtouch(Figures10
&
35and1036).
P
H

Figure1035:SampleiPhoneScreen
Page 10-39
TheSettingsiconisused
toaccessconfiguration
optionsfortheiOS
device.
TheDocklocatedatthe
bottomofthescreenin
eitherorientation
(horizontalorvertical)is
similartotheOSXdock
discussedinChapter8.
n
tio
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure1036:SampleiPadScreen
fo
ot
N
Yourscreensmayvaryfromthosepicturedabove.Userscancustomize
l-
tia
theplacementofAppicons,createfoldersforsimilarapps,anddecidewhichapps
en
toplaceonthedock(lowestrowonthescreen).Iconscanbeplacedonmultiple
fid
screens,accessedbyswipingyourfingersrighttoleftacrossthescreen.
on
tC
PressingtheSettingsiconlaunchestheequivalentofsystempreferences
or
fortheiOS.
tip
Dock
er
C
On an iOS device, dock refers to a vertical bar containing icons for

&
frequently accessed apps.

P
H
Settings
Settings allow you to modify hardware and software preferences on your
iOS device.
TheWiFiNetworksetting,oncesetintheonselection,automatically
searchesandpresentsalistofavailablewirelessnetworks.Those
requiringapasswordwillhavealockiconbesidesthenetworkstrength
indicator(Figure1037).Ifyouselectasecured(locked)network,youwill
beaskedtoprovidethenetworkpassword.
Page 10-40
Security
Security.
Engagetheclassina
discussionofthe
importanceof
establishingsecurity
protocolforamobile
device.Canstudents
recallinstancesinthe
newswheresensitive
datawasleakedbecause
amobiledevicewaslost
orstolen?

Figure1037:NetworkConfigurationScreen
n
io
Onceyouselectandjoinanetwork,itssettings,includingnetwork
t
bu
password,ifrequired,aresavedasaknownnetwork.Yourdevicewill
tri
recognizethenetworkinthefuture,withoutrequiringyoutologin.
is
rD
Security fo
ot
N
Appleoffersseveralwaystosecurethecontentsofyourmobiledevice.
l-
tia
YouwillaccessthesesettingthroughtheSettingsicon.Toconfigure
en
security,youwillselectPasscodeLock.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1038:SecuritySetting:PasswordLockScreenoniPad
Page 10-41
Youwilldeterminethepointatwhichauserwillbepromptedtoentera
password:immediately,afteroneminute,fiveminutes,or15minutes.
Youwillassigna4digitpassword,andyouhavetheoptiontoenable
EraseDataaftertenfailedpasswordattempts.
Requiringapasswordimmediatelytounlockthedeviceandenablingthe
EraseDataoptiongivesyoutheoptimumsecurityintheeventthedeviceislost
orstolen.
iCloudServicesalsoprovidealayerofsecuritybyenablingyoutolocate
yourdeviceandremotelylockoreraseitthroughanapp,FindMy
iPad/iPhone.Ifyouarenotsurewhereyourdeviceis,youcansenda
commandtoplayatoneordisplayamessageornotifyyouwhenthe
deviceisawakeandconnectedtotheInternet.Locationserviceswillalso
n
io
pinpointtheapproximatelocationofthedeviceonamap.
t
bu
tri
FindmyiPhone/iPadisveryhelpfulindeterminingifyouleftthedevice
is
rD
onyourdeskoratStarbucks,orifitwaslostorstolen.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1039:FindmyiPadscreenunderiCloudsettings.
Configuring Applications
ApplicationsareconfiguredthroughtheSettingsiconshownpreviously.
IfthisisyourfirstiOSdevice,youwillmanuallyconfigureyourmail
accounts,contacts,andcalendars.
Page 10-42
Mail
YouaddamailaccountthroughtheMail,Contacts,Calendarsselection
intheSettingsicon.SelectAddAccountandyouwillbegiven
optionstoentersettingsforiCloud,MicrosoftExchange,Gmail,Yahoo!,
Aol.,WindowsLiveHotmail,mobileme,orother.
Youcanaddasmanyemailaccountsasyouwish.Theywilldisplayas
separate(andcombined)mailboxeswhenyouaccessthemailicon,located
ontheiOSdock.Whensettingupanemailaccount,youhavetheoption
ofpushingcertainitemsconnectedtothataccounttoyourmobile
device.
Forinstance,ifyouuseanExchangeserveraccountforyourbusiness
emailandaGmailaccountforyourpersonalemail,youmaywishtopush
n
io
thebusinesscontactinformationtoyouraddressbook,butnotthosefrom
t
bu
yourpersonalemails.Youspecifythiswhenconfiguringtheaccount.
tri
is
Theoptionsavailabletopushtoyourmobiledevicearedependentupon
rD
theindividualmailserver.Youcanalsospecifyhowmanydaysbackyou
fo
wishtomaintainmailonyourdevice(ifofferedbythemailserver),as
ot
N
wellasspecificmailsubfolders,ifany,youwishsenttoyourmobile
l-
device(ExchangeOption).Keepinmindthatifyoudeleteanemailon
tia
youriOSdevice,youaredeletingitfromtheemailserver.Likewise,once
en
fid
youopenanemailonyouriPhone,iPad,oriPodtouch,theemailis
on
consideredopenedbytheserverandwillnotappearasnewemail
tC
whenyouaccessyouremailonyourcomputer.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1040:Optionsforconfiguringmailaccounts
Forexample,ifyouchoosetoconfigureyourGmailaccount,youwill
entertherequestedinformation,thenchoosetheGmailspecificitemsyou
Page 10-43
wishtosyncwithyourmobiledevice,inthiscasemail,calendars,and
notes(Figure1041).
n
tio
bu

tri
is
Figure1041:Gmailsyncchoices
rD
iCloud
fo
ot
ApplesiCloudemailautomaticallysyncsacrossalliOS5mobiledevices
N
andOSXLioncomputersregisteredtoanAppleID.Youcan,ifdesired,
l-
tia
choosewhichinformationyouwanttosynctoanindividualmobile
en
device.
fid
on
YoufirstenteryourAppleIDandpassword,andthenselectthe
tC
informationthatshouldbesyncedtotheiOSdevice(Figure1042).
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1042:iCloudsyncoptions
Page 10-44
Microsoft Exchange
iOS5supportsintegrationwithenterpriseservers,includingMicrosoft
Exchange2003(ServicePack2),2007(ServicePack1),and2010servers
throughMicrosoftExchangeActivSync.iOSdeviceswithcellular(3G)
serviceautomaticallyreceiveupdateswheneveranewmail,meeting
invitation,ortaskflowsthroughtheExchangeserver.WiFienablediPod
touchesandiPadsreceivethesenotificationspushedfromtheExchange
serverwhenconnectedtoaWiFinetworkorhotspot.
iOS5doesnotsupportopeninglinkstodocumentsthatarestoredon
SharePointServers.
YouconfigureanExchangeaccountsettingswiththesame
n
username/passwordcombinationthatisassignedfortheaccounton
tio
desktop/laptopcomputers(Figure1043).
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figure1043:SettingupExchangeemailaccount
Youcanchooseoptionsafteryousavetheaccountsetup,including
whatyouwishtosync:mail,contacts,calendars,and/orreminders.
Page 10-45
n
tio
bu
tri

is
rD
Figure1044:OptionsforExchangeaccountitemstosync
fo
Youcanfurtherspecifyhowmanydaysbackyouwishtosyncemailto
ot
N
themobiledevice,fromonedaytounlimited.Besidesdetermininghow
l-
muchemailyouwanttobecarriedonamobiledeviceduetomemory
tia
constraints,limitingthedayssyncedalsoaddsalayerofsecurityifthe
en
mobiledeviceismisplacedwithoutsecuritysettingsenabled(not
fid
on
recommended!).
tC
IMAP and POP email accounts

or
tip
iOS5providessupportforIMAP4andPOP3mailserversonWindows,
er
UNIX,Linux,andMacOSXservers.IfyouremailserverisMicrosoft
C
&
Exchange,Gmail,Yahoo!,Aol.,WindowsLiveHotmail,oriCloud,the
P
defaultsettingswillbeautomaticallyentered.
H
Tosetupanalternativeserverbasedemailaccount,youwouldselect
Otherontheemailaccountselectionscreen,themanuallyinputthe
accountsettingsforincomingandoutgoingmailservers.
Page 10-46
n
io
t
bu

tri
Figure1045:ConfiguringaPOPorIMAPaccount
is
rD
Onceyouremailaccountsareconfigured,youaccessthemthroughthe
MailiconontheiOSdevicesDock.
fo
ot
N
l-
Whensettingupemailaccounts,youhavetheoptiontospecifysettings
tia
forLDAPorCardDAVcontactsorCalDAVCalendarAccountsoradda
en
subscribedcalendar.AsdiscussedinChapter8,LDAPandCardDAVor
fid
on
subscribedcalendarsrequireserversupportandsettings.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
Figure1046:ProductivityapplicationsontheiOSDock
H
Contacts
ContactsonyouriOSdevicesaremaintainedinanAddressBook.
IdenticaltotheAddressBookappdescribedinChapter8,youaccessitby
selectingtheContactsicon(shownabove).Anycontactyouenteronan
iOSdevicewillautomaticallysyncthroughiCloudacrossalliOSdevices
andOSXLioncomputersthatareregisteredwithyourAppleID.A3G
capabledevicecanconnecttoiCloudthrough3G.Otherdeviceswill
requireanInternetconnection.
Page 10-47
n
Figure1047:SampleContactscreen
iot
bu
Tosetupanewcontact,pressthe+buttonatthebottomofthescreen.
tri
Youwillthenbepromptedtoenterinformationonthecontact(Figure10
is
rD
48).
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1048:NewContactScreen
Calendar
iOSCalendarappisidenticaltotheiCalapplicationdescribedinChapter
8.YouaccessitbyselectingtheCalendaricon.Anycalendaritemyou
enteronaniOSdevicewillautomaticallysyncthroughiCloudacrossall
iOSdevicesandOSXLioncomputerswithyourAppleID.
Youcanviewthecalendaronadaily,weekly,monthly,andyearlyformat.
Page 10-48
n
iot
bu

tri
is
Figure1049:CalendarMonthView
rD
Toaddanewcalendaritem,pressthe+buttonatthetoporbottomof
fo
ot
thescreen.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1050:Addinganeventtothecalendar
Youcansendinvitationsviaemail,throughtheInvitationsbutton.The
invitationlinkenablesyoutoselectrecipientsthroughtheAddressBook
andemailthemfromyourchoiceofconfiguredemailaccounts.Youalso
havetheoptionofestablishingarecurringmeeting,designatingreminder
alerts,assigningtheitemtoaspecificcalendar,andnotingyour
availabilityduringtheevent.
Page 10-49
Mentionsupportfor Synchronization
CalDAVandLDAP
accountsetupthrough Asmentionedearlier,synchronizationacrossiOSdevicesandOSXLion
mailsettings. enabledMacintoshcomputersrequirestheuseofanAppleIDand
ApplesiCloudservices.Thissynchronizationoccurswirelesslyand
ensuresthatyourcomputerandiOSdeviceshavethesameinformation.
AppledoessupportmanualsynchronizationofoneormoreiOSdevices
toasingleiTunesaccountthatmustbeaccessedononespecifiedcomputer.
ThisrequirestheuseofyourAppleID.
Youwillmanuallyselectwhichinformationwillbesyncedtoyourdevice,
andsynchronizationwilloccuronlywhenyouconnectthedevicetothat
computer.
TheSummaryScreen,showninFigure1051,providesanoverviewof
n
io
yourdevicesconfigurationsoftwareversion,selectedbackupoption,
t
bu
options,andavisualbargraphofthedevicescontentsandavailablefree
tri
is
space.
rD
Youcanelecttoencryptyourdevicesbackupfilebyselectingthatoption
fo
ot
andassigningapassword.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1051:Optionsformanualsynctoasinglecomputer
YouchoosewhichAddressBookcontacts,iCalcalendars,mailaccounts,
andotherinformation,suchasSafaribookmarksandnotes,tomanually
syncthroughtheInfotab.
Page 10-50
SyncingviaiCloud
servicesvs.manualsync.
Keypointhereisthatby
syncingtheiOSdevice(s)
toiCloudservices,you
arenotlimitedtobacking
uponlywhenconnected
tothephysicalhost
computer.
iOSdevicesmayonlybe
manuallysyncedtoa
singlecomputeranda
singleiTunesaccount.
Ifyouchoosenottouse
n
iCloudservices,stressthe
io
t
importanceofregularly
bu
backinguptheiTunes
tri
librarytoanexternal
is
rD
harddrive,Time
fo
Capsule,orDiskImage
(seeChapter8).
ot
N
IfaniOSdeviceis
l-
accidentlydestroyed
tia
(droppedinapuddle,
en
runoverbyacar),lost,or
fid
stolen,thecontentsmay
on
berestoredtoanew
tC
deviceimmediately
or
throughiCloud
tip
servicesorwhenever
er
youcansyncyournew
C

devicephysicallytoyour
&
Figure1052:Selectinginformationtosyncmanually
P
computersiTunes
H
account.
TheothertabsatthetopofthescreenallowyoutoselecttheApps,Ring
andMessagetones,Music,Movies,TVShows,Podcasts,iTunesU,Books,
andPhotosyouwishtoadd/synctotheiOSdevice.
Itispossibletosetupanoccasionalmanualsync,evenifyounormally
syncusingAppleiCloudservices.Atthistime,purchasedmoviesarenot
availableforsyncingthroughiCloud.Shouldyouwishtoaddordeletespecific
movies,youcandosobysyncingwithyourcomputerthatmaintainsyouriTunes
account.Onceyouhavecompletedthesync,besuretoresetyoursummary
preferencesforWiFisyncing.
Page 10-51
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
Figure1053:Configuringoccasionalmanualsync
fid
on
tC
Other Mobile Device Operating Systems

or
tip
AlthoughAndroidandiOSarethemostprevalentmobiledevice
er
operatingsystems,theyarecertainlynottheonlyones.InmanySMB
C
environments,youwillneedtosupportamixofdifferentmobiledevices,
&
P
particularlyifusersareallowedtousetheirpersonalphonesforwork.
H
Letstakeaquicklookatafewotherimportantoperatingsystems.
webOS
HPswebOSoperatingsystemisusedonPalmandiPAQhandheld
computersandTouchPads.Itsupportsmuchofthesamefunctionalityas
theAndroidoperatingsystem.
webOSdevicescanbeusedasExchangeActiveSyncclientsandsupport
SSLprotectedauthentication.
HPdiscontinuedwebOSproductlinesinAugust2011.
However,thereisstillaninstalledbaseofdevicesthatrequiresupport.
Page 10-52
Other Mobile Device Operating Systems
Blackberry
BlackberrydeviceswerereleasedbyResearchinMotion(RIM)in1999
andwereoneoftheearlysmartphones.Theyfeaturedfullpersonaldigital
assistantcapabilities,mediaplaying,Internetbrowsing,andinstant
messaging.TheearlysmartphoneshadanIntel386processor.Current
modelshaveanARMprocessor.
OS5(andlater)supportsfullsynchronizationandpolicieswithExchange
ActiveSync,includingSSLprotectedauthentication.Earlierversion
supportedemailandcontactssynchronization.
Windows Mobile
WindowsMobileisMicrosoftsmobiledeviceoperatingsystem,basedon
n
io
theWindowskernel.
t
bu
WindowsMobile6supportsafullcomplementofExchangeActiveSync
tri
is
functionalityforsynchronizingmailandcontacts,searchingExchange
rD
folders,andprovisioningthedeviceusingpolicies.
WindowsMobile7supportsonlythefollowingpolicies: fo
ot
N
AllowSimplePassword
l-
tia
BlockInternetSharing
en
BlockRemoteDesktop
fid
DeviceWipeThreshold
on
DisableDesktopSync
tC
DisableIrDA
or

tip
DisableRemovableStorage
er
IdleTimeoutFrequencyValue
C
MinPasswordLength
&
PasswordExpiration
H
PasswordHistory
PasswordRequired
YouuseWindowsMobileDeviceCentertosynchronizeaWindows
MobilephonewithacomputerthatisrunningWindowsVistaor
Windows7.YouuseActiveSynctosynchronizeaWindowsMobilephone
withacomputerthatisrunningWindowsXP.
DonotconfusetheActiveSyncusedtosynchronizefileswith
WindowsXPwithExchangeActiveSync.Theyaretwoseparateproducts.
Page 10-53
Nokia and Symbian

TheNokiaandSymbianmobileoperatingsystemsarecurrentlyboth
ownedbyNokia.Therearevariousversionsthatofferarangeof
functionality.Forexample,theSymbianBellehassupportforseveral
MicrosoftOfficeProductivityapplications.
BothNokiaandSymbiansupportActiveSyncsynchronizationformail
andcontacts.However,therehavebeenissuesreportedwhenusingSSL
protectedbasicauthentication.
NokiaphonescannotauthenticateusingbasicauthenticationwithSSL
whentheExchangeserverisconfiguredwithaselfsignedcertificate.
Self-signed certificate
A cryptographic certificate signed by an application instead of being
n
io
issued by a CA.
t
bu
tri
SymbianphonescannotauthenticateusingbasicauthenticationwithSSL
is
rD
whentheExchangeserverisconfiguredwithacertificatethatsupports
fo
theSubjectAlternativeName(SAN)field.
ot
N
Subject Alternative Name (SAN)
l-
A field in a certificate that allows you to associate multiple computers with

tia
a single certificate.
en
fid
on
Summary
tC
Inthissection,youlearned:
or
tip
Howtoactivatevariousdeviceswithacellularcarrier,including
er
C
HPMobileBroadband,Android,andiOSdevices
&
HowtoaccessaWiFinetworkfromAndroidandiOSdevices
P
Securitysettingsformobiledevices,includingencryptionand
remotewipeoptions
Howtoconfigureemail,calendar,andaddressbookaccounts
Optionsforsyncingthecontentsofyourmobiledevicewithyour
computeroranothermobiledevice
HowtouseBluetoothtoestablishaPAN
Page 10-54
Review Questions
ReviewQuestions
Review Questions 1.iPhone,iPodTouch,
iPad
1. AppleComputersthreemobiledevicesare:______________,
___________,and_______________. 2.iOS5
2. Applescurrentmobileoperatingsystemis_______________. 3.Settings
3. WheredoyouconfigureemailaccountsontheiOS5? 4.A4andDualCoreA5
4. WhattypesofprocessorsdoApplesmobiledevicesfeature?
5.Siri
5. WhatisthenameofApplesvoiceenabledPersonalAssistant
6.L2TP
technology?
6. WhichVPNprotocolcanuseIPsecforencryption? 7.domainname,user
7. Whatinformationmustyouprovidetoconfigureasmartphoneto name,andserveraddress
synchronizeusingExchangeActiveSync? 8.Pulloutlabeltray
8. OnanHPSlate2,wherecanyoulocatetheHPBroadbandModule 9.Confirmthecode
n
io
serialnumber?
t
10.Disable3Gor4G
bu
9. WhenpairingtwoBluetoothdevices,whatmustyoudooneach networks
tri
device?
is

rD
10. Whatcanyoudotoconservepoweronasmartphone?
fo
ot MatchingActivity
g
N
Homework
l-
b
tia
Matching Activity h
en
fid
Matchtheacronymwithitsdefinition. e
on
c
tC
Term Definition
i
or
tip
____ARM a. Securetunnelthroughanunsecurenetwork d
er
C
f
____IMAP b. Emailprotocolthatleavesmessagesontheserver
&
a
P
unlessexplicitlydownloaded
H
____iOS c. Emailprotocolthatdownloadsmessagestothe
client
____L2TP d. Virtualdrivethatremainshiddenuntil
authenticationoccurs
____POP3 e. TunnelingprotocolthatusesIPsecforencryption
____PPTP f. Mobilebroadbanddeviceidentifier
____PSD g. Processorfamilytypicallyusedinsmartphones
Page 10-55
____SIM h. Appleoperatingsystemusedonmobiledevices
____VPN i. TunnelingprotocolthatusesMPPEforencryption
Short Essays
1. Writeashortessayrecommendingaplanforsecuringmobile
devices.Comparetheramificationsifthedeviceislostorstolen
andnopolicyisinplace,withtheramificationthatwilloccurif
yourpolicyisimplemented.
2. Acustomerischoosingacamera.Thecustomerwantstobeableto
transferphotosfromthecameratoatabletcomputerwithafull
sizeSDHCslot.Choosethreetypesofstoragecardssupportedby
cameras.Writeashortessayexplainingwhethertheyare
n
io
supportedbythetabletandwhetheradditionalsoftwareor
t
bu
hardwareisrequired.
tri
is
Put it in Practice
rD
FIPrint fo
ot
N
YouaretaskedwithacompanywideintegrationofiPadsandiPhones.What
l-
policieswouldyourecommendthatthecompanyadoptregardingthefollowing?
tia
Besuretoexplainyourreasons.
en
fid

on
1.PersonalcontentontheiOSdevice(iTunes,movies,TVshows,Books)
tC
2.AccesstopersonalemailaccountsandpersonalsocialmediaappslikeFacebook,
or
Twitter,Google+
tip
3.SecuritySettingsforalldevices
er
C
4.Preferredsyncsettings
&

P
H
PresentyourrecommendationsinaproposalformtoExecutiveManagement.
Page 10-56
Introduction
Chapter 11: Thin Clients and Thischapterintroduces
Virtualization
severalnewconcepts.By
theendofthechapter,
studentsshould
understandthekey
featuresandbenefitsof
Introduction virtualizationandthin
clients.However,a
Intheearlydaysofcomputing,themajorityofprocessingwasdoneon detaileddiscussionof
largemainframecomputers.Usersconnectedtothesecomputersusinga implementingvarious
terminal.Ashardwarebecamelessexpensive,client/serversolutions virtualizationstrategiesis
evolvedinwhichmuchoftheprocessingwasperformedonthedesktop beyondthescopeofthis
course.
computeranddatawasstoredontheserver.Whilethisarchitecture
Terminalemulator
n
allowsforhighperformanceprocessingonthedesktopcomputer,it
io
softwareissometimes
presentschallengesintermsofmaintenance,standardization,and
t
bu
usedonPCstosupport
support.
tri
legacyterminalbased
is
applications.
rD
Terminal
A computing device with minimal processing power, typically used to
connect to a mainframe server. fo
ot
N
l-
Todaymoreandmorebusinessesaregoingbacktotheterminalmodel,
tia
butwithadifference.Todaysthinclientsolutionsaremorepowerful
en
thantheirancestorsandvirtualizationhasmadeitpossibletomeeta
fid
on
varietyofbusinessrequirementsaffordably.
tC
Thin client
or
A computing device with minimal processing power, used for browser-

tip
based computing or as managed desktop clients.

er
C
Managed desktop
&
P
A desktop operating system stored on and deployed from a server.

H
Thischapterwillbeginwithalookatvariousvirtualizationstrategies.
Next,wewillexaminesomeusesforvirtualmachinesandseehowthey
canbecreatedusingbothHyperVandVMware.Fromthere,wewilltake
amoreindepthlookattwovirtualizationstrategiesusedforthinclient
solutionspresentationvirtualizationanddesktopvirtualization.Wewill
concludethechapterbyexaminingthehardwareandsoftwarerequiredto
implementathinclientsolution.

Page 11-1
Chapter 11: Thin Clients and Virtualization

Objectives Objectives
Begintheclassbyreading Inthischapter,youwilllearnhowto:
Describeandrecognizecommondesktopvirtualization
technologiesandproducts
Describeandrecognizethinclienttechnologyandsolutions
Setupathinclient
About Virtualization
Thetermvirtualappliestoalotofdifferenttechnologies.Someyou
mayhaveheardofincludevirtualrealityandvirtualprivatenetwork.But
whatisvirtualizationandwhyisitimportant?
n
io
Virtualizationistheprocessofcreatingsomethinginsoftwarethat
t
bu
representssomethingphysical.Inthecaseofvirtualreality,anentire
tri
physicalworldisrepresentedthroughsoftware.Inthecaseofvirtual
is
rD
privatenetworks,aprivatenetworkiscreatedthroughsoftwareby
fo
creatingasecuretunnelwithinaphysicalnetwork.
ot
N
Whenappliedtosoftwareenvironments,virtualizationisusedtocreate
l-
anenvironmentthatactslikeadesktopoperatingsysteminstalledand
tia
runningonadesktoporlaptopcomputer,butinfactisrunning
en
somewhereelse.
fid
on
Virtualization in the Workplace

tC
or
Oneoftheprimaryreasonscompaniesareimplementingvirtualizationis
tip
toreducethetotalcostofownership(TCO)foracomputingsolution.
er
C
Total cost of ownership (TCO)

&
The complete cost of purchasing, operating, and supporting a computer

P
H
or application, or other solution.
TheTCOofasolutionincludesnotonlythecostoftheinitialpurchaseof
hardwareandsoftwarelicenses,butalsothecostofsupportingand
runningit.Thisincludes:
Electricity
Maintenanceandrepair
Technicalsupport
Finally,virtualizationcanhelpimprovesecuritybyisolatingworkloads
andcentralizingmanagementanddatastorage.
Companiesalsolooktovirtualizationasawaytoimprovethereturnon
investment(ROI)ofacomputingsolution.Forexample,apowerful
Page 11-2
About Virtualization
computercanbeconfiguredtorunmultipleloadstofullyutilizethe TypesofVirtualization
computeresources. Focusontheadvantages
anddisadvantagesof
Return on investment ROI eachtypeof
The amount of earnings or savings that result from the implementation of a virtualization.
computing solution.

Compute resources
The processing, RAM, and storage capacity required to perform business
operations.
Finally,virtualizationcanalsohelpsolveapplicationcompatibilityissues,
includingapplicationcompatibilitywithanoperatingsystemandwith
otherbusinessapplications.Becausethehardwareandsoftwarearenot
tightlycoupled,upgradestocomputers,operatingsystems,or
n
io
applicationscanbeperformedwhenneededwithoutrequiringother
t
bu
upgrades.
tri
is
Types of Virtualization
rD
fo
Virtualizationisnotaonesizefitsallsolution.Therearevarioustypesof
ot
operatingsystemvirtualizationandeachisdesignedtomeetspecific
N
goals.Thesetypesofvirtualizationinclude:
l-
tia
Sessionbasedvirtualization
en
Desktopvirtualization
fid

on
Servervirtualization
tC
VirtualDesktopInterface(VDI)
or
Letustakeabrieflookattheadvantagesandcharacteristicsofeach.
tip
er
Session-Based Virtualization
C
&
Sessionbasedvirtualization(alsocalledpresentationvirtualization)is
P
H
basedontheoldserverterminalmodel.Clientcomputersconnecttoa
desktopoverthenetworkandinteractwithitasiftheywereloggedon
locally,asshowninFigure111.Theapplicationsandoperatingsystem
runontheserver.Onlykeystrokes,mouseclicks,andscreensarepassed
acrossthenetwork.
Page 11-3
Cha
apter 11: Thin Clients and
d Virtualization
n
tio

bu
tri
Figure111:Sessionbased
dVirtualization
n
is
rD
Oneadvaantageofseessionbased
dvirtualizaationisthattmultipleu
userscan
fo
sharethesamedeskktopenvironnment.Thissdecreasessthenumbeerof
ot
softwarelicensesyouneed,parrticularlyin
nenvironm mentswheree
N
l-
employeeesworkinmmultiplesh
hifts.
tia
advantageiisthatyouonlyneedtomanageupdatesan
Anothera nd
en
fid
maintena
anceonasin
nglecompu uter.
on
Adisadvaantageofseessionbaseedvirtualizzationisthaat,becauseallusers
tC
sharethesamedeskktop,usersccannotmak kepermaneentchangesstothe
or
environmmentexceptthosethatareconfigu uredthough htheiruserrprofiles.

tip
er
Forexam
mple,theycaannotinstalllapplicatioons.
C
&
Desktop Virtualizattion
P
H
Desktopvvirtualizationinvolvesscreatingaavirtualmaachinethattrunsan
operatinggsysteman
ndapplicatiionsinsideanisolated denvironmeent.The
virtualm
machinescannbecreated
donadeskktopcompu uteroronaserver.
Virtual maachine
An opera ating system
m that is nott bound to a specific p
physical co
omputer but
instead exists within a process c
created by y a hypervisor.
Hypervisoor
The softw
ware that ma
anages the
e load and execution of virtual m
machines.
Onereaso onforcreattingvirtualmachinesoonadeskto opcomputeeristo

resolveisssuesrelateddtoapplicaationcomppatibility.Fo
orexamplee,auser
runningW Windows7 7mightneed dtorunan
napplicationthatison
nly
Page
e 11-4
About V
Virtualization
com
mpatiblewitthWindowsXP.Toresolvetheproblem,youucould
conffigureaWindowsXPvirtualmacchineontheeWindowss7computeer
andinstalltheapplication
nonthevirttualmachin
ne.
FIP
Print
ThebrochuredessignersatFIIPrintuseaanapplicatioonthatcannotberunon n
WindowsXP.Y YouareplannningtoreplaacethecompputerswithH HPdesktop
compputersrunningWindow ws7.
Virtu
ualizationcaanallowyou
utorunthellegacyappliccationinavvirtualmachhine.
Youumightalso ocreateaviirtualmachhinetoimpllementaniisolated
enviironmentfo ortrainingoortesting.F
Forexamplle,aschool mightusethem
tocrreatealabeenvironmen ntthathasaspecificco onfiguratioon.Anotherr
n
io
advaantagetou usingthemiinthisway yisthataviirtualmach hineisreally
yjust
t
bu
asettoffilestha
atcaneasilyybecopieddtoadiffereentlocation
ntoallow
tri
studdentstotaketheirlab bmachinehomewith hthem.
is
rD
How
w it works
fo
ot
Toccreateandrrunaguestoperatingsystemina avirtualmaachine,youu
N
needdaspecialppieceofsofftwarecalleedahyperv
visor.Theh
hypervisor
l-
emuulatestheha ardwareof aphysicalcomputer.Youdecideethehardw ware

tia
en
conffiguration,suchastheeprocessorenvironmeent,amounttofRAM,
fid
storaageconfiguuration,anddnetworkssettings.ThheCPU,RAAM,andsto orage
on
conffigurationyyouselectccanneverbeegreaterth
hanthatavaailableonth
he
tC
physicalcompu uter.
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre112:Deskto
opVirtualizatio
on
Page 11-5
5
Cha
d Virtualization
Guest ope
erating systtem
The opera
ating system
m that runs inside a virrtual machine.
Theoperaatingsystem
minstalledonthephy
ysicalcomp
puteriskno
ownasthe
hostoperratingsyste
em.
Host operrating syste

em
The prima
ary operatinng system t hat runs on
n the physic
cal computer.
Virtual Desktop Inte

erface (VD
DI)
VDIisattypeofdeskktopvirtuaalizationinwwhichthev
virtualmacchinesare
actuallyccreatedanddstoredonaserver.UUsersconneccttothevirrtual
machinea acrossthen
network.Th hisissomettimescalled
dmanaged ddesktop
virtualiza
ation.WithVDI,youccancreatep pooleddesk ktopsthataareusedby
n
multipleu usersorpersonaldesk ktopsthataareassigned
dtoaspeciificuser,as
tio
showninnFigure113 3.
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure113:VDI
VDIsimp plifiessoftw
waremanag gement,upg grades,and
dsupportb becausethe
virtualm
machinesand duserdataaarelocated
donacentrralserver.B
Backups
canbepeerformedon ntheserverr.
Inadditio
on,becauseethevirtuallmachineisactuallyeexecutingonnthe
server,th
heclientcom
mputershaardwaredo oesnotmattter,althoug
ghscreen
resolutionnwillneed tobeablettodisplaytthedownlo
oadedscreeensina
readablemanner.Fo orexample,,youcandeeployaWin ndows7viirtual
machinettoacompu uterthatdoeesnothaveeenoughRA AMorproccessing
powertorunWindo ows7.
Page
e 11-6
Virtualization Platforms
Server Virtualization Servervirtualization

Thisisamajor
Servervirtualizationalsousesvirtualmachines.However,theguest
technologygrowtharea,
operatingsystemisaserveroperatingsystem,suchasWindowsServer. buttouchonthisonly
Oneofthemainreasonsforimplementingservervirtualizationisto briefly.Studentsneed
consolidatetheservicesprovidedbymultipleserversonasinglephysical onlyaverygeneral
server.Doingsoallowsforamoreefficientuseofhardwareresources, understanding.Server
virtualizationiscovered
particularlyifsomeservicesareseldomused.Servervirtualizationcan
inmoredetailin
alsobeusedforfailoveranddisasterrecovery.Adetaileddiscussionof Designing&Deploying
servervirtualizationisbeyondthescopeofthiscourse. CloudSolutionsforSmall
andMediumBusiness.
Failover
The process by which one server takes over after another server fails.
WindowsVirtualPC
n
io
Askstudentsiftheyare
t
bu
familiarwithWindows
tri
Nowthatyouhaveageneralunderstandingofthetypesofvirtualization XPMode.
is
rD
andtheiradvantages,letustakealookatsomeofthekeytechnologies
usedtoimplementavirtualizedsolution.
fo
ot
Windows Virtual PC
N
l-
tia
WindowsVirtualPCisthehypervisorplatformincludedwithWindows7
en
Professional,Ultimate,andEnterpriseeditions,andWindowsServer2008
fid
(andlater).AvirtualmachinecreatedwithWindowsVirtualPCcanrun
on
WindowsXP,WindowsVista,orWindows7astheguestoperating
tC
system.
or
tip
Windows XP Mode is a virtual machine included with

er
C
Windows 7 Professional, Ultimate, and Enterprise editions that is a

&
guest operating system running Windows XP with Service Pack 3.

P
H
Letuslookatanexampleofhowtocreateandconfiguringavirtual
machineusingWindowsVirtualPC.
Creating a virtual machine

1. ClickStart>AllPrograms>WindowsVirtualPC>Windows
VirtualPC.TheVirtualMachinesfolderwillopen.Itdisplaysthe
stateofallvirtualmachinesthathavebeencreatedonthe
computer,alongwiththelocationoftheirprimaryvirtualhard
disk.
Virtual hard disk (VHD)

A block of storage space that is seen as a hard disk volume by the guest
operating system.
Page 11-7
Cha
d Virtualization
Youumightwantttoavoid 2. CliickCreatev
virtualmacchineintheetoolbar.A
Ascreenlikeetheone
nnectingtothe
con shoowninFiguure114wiillbedisplaayed.
networkforsecuurity
reasons.Forexample,
you
umightusethhevirtual
machinetotestssoftware.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD

Figure114:CreatingaVirrtualMachine
fo
ot
N
3. En
nterthenammeofthevi rtualmach
hineandtheefolderwh
herethe
l-
tia
priimaryvirtu
ualharddisskshouldb
becreated.C
ClickNext.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure115:MemoryandN
NetworkingO
Options
4. Sp
pecifytheam
mountofR RAMthatw willbemadeeavailablefforthe
virrtualmachiine(Figure 115).Youcannotspeecifymoretthanthe
ph
hysicalRAM Monthecom mputer.
Page
e 11-8
Virtualizatio
on Platformss
55. Selectw
whethertou usethehosttcomputersnetworkcconnection ns.If
youseleecttouseth
hem,theguestoperatinngsystemw willbeableeto
accessth
henetworkusingthessamephysiicalwiredaandwirelesss
adapterssasthehosstcomputerr.Thevirtu
ualmachineewillparticcipate
onthesaamenetworksastheh hostcompu uterasifitw
wereaphyssical
computeer.Thisnettworkingm modeisknow wnasbridg gedmode. Click
Next.
Bridg
ged mode
The networkingg mode in which
w the guest
g opera
ating system
m participattes
direc
ctly on the same netw
work as the host operating system
m.
66. Youcannselecttocrreateadynaamicallyexxpandingviirtualharddisk,
useaneexistingvirttualharddiisk,orcreatteavirtual harddisku
using
n
advanceedoptions((Figure116 6).
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figurre116:AddaV
VirtualHardD
Disk
Adyynamicallyexpanding gvirtualharddiskisa agoodsoluttiononaviirtual

macchineyoucrreatefortessting,particcularlyifyo
oudonotkknowhowm much
spacceisrequireed.Howeveer,youshouldnotcreeateoneifth heVMwilllbe
useddinaproduuctionenviironmentbeecausedoin ngsowilld
degrade
perfformance.CCreatingavvirtualmach hinebasedonanexisttingVHDis
apprropriateify
youaremoovingitfrommonecomp putertoanoother.
Page 11-9
9
Cha
d Virtualization
Witthadynamically 7. Ify
youselectC Createavirrtualhardd
diskusingadvancedoptions,
pandingharddisk,you
exp youcanselecttocreateaadynamicaallyexpand dingdisk,afixedsize
also
oriskrunninggoutof
dissk,oradiffferencingdiisk.Afixed
dsizediskw
willprovidethebest
disk
kspaceavailaableto
thehostoperatin
ng
performance.Adifferen ncingdiskissusedwheenyouareccreatinga
system. virrtualmachiinebasedon nanotherV
VHDbutw wanttobeab bletokeep
theeparentVH HDintactwwhilesaving gthediffereencesinasseparate
VHHD.
Youneedtoe
Y ensurethattheparentVVHDisreadonly.Iftheparent
VHDism
modified,thed
differencing
gdiskwillbeecomeinvalidd.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
Figure117:TypeofVirtualDisk
C
&
8. Ify
youselectF
Fixedsize,y
youwillfirrstbeprom
mptedtocon nfirmthe
P
H
nameandpatth.Next,yo ouwillbeppromptedfo orthesizeo

ofthe
VHHD,asshow wninFigurre118.Theemaximum msizeistheamountoff
spaaceavailab
bleonthedrriveassociaatedwithth
hepathyou uspecified.
Page
e 11-10
Virtualizatio
on Platformss
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figurre118:FixedD
DiskSize ot
N
99. ClickCrreatetocrea
atethevirtuualmachin
ne.Ifyouseelectedtocrreate
l-
afixedssizeVHD,itwilltakessometimettoallocatetthenecessaary
tia
en
diskspaace.
fid
Insta
all the Gue
est Operatting System
m
on
tC
Afteerthevirtuaalmachineiscreated,youcaninsstallthegu estoperatin ng
or
systeemeitherfrrominstallaationmedia aorfromanISOfile. Toinstallffrom

tip
instaallationmedia,firstin
nsertthemeediainyourrCDROMorDVDRO OM
er
C
driv
ve.Next,do oubleclicktthevirtualm
machineinntheVirtuaalMachiness
&
folder.
P
H
ISO ffile
A disk image sttored in a siingle file with the .iso extension
e commonly
y used
to distribute sofftware insta
allation files.
ToinnstallfromanISOfileeonyourhaarddiskoranetwork share,youfirst
needdtorightcllickthevirttualmachin
neintheViirtualMachhinesfolderrand
choooseSettinggs.ClickDV VDDrive.A AsyoucanseeinFigu ure119,thee
defaaultsettingistoaccessstheDVDddriveautommatically.
Page 11-11
Cha
d Virtualization
n
io
t
bu

tri
Figure119:DVDDriveO
Options
is
rD
SelectOp
penanISOimageand dbrowseto
olocatetheISOimageofthe
operating
gsystemyo
fo
ouareinstallling.
ot
N
Configurre Network
king Option
ns
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1110
0:NetworkingOptions
Theoptio
onsforconffiguringnettworkoptioonsaresho
owninFigu
ure1110.
Youalrea
adylearneddthatyouccanconfigurreabridgedconnectio
onusing
thephysicaladapterrsinthehosstcomputeer.
Page
e 11-12
Youcanalsoconfigurethevirtualmachinetoaccessthenetworkusing TheInternalNetwork
SharedNetworking(NAT).Ifyoudo,thevirtualmachineisissuedanIP settingisolatesthevirtual
machinefromthe
addressdynamicallyfromthehostoperatingsystem.SharedNAT
productionnetwork.
providesslowernetworkconnectivitythanbridgedmode,butitmightbe
necessarytoenablethevirtualmachinetoshareanetworkconnection,
suchasaWWANconnection.
Shared networking (NAT)

A networking model in which the host operating system assigns an IP
address to the guest operating system that is in a different subnet than the
network where the host operating system exists.
Ifyouwanttoisolatethevirtualmachinefromthephysicalnetwork,you
canchooseInternalNetwork.Doingsowillallownetworkconnectivity
n
onlywithothervirtualmachinesonthesamehost.Youtypicallyusethis
t io
configurationinapplicationdevelopmentortestingscenarios.
bu
tri
Internal network
is
rD
A networking model in which a virtual network includes only the virtual
machines on the host and the host itself.
fo
ot
Integration Features
N
l-
Installingintegrationfeaturesallowsaguestoperatingsystemtoaccess
tia
en
thefollowingfeaturesofthehostoperatingsystem:
fid
Audiodevices
on
Clipboard
tC
Harddrives
or
tip
Printer
er
Smartcardreaders
C
&
Youinstallintegrationfeaturesbystartingthevirtualmachineand
P
H
choosingInstallIntegrationComponentsfromtheToolsmenu.After
youhaveinstalledintegrationcomponents,youcanenableanddisable
specificfeaturesfromtheIntegrationFeaturespageofSettings(Figure11
11).
Page 11-13
Cha
d Virtualization
n
io
t
bu

tri
Figure1111
1:EnablingIntegrationFeatu
ures
is
rD
Sharing a USB Drive
e
YoucancconnectaU fo
USBdevicettoavirtuallmachinebbyredirectinngitfrom
ot
N
thehosto
operatingsyystemtoth
heguestopeeratingsysttem.Howev ver,when
l-
aUSBdevviceisconn
nectedtoth
heguest,itccannotbecconnectedtothehost.
tia
Toredirectthedevicce,chooseU
USB>Attaachdevicen name.When nyouhave
en
fid
finishedu
usingthedeevice,choo
oseUSB>R Releasedev vicename.
on
Publishin
ng an Appllication
tC
or
OneofthheadvantaggesoftheWWindows7v versionofV
VirtualPCiisthe
tip
abilitytoseamlessly
yintegrateaanapplicatiionrunning
ginaguesttoperating
er
C
systemw withthehosttoperating
gsystem.
&
Todoso:
P
H
1. Insstallintegra
ationcomp onents.
2. Sh
hutdownth heVMbycllickingCtrll+Alt+DelaandclickinggShut
Doown(Figuree1112).WWhenthecon nfirmationdialogisdisplayed,
verifythatShhutDownissselectedaandclickOK
K.
Page
e 11-14
Virtualizatio
on Platformss

Figurre1112:ShuttiingDowntheVM
n
tio
33. DisplaytheSetting
gsdialogforrtheVMan
ndclickAu
utoPublish
h
bu
tri
(Figure1113).
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figurre1113:AutoP
PublishSettings
H
44. CheckA
Automaticallypublish
hvirtualap
pplications andclickO
OK.
Hyp
per-V
HypperVisthehypervisorravailableonWindowwsServer20008and
WinndowsServer2008R2.Itsupportssvariousseerverandcllientoperatting
systeemsasgueestoperatingsystems,including:
WindowwsServer20 003(andlatter)
WindowwsXPwithServicePacck3(andla ater)
RedHattEnterpriseeLinux5.2(andlater)
SUSELiinuxEnterpprise10(andlater)
CentOS5.25.6andd6.06.1
Page 11-15
5

RemoteDesktop Acurrentlistofsupportedguestoperatingsystemsisavailableat
Services http://technet.microsoft.com/enus/library/cc794868(WS.10).aspx.
Keepthediscussion
focusedonsimple Remote Desktop Services
configurationsonly.RDS
RemoteDesktopServices(RDS)isasuiteofWindowsServer2008R2
supportsmanyother
featuresthatarenot
servicesthatallowyoutoimplementsessionbasedvirtualizationand
coveredhere.Students VDI.
whoareinterested
shouldbedirectedto PriortoWindowsServer2008R2,RDSwasknownasTerminal
searchMicrosofts
Services.TerminalServicessupportedsessionbasedvirtualizationbutnotVDI.
Websiteformore
information. RDSprovidesanumberofservicestosupportcomplexconfigurations.
However,forthepurposesofthiscourse,wewillexaminethesimplest
configurationsforbothsessionbasedvirtualizationandVDI.
n
tio
ClientscommunicatewithanRDSsessionusingRemoteDesktop
bu
tri
Protocol(RDP).ThelatestversionofRDPoffersimprovedgraphics
is
performanceusingRemoteFX.
rD
fo
Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) ot
A protocol used to send screens to the Remote Desktop client.
N
l-
RemoteFX
tia
An enhancement to RDP that supports USB redirection and improved

en
graphics support.
fid
on
Session-based virtualization with RDS

tC
or
Toimplementsessionbasedvirtualization,youneedtoinstalltheRD
tip
SessionHostroleonaserverrunningWindowsServer2008R2.Youalso
er
needtoinstalltheRDLicensingrole.
C
&
RD Licensing
P
H
The Remote Desktop Services role that manages client access licenses to
Remote Desktop sessions.
Youwillconfigurethedesktopandalltheapplicationsremoteuserswill
needontheRDSessionHostserver.Userswillconnecttotheserverusing
RemoteDesktopConnection.
Sessionbasedvirtualizationcanonlybeusedifallapplicationscanrunon
WindowsServer2008R2.Iftheapplicationsneedtoruninanother
operatingsystem,youwillneedtouseVDI.OtherdrawbackstousingRD
SessionHostinclude:
Userscannotpreservechangestothedesktop
Userscannotperformadministrativeactions
Page 11-16
Virtualizatio
on Platformss
Usersca
annotredireecttheUSB
Bdrive
Alluserswillhaveanidentica
aldesktop
Ifyo
ouneedany
yofthesecapabilities,youwillneeedtoimpllementVDII
insteead.
VDI with RDS

Toim
mplementV VDIusingRRDS,youw willneedto
ocreateHyp
perVvirtu ual
macchinesandiinstallthem
monaserveerrunningttheRDVirttualizationHost
role.Youwilla
alsoneedto
oinstalltheRDConneectionBrokeerroleon
anottherserver..TheRDCoonnectionBBrokerservvicemanageesclient
connnectionstotheapproppriatevirtuaalmachine,,asshown inFigure1114.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
fid
Figurre1114:VDIw
withRemoteD
Desktop
on
ucancreatebothprivateandpoolledvirtual machines.A
You Aprivatevvirtual
tC
macchineisassiignedtoasspecificuserr.Apooled
dvirtualmaachineissh
hared
or
tip
amoongmultiplleusers.
er
C
RDVirrtualizationHostrequiresActiveDiirectory.
&
P
VM
Mware Virttualizatio
on Produc
cts
H
VMw warehasseeveralprod ductsusedttoimplementvarious typesof

virtu
ualizationssolutions.In
nthiscoursse,wewilld
discusstwo
oofthese:
VMwareePlayer
VMwareeView
VMw
ware Playe
er
VMw warePlayerissimilartoVirtualP
PCinthatiitallowsyo
outocreatee
virtu
ualmachinesthatrunonahostccomputerru unningacliientoperatting
systeem.Howev ver,VMwarrePlayersuupportsaw
widerrangeeofguest
operratingsysteems(Figuree1115).
Page 11-17
7
Cha
d Virtualization
VM
MwarePlayerr
Oneimportantd difference
betw
weenVirtualPCand
VMMwarePlayeristhat
VMMwarePlayersupports
aw
widerrangeoffguest
opeeratingsystem
ms.
n
tio
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure1115
5:CreatingaVirtualMachinee
fo
ot
YoucaniinstallWind
dowsServeeroperating gsystems,aaswellascclient
N
operating
gsystems.YYoucanals ocreatean
nMSDOSv virtualmach hine.
l-
tia
Othercon
nfigurationoptionsareeverysimiilartothoseeusedwith
hVirtual
en
PC.Wewwillnotdisccussthemh
here.
fid
on
VMware View
tC
VMwareViewisaV VDIplatform
mthatallow
wsadminisstratorstopprovision
or
tip
desktopsthatinclud detheoperaatingsystem
mandallappplicationssaspecific
er
setofuseersneeds.T
Thedesktoppscanbeviirtualmach
hineshosted dona
C
VMwareESXiserverr,sessionb basedRDSd desktops,oorevenphyysical

&
P
computerrs.
H
Provision
To assign to a speciffic user or se
et of users.
VMwareViewcanu useeitherR
RDPorPCo oIPasthereemotedispllay
protocol.PCoIPisop
ptimizedtootransmitd
datatoacliientoveraL
LANor
WAN.PC CoIPautom maticallycom
mpensatesforlatency yandlowbaandwidth
condition
nswhencon nnectingovveraWAN.
PC over IP
P (PCoIP)
The remo
ote display protocol
p us ed by VMw
ware View.
Page
e 11-18
Thin Client Solutions
VMwareViewsupportsthefollowingclients:
Tablet
Thinclient
Macintosh
Windows
ViewClientsoftwaremustbeinstalledontheclientcomputers.
VMwareViewrequiresActiveDirectory.
Citrix XenDesktop
CitrixXenDesktopisanotherVDIpackage.Itallowsyoutodeployvirtual
machineshostedusingRDVirtualizationHost,VMwarevSphere,or
n
XenServer.ClientconnectivityissupportedforWindowsXP(andlater),
iot
Linux,WindowsCE,andMacOSX.Therequiredclientsoftwarediffers
bu
tri
accordingtotheclientoperatingsystemandwhetherornotbrowser
is
basedaccessisrequired.
rD
XenDesktoprequiresActiveDirectory. fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
fid
Athinclientdeviceisanetworkdevicethathasaprocessor,RAM,
on
display,andinputdevices,butnoharddisk.Theyrunanembedded
tC
operatingsystem,suchasWindows7EmbeddedorHPThinClient.
or
tip
Embedded operating system

er
A compact, specialized operating system designed for a specific

C
purpose.
&
P
H
Allprocessingisperformedonaserver.Mouseclicksandkeystrokesare
passedtotheserverandscreensarepassedfromtheservertothethin
client.Someadvantagesofathinclientinclude:
Nomovingparts,sotheequipmentlastslongerandisless
vulnerabletoenvironmentalconditions
Easiermanagementbecauseimagesarestoredonaserver
Moresecurebecausealldataisstoredonaserver
HPoffersseveralthinclientcomputers.Letuslookatafew.

Page 11-19
Cha
d Virtualization
MaainstreamThiinClients Mainstream Thin

n Clients
Ify
youhaveanIn nternet Productsinthemain nstreamthiinclientpro
oductlineh
havea1.0G
GHzVIA
connnection,visitttheHP
NanoU35 500Processsorandbetwween1and d2GBofD
DDR3SDRA AM.They
Weebsiteanddisscussthe
thinnclientscurreently alsohaveebetween1and4GBo offlashmem mory.
avaailable. AsofJanu
uary2012,ttherewerefourmainsstreammod
dels,shown
ninFigure
1116.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
ot
Figure1116
6:MainstreamThinClients
N
Flexible
e Thin Clie
ents
l-
tia
en
Theflexib
blethinclieents,shown
ninFigure11117,haveea1.66GHzzIntel
fid
AtomN2 280processo orandaPC

CIorPCIeeexpansionp port.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1117
7:FlexibleThin
nClients
Page
e 11-20
Thin Clie
ent Solutionss
Insttalling a Thin
T Clien
nt
Thepreferredw
waytoinsta
allathinclientistom
mountittoth
thebackofaflat
paneelmonitorstand(Figu
ure1118),ttoawall,orrunderad esk.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figurre1118:Moun
ntingaThinCllienttoaDispllay ot
N
Youucanalsopo
ositionitho
orizontallyonaflatsu
urface,assh howninFiggure
l-
1119.Howeveer,youneed dtoensurethatthereiisatleast1 inchof

tia
clearrancebetw
weenthethinnclientand
dthemonittor.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1119:Horizo
ontalPosition
HP ThinPro
TheHPThinPrrooperating gsystemalllowsyouto
oconnectto
oadesktop
p
deplloyedthrou
ughavariettyofVDIseervicesand
dsessionbaaseddeskto
ops
usin
ngthesimpleinterfaceeshowninFFigure112
20.
Page 11-21
Cha
d Virtualization
iot
Figure1120
0:HPThinProConnections
bu
tri
Twomod desareavaiilable:Admministratorm
modeandu usermode.Youcan
is
rD
performa
anytaskwh hileinAdm ministratorm
mode,inclu
udingsettin
ngwhich
fo
configura
ationsareavvailablein usermode.
ot
N
TheConttrolPanel(F
Figure112 1)allowsy
youtoperfo
ormvariouss
l-
configura
ationtasks.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1121
1:HPThinProControlPanel
ThePerip
pheralsoptiionallowsy
youtoconffigure:
Displayoptioons
Moousesetting
gs
Keeyboardsettings
ouchscreensettings
To
Page
e 11-22
Soundoptions Iftimeallows,ask
Printers studentsforsituations
whereathinclientwould
AccesstoalocallyattachedUSBdrive
beanappropriate
solution.Trytohave
Athinclientwillautomaticallyrecognizeakeyboardormousewhenit themusesituationsfrom
isconnectedandthesystemisrebooted. personalcomputing
experience.
TheSetupoptionsallowyoutoconfigurethedateandtime,seta
language,configurenetworksettingsandnetworkconnections,configure
security,andsettheThinProconfiguration.YousettheThinPro
Configurationsettingstodeterminewhatnonadministrativeusersare
allowedtodo.
ThePersonalizationsettingsallowyoutoconfigurethebackground,
n
screensaver,andwindowoptions.
io
t
bu
Management Utilities
tri
is
AnumberofmanagementutilitiesareavailableontheManagement
rD
screen.Letuslookatafewoftheimportantones.
fo
ot
Factory Reset
N
l-
YouusetheFactoryResetmanagementutilityifyouneedtorestorethe
tia
factoryimage,thefactorysettings,orboth.Youcanalsosavethecurrent
en
configurationfromthistool.
fid
on
HP Automatic Update
tC
or
TheHPAutomaticUpdatetoolallowsyoutoconfiguretheThinPro
tip
softwaretobeupdatedautomaticallyfromtheHPAutomaticUpdate
er
server.Youcanconfiguretheserversnameandpathaswellasthe
C
&
usernameandpasswordtoaccesstheservereithermanuallyordeploy
P
thesettingsasDHCPoptions.
H
ThinState
TheThinStateutilityallowsyoutosavethecurrentconfigurationofthe
thinclientasanimage.Theimagecanthenbeusedtoconfigureotherthin
clientcomputersorrevertthisonetoitscurrentstate.
YoucancapturetheimageeithertoanFTPsiteortoabootableUSBdrive.
TocapturetheimagetoaUSBflashdrive:
1. BackupalldataontheUSBflashdrive.Itwillbeerasedwhenthe
imageiscreated.
2. DoubleclickThinState.
3. SelecttheHPThinProimage,andthenclickNext.
Page 11-23

4. SelectmakeacopyoftheHPThinProimage,andthenclickNext.
5. ClickcreateabootableUSBflashdrive,andthenclickNext.
6. AttachaUSBflashdrivetothethinclient.SelecttheUSBkeyand
clickFinish.
Whentheimagecapturebegins,allapplicationsstopandanewwindow
appears,showingthecopyprogress.Ifaproblemoccurs,clickDetailsfor
information.Thedesktopreappearsaftercaptureiscomplete.
Toconfigureathinclientfromabootableflashdrive:
1. Turnoffthetargetthinclient.
2. InsertthebootableUSBflashdrive.
3. Turnonthethinclient.
n
io
Ifyouareusingat5325,youmustpressandreleasethepowerbutton
t
bu
againtobootfromtheUSBkeydevice.
tri
is
Thescreenremainsblackfor1015secondswhilethethinclientdetects
rD
andbootsfromthebootableUSBflashdrive.Ifthethinclientfailstoboot
fo
fromtheUSBflashdrive,tryunpluggingallotherUSBdevicesandrepeat
ot
theprocedure.
N
l-
YoucanalsouseThinStatetosaveandrestoreconnectionconfigurations
tia
en
toanFTPserverortoaUSBdrive.TosavetoaUSBdrive:
fid
1. AttachaUSBkeytothethinclient.
on
tC
3. SelecttheHPThinProconfiguration,andthenclickNext.
or
tip
4. Selectsavetheconfiguration,andthenclickNext.
er
5. ClickonaUSBkey,andthenclickNext.
C
6. SelecttheUSBkey.
&
P
7. ClickBrowse.
H
8. NavigatetothedesiredlocationontheUSBkeyandassigna
filenametotheprofile.
9. ClickSave.
10. ClickFinish.TheHPThinProconfigurationcaptureis
complete.RemovetheUSBkey.
TorestoreanHPThinProConfigurationfromaUSBKey:
1. AttachaUSBkeycontainingtheprofileyouwanttocopytothe
thinclient.
3. SelecttheHPThinProconfiguration,andthenclickNext.
4. Selectrestoreaconfiguration,andthenclickNext.
5. ClickonaUSBkey,andthenclickNext.
Page 11-24
Summary
6. SelecttheUSBkey.
7. ClickBrowse.
8. DoubleclickthedesiredprofilefileontheUSBkey.
9. ClickFinish.
TheHPThinProconfigurationrestorationiscomplete.RemovetheUSB
key.
MedDev
MedDevisplanningtoreplacethecomputersinthemanufacturingandshipping
facility.Thefacilitytendstogetwarmduetoalloftheequipment.
Therearefourcomputers.Theyaresharedbymanufacturingpersonnel,shipping
andreceivingpersonnel,andmanagers.Eachsetofusersneedsadifferentsetof
n
applications.Managersneedtobeabletoinstalladditionalapplicationsontheir
tio
bu
owndesktop.
tri
is
DiscusstheadvantagesofusingthinclientsandVDI.Howwouldyouconfigure
rD
thevirtualmachines?
fo
ot
N
Summary
l-
tia
en
fid
Virtualizationseparatesthedesktopoperatingsystemfromthe
on
tC
physicalcomputer.

or
VirtualPCandVMwarePlayerallowyoutocreatevirtual
tip
machinesonaclientcomputer.
er
Withsessionbasedvirtualization,allusersconnecttoaserver
C
&
desktop.
P
WithVDI,youcanconfigureprivateorpooledvirtualmachines.
H
Thinclientsarecomputingdevicesthatrunanembedded
operatingsystemandconnecttoaserverhostedoperatingsystem.
Page 11-25

ReviewQuestions Review Questions
1.HyperV 1. WhichhypervisorissupportedbyRDVirtualizationHost?
2.Bridged 2. Whichtypeofnetworkconnectionallowsaguestoperatingsystem
3.VDI toappearasaclientonthesamenetworkasthehostoperating
4.RDP
system?
3. Whichtypeofvirtualizationprovidescentralizedmanagementof
5.ThinState
clientdesktopoperatingsystemsandtheirapplications?
4. WhichprotocolisusedtoconnecttoadesktophostedbyanRD
FillintheBlank SessionHostserver?
1.desktop 5. WhichThinProtoolwouldyouusetosavethethinclientimageto
2.RDConnectionBroker
abootableUSBdrive?
3.RemoteFX
n
Homework
io
4.Internalnetwork
t
bu
5.thinclient
Fill in the Blank
tri
is
rD
1. WindowsXPmodeisanexampleof__________virtualization.
fo
2. ________________managesconnectionstovirtualmachinesonan
ot
RDVirtualizationHostserver.
N
3. ________________isanenhancementtoRDPthatallowsUSB
l-
tia
redirection.
en
4. TopreventaVirtualPCvirtualmachinefromaccessingthe
fid
network,butallowittoconnecttothehost,configurea(n)
on
______________.
tC
5. Acomputingdevicethatdoesnothaveaharddriveandreliesona
or
tip
servertoperformprocessingandstorageiscalleda(n)
er
_____________.
C
&

P
H
Page 11-26
Homework
Short Essay
1. WriteashortessaycomparingsessionbasedvirtualizationtoVDI.
Giveanexampleofasituationinwhicheachisthemost
appropriatechoice.
2. CompareVirtualPCwithVMwarePlayer.Describeasituationin
whicheachisthemostappropriatechoice.
StayandSleep
StayandSleepisplanningtohiremoretelemarketersthaninpreviousyears.
Theywanttoreducetheamountofspacerequiredforacomputingdevice.They
alsowanttoensurethateachtelemarketerhasanidenticaldesktop.
n
ResearchthinclientdevicesontheHPsiteanddesignasolutionthatwillmeet
tio
bu
therequirements.Writeaproposalyouwouldpresenttothecustomer.
tri
is
Explainhowyoucouldensurethatalltelemarketershaveanidentical
rD
configuration.
fo
ot

N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 11-27

n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 11-28
Chapter 12: Taking it to the
Objectives
Engagethestudentsina
Cloud discussionofcloud
computing.Howmany
currentlyusesomesortof
cloudserviceGmail,
Ifitseemstoyouthateveryoneistalkingaboutthecloudorcloud Yahoo!Mail,Hotmail
solutions,youarecorrect.FromGoogleDocstoiCloudtoDropboxto accounts?Thesearebasic
Office365,cloudcomputingisanemergingstandardinhandlingtheever webbasedcloudservices.
increasingdemandsfordatastorage,computeranddevice Whataretheirexperiences?
Challenges?Frustrations?
synchronization,andrealtimedocumentsharing.
Cloud computing
Cloud computing refers to Internet-based resources, including data
storage, applications or utilities, available to individuals or businesses.
n
t io
bu
Objectives
tri
is
rD
Inthischapter,wewilldiscusscloudtechnologyingeneralandexplore
fo
optionsforuseinyourcompanysstructureandthingstoconsiderwhen
ot
settingupcloudsolutions.
N
l-
tia
en
Learnthedifferenttypesofcloudconfigurations
fid
Explorelocal,online,andhybridapps
on
Samplecommonverticalapplicationsyoumayencounterina
tC
business
or

tip
Understandtheconceptofuserstateandtheimportanceof
er
maintainingitacrossavarietyofdevices
C
&
P
What is a Cloud and Why Would I Use it?

H
Thedaysofonepersonusingasinglecomputeroradesktop/laptop
combinationarelongover.Today,mostpeopleuseadesktopand/or
laptopcomputer,plusoneormoremobiledevices,asdiscussedin
Chapter10.Maintainingconsistentdataamongallthesecomputing
optionsisanecessitytoenabletheusertoaccessthesameemail,contacts,
documents,andotherinformation,nomatterwhichcomputerormobile
deviceisinuse.
Similarly,sharingfilesbyemail,collaboratingbydownloadingand
editingadocument,returningthefileforadditionaledits,andrepeating
theprocessoverandoveragainisburdensomeandinefficient.
Page 12-1
Chapter 12: Taking it to the Cloud

CloudConfigurations Anotheradvantagetocloudcomputingisthatyoupayasyougo,
Thekeypointinthis payingamonthlyservicefeeinsteadofaninitialinvestmentinhardware
sectionistodistinguish andsoftware.
betweeneachofthefour
configurations.Engage
Cloudcomputing,longindevelopmentandimplementation,isnowan
studentsinadiscussionof integralcomponentofabusinessstrategictechnologyplan.
thewaysinwhicheach
maybeimplementedina Cloud Configurations
businesssetting.
Cloudservicesofferavarietyofservices:

IndividualSolution
Pleaseemphasizethat
SharedSolution
cloudsolutionsdiscussed
inthischapterareincluded
ApplicationHosting
asexamplesonlyandthat DataStorageandSynchronization
n
thiscoursedoesnot
io
Thesolutionyouchoosetoimplementinyourbusinessmayincludesome
t
recommendorendorseany
bu
oftheseindividual oralloftheaboveoptions.
tri
products.
is
Individual Solutions
rD
fo
Individualcloudservicesenableasingleusertoaccessthesamedata
ot
acrosstwoormorecomputers,tablets,and/orsmartphones.Applications
N
resideonthephysicaldevices;dataismanaged,stored,andsynchronized
l-
tia
acrossalldevices.
en
fid
ApplesiCloudserviceisanexampleofanindividualsolutionthat
on
enablesthesynchronizationofdataacrossanynumberofMacintoshOSXLion
tC
computersandiOS5enablediPhones,iPodtouches,andiPads.
or
tip
Asecondtypeofindividualsolutionincludesdatamanagement,storage,
er
andsynchronization,pluswebhostedapplicationsthatresideonthe
C
&
Internetcloud,accessiblefromanydeviceorcomputerbyloggingintothe
P
webbasedapplication.Anonlineemailaccountisthemostbasic
H
example.UserscanaccesstheirGmailaccountfromanycomputeror
mobiledevicewitharchives,contacts,calendar,andotherspecificservices
immediatelyavailable(Figure121).

Figure121:GooglesGmailCloudServices
Page 12-2
What is a Cloud and Why Would I Use it?
Shared Solutions
Sometimestwoormoreusers,oradepartment,oranentirecompany
needtheabilitytoaccessthesamefiles,acommoncalendar,andother
data.Thisinformationcanbestoredonaninternalnetworkserveror
sharedbyusingoneofthemanyavailablecloudstorageservices.
Box.com,showninFigures122and123,isjustoneofmanyshared
solutionsthatenablefilestorageandcollaborationservices.
n
Figure122:Box.comsAdministrativeOverview
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure123:SyncandMobileOptionsAvailablethroughBox.com
Page 12-3

ApplicationHosting
Anadvantageofusingcloudstoragesolutionsisthatthereisnoneedto
Keypointinthissectionis
investinserverarchitectureandphysicalstorageandbackupunits.
toemphasizethatHosted
Applicationssuchas
Application Hosting
GoogleDocscurrentlydo
notsupportofflineediting GoogleDocs(Figure124)isanexampleofapplicationshostedoncloud
ofdocuments.Thislimitsa basedservices.BysettingupandloggingontoaGoogleaccount,theuser
usersabilitytoworkif hasaccesstoproductivitysoftwaresuchaswordprocessing,spreadsheet,
thereisnoInternetservice
oriftheuserdoesnothave
presentation,calendar,addressbook,email,andfilestorage.Thereisno
a3Genableddevice. investmentinapplicationsoftwareorlicensing,andfilescanbeshared
amongusersbyplacingtheminsharedfoldersorcollections.
ItisspeculatedthatGoogle
Docswillincorporateoff
lineeditinginthefuture.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
Figure124:GoogleAppsHostedOnline
tip
er
C
HostedapplicationsrequireInternetaccessandmaysupportsomeoffline
&
options.However,theseoptionsmaynotincludefileediting.
P
H
Data Storage and Synchronization

PhysicalstorageofdataisagrowingconcernforITmanagers.Securing
andmaintainingtimelybackupsofalluserfilesrequiresdetailedbackup
plans,schedule,andsufficientstoragespacetoaccommodatethem,
includingsecondary(redundant)backups.
Redundant Backups
Redundant has many definitions in the IT vocabulary. Here, we are
referring to two or more backups of stored data to ensure it can be
retrieved in the event of disk failure or corruption of the primary backup.
Page 12-4
Applications and the Cloud
Utilizingcloudstorageservicesfreesthecompanyfromaninvestmentin Applicationsandthe
physicalstorageequipment,theneedtoestablishabackupschedule,and Cloud
ensuresthatthemostrecentversionofafileisreadilyavailable. Compareandcontrastthe
fourscenariosdiscussedin
Maintainingperiodicphysicalbackupsoffilesstoredonacloudservice thissection.
isarecommendedportionofyourITstrategicplanning. Askthestudentsifany
currentlyusecloud
Again,clouddatastoragerequiresanInternetconnectiontobackuporretrieve storage.Intheeducational
files. setting,haveanystudents
takenonlineclasses,used
MicrosoftWindowsLiveservicesincludea25GBfreestorageoptionto anonlinesyllabus,
backupwhateverfilesyoudesignate.Thismaybesufficientstoragefor homeworkdropbox,
yourcompanysneedsoryoumayneedtoinvestigateapaidsolution, and/oronlinediscussion
suchasCarboniteforSmallBusiness,whichbacksupallcomputers board?Ifso,askwhichof
thefourcategorieswould
n
automaticallyandcontinuallywhentheyareconnectedtotheInternet.
io
bestdescribethecloud
t
bu
applicationservicesused.
tri
is
rD
Agrowingcomponentofcloudservicesincludestheabilitytocreate,edit,
fo
access,andsharedocuments.Youcanconfigurethisstructurewithinyour
ot
N
companyusingoneormoreifthefollowingtypesofapplications:
l-

tia
Local
en
Online
fid
Hybrid
on
Vertical
tC
or
Local Applications
tip
er
Localapplicationsresideonindividualcomputersand/ormobiledevices.
C
Filescreatedbyalocalapplication,suchasMicrosoftOffice,resideonan
&
individualcomputerandmaynotbeaccessedacrosstheInternet.
P
H
Local Application
Local applications are non-cloud apps and do not offer collaboration or
sharing over the Internet.
AlthoughlocalapplicationssuchasMicrosoftOfficedonotsupportcloud
sharing,youmaysharefilesviaemailorthroughtheuseofathirdparty
hostedInternetstorage/sharingsolution.
Dropbox.com,showninFigure125,isoneexampleofthistypeof
solution.Yousignupforafreeaccount,downloadtheapplicationto
computer(s)andmobiledevices,andthenaddfolderscontaining
documentsyouwishtoaccessacrossseveralcomputers/devices.Youcan
invitespecificpeopletoaccessspecificsharedfileswhileensuringother
Page 12-5

filesinyourDropboxremainprivate.YoucanuseDropboxtoinvite
severalpeopletocollaborateonadocumentoryoucandistributenon
editabledocumentsasreadonlyor.pdffiles.
InsharingafileforcollaborationonaservicelikeDropbox,ifyou(or
otherswithwhomyousharedthefile)editthedocumentwithintheDropbox,
changesareavailabletootherusersanddevices.Ifyou(orothers)downloadthe
documentandopenitfromyourcomputerormobiledevice,anychangesmade
willnotflowtoallusers.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure125:DropboxSpecificFolderView
ot
N
l-
ThirdpartyhostedInternetstoragesolutionssuchasDropboxeliminate
tia
theneedtoemailcurrentversionsoffilestoyourselforotherstokeepdocuments
en
insync.
fid
on
Theapplicationandfilescreatedresideonthecomputerormobiledevice,
tC
allowingofflineediting;however,whenonline,filesthatyouhavesaved
or
toyourDropboxareautomaticallysyncedthroughthecloudservice.
tip
Thesesharedfilesautomaticallysynctoauthorizedmultipleusersgranted
er
C
accesstoyourDropbox.
&
P
FIPrintusesMicrosoftOfficetocreatedocuments,spreadsheets,or
H
presentations.Withasitelicense,theprogramisinstalledonallcompany
computersandlaptops.Thesalesstaffoftentravelsandneedsaccesstothemost
recentmarketingmaterials.Everytimeadocumentchanges,allsalesstaffmust
benotifiedandsentthenewdocument.DescribehowDropboxsfreeindividual
solutioncanbeusedtoensurethatallstaffhasimmediateaccesstouptodate
files.
DropboxoffersapaidTeamSolutiondesignedforfiveormoreusers,
providingmanagementofaccounts,administratorcontrols,andtheabilityto
easilysharelargefiles.
Page 12-6
Online Applications
Asmentionedearlier,solutionssuchasGoogleDocsarewebbased
applicationsthatenableyoutocreatedocuments,spreadsheets,
presentations,andotherdocumentsthroughtheuseofbrowserbased
application.
GoogleDocsisafreeservice,requiringaGmailaddressorGoogleIDto
access.Onceloggedin,youcancreateoreditdocuments(Figure126).
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
Figure126:GoogleDocsBuiltinApplications
en
AnythingcreatedinGoogleDocscanbesavedinCollections(folders).
fid
Collectionsmaybesharedamongdesignatedusers(Figure127).
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure127:GoogleDocsShareCollectionOption
Page 12-7

OnlineApplications Withouttheexpenseofpurchasingindividualorsitelicensesfor
Manystudentshave applications,solutionssuchasGoogleDocsgivecompaniesalowcost
experiencedusingGoogle suiteofproductivityapps,storage,andsharingtools.
DocsandMicrosoftOffice.
OfthoseusingGoogle GoogleDocsandsimilarsolutionsrequireInternetaccesstocreateand
Docs,whatarethebenefits editfiles.Althoughyoucanviewfilesoffline,youmustbeonlinetoedit.
anddisadvantages?
Howmanytakeadvantage Hybrid Applications
ofMicrosoftOfficesonline Athirdoptionisthehybridapplication,whichcombinesthecapabilities
(hybrid)services?
ofbothlocalandonlineapplications.Youcanusehybridapplications
Doescostplayafactorina whetherornotyouhaveInternetaccess.
studentschoicetouse
GoogleDocsorMicrosoft Youmayalreadyhaveexperiencewithbasictypesofhybridapplications.
Office? SomelocalapplicationssuchasMicrosoftOfficeincludeanintegrated
n
io
webbrowserthatprovidesaccesstoenhancedcontentviatheInternet,
t
bu
includingtemplates(Figure128).
tri

is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure128:SampleOnlineContentforWord
Otherwebbasedapps,suchasonlineshoppingorbankingapps,store
somedataonthelocaldeviceswhilemaintainingotherdataonline.
Office365providesamorerobusthybridsolution.Aswesawwith
GoogleDocs,usershaveaccesstoacompletesetofcloudhosted
Page 12-8
MicrosoftOfficeapps.Thisenablesremoteuserstoeasilyaccessand VerticalApplications
collaborateonOfficecreateddocumentsviatheircomputerormobile Thekeypointisthatthese
device. cloudbasedapplications
aredesignedforusein
Office365integrateswithcomputerinstalledversionsofMicrosoftOffice, specificindustries.
enablingofflineeditingofdocuments.
Salesforce.comisawell
knownverticalapplication
Atthistime,Office365isnotcompatiblewithMacintoshOSX7or usedacrossmany
iOSdevices;however,solutionsareindevelopmentphases. industries;itisnottheonly
oneandisusedonlyasan
Vertical Applications exampleinthissection.
Mostbusinessproductivitysoftwareservesusers,nomatterthesectoror
industry.Someindustrieshavespecificbusinessfunctionsuniquetothat
industry.Examplesincluderealestate,healthcare,hospitality,delivery
n
io
services,manufacturing,sales,andcustomerservice.Softwaredeveloped
t
bu
toaddressthosespecificneedsfallsinthecategoryofvertical
tri
is
applications.
rD
Salesforce.comisawellknownverticalapplicationthatsupports
fo
customerrelationshipmanagement(CRM)throughcloudbasedmodules
ot
N
thatincludesales,service,andsocialenterprisesolutions.Ratherthan
l-
purchaseandinstalltheapplications,Salesforce.comoffersperuser
tia
subscriptionratesandmaintainsapplicationanddataonlinethroughits
en
fid
cloudservices.
on
Salesforceoperatesonacloudbasedsystem,enablinguserstohave
tC
completeaccesstoallservicesanddataviaanyInternetconnected
or
tip
computer,plusanymobiledeviceorsmartphonerunningthemobile
er
Salesforceapp(Figures129,1210,and1211).
C
&
P
H

Figure129:SalesforceiPhoneMobileApp
Page 12-9

n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figure1210:SalesforceWebbasedHomeScreen
l-
tia

en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1211:SalesforceHomeScreenOptionsoniPadApp
Page 12-10
QuickBooks Online
IntuitsQuickBooksOnlineoffersacloudhostedaccountingsolution
designedforsmalltomediumbusinesses.Itenablesuserstohave
completeaccesstoallservicesanddataviaanyInternetconnected
computer,plusanymobiledeviceorsmartphonerunningthemobile
QuickBooksapp(Figures1212,1213,1214,and1215).
AlthoughQuickBooksOnlinestoresdataonline,youdohavetheoption
toexportdatatoadesktopeditionofQuickBooksortocreatealocalcopy.
However,thisoptionisavailableonlytocomputerscompatiblewith
MicrosoftInternetExplorer.
MicrosoftsInternetExplorerdoesnotsupporttheMacintoshOS.
n
io
YoucanalsoexportdatatocreatereportsinMicrosoftExcel,sharedata
t
bu
withaCPA,orusefortaxpurposes.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
Figure1212:QuickBooksOnlineDashboard
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1213:QuickBooksOnlineMobileDashboard
Page 12-11

n
io
t
bu
tri

is
Figure1214:NewCustomerSetupScreen(WebBrowser)
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1215:MobileNewCustomerSetupScreen
Page 12-12
Maintaining User State Across Multiple Devices
FIPrint FIPrint
FIPrintssalesstaffisfrequentlyinthefieldmakingsalescallsand Whenreviewingthe
presentations.Thecompanysexecutivemanagementelectedtoincorporate studentsanswerstothe
Salesforce.comtofacilitatedataandinformationsharingamongallemployees. scenariopresented,doany
recommendnotmigrating
However,theaccountingstaffdoesnotworkinthefieldandcurrentlyuses
tothecloudbased
QuickBooksasalocalapplicationthatresidesontheaccountingteams Quickbookssolution?
computers.TheCFOhasjustrequestedthatyoumigratetothecloudbased Discusstheconceptthat
Quickbooksonlineserviceformobileaccessanddatabackup.Whatarethe notallcloudsolutionsare
advantagesanddisadvantagesofmovingtothecloudbasedsolution?Whatdo appropriate,andthatneed
vs.benefitmustbe
yourecommendasasolutionfortheaccountingteam?Why?Aretherecost
considered.
considerations?Doesmovingtothecloudbasedsolutionsolveanydatasecurity

issues?Isthereanalternativesolution?
MaintainingUserState
n
AcrossMultipleDevices
io
Maintaining User State Across Multiple Devices
t
bu
Whendiscussinguser
tri
state,itmaybehelpfulto
Yourprimarycomputeratworkisadesktop.Whenyoutravel,youusea
is
refertostudentsuseof
rD
laptop.Whenattendingmeetings,youtakenotesonyourtablet,andyou socialmedia.Aretheir
fo
oftensetupappointmentsonyoursmartphone.Ensuringthatthe
ot Facebookaccountsthe
informationenteredononeofthesetoolsflowstoallothercomputersand same,nomatterhowthe
N
studentsgainaccess?Are
mobiledevicesisanessentialcomponentintodaysbusiness
l-
personalprofileson
tia
environment.AsITadministrator,youwillbechargedwithmaintaininga Twitterconsistentfrom
en
consistentuserstateacrossallthesedevices. computertosmartphoneto
fid
tablet?Thisisaverybasic
on
User State exampleofmaintaininga

tC
User state is the ability to synchronize personal information management consistentuserstate.

or
data, user profiles, and other configuration settings across multiple

tip
devices.
er
C
AppleComputertackledthisissuethroughitsiCloudservices.Tiedtoan
&
AppleID,anycomputerrunningOSXLionoraniOS5mobiledevice
P
H
assignedthisIDautomaticallysyncs(wirelessly)devicesettings,appdata,
homescreenandapporganization,calendars,mail,contacts,notes,
purchasedmusic,TVshows,appsandbooks,photos,ringtones,messages
(ShortMessageService(SMS)andMultimediaMessagingService(MMS))
anddocuments,asspecifiedintheusersettings(Figure1216).
Page 12-13

n
iot
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure1216:iCloudsInternetbasedLoginScreen
fo
ot
Forexample,whileatameeting,younoteanupcomingdeadlineonyour
N
l-
iPhonebyaddingacalendarevent(Figure1217).
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1217:AddCalendarEventoniPhone
Immediatelyaftercreatingit,alldevicesregisteredtotheAppleID
displaythenewevent(Figures1218,1219,1220,and1221).
Page 12-14
Maintaining
g User State Across Multiple Devicess
n
io
t
bu
tri
is

rD
Figurre1218:ViewofNewlycrea
atedEventoniPhone
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1219:ViewofNewlycrea
atedEventoniPad
5
Page 12-15

n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
Figure1220:ViewofNewlycreatedEventonBrowserbasediCloudCalendar
l-
tia

en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1221:ViewofNewlycreatedEventontheMacintoshiCalApplication.
Page 12-16
Summary
SyncingtheinformationacrosstheiPhone,iPad,iCloud,andMacintosh
computerwasaccomplishedautomaticallyandseamlessly.
Similarly,addinganewcontacttoyouraddressbookontheiPad
automaticallyaddstheinformationtoallofyourAppleIDregistered
computers,mobiledevices,andiCloud.Mailaccountssyncinasimilar
manner.
SugarSync,showninFigure1222,offersasimilarsolutionforAndroid,
Blackberry,WindowsMobile,Symbian,andiOSdevicesandiscompatible
withWindowsandMacintoshcomputers.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
Figure1222:SugarSyncDeviceSyncChoices
tip
er
SugarSyncforAndroidfeatureswhatittermsAutoSynctechnology,
C
eliminatingtheneedtophysicallyconnectyourAndroiddevicetoyour
&
computer.PhotosthataretakenwithyourAndroidphoneautomatically
P
H
streamtoyourconnecteddevices.
IfyouhaveanemployeeusinganolderiPhonethatcannotruniOS5,
SugarSyncisanalternativetoiCloudservices.AswithDropbox,theuserchooses
whichfiles,folders,orphotostoshareamongdevices.
Summary
Inthischapter,you:
Discussedcloudtechnologyingeneral
Exploredoptionsforintegratingcloudsolutionsintoyour
companysstructure
Page 12-17

ReviewQuestions Discussedscenariostoconsiderwhensettingupcloud
1.Individual solutions
Describedthedifferenttypesofcloudconfigurations
2.HybridApps
Exploredlocals,online,andhybridapps
3.RedundantBackups
Sampledcommonverticalapplicationsyoumayencounter
4.AppleID inabusiness
5.UserState Discussedtheconceptofuserstateandtheimportanceof
maintainingitacrossavarietyofdevices.
Homework
Pleaseemphasizethatthe Review Questions
mentionedcloudsync
solutionsarejustafewof
1. ______________cloudservicesenableasingleusertoaccess
themanyavailable. thesamedataacrosstwoormorecomputers,tablets,and/or
n
smartphones.
io
Iftimepermits,dividethe
t
bu
classintogroupsto 2. Whattermisusedtodescribeapplicationsthatcombinethe
tri
researchtheoptions capabilitiesofbothlocalandonlineapplications?
is
availabletomaintainthe
rD
3. Whattermisusedfortwoormorebackupsoffiles,folders,
userstateacrossalldevices orsystem?
fo
usedbyanindividual. ot
Assigneachgroupa
4. HowdoiCloudservicesrecognizedatatosyncfroman
N
differentmobileplatform: individualsMacintoshcomputerandvariousiOSmobile
l-
tia
WindowsMobile, devices?
en
Symbian,Blackberry, 5. Whattermreferstotheabilitytosynchronizepersonal
fid
Android,andiPhone/iPad. informationmanagementdata,userprofilesandother
on
Askeachgrouptopresent configurationsettingsacrossmultipledevices?
tC
itsfindingsand
or
recommendations,
tip
includingavailable Homework
er
options,cost,and
C
limitationsofeach FIPrint
&
solution. FIPrintssalespeopleneedtobeabletoshowexamplesofvideotrailerswhen
P
H
visitingcustomersites,needtobeabletomanagetheircalendar,contacts,and
emailmessageswhiletraveling,managecustomerinteractionswhetherinthe
officeorataremotesite,andcollaborateonmarketingmaterials.
Short Essay
Considerthecloudbasedsolutionsandapplicationswehavediscussed.
DevelopaplanthataddressesFIPrintssalesstaffneedsoutlinedabove.
Explainyourrecommendation.
Page 12-18
Homework
Answer the following questions

1. Defineuserstateanditsimportanceincloudcomputing.
2. Discusstheoptionstoconsiderinsettingupbackupconfigurations.
Doyourecommendacompletelycloudbasedbackupora
combinationcloudbasedandlocalbackup?
3. Whataretheadvantagesofcloudbasedapplicationssuchas
GoogleDocs?
4. Whatarethedisadvantagesofemployingcloudbasedapplication?

n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 12-19


n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 12-20
Objectives
Chapter 13: Business Begintheclassbyreading
Continuity
theobjectives.
Introduction
Businesseshavebecomemoreandmoredependentoncomputers.Infact,
computerfailurecanbringsomecompaniestoahalt.Awiderangeof
solutionsareavailabletohelpacompanykeepoperatingifadisaster
occursoracomputercomponentfails.
Evaluatingtherisksanddevisingabusinesscontinuityplanappropriate
n
toacompanysrequirementsandbudgetcanbechallenging.
io
t
bu
Inthischapter,youwilllearnthefundamentalaspectsofdesigninga
tri
businesscontinuityplan.Ourfocuswillbeonevaluatingcontinuityissues
is
rD
relatedtoenduserdevices,ratherthanonnetworkandserverissues.
fo
Thoseissuesarecoveredinothercourses. ot
N
First,wewilllookatsomeconsiderationsyouneedtotakeintoaccount
l-
whendevisingabusinesscontinuityplan.Next,wewillexamine
tia
strategiesforprotectingdataandclientconfigurationsagainstharddisk
en
fid
failure.Finally,wewillexaminehowtoprotectthecomputing
on
environmentagainstpowerfailure.
tC
or
Objectives
tip
er
C
&
Designabusinesscontinuitystrategy
P
H
EvaluateServiceLevelAgreement(SLA)
Planfordataarchiving,datastorage,andretrieval
Performbackups
VerifyUPSandoverloadandgroundconsiderationsfromplanning
documents
The Business Continuity Plan

Abusinesscontinuityplanmightbesomethingyourcustomerhasnot
thoughtabout,butyoushoulddefinitelybringitupduringyour
discussions.Manybusinessownersareconcernedabouttheirdaytoday
Page 13-1
Chapter 13: Business Continuity

TheBusinessContinuity businessoperationsandarenotworriedabouttheoutsidechancethata
Plan disastermightoccur.However,disastersdooccur.
Explainthatdifferent
businesseshavedifferent Business continuity plan
vulnerabilities.To A written document that outlines the steps that should be taken to
illustratethis,writethree minimize the business impact of a disaster or system failure.
typesofbusinessesonthe
whiteboard.Askstudents Besides,abusinesscontinuityplanisaboutmorethanjustpreparingfora
togiveexamplesof majordisaster.Itisaboutpreparingforaneventthatcausesacritical
eventsthatmightprevent businessservice,computer,ordatatobeunavailableaneventthatmight
businessfrombeing becausedbyanynumberofcauses,including:
conducted.
Softwarefailure
EvaluatingRisks
Hardwarefailure
Riskanalysisislikelyto
Malwareinfection
n
beanewconceptfor
io
Usererror
t
students.Youmightwant
bu
touseamorepersonal Poweroutage
tri
examplebeforegoing Naturaldisaster
is
rD
throughtheMedDev
Ofcourse,thelasttwoarenotlikelytohappentomostbusinesses,butthe
fo
example.Forinstance,
youmighthavestudents othersareextremelylikely.
ot
N
identifythethreatsto
Evaluating Risks
l-
theircarbeing
tia
operational.
Thefirststepincreatingabusinesscontinuityplanistoevaluateand
en
fid
prioritizetheriskstothebusiness.Thisprocessinvolvesfoursteps:
on
1. PerformingaBusinessImpactAnalysis(BIA)
tC
2. Identifyingthreats
or
3. Performingavulnerabilityassessment
tip
er
4. Prioritizingrisks
C
&
Thestepsrequiredforbusinesscontinuityplanninghavebeensomewhat
P
H
simplifiedandthescopelimitedtoclientcomputers.Formoreinformationon
standardizedstepsforbusinesscontinuityplanning,visit
http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/80034rev1/sp80034
rev1_errataNov112010.pdf
Risk
The possibility that a threat could occur
Wewillexploreeachofthesesteps.

Page 13-2
Performing a BIA Identifyingthreats

Ifyouusetheautomotive
Forabusiness,themostcriticalprocessesarethosethatallowabusiness
example,somethreats
tooperate.Theassetsthatallowaprocesstobeperformedmightinclude mightbehavingaflat
computers,software,anddatafiles.Identifyingtheassetsandassessing tire,runningoutofgas,
theimpactoflosingthemwillprimarilybethejobofthebusinessowner, orthecaroverheating.
butyoucanprovidesomeguidancebyaskingtherightquestions.Some
potentialquestionsyoumightaskinclude:
Whatdatadoesyourbusinessneedtoperformitscritical
functions?
Whatisyourpotentialliabilityifdataislostorcompromised?
Whichcomputersdoesyourbusinessneedtocarryoutitsessential
daytodayoperations?
n
io
Identifying threats
t
bu
tri
Youalsoneedtomakealistofpotentialthreats.Brainstormallthethings
is
thatcouldhappenthatwouldpreventbusinessfrombeingconducted.Do
rD
notworryaboutprioritizingatthispoint.Youwilldothatinthenextstep.
fo
ot
Theenvironmentalthreatswilldifferbyregion.Forexample,ifyouareon
N
afaultline,youneedtoconsiderearthquakesasathreat.Onadisaster
l-
tia
level,youalsoneedtoconsider:
en
Regionalweatherpatterns
fid

on
Politicalandeconomicinstability

tC
Powershortagesandplannedbrownouts
or
Onasmaller(butmorelikely)scale,youneedtoconsider:
tip
er
Failureofahardwarecomponent
C
Applicationoroperatingsystemupgradesthatintroduceproblems
&
Virusorothermalware
H
Usererror
Prioritizing risks
Nowthatyouhaveidentifiedtheassetsandthreats,youneedtoevaluate
thosethreatsandtheassetstheymightimpactandassignapriority.There
areseveraldifferentwaystodothis.Wearegoingtotakeaqualitative
approach.
Qualitative approach
A method of performing risk analysis by assigning a relative ranking to the
likelihood and cost of a threat occurring
Inaqualitativeapproach,youassigntwovaluestoeachrisk:
Page 13-3

Avaluethatdetermineshowlikelythethreatistooccur
Avaluethatdeterminestherelativecostofanoccurrence
Whendeterminingthecost,youneedtoconsidertangiblecosts,andcosts
thatarehardertoestimate,suchasadecreaseincustomersatisfactionor
theimpactonthecompanysreputation.YoucanuseascaleofLow
MediumHigh,orassignvaluesonaspecificscale(suchas110).
Hereisanexample.
MedDev
MedDevislocatedintheupperMidwesternUnitedStates.Theyaresubjectto
fourorfivemajorsnowstormseachyear,aswellasthunderstormsinthe
springtime.Onceortwiceayear,theyexperienceapoweroutageofmorethan4
hours.
n
io

t
bu
Theengineershavelaptopcomputersandcanworkfromhomeifnecessary.They
tri
storedesigninformationontheircomputersandoftenworkformonthsona
is
rD
specificdesign.Thedesignsarecompanyconfidential.
fo
ot
Thesalespeoplehavetabletcomputersthattheyusewhentraveling.Theyhave
N
brochures,customerlists,andpricelistsontheirtablets,butcanalsoaccessthem
l-
tia
fromanintranetWebserver.
en

fid
Themanufacturingfacilityhastwothinclientcomputersthatareusedtomanage
on
theproductionflowandshippingandreceivingfunctions.
tC
or
Firstletusidentifytheassets.Theobviousassetsare:
tip
er
Computerhardware
C
Productionequipment
&
Productdesigns
H
Customerlists
Pricelists
Shippingandreceivingrecords
Somelessobviousassetsare:
Customergoodwill
Customertrust
Reputation
Nowletuslistafewthreats.Thecompanyslocationmakesitvulnerable
topoweroutagesduetoweatherconditions.Thunderstormscancause
electricaldamageduetolightningstrikes.Snowstormsmightcause
Page 13-4
damage,suchasarooffallingin.Snowstormscanalsopreventworkers
fromgettingtotheoffice.
Butwhatabouteventsthatarenotrelatedtonaturaldisasters?Thereare
many.
Anengineerslaptopmightbelostorstolen.
Theharddiskofanengineerslaptopmightfail.
Theclientcomputersinthemanufacturingfacilitymightfail.
Atabletbelongingtoasalespersonmightbelostorstolen.
Atabletbelongingtoasalespersonmightsufferfailure.
Thelistgoeson,butwewillfocusontheseandrankthelikelihoodand
cost.Wewillusea110ranking,with1beinglow.Wewillchartthe
resultsinatablelikeTable131.
n
io
Table131:RiskAnalysisWorksheet
t
bu
tri
Threat Likelihood Cost
is
rD
Poweroutage
fo
ot
N
Rooffallingin
l-
tia
Lightningstrike
en
fid
Laptoplost/stolen
on
tC
Laptopharddiskfailure
or
tip
Manufacturingfacilitycomputer
er
C
failure
&
P
Tabletlostorstolen
H
Tabletfails
Accordingtothescenario,apoweroutagetypicallyoccursacoupletimes
ayear.Thismakesitprettyhighinthelikelihoodcategory,sowewill
assignitan8.Theprimarycostofthepoweroutageislossofproductivity.
Whenestimatinglossofproductivity,youneedtoconsideremployees
sittingidle,salesthatcannotbemade,andschedulesthatwillfallbehind.
Inthiscase,theprimaryimpactistomanufacturingandshippingand
receivingbecauseotherengineersandsalespeoplecanworkonbattery
powerandcanmoveoffsiteifnecessary.Wewillassignacostof3to
indicatealowtomediumloss.
Page 13-5

Thelikelihoodoftherooffallinginisprettylow.Wewillassigna1.
However,ifitdidcavein,thecostcouldpotentiallybeprettyhigh,dueto
lossofproductivityandpossibleequipmentreplacement,sowewill
assignavalueof10tothecostcolumn.
Thepotentialforalightningstrikeisprettylow.Wewillassigna
likelihoodvalueof1.Also,thecostwillprobablybelimitedtoasingle
device,unlessthelightningstriketravelsthroughthenetworkcable.
However,ifthedevicethatishitstorescriticaldata,thecostcouldbe
prettyhigh,sowewillassignacostof6.
Nowletuslookatthepotentialforadevicebeinglostorstolen.The
engineerstypicallyusetheirlaptopsathomeorattheoffice.Therefore,
thelikelihoodofitbeingstolenisprettylow.Wewillassigna5.However,
n
thesalespeopletravelwiththeirtablets,sothelikelihoodishigher.We
tio
willassignalikelihoodof8.Butconsiderthecost.Thedataonthe
bu
engineerslaptopisexpensivetoproduce,possiblyirreplaceable,and
tri
is
damagingifitfallsintoacompetitorshands.Letusassignacostof8.The
rD
dataonthetabletcomputerisprettymuchpublicallyavailable,withthe
fo
exceptionofthecustomerlist,andstoredonaserver.Therefore,wewill
ot
N
assignacostvalueof3.
l-
tia
Nowletuslookatthelikelihoodoffailure.Sincewedonotknowmuch
en
abouttheageoftheequipmentorotherfactorsthatmightinfluenceits
fid
stability,letusassignamoderatelikelihoodof5.Nowwewilllookat
on
cost.Ifthelaptopsharddrivefails,thecostishighduetothelossofdata
tC
thatwasexpensivetoproduce,butnotashighasifthedatahadfallen
or
tip
intothehandsofcompetitors.Wewillassignavalueof5.The
er
manufacturingcomputersarethinclientcomputers,sodataisnotstored
C
onthem.Therefore,thecostwillbeprettylowapossibleslowdownin
&
manufacturingwhilethereplacementsystemisinstalledandthecostofa
P
H
thinclienthardware.Wewillrateitat2.Ifthetabletfails,thecostwillbe
prettylowaswell.Wewillgiveitaratingof2.
Nowletusaddthelikelihoodtothecostandranktherisks,asshownin
Table132.

Page 13-6
Table132:EstimatedRisk MitigatingRisk
Carryingasparetire
Threat Likelihood Cost Risk mitigatestheriskof
gettingaflattireby
Poweroutage 8 3 11 reducingtheevents
impact.Changingtheoil
Rooffallingin 1 10 11 andputtinginantifreeze
mitigatetheriskofthe
Lightningstrike 1 6 7 caroverheatingby
reducingthelikelihoodof
theeventoccurring.
Laptoplost/stolen 5 8 13
Lockingthecarwould
Laptopharddiskfailure 5 5 10 mitigatetheriskofa
tabletbeingstolen.
n
Manufacturingfacilitycomputer 5 2 7
io
t
failure
bu
tri
is
Tabletlostorstolen 8 3 11
rD
fo
Tabletfails 5 2
ot 7
N
Asyoucansee,thehighestriskisthetheftofanengineerslaptop
l-
tia
computer.Thelowestrisksarelightningstrikeandfailureofa
en
manufacturingfacilityorsalespersonsdevice.
fid
Mitigating Risk
on
tC
Nowthatyouhaveidentifiedthemostcriticalrisks,youarereadyto
or
tip
performriskmitigationandriskremediation.
er
C
Risk mitigation
&
The process of taking steps to limit the likelihood a threat will occur
P
H
Risk mediation
The process of taking steps to minimize the cost if a threat occurs.
Again,letuslookatourexample.InChapter9,wediscussedusingpre
bootauthenticationandencryptiontoprotectthedatastoredonalaptop
computerifthatcomputerislostorstolen.Ifweenablethosemeasureson
theengineerslaptopcomputers,thisreducesthecostofanoccurrenceto
5andtheriskbecomes10.Similarly,ifweimplementabackupstrategy,
wecanreducethecostmuchfurther,sothatthecostbecomeslimitedto
lossofproductivitywhilethesystemisbeingreplaced,andthecostofa
replacementcomputer.
Page 13-7

Clientconfiguration Devising the Business Continuity Plan
backups
Riskmitigationtechniqueslikebackupandsecurityprotectionsareonly
Makesurestudents
partofthepicture.Youalsoneedtoplanwhatstepsneedtooccurifa
understandthatasystem
statebackupdoesnot disasterorfailureoccurs.
includeanydata; Somethingsyouneedtoconsiderinclude:
whereasanimageisa
copyoftheentiresystem. Whoshouldrespondtotheevent?
AWindows7system Whatshouldtheydo?
imagecanincludeonly Whoshouldbenotified?
operatingsystem
Wherearethebackupsstored?
volumesoradditional
volumes. Wherearethesparepartsstored?
WhatarethetermsoftheServiceLevelAgreements(SLAs)for
hardwareandsoftware?
n
io
Service Level Agreement (SLA)
t
bu
An agreement between a customer and a vendor that determines
tri
acceptable service levels, as well as the maximum response and
is
rD
resolution time for a problem
fo
ot
Theplanshouldincludestepbystepguidanceforhowtogetthebusiness
N
upandrunningassoonaspossibleaftertheevent.
l-
tia
en
Data Archival and Backup

fid
on
Adataarchivalandbackupplanisakeycomponentofanybusiness
tC
continuityplan.Whendesigningaplan,youneedtoconsiderbothclient
or
configurationbackupsanddatabackups.
tip
er
Client configuration backups

C
&
Backinguptheconfigurationofeachclientcomputerisessentialtoensure
P
H
rapidrecoveryifyouneedtoreplaceeitherthesystemdriveortheentire
computer.Therearevariousmethodsofbackingupthesystem
configuration.
System state backup

IfacomputerisrunningWindowsXPorlater,youcanperformasystem
statebackuptobackupallcriticalfilesthatmustberestoredtorestartthe
operatingsystem.Asystemstatebackupdoesnotbackupdatafiles.
Imaging
AnotheroptionistoimagethecomputerusingatoollikeNortonGhostor
Windows7Backup(Figure131).Animageofacomputernotonly
Page 13-8
Da
ata Archival a
and Backup
p
inclu
udestheopperatingsysstemconfigguration,bu
uttheinstallledapplicaation V
VDI
conffigurationa
anddatafilesaswell. RRemindstudeentsthatone
ooftheadvantaagesofVDI
Image issrapidrecoveryafter
The process of creating an identical copy of a computers
c s configura
ation, ssystemfailuree.
inclu
uding applications and
d data filess.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
Figurre131:Creatin
ngaSystemIm
magewithWindowsBackup
P
H
VDI
InC
Chapter11,y youlearned daboutVDDI.Ifclientd
desktopsarreprovision ned
usin
ngVDI,pro ovisioninga anewdeskttoptousethevirtualm machineis
auto
omatic.Also o,thevirtualmachinesarestored donaserveer,sotheyccan
easillybebackeedupincassetheserveerfails.
Datta Backups
Deteerminingadatabacku upstrategyforclientcoomputersin nvolves
anallyzingthed
datathatisstoredonttheclientco
omputeran nddeterminning
how
woftenitneeedstobebbackedupto oallowsuffficientreco
overytomeeet
busiinessrequirrements.
Page 13-9
9

TypesofBackups Therearevariousbackupprogramoptionsavailable,including:
Discusseachtypeof Operatingsystembasedbackupprograms
backupintermsofthe
Thirdpartybackupprograms
amountoftimeittakesto
perform,theamountof
Cloudbasedbackupprograms
storageitrequires,and Regardlessoftheprogram,youneedtodeterminewhatgetsbackedup
thetimeittakesto
andhowoften.Ifyouchoosetousealocalbackupprogram,youalso
recoverafterfailure.
needtodeterminethemediayouwillusetostorethebackupsandwhere

thosebackupswillbestored.Ifthedatastoredinthebackupis
DifferentialBackup confidential,youalsoneedtoconsiderwhetheryouneedtoencryptor
Theexamplegivenis passwordprotectthebackup.
simplifiedandassumes
thatthefileschanged Types of Backups
eachdayaredifferent
n
Althoughanidealbackupsolutionwouldensurethatalldataisbacked
io
files.Themainideaisto
t
upandrecoverabletotheminute,thisisnottypicallypractical,especially
bu
contrastdifferentialand
tri
incrementalbackups. fordatastoredonclientcomputers.Backupstaketimeandrequirestorage
is
space.Also,whenabackupisrunning,ittendstoslowtheperformance
rD
becauseitutilizesresources.
fo
ot
Toprovidemaximumflexibilityinconfiguringabackupstrategy,most
N
backupprogramssupportseveraldifferenttypesofbackups.Themost
l-
tia
commontypesare:
en
Fullbackup
fid

on
Differentialbackup

tC
Incrementalbackup

or
Copybackup
tip
Letuslookateachofthese.
er
C
Full backup
&
P
H
Whenyouperformafullbackup,youbackupallfilesinthebackupset.
Afullbackupmustbeusedasthebasebackupsetforeitherdifferential
orincrementalbackups.Afullbackupisalsocalledanormalbackup.
Backup set
The files selected to be backed up.
Base backup set

The full backup performed before an incremental or differential backup.
Differential backup
Adifferentialbackupbacksupallfilesthathavebeencreatedormodified
sincethelastfullbackupwasperformed.InWindows,abackupprogram
cantellwhichfileshavebeenbackedupbyexaminingthearchivebit.
Page 13-10
Da
ata Archival a
and Backup
p
Arch hive bit

A file
e attribute that is set to
o true if a file has been
n changed
d since it wa
as
baccked up durring a full orr incrementtal backup
Wheenafileisccreatedorm
modified,thhearchiveb bitissetto true,assho
own
inFiigure132.Whenafulllbackupisscreated,th hearchiveb bitisclearedto
indicatethatth
hefilehasbeenbacked dup.Howeever,adiffeerentialback kup
doessnotcleartthearchivebit,sotheffileisstillm
markedasrreadyfor
arch
hiving.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figurre132:AdvanccedFileAttrib
butes
H
Thesizeofadiifferentialb
backupandthetimeit takestopeerformitbo oth
growwasmoreffilesarechaangedsinceethefullbaackup.Forffilesthatrarely
channge,differeentialbackuupsremainsmall.How wever,iffileeschange
rapiidly,differeentialbacku
upscanapp proachthessizeofafulllbackup.TTo
undderstandthiis,letusloo
okatasimp plisticexam
mple.Suppo osethatafoolder
conttains100fillesand10%%ofthefilesschangeea
achday.Tab ble133sho
ows
then
numberoffilesthatm mustbeback kedup.
Differentialbackup
psofferspeed
dyrecovery,butrequirelongerbacku
up
timeesasmoredaatachanges.

Page 13-11

Table133:FilesBackedUpDuringDifferentialBackup
Backup Numberoffiles
Fullbackup 100files
Differentialbackup1 10files
n
tio
bu
Theadvantageofadifferentialbackupisthatyouonlyneedtorestorethe
tri
fullbackupandthelastdifferentialbackuptorecoverthedata.So,inthis
is
rD
case,youwouldrestorethefullbackup,followedbydifferentialbackup4.
Incremental backup
fo
ot
N
Whenyouperformanincrementalbackup,youbackuponlyfilesthat
l-
havechangedsincethelastfullorincrementalbackup.InWindows,this
tia
en
featureisimplementedbyclearingthearchivebiteachtimean
fid
incrementalbackupisperformed.
on
Incrementalbackupsarefasttoperformandrequirelessstoragespace
tC
thandifferentialbackups.Goingbacktoourexample,thenumberoffiles
or
tip
thatwouldrequirebackupareshowninTable134.
er
C
Table134:FilesBackedUpDuringIncrementalBackup
&
P
Backup Numberoffiles
H
Fullbackup 100files
Incrementalbackup1 10files
Thedisadvantagetoincrementalbackupsisthatittakesmoretimeto
recoverthedatabecauseyouneedtorecoverthefullbackupandeach
Page 13-12
incrementalbackupinorder.Inourexample,youwouldneedtorecover
thefollowingbackups:
1. Fullbackup
2. Incrementalbackup1
Onepotentialdrawbacktoanincrementalbackupplanisthatifoneofthe
incrementalbackupsiscorruptordamaged,alldatachangesmadeafter
thelastsuccessfulincrementalbackupwillbelost.
Copy backup
n
Acopybackupisonethatbacksupalloftheselectedfilesanddoesnot
io
clearthearchivebit.Copybackupsaretypicallyusedforspecialbackups
t
bu
thatfalloutsidethescheduledbackupplan.Forexample,youmight
tri
is
performacopybackupbeforemakingchangestoasetoffiles.
rD
fo
Backup Media ot
N
Anotherdecisionyouneedtomakeiswhichbackupmediatouse.
l-
Backupsarecommonlystoredonthefollowingmedia:
tia
en
Magnetictape
fid
Removablediskbackupsystem
on
Locallyattachedharddisk
tC
Opticaldisk
or
Networkdrive
tip
er
backup media
C
The destination drive or tape where the backup is stored.

&
P
H
Eachmediahasdifferentadvantagesanddisadvantages.Also,some
backupprogramsarelimitedinthebackupmediatheysupport.
Windows7backupdoesnotsupportbackuptomagnetictape.
Someotherconsiderationswhenchoosingabackupmediainclude:
Howlongmustthebackupbestored?
Doesthebackupneedtobestoredoffsite?
Whatarethesecurityrisksassociatedwiththedatabeingbacked
up?
Howmuchtimeisavailabletobackupthefiles?
Howmuchstoragecapacityisrequired?
Page 13-13
Cha
apter 13: Bussiness Contin
nuity

MaagneticTape
Anoffsiteba
A ckupisimpoortanttoprootectagainsttsiteleveldiisasters,
Tab
ble135showwsonlya
suchasfirres,floods,an
ndearthquakkes.TapecarrtridgesanddDVD/CDbbackupsare
sub
bsetoftheHPPtape
veselections.Many
driv suitableforstoringofffsite.
oth
hersareavaila
able. okatthediffferentmed
Letusloo diaoptions..
Win ndows7backkupdoes
nottsupportback
kuptoa Magnetic
c tape
tap
pedrive.Howwever,the Whenammagnetictap pedriveis selectedassthebackup
pmedia,th
hedatais
tap
pedrivesinclu
udeHP
DattaProtectorE
Express
writtenseequentiallytoatapec artridge,assshowninFigure1333.
softtware.

Figure133:SequentialBa
ackuptoTape
n
tio
Whenyou
urestore,th
hedataisaalsoreadsequentially.
bu
tri
HPhasanumberof tapedrivessappropriaateforanSMBenviron nment,
is
rD
includinggthoseshowwninTablee135.Thecompressio onratioofaallofthese
fo
drivesis2
2:1.Therefo
ore,aDAT 160cartrid
ot dgecanstorre320GBoffdataand
theDAT320cartridg gecanstoree640GBoffdata.
N
l-
Table135:S
SomeHPBack
kupProducts
tia
en
Product
P TaapeCapaciity TransferrRate
fid
on
DAT160 0SAS 160GB 49.3GB

B/hr
tC
Internal
or
tip
er

B/hr
C
Externall
&
P
H
DAT320 0USB 320GB 86.4GB

B/hr
Externall
DAT320 0USB 320GB 86.4GB

B/hr
Internal

B/hr
Internal

B/hr
Externall

Page
e 13-14
Da
ata Archival a
and Backup
p
Digittal Audio Ta
ape (DAT) RRemovablediiskbackup
A method of re ecording digital data to
t a magne
etic tape by
y using a ssystem
rotating head
TTheHPRDXR Removable
DDiskBackupS System
ssupportsadvaanced
featurestosim
mplify
bbackupandreecovery.
HHowever,itissonly
ssupportedonserversand
wworkstations,noton
ddesktopornootebook
ccomputers.

Figurre134:DAT32
20tapedrive
n
io
They yallinclud
deHPDataProtectorEExpressBassicsoftwaree,whichallows
t
bu
youtobackup pasingleco
omputerrun
nningvarioousoperatin ngsystemssto
tri
thettapedrive.
is
rD
fo
TheliceensableversionofHPD DataProtectoorExpressalllowsmultipple
ot
compputerstobacckuptothessamedevice..
N
l-
Oneeadvantageetousingatapedriveisthattapeecartridgesscanbe
tia
overrwrittenanndreused.T Tapecartrid
dgescanalssobestoreddoffsitetoaallow
en
forrrecoveryaftterasiteleveldisasterr.Adetaileddiscussio
onoftape
fid
on
rotationschemmesisbeyon ndthescopeeofthiscouurse.
tC
HP S
StorageWo
orks Library
y and Tape
e Tools
or
tip
HPSStorageWorksLibrary yandTapeTools(L&T TT)isafreee,downloaddable,

er
robuustdiagnosstictoolthatallowsyoutoverifyatapedeviiceinstallattion,
C
&
ensuureitsreliab
bility,andp
performdia
agnosticsto
oresolvetaapedevice
P
issues.
H
movable disk backup

Rem p system
Ano otheroptionnistousea
aremovableediskbackuupsystem,liketheHPP
StorrageWorksRDXRemo ovableDiskkBackupSyystem.This systemuseesa
2.5iinchSATAdiskdriveencapsulatedinacarttridgethatiisdesigned dfor
usewithaUSB Bdockingsttationthatccanbemou
untedeitherrinternally
yor
exteernallytoaworkstation norserver.
TheHPStorageeWorksRD DXRemova ableDiskBa
ackupSysteemisavailaable
hachoiceo
with of160GB,320GB,500GBor1TBBnativecap
pacitycartriidges.
Thetransferrateis216GB
B/hrandsu
upportsaba
ackuprateoof108GB/hhr.
Page 13-15
5

Locallyattachedstorage Oneoftheadvantagesofthisbackupsystemisthatitsupportscontinuous
Pointoutthatinternal databackup,soitisappropriateforprotectingbusinesscriticaldata.
andexternaldrivesare However,itcanonlybeusedinaserverorhighendworkstation.
notappropriateforoffsite
storage. Locally-attached hard disk
Anotheroptionistobackuptoalocallyattachedharddisk,includingan
internalharddisk,USBflashdrive,orexternaldisk.
Alwaysbackuptoadifferentphysicaldiskthantheonewherethedata
isstored.Backinguptoadifferentlogicalvolumedoesnotprotectagainstdisk
failure.
Backinguptoalocallyattacheddriveisnotanoptionwhenyouneedto
storethebackupoffsite.Also,thetransferspeedwillbedeterminedbythe
n
io
interfaceusedtoconnectthedrive.
t
bu
Optical disk
tri
is
rD
Somebackupprogramsallowyoutobackuptoanopticaldisk,suchasa
fo
writableDVDorCD.Doingsoisagoodwaytocreateabackupforlong
ot
termdataarchivalbecauseanopticaldiskiswriteonceand,ifproperly
N
protected,doesnotdegradeduetoenvironmentalconditions.
l-
tia
A16xDVDROMcanrecorddataataround75GB/hour.AstandardDVD
en
canstore4.6GBofdata;whereasaCDROMcanonlystore700MB.
fid
on
Network drive
tC
or
Manybackupprogramsalsosupportbackupstoanetworkdrive,suchas
tip
asharedfolderonaserver.Backinguptoanetworkdriveisan
er
inexpensivewaytocentralizebackupstorageforafewclientcomputers.
C
&
Oneofthedrawbacksofbackinguptoanetworkdriveisbandwidth
P
consumption.
H
Backup Schedules
Designingabackupscheduleentailsselectingthetypeofbackupsyou
willperformandtheintervalatwhichtheywillrun.Thebackupschedule
youdefinewilldependonhowmuchdatalossthecompanycantolerate
ifadisasterorharddiskfailureoccurs.LetustakealookatMedDevasan
example.

Page 13-16
MedDev
Thecompanysownerisconcernedaboutthedataontheengineerslaptop
computers.Ifaninprogressproductdesignislost,alotoftimeandeffortwould
bewasted.Also,someofthedatastoredonthediskmightnotbereproducible.
EngineersworkMondaythroughFridayandtypicallyaccessmanyfilesinaday.
Ontheaverage,20%offilesaremodifiedeachday.Productdesignfilesconsume
approximately100GBoneachlaptopcomputer.
Theownerstatesthatlosingmorethanoneworkdaysworthofeffortwillbe
costly.However,hewantstominimizetheamountoftimerequiredtoperform
backups.ThecompanyhaspurchasedaHPDAT160USBExternalTapedevice
foreachengineer.Thetapedevicehasatransferrateof49.3GB/hour.
n
tio
Letuslookatsomeoptionsforthebackupschedule.
bu
tri
Youknowthatthedataneedstobebackedupeachworkday.Thismeans
is
rD
youhaveseveraloptions:
fo
Dailyfullbackups ot
Fullanddifferentialbackups
N

l-
Fullandincrementalbackups
tia
Ifyouperformafullbackupeverynight,eachbackupwouldtake
en
fid
approximately2hoursandwoulduse100GBofstorage.Sincethetape
on
drivehasa160GBcartridgewitha2:1compressionratio,onlythree
tC
backupswillfitonacartridge.Theadvantagetothismethodisthatonlya
or
singletapewouldneedtoberestoredifthediskfailed.
tip
er
C
Thissimpleexampleassumesthatthefileschangedoneachdayare
&
differentfiles.Ifthefileschangedoneachdayareprimarilythesamefiles,the
P
H
differentialvalueswouldbelower.
Nowletuslookatascheduleinwhichafullbackupisperformedon
Mondaynightanddifferentialbackupsareperformedeachothernight.
AsyoucanseeinTable136,thecapacityandbackuptimegrowsasthe
weekprogresses.IftheharddiskfailsonThursday,youwouldneedto
restoretheMondaynightbackupandtheWednesdaynightbackup.
IfyoucreateascheduleinwhichafullbackupisperformedonMonday
andincrementalbackupsareperformedeachothernight,noticethatthe
amountofdataandthetimeittakesarelowonallnightsexception
Monday.However,ifthediskfailsonThursday,youwouldneedto
restorethefollowingbackups:

Page 13-17
Cha
nuity

1. Moonday
2. Tu
uesday
3. Weednesday
Table136:C
ComparingBackupTypes
M
M T W Th F
Full 100G
GB 100GB 1000GB 1100GB 100GB
2hou
urs 2ho
ours 2h
hours 22hours 2hours
Full+ 100G
GB 20G
GB 400GB 660GB 80GB
differenntial
2hou
urs 24 488 772 96
n
io
minnutes m
minutes mminutes minutes
t
bu
tri
Full+ 100G
GB 20G
GB 200GB 220GB 20GB
is
rD
increme ental
fo
2hou
urs 24
ot 244 224 24
minnutes m
minutes mminutes minutes
N
l-
Window
ws 7 Back
kup
tia
en
YoucanllaunchWinndowsBack kupfromControlPaneelorfromttheHP
fid
on
Advisor((Figure135
5)onsome HPcompu
uters.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure135:HPAdvisor
Page
e 13-18
Da
ata Archival a
and Backup
p
Winndows7Bacckup(Figurre136)allo
owsyoutoperformaoonetimefuull
backkup,createascheduledfullbacku
up,createa
asystemim
mage,orcreeatea
systtemrepaird
disk.
Window ws7usesad
differentbacckupprogram
mthanearlieerversionsoof
Windows.Ifyou uupgradetoWindows7fromanearrlierversion,,youwillneeedto
haveeeachuserloogonandth
henconfigureebackups.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en

fid
Figurre136:Window
ws7Backup
on
tC
You
ucanchooseetostoreafilebackup
pon:
or

tip
Externallharddisk
er
Internalharddisk
C
USBflasshdrive
&
WritableeDVD/CD
H
Network kshare(onlyonWind
dows7Proffessional,U
Ultimate,or
Enterpriise)
Syste
em image
A baack up of all
a volumes necessary
n to
t start the operating system
Syste
em repair disk
d
A CDD or DVD-R
ROM that co ontains all files
f necessaary to boott the computer
and use the sysstem recov
very optionss if a critical error occu
urs
AWindowsbackup psystemimaagebacksup
ptheharddisskvolumestthat
arerrequiredtoboottheoperaatingsystem
m.Dataonotherharddissksmustbe
backkedupseparaately.
Page 13-19
9

CloudBasedBackup Asystemimagebackupcanonlybestoredonanexternalharddisk,an
NortonOnlineBackupis internalharddisk,oranetworkshare.Whenasystemimageisstoredon
providedasanexample. anetworkshare,anyprevioussystemimagesaredeleted.Onelimitation
Manyothercloudbased tosystemimagesisthatyoucanonlyrestoretheentireimage,not
backupservicesexist. individualfiles.
Itisnotrecommendedthatyoustorefilebackupsonthesystemvolume
(thevolumewhereWindowsfilesarestored)becauseamalwareinfectionmight
makethedataunrecoverable.
Cloud-Based Backup
Asyoulearnedinthepreviouschapter,utilizingcloudbasedservicescan
helpacompanymeettheirITobjectiveswithlittleinitialcostoutlayand
n
allowaccesstodatafrommultiplelocations.Acloudbasedbackupcan
tio
bu
helpensurethatadevicecanbebackeduptoasecurelocation,whenthe
tri
userisintheoffice,athome,ortraveling,providedanInternetconnection
is
rD
isavailable.
fo
Oneadvantageofusingacloudbasedbackupisthatyoucanrestorefrom
ot
anylocationwithanInternetconnection.Thismakesacloudbased
N
l-
backupsuitableforrecoveringfromasiteleveldisaster.
tia
Adisadvantagetocloudbasedbackupistheamountofbandwidth
en
fid
required.Acloudbasedbackupsolutionisonlyappropriateifareliable
on
broadbandconnectionexists.Also,beawareofanybandwidthlimitations
tC
enforcedbytheISP.
or
tip
LetuslookatNortonOnlineBackupasanexampleofthefeaturesa
er
cloudbasedbackupservicecanprovide.
C
&
Norton Online Backup

P
H
NortonOnlineBackupisacloudbasedbackupservicethatcanbe
accessedthroughtheHPAdvisorbaronHPdesktopcomputers.Thefree
30daysubscriptionoffers5GBofstorage;whereasanannual
subscriptionoffers25GBofstorage.Additionalstoragecanbepurchased.
BeforeyoucanuseNortonOnlineBackup,youneedtocreateanaccount
byenteringanemailaddressandpassword.Next,youneedtodownload
asmallapplication.NortonOnlineBackupissupportedinWindowsXP,
WindowsVista,Windows7,andMacOSX10.5andlater.
NortonOnlineBackupcanbeusedtobackupfiles,Outlook,email,and
contactsonasmanyasfivecomputers.AsshowninFigure137,youcan
configuresettingstobackupfileslocatedinspecificdirectoriesorthat
havespecificextensions.
Page 13-20
Da
ata Archival a
and Backup
p
n
iot
bu

tri
is
Figurre137:Norton
nOnlineBacku
up
rD
fo
You
ucanconfig gurebackup pstorunon
naschedulee,asshownninFigure138.
ot
Thefirsttimeaabackupisrun,itwilltakeaconssiderableam
mountoftiime
N
becaauseallfilesswillbeco
opiedtotheserver.On
nsubsequen ntbackups,,only
l-
tia
channgedandnewfileswillbecopied d.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre138:Norton
nOnlineBacku
upScheduleSe
ettings
You
ucanalsoco onfigureoth
hersettingsstocontrolbackup(Fiigure139)..If
youneedtoensurethatInnternetbandwidthisa availablefo
orother
appllications,yo
oucanthro
ottlehowmmuchbandw widthisuseedbythebaackup
Page 13-21
Cha
nuity

operation
n.Youcanaalsoconfigu
urewhetheeralertsaresenttothecomputer
beingbacckedupanddifupdatesstotheNorrtonOnlineeBackupsooftware
shouldbeeappliedau
utomaticallly.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure139:NortonOnlineBackupOtheerSettings
ot
N
l-
Recove
ery
tia
en
Yourbusiinesscontin
nuityplansshouldinclludeinstrucctionsforreecovery
fid
on
systemsuusingtheba
ackupstrattegyyoudeefine.Thesttepswilldiiffer
tC
dependin ngonyourb
backuppro oceduresan ndwhetherryouneedttorecover
or
toasystemimageorrtofactorydefaultsetttings.
tip
er
Letustak
kealookatafewcom monscenarrios.
C
Using th
he System
m Repair Disk
&
P
H
IfWindowws7willno
otbootand
dyoucreateedasystem
mrepairdisk
kusing
WindowssBackup,y youcanboootthecomp
puterandacccessrecoveeryoptionss
usingthefollowingsteps:
1. Veerifythatyo
ourBIOSis configured dtobootfro
omtheCDorDVD
ROOMdrive.
2. InssertthesystemrepairdiskintheCDorDVD DROMdriive.
3. Tu
urnontheccomputer.
4. Wh henpromp ptedtopres sakeytob
bootfromCCDorDVDROM,
preessanykeyy.
TheoptioonsinTablee137areav
vailableintheSystem
mRecoveryO
Options
dialog.
Page
e 13-22
Recovery
y
Tablee137:RecoverryOptions
RecoveryOp
ption Desccription
StaartupRepaiir Sca
ansthecommputerforp
problemsth hatare
preeventingstartupandccorrectsany
yitfinds
SysstemResto
ore Reestorestheccomputerto
oasavedreestorepoin
nt
SysstemImage
e Alllowsyouto
orecoverto
oasystemiimageback
kup
Reccovery
WindowsMe emory Sca

ansyourco
omputerforrerrorscau
usedbyfailiing
Diaagnostic RA
AMmodulees
n
iot
bu
Com
mmandPrompt Alllowsyouto
oexecuteco
ommandliinerepair
tri
options,suchasrepairin
ngthemastterbootreco
ord
is
(M
MBR)
rD
System Resttore fo
ot
N
l-
WheenSystemR Restoreiseenabled,Wiindows7sa avestheopeeratingsysstem

tia
conffiguration,iincludingrregistrysetttings,toarestorepoin
ntbefore
en
mightcausesysteminsstability,succhasinstallling
perfformingacttionsthatm
fid
anu
update.TocconfigureSSystemResttoresettings:
on
tC
11. OpenthheSystemC ControlPannelutility.

or
22. ClickSy
ystemprote ection.TheSystemPro otectiontab
bofSystem
m
tip
propertiiesisshownninFigure1310.
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1310:System
mProtection
Page 13-23
3
Cha
nuity

Fromthissdialog,yo
oucanreverrttoaresto
orepointorrmanuallycreatea
restorepo anenableaanddisablesavingresttorepointsbyvolume.
oint.Youca
Selecttheevolumeyoouwantto managean ndclickConnfiguretoo
openthe
dialogshowninFigu ure1311.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figure1311
1:ConfiguringSystemProtecctionforaVolume
H
Youcansselecttosav
veoperatinngsystemreestorepointtsandprev viousfile
version,o
onlyprevio ousfileverssions,orneiither.Youccanalsoadjjustthe
amounto ofdiskspaccethatcanbbeusedtossaverestoreepoints.
Savingprevi
S iousversionssofafilealloowsyoutorreverttoaneearlier
documentversionifyoouaccidentaallysavechangesyoudoonotwanttookeep.
Ifaproblempreventtsyoufrom
mstartingW
Windows,y youcanreveerttoan
earlierconfiguration
nusingSysttemRestoree(Figure13312).
Page
e 13-24
Recovery
y
R
RecoveryMan
nager
TThekeypointtisthat
RRecoveryMan nagercan
oonlyrecovertthefactory
ssettings.Anyapplications
wwillneedtobeereinstalled
aanddatafilesrestored
frombackup.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
ot
Figurre1312:RestorretoaRestorePoint
N
Rec
covery Manager
M
l-
tia
en
AnH
HPdesktop porlaptopcomputeriincludesReecoveryMaanagertoalllow
fid
youtoresetyourcomputeertofactory ydefaultussingeither theHP

on
Reco
overyPartittionoraW
Windows7o operatingsy ystemDVD D.Bothofth
hese
tC
optionseraseth
heharddissk,soifposssible,yousshouldbackkupalldataafiles
or
befo
oreresetting
gacomputertofactorydefault.
tip
er
Rec
covery Parttition
C
&
Ifyo
oucanboottthecompu uter,youca
anchecktoseewhetheertheHP
P
H
RecooveryPartittionexistsb
byusingDiiskManageement.Ifth
hepartition
existts,youcanrecoverbyyperformin wingsteps:
ngthefollow
11. Restarttthecomputter,andthenpressEsccapewhile thePresstthe
ESCkeyyforStartuppMenum messageisd displayedattthebottom
mof
thescreeen.
22. PressF1
11whiletheePress<F1 11>forreco
overymesssageis
displayeedonthesccreen.
33. Followttheonscreeeninstructiions.
You
uwillneedttoreinstallapplication
nsandresto
oredatafileesfrombacckup.
5
Page 13-25

Windows Installation DVD
Ifyoudonothavearecoverypartition,youcanrestorefactorydefault
settingsbyusingaWindowsinstallationDVDandperformingthe
followingsteps:
1. VerifythatyourBIOSisconfiguredtobootfromtheCDorDVD
ROMdrive.
2. Restartthecomputer,andtheninserttheWindows7operating
systemDVDintotheopticaldrivebeforetheWindowsoperating
systemloads.
3. Whenprompted,pressanykeyboardkey.
4. Followtheonscreeninstructions.
5. ClickNext.
n
6. SelectRepairyourcomputer.
io
7. Followtheonscreeninstructions.
t
bu
8. AfterWindowsstarts,reinstallapplicationsandrestoredatafiles.
tri
is
rD
Power Protection
fo
ot
N
Inchapter2,youlearnedtheimportanceofusingasurgeprotectorto
l-
ensurethatcomputercomponentsarenotdamagedbypowersurges.
tia
However,asurgeprotectorcannotprotectagainstalltypesofpower
en
fluctuationsandcannotkeepthecomputersrunningifpowerfails.
fid
on
ApowerconditionerprotectsandremovesallinconsistenciesfromAC
tC
power,includingspikes,brownouts,andotherinterference.
or
tip
Anuninterruptiblepowersupply(UPS)isadeviceyoucanplacebetween
er
thepoweroutletandoneormoredevicestoensurethattheACpower
C
thatentersthedeviceiscleanandconsistent.Unlikeasurgeprotector,
&
P
whichcanonlyprotectagainstspikes,aUPScanalsoprotectagainst
H
brownoutsandotherpoweranomalies.Itcanalsokeepthecomputers
operatingforashortperiodoftimeatleastlongenoughtoperforma
gracefulshutdown.
Abackupgeneratorallowsyoutoruncomputersforalongerperiodof
timeafterpowerfails.However,theyonlyoperateduringapowerfailure
anddonotprotectagainstspikes,brownoutsorotherpower
inconsistencies.

Page 13-26
er Protection
Powe
Cho
oosing a UPS C
ChoosingaU
UPS
Wheenchoosing
gaUPS,yo
ouneedtocconsider: WWalkthrough hthe
eexample.Mak kesure
Thewatttagerequirredtoopera
ateallcompponents sstudentsundeerstandthat
Theamoountoftimeethedeviceesneedtoo
operateafteerpowerfaailure eeachUPSisraatedfora
sspecificloadaandthat
YouucanusetheHPRackandPowerrSizertoselectaUPStthatwillhaandle ooverloadoccuursifdevices
thelload.TheH
HPRackand dPowerSiz
zerisavaila p://upssizer.com.
ableathttp thhatrequirem
morewattage
YouucanalsoseearchforUP
PSontheH
HPWebsiteeandclickttheUPSSizzer aareconnectedd.
linkfromanyUUPSproducctpage.
YouucanusetheHPRackandPowerrSizerasag guestorreg
gisterasau
user.
Regiistereduserrscansavequotesanddretrieveth
hemlater.A
Asshownin n
Figu
ure1313,th
heHPRack kandPoweerSizercanevaluateyo ourpowerneeds
byw
wattageorbbyanequippmentlist.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
Figurre1313:HPRa
ackandPowerrSizer
P
H
Letu
uslookata
anexampleusingtheeequipmentlist.Clicktthegobuttoonin
theS
StandardEEquipmentListbox.A Alistofequipmentcateegorieswilll
disp
play,asshowwninFigure1314.
NoticethatthereissnoPrintersscategory.T
Thatisbecau
useyoushould
neveerattachaprrintertoaU
UPS.Aprintterdrawsalotofpowerwwhenprocesssinga
printjob.
Page 13-27
7
Cha
nuity

n
Figure1314
4:StandaloneE
EquipmentCattegories
iot
bu
tri
SelectCustom
S mLoadifyoouneedtoadddwattagefo
fornonstanddard
is
componentsornonHP
Pequipmen t.
rD
fo
ClickPC,,Workstatiions&Mon nitors.Alin
ot nkforeachwillbedissplayed
(Figure13
315).First,clicktheP
PClink.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1315
5:PC,Workstattions,&Monittors
Alistoffformfactorssisdisplay ed,asshow
wninFigure1316.No
oticethat
theConveertibleMin nitowerhassthehighesstwattagerrequiremennts;
whereasttheUltraSllimformfa ctorhastheelowest.
Page
e 13-28
Powe
er Protection
n
Figurre1316:PCFormFactors
io
t
bu
Inth
hiscase,letussupposeewehavetthePCconffigurationsshowninFiigure
tri
1317.
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figurre1317:PCFormFactorExam
mple
H
Nowwwewilladdthemonnitorstotheeconfiguration(Figuree1318).No
otice
thatlargerLCD
Dmonitorsrequiremo orepowertthansmalleerLCDmon nitors
andCRTmonittorsrequireemorepow werthanLCCDmonitorrsofthesam me
size.
CRTm monitorsarerarelypurch
hasedasnew
wequipmentanymore.
Howwever,yourccustomermigghthaveold
derCRTmon urcustomeris
nitors.Ifyou
conccernedaboutreducingpoowerconsummption,recom
mmendreplaacingCRT
monitorswithLCDmonitorrs.
Page 13-29
9
Cha
nuity

Figure1318
8:PCandMonitorExample
n
Afteryou
uhavefinish
hedspecifyyingequipm
ment,click<<back/add d.The
iot
wattagerrequiremenntfortheeq
quipmentyo
ouspecifieddwillbecaalculated
bu
(Figure13
319).
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
Figure1319
9:PowerRequiirements
ClickCon
nfigureUPS.Youwilllbeprompttedtoseleccttheregion
nandthe
UPSform
mfactor.Intthisexamp
ple,wewillselectNortthAmericaand
Tower,assshowninFigure13220.
Page
e 13-30
Powe
er Protection
TTheRackform mfactor
rrelatestoserv
versandis
bbeyondthesccopeofthis
ccourse.

Figurre1320:SelecttingRegionan
ndUPSFormFactor
n
Click
kNexttod
displaythreeerecommeendationsth hatmeetth
hespecified
iot
bu
watttagerequireements.ThherecommeendationsarrecategorizzedasGood,
tri
Better,andBesst,asshown
ninFigure1321.How
wever,theBBest
is
reco
ommendatio onmightnootalwaysb
bethebesto
option.
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1321:UPSS
Suggestions
Letuustakeacloserlookattherecom
mmendation nsanddiscuussthe
advaantagesand ddisadvan ntagesofeacch.Thepro
oductnumb berisdefineedin
thettoprow.No oticetheNA
Aineachp
productnum mberlisting
g.Thismeaans
thattheproducctissupporrtedinNorthAmerica a.TheGood doptionis
suppportedinNNorthAmerricaonly.Th heothertw
wooptionsaarealso
suppportedinJaapan.
Page 13-31
Cha
nuity

TheHPTT1500hasasignificanttlylowerprricepoint.HHowever,ittwillonly
operatethhestatedlo
oadfor8miinutes.Whiilethismigghtbeenoughfora
gracefulsshutdown,itmightno otbesufficieenttomeettthebusineess
requirements.Also,thestatedlloadisveryyclosetoth
heratedloaad,soit
mightnottbeabletosupportthheadditionofanotherdevice.Ify youexceed
theratedloadbycon nnectingto
oomanydeevices,anov verloadcon nditionwilll
occuranddanalarmw willsound..
Anotherp
potentialco
onsideration nistheouttputreceptaacles.Figurre1322
showstheeconfigura
ationofthe outputreceeptaclesforrthethree
recommeendedUPSssystems.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
Figure1322
2:OutputReceptacles
&
P
H
Although hyoucanpurchasepo owerdistrib butionunitts(PDUs)ttoattach

moredev vicestoano
outputrece ptacle,youuneedtobeesurenottoooverload
aparticullaroutputrreceptacle.C
Consulttheeusermanu ualforyou
urparticularr
modelforrinformatio onaboutho owtodistriibutedeviccesbetweennoutput
receptaclees.
SomeUPSsy
S ystemsincluudebothbattterybackupoutletsandsocketsthat
providesuurgeprotectioononly.On
nlydevicescoonnectedtothebatterybbackup
outletscan
ncauseanovverloadalarm
m.
TheBetteerandBestoptionsareebothR/T33000UPSsy ystems.How wever,
Betteropttionisalow
wvoltageUUPS;whereeastheBesttoptionisaahigh
voltageU
UPS.Youw willneedtosselecttheo
onethatmatchesthevooltageused
d
Page
e 13-32
Powe
er Protection
inth
hebusiness.Noticetha atbothofth
heseoptionnscanbeexxpandedtoallow
forllongerruntimeduetopowerfailu ure.Theya
alsosupporrttheUPS
Man nagementM Moduletoa allowtheUPStobema anagedremmotely.The
T15000isnotexpandablea anddoesnootsupportttheUPSMaanagement
Mod dule.Adeta aileddiscusssionoftheeUPSMana agementM Moduleisbeeyond
thesscopeofthiiscourse.
Detaailedinform
mationabouutaparticu
ularUPSisa
availablein
nspecificatiion
docuumentonthheHPWeb bsite.Forex
xample,theespecificatiionfortheT
T1500
moddelisshownninFigure1323.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1323:HPUP
PST1500G3Specifications
Page 13-33
3

ReviewQuestions Summary
1.Differentialbackup Inthischapter,youlearned:
2.False
Riskmitigationinvolvesreducingthelikelihoodofathreat
3.Tapecartridges, occurring
removabledrives,
Abusinesscontinuityplanisawrittendocumentthatdefinesthe
CD/DVDROM,cloud
stepsyoushouldtaketorecoverfromafailure
4.Cloud
Abackupplanshouldincludebothsystemconfigurationanddata
5.Connectingdevices backups
thatconsumemore
Backupstotape,removabledisk,writableCDorDVDROM,and
powerthanaUPSis
ratedtohandle
cloudbasedbackupscanbestoredoffsite
Differentialbackupsarefastertorestore,buttakelongerand
6.Factorydefault
configuration
requiremorecapacitythanincrementalbackups
n
Bothdifferentialandincrementalbackupsrequireafullbackupas
io
7.Likelihood,cost
t
bu
thebase
8.Full
tri
Asystemimagecanbeusedtorecoveracomputer,itsapplications,
is
anddatatoaspecificstate
rD
TheHPRecoveryPartitionerasesthediskandrestoresacomputer
fo
tothefactoryconfiguration
ot
N
AUPSconditionspowerandallowsforanorderlyshutdownif
l-
powerislost
tia

en
AUPSisratedforaspecificloadandwillsoundanalarmifthe
fid
loadisexceeded
on
tC
Review Questions
or
tip
1. Whattypeofbackupbacksupallfilesthathavechangedsincethe
er
C
lastfullbackup?
&
2. Trueorfalse.Abusinesscontinuityplanshouldonlydealwith
P
H
howtorecoverfrommajordisasters.
3. Whichbackupmediacanbestoredoffsite?
4. Whichtypeofbackupcanbeaccessedfromanywherethereisan
Internetconnection?
5. WhatcausesaUPSoverload?
6. YourecoveracomputerfromtheHPRecoveryPartition.What
haveyourecovered?
7. Whenperformingriskassessment,youneedtoestimatethe
_______and______ofathreatoccurring.
8. A_________backupmustbeperformedbeforeanincremental
backup.
Page 13-34
Homework
WhatGetsBackedUp
Homework 1.Allfilesinthebackup
setsincethelastfull
What Gets Backed Up? backup
Foreachbackuptype,identifywhatgetsbackedup. 2.Operatingsystem
configuration
1. Differential
3.Allfilesinthebackup
2. Systemstate setsincethelastfullor
3. Incremental incrementalbackup
4. Full 4.Allfilesinthebackup
5. Systemimage set
6. Restorepoint 5.Theentireoperating
systemvolumeand,
Short Essay
n
optionally,othervolumes
io
t
1. Asystemwillnotboot.Thebackuppolicyforthecomputeristo
bu
6.Theoperatingsystem
createasystemimageonthelastdayofeachmonth.Whatsteps
tri
configuration
is
wouldyouusetorecoverthecomputer?
rD
2. Youaredesigningabackupstrategyforacompanysdesktopand
fo
laptopcomputers.Thecompanywantstoprotectthedataagainsta
ot
N
siteleveldisaster,suchasafire.Writeanessaythatproposesthree
l-
differentbackupmedia.Discussthebenefitsanddrawbacksof
tia
each.
en
fid
Put it in Practice
on
tC
StayandSleep
or
YouaredesigningabusinesscontinuityplanforStayandSleep.Their
tip
er
primaryconcernisthatatleasttworeservationagentsbeabletocontinue
C
totakereservationsforanhourifapowerfailureoccurs.Eachreservation
&
agenthasanUltraSlimformfactordesktopcomputeranda17inchLCD
P
H
monitor.
Theyarealsoconcernedthatreservationdatabeaccessiblefromany
locationifasiteleveldisasterimpactsthecorporateoffice.Reservation
dataiscurrentlystoredinadatabaseonConvertibleMinitowerdesktop
computerthathasa15inchLCDmonitor.
1. UsetheHPRackandPowerSizertomakearecommendationfora
powerprotectiondevicetoallowthereservationagentstocontinue
totakereservations.Writeanessayexplainingthebenefitsand
drawbacksofeachrecommendeddevice.
2. Whichbackupstrategywouldyourecommendforbackingupthe
database?Explainwhy.
Page 13-35

n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 13-36
Objectives
Chapter 14: Ongoing Starttheclassbyreading
Maintenance
OperatingSystemand
ApplicationUpdates
Makesurestudents
Introduction understandthevarious
typesofupdates.
Theclientcomputershavebeenpurchasedandconfigured.Operating
systemsandapplicationshavebeeninstalled.Yourjobisdone,right?
Unfortunately,thisisnotthecase.Keepingconnecteddevicesrunning
smoothlyrequiresadditionalsteps,includingregularupdatesand
maintenance.Fortunately,someoftheworkcanbeautomated.
n
io
Inthischapter,wewillexaminesomeofthetasksthatmustbeperformed
t
bu
routinelytokeepdesktopandlaptopcomputersoperatingsmoothly.The
tri
focusofthechapterwillbethetoolsavailableinWindows7.However,
is
rD
mostotheroperatingsystemswillhavesimilartools.
fo
ot
N
Objectives
l-
tia
Configuremanagementtoolsandresources
en
Conductusertraining,handoff,andperformancetuning
fid
Performchangemanagementandversioncontrol
on
Performadministrativeandmaintenancetasks
tC
or
tip
Operating System and Application Updates

er
C
Operatingsystemvendorscontinuallymakeupdatestopatchsecurity
&
P
vulnerabilities,fixproblems,andevenintroducenewfeatures.Many
H
applicationsundergoasimilarupdateprocess.
Operatingsystemandapplicationupdatescanbecategorizedasshownin
Table141.

Page 14-1
Chapter 14: Ongoing Maintenance

Table141:TypesofUpdates
Category Description
Securityupdate Anupdatedesignedtocorrectaspecificsecurity
vulnerability
Criticalupdate Anupdatedesignedtocorrectadiscovered
problemthatisnottiedtoasecurityvulnerability,
butthatmightcausestabilityorperformance
problems
Hotfix Anupdatethatcorrectsaproblemthatexistswith
onlycertainconfigurations
n
tio
bu
Servicepack Arollupofmultipleupdates.Oftenincludesnew
tri
features.
is
rD
Upgrade Anewmajorversionofthesoftware.Sometimes
fo
upgradesareprovidedfreeofcharge,butmore
ot
N
oftentheymustbepurchased.
l-
tia
Automatic Updates
en
fid
Mostoperatingsystemsallowyoutosubscribetoautomaticupdatesto
on
ensurethatyouroperatingsystemsoftwareisuptodate.Windows
tC
UpdateallowsyoutoautomaticallyupdatesomeMicrosoftproductsas
or
tip
well,includingMicrosoftOffice.
er
C
Togetautomaticupdates,youneedanInternetconnectiontodownload
&
updatesfromMicrosoftUpdate.Optionally,somecompaniesmightoptto
P
H
downloadupdatestoaninternalserver,approvethem,andthendeploy
onlyapprovedupdatesfromthatserver.Adiscussionofconfiguringan
updateserverisbeyondthescopeofthiscourse.
Windows Update
YoucanmanageWindows7automaticupdatesthroughtheWindows
UpdateControlPanelutility,showninFigure141.
Thisutilityallowsyouto:
Manuallycheckforupdates
Changeupdatesettings
Viewahistoryofupdatesthathaverecentlyinstalledorfailedto
install
Page 14-2
Restorehiddenupdates ManagingWindows
Viewpendingupdates UpdateSettings
Viewinstalledupdates Askstudentstogive
someexamplesof
Hidden update problemsthatcould
An update that was marked as hidden instead of installed. It no longer occurduetohow
appears as a pending update. automaticupdatesare
configured.Some
examplesincludemissing
criticalupdatesifupdates
arenotscheduledtobe
checkedorbandwidth
consumptionissuesif
updatesareconfiguredto
bedownloaded
n
automatically.
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia

en
Figure141:WindowsUpdate
fid
on
Managing Windows Update Settings

tC
ToconfigureWindowsUpdatesettings,clicktheChangesettingslinkin
or
tip
theleftsidepanel.ThewindowshowninFigure142willbedisplayed.
er
C
&
P
H

Figure142:ChangingWindowsUpdateSettings
Page 14-3

Updatesmightalsobe Youcanchoosefromoneofthefollowingoptionsforinstallingimportant
pendingiftheupdate updates(whichincludesbothcriticalupdatesandsecurityupdates):
failedforexample,if
therewasinsufficient Installupdatesautomatically
diskspacetoperformit. Downloadupdates,butletmechoosewhethertoinstallthem
Checkforupdates,butletmechoosewhethertodownloadand
installthem
Nevercheckforupdates
Inmostcases,itisrecommendedthatyouconfigureupdatestobe
installedautomatically.However,thereareafewsituationsthatwarrant
selectingoneoftheotheroptions.
Forexample,youmightwanttohaveWindowsUpdatecheckforupdates,
butwaittodownloadthemiftheuserfrequentlyworkswithalimited
n
io
bandwidthInternetconnectionandwantstoinstallallupdateswhena
t
bu
broadbandconnectionisavailable.
tri
is
rD
ItisnotrecommendedthatyouchooseNevercheckforupdates
fo
becausethisoptioncanleaveyoursystemvulnerabletoknownsecurityexploits.
ot
Viewing Pending Updates
N
l-
tia
Ifacomputerisconfiguredtocheckforupdates,butnottodownload
en
and/orinstalltheupdateautomatically,thediscoveredupdateswillbe
fid
listedaspending,asshowninFigure143.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure143:PendingUpdates
Updatesmightalsobelistedaspendingduetootherreasons.For
example,anupgrade,suchasupgradingtoInternetExplorer9,willbe
listedaspendinguntiltheuserconfirmsthattheupdateshouldbe
Page 14-4
installed.Theymightalsobependingifaproblemoccursthatprevents
theupdatefrominstalling.
Youcanchecktheupdatesyouwanttoinstall,andclickOKtoinstallall
ofthem.YoucanalsorightclickanupdateandchooseHideupdateto
preventtheupdatefrombeingshownaspending.Youcanalsocopy
informationaboutaspecificupdatebyrightclickingitandchoosing
Copydetails.Informationabouttheupdatewillbecopiedtothe
Clipboardandcanbepastedintoadocument.Thisisagoodwayto
documentinformationaboutinstalledupdates.
AnotherthingtonoticeinFigure43isthatoperatingsystemupdates
includedevicedriverupdates,suchastheAtheroswirelessnetwork
adapterdriver.
n
io
Uninstalling Updates
t
bu
Sometimesanupdatewillcauseaproblem.Forexample,youmightinstall
tri
is
agenericdevicedriverthatoverwritesthemanufacturersdevicedriver,
rD
ortheupdatemightcauseapplicationcompatibilityproblems.
fo
ot
ClicktheInstalledUpdateslinkatthebottomoftheWindowsUpdate
N
ControlPanelutilitytoshowtheupdatesthathavebeeninstalled,as
l-
tia
showninFigure144.YoucanrightclickanupdateandchooseUninstall
en
toremovetheupdate.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure144:UninstallingUpdates
Someupdates,suchasmanysecurityupdates,cannotbeuninstalled.
Page 14-5

MedDevScenarios MedDev
Ifmorethanafew Thelabcomputersrequireverystrictcontrolovertheirconfiguration.Youneed
computersrequireonly tomanuallydocumenteachupdatethatisinstalled.
approvedupdateand
monitoringwhich
Onewaytomeetthisrequirementistoconfigureautomaticupdatestocheckfor
updateswereinstalled,it
makessensetomanage updates,butnotdownloadthemuntiltheuserchoosesto.Youcanthencopythe
updatesonaserver,such descriptionofeachupdatetoachangefilepriortoinstallingit.
asaWindowsSoftware
UpdateServer(WSUS)
server.However,WSUS Security Management
isbeyondthescopeof
thiscourse. Ensuringthatdevicesremainsecurerequiresongoingvigilance.Attackers
discovernewvulnerabilitiesandinventnewexploitsallthetime.A
systemadministratorshouldtakecertainmeasurestohardenacomputer.
n
SecurityManagement
io
Someofthese,suchassettingfolderandfilepermissions,havealready
t
bu
Stresstheimportanceof beendiscussed.Otherimportantmeasuresinclude:
tri
havinguptodate
is
antivirusand Ensuringthateachcomputerhasuptodateantivirusand
rD
antimalwaresoftware. antimalwaresoftware

fo
Reducingtheattacksurfacebydisablingservices
ot
N
Services
Attack surface
l-
The exposed areas an attacker can use to gain access to a computer.

tia
Askstudentstolistthe
en
typesofactionsthat
Antimalware
fid
mightbeperformedbya
on
service.
Itisessentialtoprotecteachdevicewithantivirusandantimalware
tC
applications.Itisequallyimportanttokeepthevirusandmalware
or
tip
signaturesuptodate.
er
C
Signature
&
A pattern of behavior or hash value of a file that identifies a virus.

P
H
Hash
A calculation used to generate a smaller value from a larger piece of
data.
Mostantimalwareprogramssupportautomaticupdates.Itisessentialthat
youenableautomaticupdatesandmonitorthemtoensurethatupdates
arebeingperformed.
Services
Aserviceissoftwarethatexecutesinthebackgroundanddoesnothavea
userinterface.Windowsincludesmanyservices,buttherearealsomany
thirdpartyservices.Servicescancreatesecurityvulnerabilitiesbecause
Page 14-6
Security Management
theyrunwithoutausersknowledge.Also,theycanbeconfiguredtorun
underauseraccountthathasahighpermissionlevel.
Service
Code that executes within a special background process that can be
stopped, started, and paused by the Service Control Manager (SCM).
SCM
Windows component responsible for managing services.
ServicesaremanagedthroughtheServicesutility(Figure145),whichis
accessedthroughAdministrativeToolsinControlPanel.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure145:ServicesUtility
H
ServicesthatarerunninghaveaStatusofStarted.TheStartupType
indicateswhethertheserviceisautomaticallystartedwhenthecomputer
boots,orifitmustbestartedmanually.TheLogOnAsfieldspecifiesthe
securitycontextusedtoruntheservice.Therearethreebuiltinaccounts
thatcanbeusedtorunservices,oryoucancreateyourownuseraccount.
Someapplicationsthatinstallservicesautomaticallycreateauseraccount
thatwillbeusedtoruntheservice.Thebuiltinaccountsaredescribedin
Table142.
Security context
User account under which a service runs.

Page 14-7

Table142:BuiltinServiceAccounts
Account Description
LocalService Anaccountwiththeminimumpermissions
necessarytorunaservice.TheLocalServiceaccount
cannotaccessthenetwork.
NetworkService Anaccountwiththeminimumpermissions
necessarytorunaservicethataccessesthenetwork.
LocalSystem Anaccountwithfullpermissionstothecomputer
andtheabilitytoaccessthenetwork.
n
io
Service Properties
t
bu
Eachservicehasanumberofpropertiesthatcanbemanagedbydouble
tri
is
clickingaserviceorrightclickingtheserviceandchoosingProperties.We
rD
willexaminethesepropertiesbylookingatthePrintSpoolerservice.The
fo
PrintSpoolerserviceisresponsibleforspoolingprintjobstoatemporary
ot
N
locationontheharddiskknownasthespoolfile.
l-
TheGeneraltab(Figure146)showsinformationabouttheservice,
tia
en
includingtheservicename,thedisplayname,thedescription,andthe
fid
pathtotheexecutable.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure146:ServicePropertiesGeneralTab
Page 14-8
Security Management
YoucanalsosettheStartuptypetooneofthefourvaluesdescribedin
Table143.
Table143:Servicestartuptypes
Startuptype Description
Automatic(DelayedStart) Theservicestartswhentheoperating
systemstartsup,butitwillstartinthe
background,allowinguserstobegin
workingbeforetheservicehasstarted.
Automatic Theservicestartswhentheoperating
systemstartsup.
n
io
t
Manual Theservicestartswhenitismanually
bu
startedbyanotherservice,application,or
tri
is
user.
rD
fo
Disabled Theservicecannotbestarted.
ot
N
Youcanalsostop,start,pause,andresumeaservicefromthistab.Ifa
l-
tia
servicerequiresstartupparameters,youwoulddefinethosehere.
en
YoudefinetheuseraccountusedtoruntheserviceontheLogOntab
fid
on
(Figure147).
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure147:ServicePropertiesLogOnTab
Page 14-9
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

TheRecoverytab(Figure148) allowsyou
utosettheactionsthaatshouldbe
e
takenifth
heserviceffails.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figure148:ServicePropertiesRecoverryTab
l-
tia
Youcancconfigureadifferentaactionortheesameactio
onforfirst,,second,
en
andthird
dfailureswiithinadefin
nedtimefrrame.Availlableactionnsare:
fid

on
Ta
akenoactio on
tC
Reestarttheseervice

or
unaprogram
Ru
tip
Reestartthecoomputer
er
C
IfyouselectRunap
programforranyoftheeoptions,yyoucanbrowseto
&
selecttheprogram,sspecifycom
mmandlineeparameterrsfortheprrogram,
P
H
andappeendthenum mberoftimeestheserviicehasfaileedtotheco
ommand
line.Aprrogramcanbeanexeccutable,scriipt,orbatchhfile.
Script
A set of in
nstructions written
w in a procedura
al scripting llanguage.
Batch file
A set of operating
o sy
ystem comm
mands storred in a .ba
at file.
Ifyoucho
ooseRestarrttheCompputerforannyoftheop
ptions,youcan
specifyho
owlongtowaitbeforeerestarting
gthecompu uterandwhhethera
messagesshouldbessenttocom
mputersontthenetwork k.
Page
e 14-10
Security Managementt
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
l-
Figurre149:PrintSp
poolerProperttiesDepende
encies
tia
en
TheDependenciestab(Fig gure149)sshowsthesservicesthaattheservicce
fid
depeendson,asswellastho
osethatdeppendontheeservice.Iffaserviceth
hat
on
thisservicedeppendsonisstopped,thhisservicewillalsobeestopped.F For
tC
exammple,iftheHTTPserv viceisstopp
ped,thePriintSpooler servicewilllalso
or
besttopped.
tip
er
Onttheotherha and,iftheF
Faxserviceisstopped,,thePrintSSpoolerservice
C
willnotbeaffeected.StopppingthePriintSpooler,,however,w heFax
willstopth
&
P
serv
vice.
H
Starrting, Stopp
ping, and Restarting
R Services
Asy
yousawinthepreviou ussection,y
youcansta
art,stop,paause,andreesume
serv
vicesusingttheServicesutility.Ho owever,insomecasess,youmigh ht
wannttostoporrstartaserv
vicefromthhecomman ndline.Tod doso,youcan
usethefollowingcomman nds:
netstarttstartsasservice
netstopstopsaservice
Onereasonyoumiightneedtousethecomm mandlinecoommandsisto
starttorstopaseervicefromw
withinabatcchfile.
Page 14-11
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

DisskDefragmen
ntation Disk Ma
anagem
ment
Stu
udentslearneddabout Storageddisksalsoreequireperio
odicmainteenancetoimmprovedisk
diskkdefragmenttationin
performa anceandennsurethatuusershavessufficientstoragecapacityto
Chaapter3.Herethefocus
sho
ouldbeonschheduling storetheirapplicatioonsanddattafiles.
Deffragtorun
perriodically. Disk De
efragmen
ntation
YouwillrrecallfromChapter3 thatahard ddiskdriveebecomesffragmented
asfilesarremodifiedd,deleted,aandcreated
d.Asadiskbecomesfrragmented,
usersmig ghtnoticea
adecreasein nperformaance,particu
ularlywhenn
performin ngdiskinteensiveactioons.
Intheseccases,youccanimproveeperformaancebydefrragmenting gthedisk.
Agoodppreventivem maintenanccestrategyiinvolvespeeriodic
n
defragmeentation.On nacomputterrunninggWindows,,youcanusseTask
tio
bu
Schedulerrtoschedu uleoperatio
onslikedisk
kdefragmeentationtoo
occurona
tri
regularscchedule.Yo oucanacce ssTaskSch
hedulerfrommStart|A
Accessories
is
|SystemTools.TheeDefragtasskisavailaableintheT
TaskSchedu uler
rD
Libraryu
underMicro osoft|Win
ndows,assshowninFiigure1410.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1410
0:TaskSchedu
uler
Task Scheduler
TaskScheedulerisappowerfulpprogramthaatallowsyo
outoconfigguretasks
thatrunaautomaticalllyonatim
medrivensccheduleorinresponseetoan
action,su on,thecomputerstartiingup,oriffaspecific
uchasauseerloggingo
eventislo
oggedtoanneventlog..
Manypreedefinedtassksareavaailableintheetasklibraary.Ataskccandoany
ofthefolllowing:

Page
e 14-12
Disk Managementt
Runaprrogram
Sendan email
Displayamessage
Che
ecking Disk
D Integrity
Ano otherimporrtantmainteenancetask kistoperio
odicallycheecktheinteg
grity
ofth
heharddisk k.TheChkdskprogramlocatesa andattempttstofixbadd
sectoorsonthehharddisk.IItcanalsoeexaminetheefilesystem
mforprobleems
withhfilestructu
ures.
Sommetimes,iftheoperatin
ngsystemhhasexperien
ncedprobleemsduring g
starttuporshuttdownunexpectedly,youwillbeegiventhe optionof
runnningChkdsskduringsttartup.Insomesituatiions,runnin
ngChkdskwill
evennberequireed.
n
tio
InW
Windows7,youcanstaartChkdskkfromtheTToolsmenu
uofavolum
mes
bu
tri
Prop
pertiesdialo
og,asshow
wninFiguree1411.
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1411:DiskT
Tools
WheenyouclickkCheckno
ow,youwilllbepromp
ptedwithth
hedialogsh
hown
inFiigure1412
2.
3
Page 14-13
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

Figure1412
2:CheckDiskO
Options
n
io
Iftheharddiskisin
nuse,suchaasifitisrun
nningtheo
operatingsy
ystem,you
t
bu
willbeprromptedtoperformth hechecktheenexttimethecompu uteris
tri
restarted..
is
rD
fo
onaharddisskcanleadtoosporadicproblemsanddapplication
Badsectorso
B ot
crashes.If
f suchproblemsareoccurrring,itisaagoodideatoorunChkdsk.
N
l-

tia
en
StayandSleep
fid
Theaccounntingmanag gerreportstthatshecann
notopentheaccountingapplication.
on
Severalspreadsheetsaalsowillnot open.
tC

or
Whatcoulldyoutrytooresolvethe problem?WWhy?
tip
er
Managing Stora
age Capa
acity
C
&
P
Runningoutofdiskspaceisaccommonprroblem,parrticularlyiffusers
H
otofappliccationsorcrreatealarg
installalo genumbero ofdatafiless.Insome
cases,theeonlywayttogetfreeddiskspaceiistodeletefilesorinstallalargerr
(oradditiional)harddiskdrive..Inothercaases,youcaancompresssfilesto
conservespace.
Anotherpproblemthatmightocccuristhatausermigh htfillupon
ne
partition,whileanottherhaspleentyofdisk
kspace.Ifth
hisproblem moccurs,
youcaneeither:
Mo odifythepaartitioning structure
Reedirectfoldeerstoadiffferentvolum
me
Letusexa
amineeach
hoftheseso
olutions.

Page
e 14-14
Disk Managementt
Disk
k Cleanup D
DiskCleanup
p
EExplainthatu
usingDisk
TheDiskClean nuptool,sh
howninFiggure1413,sscansavoluumeforfilees
CCleanupisaggoodfirst
thatcansafelybedeletedtoreclaimspace.Thessefilesinclu
ude: sstepinrecoveeringstorage
Filesthaathavebeeendownloaadedfromth heInternet,
t,suchas ccapacity.
ActiveX Xcontrols
Webpa agesthathaavebeencacchedforqu
uickviewing g
Webpa agesthathaavebeencacchedforoffflineviewin
ng
FilesintheRecycleeBin
Logfilescreatedby yWindowssSetup
Temporraryfilescrreatedbyappplications
Thumbn nailsofgra
aphics
FilescreeatedbyWWindowsErrrorReportin ng
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1413:DiskC
Cleanup
Firstt,youshou
uldcheckthhefilecateg
goriesthatyyouwantto odelete.Yo oucan
click
kCleanupsystemfile estocauseDiskClean nuptoscaveengefor
operratingsysteemfilestha
atcansafelyybedeletedd.AfterDisskCleanupscans
thessystemfiless,youcancclickViewFFilesforallistoffilestthatwillbee
deleeted.
5
Page 14-15
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

Com
mpression Then,you
uclickOKtodeletealllselectedffiles.Youw
willbeprom
mptedto
Expplainthelimittationsof confirmy
youraction..ClickDeleeteFiles.
com
mpression.Itccanonly
beu
usedonanN NTFS Compresssion
volume,cannotb beused FoldersonanNTFSvolumecan nbecomprressedtocoonservediskspace.
witthencryption,,and
Howeverr,compresssionisvery yprocessorintensive,ssoitisnot
sho
ouldnotbeussedon
drivvesthathavehighI/O
recommeendedthaty youcompreesstheoperratingsysteemvolumee,or
req
quirements. volumestthatsupporrtalotofd
diskI/O.Youcancomp pressavolu umeby
checkingtheComprressthisdrrivetosaveespacechecckboxonavolumes
properties(Figure14
414).
Compression
The proce ess by whic
ch white spa
ace or redu undant bits are summa
arized in a
file to red
duce the dissk capacity
y required tto store the file.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1414
4:VolumeProp
perties
Page
e 14-16
Disk Managementt
Typically,theb
bestuseforrcompressionistocom
mpressonly
yspecific
folders.Youca
ancompresssanindividdualfolderbydisplay
yingthefoldders
proppertiesandclickingAd dvanced(F
Figure14155).
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-

tia
Figurre1415:EnablingCompressiiononaFolder
en
fid
Toeenablecomp
pression,cllicktheCom
mpresscon ntentstosav
vediskspaace
on
checckbox.Youcannotcommpressfilessthathaveb
beenencrypptedusingEFS.
tC
Encrrypting File System (EFS)

or
tip
An eencryption technology y that can be

b used to ensure the
e confidentiiality
er
of files stored on
o an NTFS volume.
v
C
&
Fold
der Redirec
ction
P
H
Sommeusersstorealotofd
dataintheirrMyDocum mentsfoldeer.Becausethe
MyDocumentssfolderisccreatedontthesamevo olumeasth heoperating g
systeembydefaault,youmiightneedtooredirectthheMyDocu umentsfold derto
asep
paratehardddisk.Youcanmanag geredirectio onforspeciialfolders,such
asM
MyDocumeents,MyPicctures,andMyMusicbymodifyiingthetarg get
pathhspecifiedo
ontheLocaationtaboffthatfolderrspropertieesdialog.F
For
exammple,Figurre1416shoowstheMy yDocumenttsfolderred directedtoa
foldernamedM MyDocsonvolumeG..
7
Page 14-17
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

Mo
odifyingPartiitions
Theefocusinthisscourseis
parrtitionmanaggement
usinngthebasicd
disk
storragetype.
Mo oreinformatio onabout
bassicanddynam micdisks
isaavailableat
http p://msdn.microsoft.co
m/een
us/llibrary/windo ows/deskt
op//aa363785%28 8v=vs.85%
29.aaspx
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure1416
6:FolderRedirection
N
l-
Inanetw
workenviron nment,you ucanalsoseelecttored
directtheM
My
tia
Documen ntsfolderto
oanetworkkshare.Doiingsocanaallowcentrralized
en
fid
backupfoormultipleusersfiless.
on
Modifyin
ng Partition
ns
tC
or
Anothero optionforcchanginghoowdiskspaceisallocaatedbetweenvolumess
tip
istoexten
ndapartitio
onintounaallocatedsp
paceonthesamehard ddisk.A
er
C
basicdiskkvolumeca anbeexten
ndedifitmeeetsthefolllowingcon
nditions:
&
Th
hevolumeisraworforrmattedwiithNTFS
P
H
Th
hevolumeisnotasysttemorboottvolume
Th
hevolumeisbeingexteendedintoavailablesspaceontheesamedisk
k
Th
hevolumeisbeingexteendedintocontiguoussspace
Ifanyoftthosecondiitionsaren
notmet,thevolumemustbeconv
vertedtoa
dynamicdiskbeforeeitcanbeeextended.
Raw
Not forma
atted with a file system
m.
Dynamic disk
A type of disk storag
ge on a Win
ndows operrating systeem that allo
ows for
volumes to
t be comp posed of di sk space from multiple
e physical d
drives.

Page
e 14-18
Disk Management
YoucanshrinkandextendvolumesusingDiskManagement(Figure14
17).
n
tio
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure1417:DiskManagement
fo
ot
Toshrinkavolume,youneedtorightclickthevolumeandclickShrink.
N
ThevolumewillbeanalyzedandadialogliketheoneshowninFigure14
l-
tia
18willreportthemaximumamountofspaceyoucanshrinkitby.
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1418:ShrinkingaVolume
Youcanlowertheamountofspacetoshrinkifnecessaryandclick
Shrink.Aftertheoperationcompletes,ablockofunallocatedspacewillbe
available,asshowninFigure1419.

Figure1419:UnallocatedSpace
Page 14-19

PerformanceTuning YoucanrightclickthevolumethatyouwanttoextendandclickExtend.
Thissectioncovers Awizardwillguideyouthroughextendingthevolume,asshownin
performancetuningtools Figure1420.
atanoverviewlevelto
givestudentsageneral
understandingofwhich
toolstheycanuseto
troubleshootperformance
issuesandoptimize
performance.More
informationisavailable
onMicrosoftTechNet.
n
tio
bu
tri
is

rD
Figure1420:ExtendingaVolume
fo
ot
N
Shrinkingandextendingvolumesinthismannerisnondestructiveto
l-
thedataonthevolume.However,deletingapartitiondeletesthedataonthe
tia
en
volume.
fid
on
Performance Tuning
tC
or
Anotherimportantaspectofmaintainingclientcomputersistoensure
tip
thattheirperformancemeetstheusagerequirements.Poorsystem
er
C
performancecandecreaseemployeeproductivityandevenprevent
&
employeesfromdoingtheirjobs.
P
H
Windows7providesseveraltoolsthatallowyoutomonitorperformance
andidentifybottlenecks.Inthissection,wewillexaminesomeofthese.
Wewillalsolookathowtomanagethevirtualmemorypagingfileto
optimizeperformance.
Bottleneck
The resource that causes performance degradation.
Virtual memory paging file

A file on a storage volume that is used to store data and application
code that is loaded into memory, but that exceeds the capacity of
physical RAM.
Page 14-20
Performance Tuning
Windows Experience Index TaskManager
TheWindowsExperienceIndex(seeFigure1421)ratesthehardware ExplainthatTask
Managerisanimportant
componentsofacomputeronascalefrom1.0to7.0toallowyoutoeasily
toolforresolving
identifythecomponentthathasthelowestperformancerating. applicationissueswhile
theyareoccurring.
Adetaileddiscussionof
processes,threads,and
Windowsarchitectureis
course.Keepthe
discussionatanoverview
level.Moreinformation
aboutprocesses,threads,
andresourceutilizationis
n
io
coveredintheServers
t
bu
andStoragecourse.
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-

tia
en
Figure1421:WindowsExperienceIndex
fid
Thebasescoregivenreflectsthelowestscoreofallratings.However,
on
tC
althoughthisindexisuseful,itdoesnotnecessarilyindicatethatan
or
upgradeisrequired.Forexample,theexperienceindexofthecomputer
tip
shownindicatesthatthedatatransferrateofthecomputerhasthelowest
er
score.IftheuserdoesnotperformalotofdiskI/O,thedatatransferrate
C
&
mightbesufficient.
P
H
Task Manager
ThePerformancetabofTaskManager(Figure1422)givesyoua
summaryofcurrentresourceutilization.YoucanaccessTaskManagerby
rightclickingthetaskbarandchoosingTaskManagerorbypressingthe
Ctrl+Alt+DeletekeysandclickingStartTaskManager.
TaskManagerisaspecialkindofwindowthatfloatsontopofallthe
otherwindowsunlessitisminimized.Thisiscalledasystemmodalwindow.
Page 14-21
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

n
iot
bu

tri
Figure1422
2:TaskManage
erPerforman
ncetab
is
rD
Youcanv
viewinform mationabouuttheCPUandphysiccalmemory yusage.
TheProceessestabsh
howsinform
fo
mationabou uttheproceessesrunniingonthe
ot
N
computerr,andthereesourcesth
heyareconssuming,asshowninF Figure14
l-
23.
tia
en
Process
fid
An execuutable loaded into me

emory. Som
me applicatiions have m
multiple
on
processess.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1423
3:TaskManage
erProcessesttab
Page
e 14-22
Performance Tuning
Theprocessescanbesortedbyanycolumn.Youcanalsoaddadditional
columnsbychoosingView|SelectColumns.
TheApplicationstab(Figure1424)showstheapplicationsthatare
currentlyRunningorNotResponding.Anapplicationthatisshownas
NotRespondingforalongperiodoftimeisprobablyfrozenduetoan
applicationerror.Thisissometimesreferredtoasahang.Youcan
terminateanunresponsiveapplicationfromthistabbyrightclickingit
andclickingEndTask.
Hang
A situation in which an application or operating system stops responding.
A hang is usually caused by a programming error, such as a loop that
does not end or a situation in which two threads wait for each other.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1424:TaskManagerApplicationstab
TheServicestab(Figure1425)showstheWindowsservicesthatare
runningonthecomputer.
Page 14-23
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure1425
5:TaskManage
erServicestaab
N
l-
TheNetw workingtab ballowsyouutoviewth

hecurrentn
networkutilizationforr
tia
en
everynettworkconfiiguredonth hecomputeer.InFigurre1426,you
ucansee
fid
thatthisiincludesBlu
uetooth,LA
AN,networrksconfiguredbetweeenthelocal
on
computerrandavirtu ualmachinne,andawiirelessnetw
work.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1426
6:TaskManage
erNetworkin
ngtab
Page
e 14-24
Performance Tuning
TheUserstab(Figure1427)showsuserswhoareloggedintothe PerformanceMonitor
computer.AConsoleuserisonewhoisloggedoninteractivelytothe Overviewonly.A
desktop.Youcanlogauseroffordisconnectauserfromthecomputer detaileddiscussionof
fromthistab.Youcanalsosendtheuseramessage.Forexample,ifauser howtouseperformance
wasconnectedtoafileshare,youcouldsendtheuseramessageasking counterstodetecta
bottleneckisbeyondthe
himorhertodisconnect. scopeofthiscourse.
Performance
optimizationiscovered
inmoredetailinthe
ServersandStorage
course.

Additionalinformation
n
aboutPerformance
io
t
Monitorisavailableat
bu
http://technet.microsoft.c
tri
om/en
is
rD
us/library/cc749249.aspx
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip

er
C
Figure1427:TaskManagerUserstab
&
Performance Monitor
P
H
PerformanceMonitorallowsyoutoviewrealtimeresourceusagedatain
agraph(Figure1428),histogramorreportformat.
Histogram
A bar graph
Youcanaddmultipleperformancecounterstotrackvarioussystem
resources,includingmemory,processortime,diskaccess,andnetwork
counters.
Page 14-25
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure1428
8:PerformanceMonitor ot
Data Collector Setss
N
l-
YoucanccreateaDattaCollecto mationonascheduled
orSettogattherinform
tia
en
basisabou
utresourceeconsumpttion.YoudeefineaDataaCollectorsetby
fid
addingpeerformanceecountersaandschedu ulingastartttimeandsstop
on
condition
n.Thisisag
goodwaytooanalyzetthecomputeerunderno ormal
tC
usageconnditionsanddidentifyw
whichresou urceiscaussingtheperrformance
or
bottleneck
k.
tip
er
Data Collector Set

C
A definedd set of performance c

counters th
hat can be tracked on
n-demand
&
or on a sc
cheduled basis.
b
P
H
Theinformationgathheredisav
vailableund
derReportss.Youcanv view
summariz zedcounterrdataandv
viewthedaataascollecctedovertiime.
Resource
e Monitor
ResourceMonitoralllowsyoutoviewdetaailedinform mationabou utwhatis
currentlyhappeningginthecom mputer.AsyoucanseeeinFigure1429,
usageisbro
resourceu okendown nbyprocesss.Forexam
mple,theDisktab
allowsyo
outoviewtthefilesinu
usebyeach
hrunningpprocess.
Page
e 14-26
Performance Tuning
ResourceMonitor
Adetaileddiscussionof
ResourceMonitoris
course.Studentsonly
needtobefamiliarwith
thetypesofinformation
itcanprovide.
n
io
t
bu
tri

is
rD
Figure1429:ResourceMonitorOverview
fo
TheCPUtab,showninFigure1430,allowsyoutoviewCPUutilization
ot
N
statisticsbyprocess.Ifthecomputerhasamulticoreprocessor,youcan
l-
alsoviewhowtheprocessingisspreadacrosstheprocessorcores.
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1430:ResourceMonitorCPU
TheMemorytaballowsyoutoviewinformationaboutmemory
utilization.Agraphicaldisplayshowshowphysicalmemoryisbeing
used.AsyoucanseeinFigure1431,thememoryconsumedbyrunning
Page 14-27

processesdoesnotexceedtheamountofphysicalmemorybecausesome
freememoryexists.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
ot
Figure1431:ResourceMonitorMemory
N
l-
TheDisktabshowsdiskutilizationforeachdiskdrive,aswellasthefiles
tia
openedbyeachprocess.AsyoucanseeinFigure1432,thediskactivity
en
forDisk0ishigher,whereasDisk1islessactive.Thiscouldindicatea
fid
situationinwhichyoucouldimproveperformancebyinstalling
on
frequentlyusedapplicationsonavolumeonDisk1.
tC
or
Thegraphalsoshowshardfaults.Alargenumberofhardfaultsindicates
tip
thatthereisnotenoughphysicalRAM,sotheinformationmustbe
er
C
frequentlyreadfromthepagingfile.
&
P
Hard fault
H
A condition in which data or code must be read from the paging file.
TheNetworktab(Figure1433)showsdetailedinformationabout
networkactivityonthecomputer.Youcanviewwhichapplicationsare
establishingnetworkconnectionswithspecificaddresses,aswellasthe
numberofbytessentandreceived.Thiscanhelpyouisolateproblems
causedbyexcessivenetworkbandwidthconsumption.

Page 14-28
Performance Tuning
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figure1432:ResourceMonitorDisk ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1433:ResourceMonitorNetwork
Page 14-29
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

VirrtualMemory
y Virtual Memory
M
Theedistinctionb
between Asmentio onedearlieer,virtualm
memoryalloowsacomp putertouseemore
virttualmemoryand
memorytthanprovid dedbytheiinstalledRA AM.Bydeffault,Wind dows7is
phyysicalmemoryis
impportant.Remiind configureedtocreatethevirtuallmemoryfiileontheooperatingsyystem
studentsthatacccessto volumeaandmanageeitssizedy ynamically.Inmanycaases,thisissufficient.
RAAMisveryfast; Howeverr,sometimeesyouwilln needtoadjjustthevirttualmemorrysettings.
whhereasaccessttoan Toaccesssvirtualmeemorysettinngs:
HDDDisfairlyslo
ow.
1. DisplaytheS Startmenu.
ghtclickCo
2. Rig omputeranndchooseP
Properties.
3. CliickAdvanccedSystemmSettings.T
ThedialogshowninF
Figure1434
4
wiillbedispla
ayed.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
Figure1434
4:SystemPropertiesAdvan
nced
H
4. CliicktheSetttingsbutton
nunderPeerformance.
5. CliicktheAdvvancedtab ofthePerfo
ormanceOptionsdialog(see
Fig
gure1435).
Thisddialogalsoaallowsyoutoochangehow
wprocessorrresources
areeallocated.F
Foracomputterthatisussedinteractiivelybyausser,thebest
perrformanceseettingistoggiveProgrammspreferenceeoverbackgground
serrvices.Howeever,invery
yrarecases,ssuchaswhen nadesktopccomputeris
useedtoperformmbackgroun ndcomputingg,youshoulldchangethhissettingto
Backgroundseervices.
Page
e 14-30
Performa
ance Tuning
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
ot
N
Figurre1435:PerforrmanceOption
nsAdvanced
l-
tia
66. Thetota
alsizeoftheepagingfilleisshown.Tomodify
yhowitis
en
configurred,clickChange.TheeVirtualMemorydiallogwillbe
fid
displayeed(Figure11436).
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1436:Virtua
alMemory
Page 14-31

7. Tocustomizehowvirtualmemoryisused,youneedtomakesure
thattheAutomaticallymanagepagingfilesizeforalldrives
checkboxiscleared.Asyoucansee,youcanconfigurepagingfiles
onanyvolume.Youcanalsospecifyaninitialsizeandamaximum
size.Asystemmanagedpagingfilecangrowasneededtomeet
memoryrequirements,providedthereissufficientstoragecapacity
onthevolumethatcontainsthepagingfile.
Onewaytoimproveperformanceinacomputerthathasmultiple
physicaldisksistocreateapagingfileonadiskthatdoesnotcontainthe
operatingsystem.
Althoughyoudohavetheoptionofconfiguringacomputertohaveno
pagingfile,thisisnotsuggested,becauseitislikelytoleadtooutofmemory
n
io
errorsandwilldegradesystemperformance.
t
bu
tri
StayandSleep
is
Youupgradethetelemarketingapplication.Oneuserreportsthatthe
rD
applicationstopsrespondingwhensheperformscertainactions.Several
fo
userscomplainaboutpoorperformance.
ot
N

l-
Explainhowyoucanterminateanunresponsiveapplication.
tia
en

fid
Whichtoolcouldyouusetogatherinformationaboutresourceusage
on
whileusersareperformingtheirnormaltasks?
tC
or
tip
Physical Maintenance
er
C
Environmentalconditionscandegradeacomputersperformance.
&
Understandinghowtosafelycleanvariouscomponentswillhelpkeep
P
H
computersoperatingefficiently.
Beforecleaninganycomponent,makesuretoshutdownthecomputer
andunplugthepowercordsofthecomputerandmonitor.
Letuslookathowtosafelycleanvariouscomputersandperipherals.
Keyboards
Oneofthemostcommonissueswithkeyboardsisthebuildupofdust,
crumbs,andotherdebrisbeneaththekeys.Debrisbeneaththekeyscan
preventkeysfromrespondingorevencausethewrongkeystorespond.
Page 14-32
Physical M
Maintenance
e
Genntlyuseaba
atterypoweeredvacuu
umtoremov veparticlessthatget
betw
weenandbeeneaththekeyboardk keys.Usealowsetting gtoavoid
removingkeyccapsandspprings(Figu
ure1437).

Figurre1437:Vacuu
umingaKeybo
oard
n
tio
bu
Keyscanalsog
getsticky,p
particularlyywhenuserrseatordriinkaroundthe
tri
commputer.Youucanuseiso
opropylalccoholtogen ntlywipeth
hekeyswith ha
is
rD
clean
ndrycloth
h.Youcanppouralittlealcoholon
ntothecloth
h(Figure14438).
Donnotpourth
healcohold
directlyonto othekeys.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er

C
&
Figurre1438:Wipin
ngoffakeyboa
ard
P
H
Mic
ce
Ifth
hemousepo ointeronth
hescreenm movesinterm
mittentlyorrmovesbyitself,
therrollerballa
androllersiinsidethem
mouseprobbablyrequirrecleaning
g.The
steppswilldifferdependin ngonifthemouseisarollerballm
mouseoraan
opticalmouse.
Rolle
er Ball Mouse
Ifth dyofthemouseissticky,youcan
heouterbod nwipethebbodyofthee
mou useandmousecordw withcleaninggwipesoraclothand
dcleanser.T
To
removeandcleeantherolleerball:
Page 14-33
3
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

RolllerBallMou
use 1. Tu
urnthemouusebodyup psidedown n.
Altthoughmostn newmice 2. Th
hemouseroollerisenclo
osedbyab
ballcoverriing.Rotatethering
areoptical,suppport cou
unterclock
kwisetoremmovetherinngandreleeasetherolllerball,as
perrsonnelstillneedto sho
owninFiguures1439aand1440.
undderstandhow wtoclean
aro
ollerballmouuse
beccausesomearrestillin
usee.
iot
bu
Figure1439
9:Unscrewingthering
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
tip
Figure1440
0:Removingth
heBall
er
C
3. Rin
nsetheballlinsoapywwarmwaterr.
&
4. Cleeantherolllersinsidetthemousew
withacottoonswabdaampened
P
wiithisopropy ylalcohol,aasshownin
nFigure14441.
H

Figure1441
1:Cleaningthe
eRollers
Page
e 14-34
Physical M
Maintenance
e
Clea
aning an Optical
O Mo
ouse
Asw
witharollerrballmousse,youcancleananoppticalmoussebywipinngthe
body
yandcordwithcleaningwipeso oraclothan
ndcleanserr.CleantheeLED
bulb
bandthesuurrounding gareaonthebottomoffthemouseewithacottton
swabbdampeneedwithisop propylalco
ohol,asshowwninFigurre1442.
n
tio
bu
tri
is

rD
Figurre1442:CleaninganOpticallMouse
Cle
eaning a Monitor fo
ot
N
l-
Youushouldperriodicallyccheckthem
monitorford dirtanddu ust.Makesuureto
tia
checckthemoniitorventsa
andscreenffordustbuiildup.Iftheemonitorccase
en
hasaccumulateeddustand dbuildup,uuseaclothdampenedwithwarm m
fid
wateertowipetthemonitorrcaseclean
n.Ifstickerrresidueisp
present,usee
on
tC
isop
propylalcohholorrubbiingalcohollandalintfreeclothttoremovethhe
resid
due.Dryth
hemonitorw withasoftcloth.
or
tip
Themonitorveentsallowa airtoflowtthroughtheemonitoraandhelpkeeepit
er
C
cooll.Buildupin
nsidetheseeventsimpedestheco oolingproceess.Youcannuse
&
abaatterypoweeredvacuum mtoremov vedustanddbuildupfrromtheven nts,as

P
H
showwninFigurre1443.

Figurre1443:Vacuu
umingaMonittor
Page 14-35
5
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

Youshou ulduseacleean,dryclo
othtoclean
nthemonitoorscreen.F
Formore
thorough hcleaning,uuseanantisstaticscreen
ncleaneran
ndacleanccloth.Anti
staticscreeencleaning
gwipescan nbepurchaasedfromm manycomp puter
supplystoresonlineeatminimaalcost.
Althoughyou
A ucanclean theoutsideoofamonitor,,youshoulddneveropen
one.Ifthemonitorreqquiresrepair,,contactanauthorizedddealer.
Cleanin
ng the Co
omputer
Youshou ulduseacleeandryclotthtodustth
thecase.Ifd
dirtisstillp
present,use
e
adampclloth.Youca anremove stickerresiidueusingisopropylaalcohol.
Finally,d
dustouttheeventsand I/Oportsuusingabattterypowereedvacuum
onlowpo ower,asshowninFigu ures1444and1445.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on

tC
Figure1444
4:VacuumingV
Vents
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1445
5:VacuumingII/Oports
Page
e 14-36
User Training
LocatingHPUser
User Training Manuals
Thissectionoverviews
Providinguserswithpropertrainingcanhelpreducesupportcallsand
howtoaccessresources
problems.Wheninstallinganewcomputerorperforminganupgrade, foraspecificproduct.
youshouldmakesurethatusersarefullyinformedaboutwhattheycan Supportresourceswillbe
expectfromthecomputer. coveredinmoredetailin
Chapter15.
Youshouldleavetheuserwithdocumentationthatcoversthefollowing:
Howtousethenewdeviceorsoftware
Howtoaccessadditionalinformation,suchasuserguides
Whotocontactforsupport
Inmostcases,youcandownloaduserguidesfromthevendorsWebsite.
Theusershouldalsobeinformedhowtoaccessonlineresources,suchas
n
io
WindowsHelpandHowToandHPsonlinetrainingresourcesforusers.
t
bu
tri
Youshouldalsodocumenttheinstallationfullyandhavethecustomer
is
signofftoshowthatworkyouperformedmetexpectations.Gettinga
rD
customerswrittensignoffensuresthatthecustomercannotlaterclaim
thatyourworkwasincomplete. fo
ot
N
Locating HP User Manuals

l-
tia
en
HPproductsincludeusermanuals,whichcanbedownloadedfromthe
fid
HPWebsite.Toaccesstheusermanualforaspecificproduct:
on
1. Navigatetohttp://www.hp.com.
tC
2. ClickSupportandDrivers.
or
tip
3. ClickProductSupport&TroubleshootingontheSupportand
er
Driverspage(Figure1446).
C
4. TheProductSupport&Troubleshootingscreenwillopen,as
&
P
showninFigure1447.Enterthenameofyourproductorthe
H
productnumberinthefieldandclickSearch.
5. Alistofavailableresourcesforthatproductwillbedisplayed
similartotheoneshowninFigure1448.
Youcanaccesstutorialsforperformingmanytasks,including
troubleshooting,regularmaintenance,setupandconfiguration,and
upgradeandmigration.Youcanalsoaccessmanuals,frequentlyasked
questionsabouttheproduct,andviewpartsinformationforreplacement
parts.
Youcanalsosignuptoreceivedriverandsupportalertsfortheproduct.
Doingsowillhelpyouandyourcustomerstayinformedofupdatesand
knownissueswithaspecificproduct.
Page 14-37
Cha
apter 14: On
ngoing Maintenance

n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD

Figure1446
6:SupportandDriversPage
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1447
7:SearchforaP
Product
Page
e 14-38
Summary
y
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
Figurre1448:Produ
uctSpecificResources
tia
en
fid
Sum
mmary
on
tC
Inth
hischapteryoulearned:
or
portanttokeeepoperatiingsystemssandapplicationsupd
Itisimp dated.
tip

er
Updatesscanbecategorizedass:securityu updates,criiticalupdattes,
C
hotfixess,servicepa
acks,andu
upgrades.
&
Yousho ouldrunDeefragperiod dicallytoopptimizedisskperformaance.

P
H
Yousho ouldrunCh hkdsktoverifythattheerearenobbadsectorsor

filesysteemproblemms.
DiskCleeanupallow wsyoutoreecoverstoraagecapacitty.
Compreessioncanh helprecoverrstorageca
apacity,buttitcauses
perform manceoverh head.
Youcan nshrinkand dextendedpartitionsttoreallocattestorage
capacityyacrossvolumes.
Youcan nredirectth
heMyDocu uments,My yPictures,aandMyMu usic
foldersttorecoversstoragecapaacityontheeoperating
gsystemdriive.
TaskMa anager,RessourceMon nitor,andPeerformanceeMonitoraallow
youtovviewrealtimmeperformmanceinform mation.
Page 14-39
9

ReviewQuestions DataCollectorsallowyoutomonitorperformanceatscheduled
1.False intervals.
Youcanoptimizeperformancebycreatingavirtualmemory
2.TaskScheduler
pagingfileonaphysicaldiskthatdoesnotcontaintheoperating
3.TaskManager
systemfiles.
4.Batterypowered Batterypoweredvacuums,isopropylalcohol,andsoftclothsare
vacuum
usedtoremovedustandotherdebrisbuildup.
5.Disableit Providinguserswithproperdocumentationisessentialtoreducing
6.DataCollector supportcosts.

FillintheBlank Review Questions
1.hardfault 1. Trueorfalse?Anyupdatecanbeuninstalled.
n
2.Applications,Task 2. Whichtoolcanyouusetoschedulearoutinemaintenancetask,
io
t
Manager
bu
suchasdiskdefragmentation?
tri
3.Compression 3. Whichtoolcanyouusetoterminateanunresponsiveapplication?
is
rD
4.service 4. Whatcanyouusetoremovecrumbsfromakeyboard?
5. Howcanyoupreventaservicefrombeingstarted?
fo
5.Chkdsk ot
6. Whichtoolcanyouusetomonitorresourceusageduringnormal
N
6.batterypowered
taskload?
l-
vacuum
tia
7.servicepack
en
Homework
fid
on
Fill-in-the-Blank
tC
or
1. A_______________occurswhendatamustbeaccessedfromthe
tip
pagingfileinsteadofRAM.
er
C
2. Youcanterminateanapplicationfromthe______________tabof
&
______________.
P
3. _______________cannotbeusedonfilesencryptedwithEFS.
H
4. A_____________iscodethatexecutesinthebackgroundsanddoes
notdisplayauserinterface.
5. Youcanrun____________toensurethatadiskdoesnothavebad
sectors.
6. Youshouldusea_______________toremovedustfromI/Oports.
7. A_______________isarollupofmultipleupdates.

Page 14-40
Homework
Short Essay
1. Compareandcontrastthethreewaysthatyoucanrecoverstorage
capacitywhenaharddiskdrivebecomesfull.Explainthe
advantagesandlimitationsforeachone.
2. Explainwhyitisimportanttochooseanappropriatelogon
accountforeachservice.
3. CompareandcontrastTaskManager,ResourceMonitor,andData
Collectors.Describeasituationinwhenyouwoulduseeachone.
Planning for Ongoing Maintenance

StayandSleep
Youhavecompletedaninstallationof15HPPro3400MicrotowerPCsinthe
n
mainoffice.ThecomputersarerunningWindows7.Thereisnoonsitetechnical
io
t
bu
staff.Youhaveagreedtoamonthlyserviceretainer.
tri
is
ReviewtheguidesprovidedforthismodelontheHPwebsite.
rD
fo
ot
Whichguideorguides,ifany,wouldyoudownloadtoprovidetothecustomer?
N
Explainwhy.
l-
tia
en
Whatotherresourceswouldyouprovidetothecustomer?
fid
on
Explainotherstepsthatyouwouldtaketoreducetheamountoflaborrequiredto
tC
fulfillthemaintenanceagreement.
or
tip

er
C
&
P
H
Page 14-41

n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 14-42
Objectives
Chapter 15: Troubleshooting Starttheclassbyreading

Introduction EffectiveCustomer
Communication
Onethingiscertainaboutcomputers:Atsomepoint,somethingwillgo
wrong.Andwhenitdoes,itwillbeyourjobasatechniciantoisolatethe Invitestudentstoshare
causeoftheproblem,identifyasolution,andtakemeasurestohelp theirexperienceswith
effectiveandineffective
preventtheproblemfromrecurring. customercommunication.
Inthischapter,wewilldiscusstheHP6StepTroubleshooting RolePlaying
Methodology.Youwilllearntotakeanorganizedapproachto
Setuproleplaying
troubleshooting.Youwillalsobeintroducedtosometoolsandresources scenarioswithstudents
n
thatcanhelpyouisolateandresolveproblems.
io
takingturnsbeingthe
t
bu
customerandthe
tri
technician.
Objectives
is
rD
fo
ot
TroubleshootcommonclientissuesusingtheHP6step
N
l-
troubleshootingmethodology
tia
Describehowtobestusesupportresources
en
fid
on
Effective Customer Communication

tC
Effectivecustomercommunicationisnotonlygoodforcreatingcustomer
or
tip
satisfactionbutisalsoakeycomponentoftroubleshooting.Itprovidesthe
er
technicianorserviceengineerwithaneffectivediagnostictool.Customer
C
communicationskillsinclude:
&
P
Beingempatheticandpolite
Managingtheconversation
Listeningforpertinentinformation
Updatingthecustomer
Letustakeacloserlookateachoftheseelements.
Being Empathetic and Polite

Whenthecustomercallsinwithaserviceissue,itisacriticaltimetobe
empatheticandtodisplayacaringattitude.Customersmaybe
experiencingfrustration,helplessness,irritation,andotherstressrelated
feelingsduetothesituation.
Page 15-1
Chapter 15: Troubleshooting
Managingthe Empathymeansunderstandingwhattheotherpersonisfeeling.
Conversation Respondingwithempathydoesnotmeanthatyouneedtoagreewith
Becarefulnottoletthe whatthecustomerisstating.Youaremerelyacknowledginghis/her
customerthinkthatyou feelingsandviewpoint.Politenessismarkedbyanoverallappearanceof
arerushingthem. consideration,tact,courtesyandrespectforthecustomer.Somequick
waystodestroycustomersatisfactionaretodisplayabelittlingknowit
allattitude,displayillmanners,orpresentanoncaringattitude.
Maintainingacaring,professionalattitudewhilegatheringinformationto
understandtheproblemandthecontextofthefailurewillserveyouwell.
Mostcustomerswillberelievedoncetheyfeeltheyhavecontacted
someonewhocaresabouttheirissueandcanprovideareasonable
approachtosolvingit.
Alwaystreatthecustomerwithcourtesyandrespect.However,ifyou
n
io
findyourselfinadifficultsituationwithsomeonewhoisunreasonable,do
t
bu
notconfrontthecustomer.Contactyoursupervisorinstead.Allowyour
tri
supervisortohandlethesituationandtosetthecustomersexpectations.
is
rD
Managing the Conversation
fo
ot
Whenyouarriveonsite,clearlyexplainwhatyouaretheretodoandget
N
l-
downtobusiness.Assoonaspossible,setthecustomersexpectations
tia
withatimeframeandanoutlineofyourapproachtodiagnoseandresolve
en
theissue.Bydoingthis,youaretakingchargeofthesituationwhile
fid
avoidingunreasonabledemands.
on
tC
Managetheconversationandthesituationbystayingfocusedonthegoal
or
toresolvetheissue.Wheneverthecustomerdriftsintounrelatedtopics,
tip
politelyturntheconversationbacktotheproblem.Afterdoingthisafew
er
C
times,thecustomerwillusuallyunderstandandeithersticktothesubject
&
orleaveyoualonetodoyourjob.
P
H
Stayingfocusedandexplainingwhatyouaretheretodowillhelpyouto
avoidgettingtrappedintotroubleshootingunrelatedserviceevents.Most
customerswillrespectandappreciateyourprofessionaldemeanor.
Listening for Pertinent Information

Seekoutthemosteffectivepersonorpersonstohelpyouunderstandthe
perceivedproblem.Iftheproblemisrelatedtoasinglecomputer,thiswill
typicallybeitsprimaryuser.InlargerorganizationsthathaveanIT
supportstaff,itmightbethepersonwhomanagesIToperations.Usually,
thispersonisabletoprovidedetailsconcerningthefailureaswellas
informationaboutthecomputerconfiguration.
Page 15-2
HP 6-Step Troubleshooting Methodology
Carefullylistentowhatthecustomerbelievestobetheproblemandlook UpdatingtheCustomer
atthecustomerwhenhe/sheisspeaking.Donotinterruptevenifyou Thisissometimes
thinkyoualreadyunderstandtheproblem.Theremaybeadditional referredtoasfixingthe
detailsprovidedthatwillchangeyourmind. customer.Aproblemis
notfixeduntilthe
Asthecustomerrelaystheproblem,listencarefullyforpertinent customeristoldthatitis
information,suchasthesymptoms,howoftentheproblemisoccurring, fixed.
whenitstarted,andwhattheuserwasdoingwhentheproblemoccurred.
Also,listenforinformationthatjustdoesnotseemtofit.Perhapsthe
customerismisinterpretingthesituation.
Whenthecustomerisfinished,restatetheproblem.Thishastwo
purposes.Itvalidatesthatyouunderstoodtheproblemandreassuresthe
customerthatyouunderstandthesituation.Thisalsogivesthecustomer
n
confidenceinyourabilities.
tio
bu
Updating the Customer
tri
is
Inadditiontoprovidingthecustomerwithatimeframeandanoutlineof
rD
yourapproachtodiagnoseandresolvetheissue,remembertokeepyour
fo
customerupdatedasyoumakeprogress.Ifyourealizethatadditional
ot
N
timeisrequiredtotroubleshoot,thatdowntimeneedstobescheduledor
l-
partsneedtobeordered,updatethecustomerwiththisinformationand
tia
resetanyexpectationsassoonaspossiblesothatthecustomercan
en
fid
adequatelyplanorprepare.Evenifthenewsisnotwhatthecustomer
on
wantstohear,thecustomerwillbegratefulfortheinformation.There
tC
maybeachainofcommandthatalsoneedstobeinformed.Thecustomer
or
maytakecareofthistaskifhe/shefeelsthesituationisundercontroland
tip
progressing.
er
C
Oncetheproblemisresolved,explaintheproblemandthesolutiontothe
&
P
customerandbesuretoaddressthecustomersoriginalreported
H
problem.Thecustomerwillbepleasedtohearthatithasbeenresolved
andthatyoutookthetimetoexplainthesolution.Answeranyadditional
questionsthecustomermayhave.Besurethatthecustomerunderstands
anyresponsibilitiesheorshemighthavetopreventareoccurrenceofthe
problem.Theselastfewitemswillgofartoensurethatthecustomeris
satisfiedwiththeserviceevent.

Asystematicapproachtotroubleshootingcanhelpyouisolateandresolve
aproblemefficiently.TheHP6steptroubleshootingmethodologyisan
iterativeprocessthatincludesthefollowingsteps:
Page 15-3
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
HP
P6Step Ga
atheringinfformation
oubleshooting
Tro Ev
valuatingdaatatodeterrminethep
problem
Meethodology
Deevelopinga
anactionplantoresolvvetheissuee
Exp
plainthatthessesteps Ex
xecutingtheeactionplaan
aregenerallyiterative. Testingtoenssurethatth
heproblem isresolvedd
Im
mplementing gpreventivvemeasures
Whileina
anidealsitu ouldbeperformedasaasingle
uation,thessestepswo
sequence,,inmanyccases,youwwillneedtooperformso omeofthesteps
multiplettimesbeforreyoucanpprogresstoothenextsttep.Thisisillustrated
inFigure151.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure151:HP6StepTro
oubleshooting Methodology
Letustak
keacloserllookatwhaatisinvolveedineachsstepofthe
troubleshhootingprocess.
Collecting Data
Mostofth
hetimespeentintroub
bleshootingaproblemisconsumeedby
gathering
ginformatioon.Inorderrtoarriveaatanaccuraateproblem
m
descriptio
on,youneeedtodeveloopthefollo
owingskillss:
Page
e 15-4
Abilitytoasktherightquestions EvaluatingData
Abilitytodetermineandusethemostappropriatetoolsforeach Intermittentproblemsare
situation oftenthemostdifficultto
Understandingofhowthedeviceorsoftwarewillreactinafailure troubleshootandrepair
scenario becauseofthedifficulty
inreproducingthe
Collectingdataincludes: problem.
Identifyinghardwarecomponentsinthesystem
Identifyingsoftwarecomponentsinthesystem
Askingquestionstounderstandwhatfailedandinwhatcontext
Gatheringfailureinformationsuchas:
o Stoporerrormessages
o Eventlogdata
n
o Performancecountersorotherdata
tio
bu
Ifpossible,youshouldalsotrytoreproducetheproblem.Thatwayyou
tri
canbetterunderstandthesequenceofeventsthatcausedthefailure.It
is
rD
willalsohelpyouverifythattheproblemisfixedafteryouhavetaken
fo
correctivemeasures. ot
Evaluating Data
N
l-
tia
Afteryoucollectdataandhaveidentifiedthesymptoms,evaluateallof
en
thesefactsandsymptomsto:
fid

on
Determinewhichcomponentscouldcausewhathappened

tC
Isolatefaultstoahardwareorsoftwaresubsystem

or
Understandtheeventsthatledtothefailure
tip
Underpressure,thereisatendencytorushtoaction.Takeamomentto
er
C
focusonwhatyouknowandconsiderwhatmaybehappening.
&
P
Devising the Action Plan

H
Aftercollectingthefactsandisolatingthemostlikelycauseofthefailure,
itistimetodevelopanoptimizedactionplan,whichincludes:
Identifyingspecificrootcausesforspecifiedmodeoffailure
Identifyingpossiblesolutionsforeachpossiblerootcause
Orderingthesolutionbybalancingthetime/costitwilltaketo
implementeachsolutionagainstthelikelihoodthatitwillfixthe
issueorbythepotentialvalueoftheinformationgainedifthe
solutionisinadequate
Determiningwhetheryoucanresolvetheproblemorifitrequires
escalation
Identifyingthestepsnecessarytoimplementeachsolution
Page 15-5
ImplementPreventive Compilingallthestepsintoanoptimizedactionplanby
Measures eliminatingredundancyandensuringthatonlyonevariableis
Preventivemeasures beingmanipulatedatatime
mightbethe Informingthecustomeroftheplan
responsibilityofthe
technicianorthe Escalation
customer,dependingon The process of handing off a problem to someone who is more qualified
thespecificrequirements. to troubleshoot and resolve it.
Execute the Action Plan

Executethewrittenoptimizedactionplan.Itisimportanttocarefully
observeandrecordtheresultsofeachstep.Eveniftheactionplandoes
notsolvetheproblem,itmayprovidemorecluestosolvingit.

n
Carefullyexecuteeachstepmakingsuretoapplyonlyonesolution
tio
orvariableatatime
bu
Observeandrecordtheresultsofeachstepincludinganyerror
tri
is
messages
rD
fo
Determine if the Problem is Solved
ot
N
Observetheresultsofeachstepineachsolutionandevaluatethem.Ifthe
l-
problemisnotresolved:
tia
en
Collectmoredata
fid
Utilizethenewinformationgathered
on
Evaluatetheinformation
tC
Developanoptimizedactionplan
or

tip
Implementtheoptimizedactionplan
er
Thesestepswillrepeatasadditionalinformationisgatheredandnew
C
&
actionplansareoptimized,executedandevaluateduntilproblem
P
resolutionisreached.
H
Implement Preventive Measures

Assoonastheproblemisresolved,lookatopportunitiestoimplement
measurestopreventtheproblemfromoccurringagainandlookforother
waystoimprovereliability.Implementingpreventivemeasuresincludes:
Identifyingandperformingthestepsnecessarytoeliminateor
minimizethelikelihoodoftheproblemoccurringinthefuture
Implementinganewsetofprocedures,software,and
administrativemaintenancetoattainahigherlevelofreliabilityor
performance
Performingpreventivemaintenance,includingcheckingforloose
cables,reseatingboards,andcheckingforproperairflow
Page 15-6
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
Modifyiingtraining
gpoliciesto
oteachuserrsbettercom
mputing H
HPSupportA
Assistant
practicess TThistoolisav
vailableon
Installin
ngorupdatiingantiviru
usandantimmalwareso oftware cconsumerdessktops.
HHowever,som meSMBs
mmightpurchassedesktop
Troubleshooting Too
ols ccomputersthaatare
cconsideredco onsumer
Trou
ubleshootin ngaproblem
mcanbeadauntingtaask.Fortun
nately,thereeare ccomputers.
anu
umberoftoolsandsup pportresou
urcesavailab
blefromH Pandoperrating
systeemvendorssuchasMMicrosofttohelpyouo
obtainthein
nformationnyou
need
dtoisolatethecauseo
oftheprobllem.
Inth
hissection,wewillloo
okatdiagnoostictoolsp
providedby
yHP.Nextt,we
willexaminethhetroublesh hootingtooolsincludeddwithWind
dows7.Fin
nally,
wewwilllookatthesupporrtresourcessofferedbyyHPandW
Windowstoohelp
n
io
youresearchproblemsan ndtheirsolu
utions.
t
bu
tri
HP Support Assistant
A
is
rD
Mod dernHPCo onsumerdeesktopsinclludetheHP PSupportA Assistant,wwhich
fo
allow
wsyoutotroubleshoo otvarioush
hardwareasspects.Itcaanbeaccesssed
ot
from
mtheHPfo olderinStarrtmenu.ItssTroublesh
hootingscreeenhasa
N
l-
nummberoftilessthatallow
wyoutoperrformdiagnnosticsonaaspecific
tia
harddwarecomp ponentand dchecktheHPWebsitteforwarraanty

en
information,assshowninFigure152 2.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre152:HPSup
pportAssistant
TheStorageDeevicesoptio
on(seeFigu
ure153)alllowsyouto orundiagn
nostics
onh
harddrives,,flashmedia,andoptiicaldrives.Italsoallo
owsyoutoaaccess
backkupandreccoveryoptions,includ
dingresettinngthesysteemtoitsfacctory
defaaultconfigu
uration.
7
Page 15-7
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
n
tio
bu
tri
is
Figure153:HPSupportA
AssistantStorag
geDevices
rD
TheGeneeralSpecificcationsoptiion(Figure154)allow
wsyoutoviiew
fo
ot
informatiionaboutthheserialnu
umber,prod ductnumbeer,andcurrrent
N
configura
ationofthecomputer.
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

AssistantGen
neralSpecificattions
TheGrapphics,Video o,andDisp layoption(Figure155)allowsy

youtoruna
a
diagnostiictestonth
hegraphics adapter.Th
histestcausesasequeenceof
colorpattternsandim
magestoapppearonthhescreen.
Page
e 15-8
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
n
iot
bu
tri

is
rD
Figurre155:HPSup
pportAssistantGraphics,V
VideoandDisp
play
fo
TheNetworka andInternettConnectiv
vityoption(Figure156)allowsy
youto
ot
acceessanetworrktroubleshooterand
dchecknetw
workconneectivity.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre156:HPSup
pportAssistantNetworkan
ndInternetCon
nnectivity
TheNetworkCCheckcanhhelpdeterm
mineifacom
mmunicatio
onproblem
mis
with
haPCorw
withthenetw
work.
Theresultsofa
anHPNetw workCheck kareshown ninFigure 157.Asyo
oucan
see,anumberoofthingsarredetected,,includingtheIPaddrressofthe
Page 15-9
9
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
Internetssideoftherrouterandtthewirelesssignalstreength.Seveeral
troublesh
hootingtoollsarealsoaavailablefro omtheresuultsscreen. These
allowyou utoconfiguuretheroutter,testInteernetaccesss,requestaanIP
address,aandlaunch hWindows NetworkD Diagnostics.
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-

tia
en
Figure157:NetworkChecckResult
fid
TheAudiioandSoun ndoption(F
Figure1588)performssatestonthheselected
on
outputdeevicebypla
ayingsounddsinthelefftandrighttspeaker.
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

AssistantAud
dioandSound
Page
e 15-10
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
ThePerforman ncetabofthhePerformaanceandSo oftwareopttion(Figuree15

9)alllowsyoutorunadiagnosticcheeckonthessystemboarrd.Italsosh
hows
theaamountofiinstalledRA
AM,thepoowerplan,a andtheamo ountofavaailable
disk
kspaceoneeachvolum me.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
Figurre159:HPSup
pportAssistantPerforming
gaSystemBoa
ardCheck
l-
tia
You
umightbeaaskedforth
hisinformattionwhenw
workingon
nlineoroveerthe
en
phon
newithtecchnicalsupp
portperson
nnel.
fid
on
TheSoftware,d
drivers,and
dBIOStab(Figure1510)showsiinformation n
tC
abou
uttheprogramsandd driversinsta
alledontheecomputerraswellasBIOS
or
andoperatingssystemverssionnumbeers.
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1510:HPSu
upportAssistan
ntSoftware,d
drivers,andBIIOS
Page 15-11
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
HP
PVisionDiag
gnostics TheArouundtheCom mputeroptiionallowsyoutorundiagnosticsofvarious
Thiistoolisusefu
ulfor periphera
aldevices,ssuchaskey
yboard,mouuse,printerrs,andscan
nners.
detterminingifthhe
pro
oblemiscauseedbya
harrdwareissue.
CreeatingDiagno
ostic
Meedia
Poiintoutthatth
hese
oceduresletyoucreate
pro
aboootablecopythatcan
thennbeusedtorrun
diagnosticsonafailing
com
mputer.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
Figure1511
1:HPSupportA
AssistantKey
yboard,Mousee,andOtherD
Devices
N
HP Diag
gnostic To
ools
l-
tia
en
HPComm mercialdesktopproduuctsthathaavebeenmaanufactured dandsold

fid
sinceSeptember20009includeth
hefollowinngtoolstoh
helpyoutro
oubleshoott
on
anddiagnnoseprobleems:
tC
HP PVisionDiiagnosticsC
CD
or

tip
BIIOSDiagno ostics
er
HP Vision
n Diagnosttics CD
C
&
Ifthecom
mputerdoessnotbootiintoWindows,Windo owsloadsbu ut
P
H
intermitteentlyfreezeesorcrashees,orthehaarddriveissmakingasstrange
noise,useetheHPViisionDiagn nosticsCDttoperformtestsontheehardware
andmem mory.SincetthesetestsrrunoutsideetheWindo owsoperattingsystem,
usethemwhenyouneedtoiso olatewheth hertheissueeiscausedbythe
computerrhardwareortheoperratingsysteem,orwhenWindowsswillnot
start.
NotallHPa
N andCompaq desktopcom mputersthatcomewithW Windows7
haveHPV
VisionDiagn
nostics.IfyoourcomputerrcamewithWindows7,,ithas
EITHERHHPVisionDDiagnosticsoorHardwareeDiagnosticcTools,butn
notboth.

Page
e 15-12
Troubleshooting Tools
Tocheckthediagnostictoolonyourcomputer,followthesesteps:
1. ClickStart,AllPrograms,andthenclickPCHelp&Tools.
2. Lookforoneofthefollowingchoices:
a. HPVisionDiagnosticsDiscCreation:Continuewiththe
stepsasoutlinedinthissection.
b. HardwareDiagnosticTools:Thecomputerdoesnothave
VisionDiagnostics.
Creating the HP Vision Diagnostic Media

CreateHPVisionDiagnosticsMediabydownloadingandinstallingit
fromtheWeborbyusingtheHPVisionDiagnosticsDiscCreationtool
(availableonsomeproducts).
n
Loading to an external USB storage device
tio
bu
1. InsertaUSBstoragedevicewithacapacitygreaterthan1GBbut
tri
lessthan8GBintoanopenUSBconnectoronthecomputer.
is
rD
fo
AllthedataontheUSBdevicewillbedestroyedbythisprocess.Make
ot
surethatyoucopyanyimportantfilesontheUSBdevicetoanotherlocation.
N
l-
2. ClickStartandthenclickComputer.
tia
3. LookinthesectionforRemovableStorageandfindtheiconthat
en
matchesyourUSBdevice.Writedownorrememberthedriveletter
fid
on
becauseitwillbeneededlaterinthesesteps.
tC
4. ClickHPVisionDiagnosticsOfflineEdition(USBFlashDiskOnly)
or
(sp51916)todownloadandsavetheHPsoftpaqfiletoyourhard
tip
drive.
er
5. Oncedownloaded,browsetothelocationwhereyousavedthefile
C
&
anddoubleclicksp51916.exe.AnInstallShieldwindowopens.
P
6. ReadtheinformationinthefirstscreenandclickNext.
H
7. Acceptthetermsofthelicenseagreementtocontinue.
8. InstallShieldextractsthefilestothedirectorylocationonyourhard
drive.
Ifanerrorappearsduringtheextractionprocess,trydownloadingthe
fileagainfromtheHPWebsite.
9. Ifanoverwriteprotectionmessageappears,clickYestoalltocopy
overanyexistingfilesatthislocation.
10. Whenallofthefileshavebeenextractedandverified,clickFinish.
11. Browsetothedirectorylocationtowherethefileswereextracted
anddoubleclickthefoldersp51916.Bydefaultthislocationisat
c:\SWSetup\.
Page 15-13
12. Doubleclickthefilemakekey.bat.
13. Acommandwindowopens.
14. Atthecommandprompt,typethedriveletterassociatedtoyour
USBstoragedevice(fromstep3),andpresstheEnterkey.
15. Atthecommandprompt,pressYtoconfirmthatthedriveletteris
correctandpresstheEnterkey.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figure1512:FormattingtheUSB
l-
tia
TheUSBstoragedeviceismadebootableandHPVisionDiagnosticsis
en
installed.Whenfinishedthecommandwindowcloses.
fid
on
TouseVisionDiagnostics,inserttheUSBdeviceandthenturnonthe
tC
computer.YoumayneedtoselectyourUSBdeviceasthebootabledevice.
or
Loading to a CD or DVD
tip
er
1. ClickHPVisionDiagnosticsOfflineEditionforCD(sp54770)to
C
&
downloadandsavetheHPsoftpaqfiletoyourharddrive.
P
2. Oncedownloaded,browsetothelocationwhereyousavedthefile
H
anddoubleclicksp54770.exe.
3. AnInstallShieldwindowopens.Followtheinstructionstoagreeto
thelicenseandextractfiles.
4. Whenallofthefileshavebeenextractedandverified,clickOK.
5. Browsetothedirectorylocationtowherethefileswereextracted.
Bydefault,thislocationisatc:\SWSetup\ISO\.
6. UseCDburningsoftwaretocreateadiscfromthediscimagefilein
thisdirectory.ThefileisnamedVisionDiagnostics.ISO.Many
typesofpopulardiscburningsoftwareallowyoutorightclickthe
ISOfileandselectaburntodiscoptionfromtherightclickmenu
options.
Page 15-14
Creating a CD or DVD from the HP Vision Diagnostics Disc Creation

tool (available on some products)
YouwillneedoneblankCDorDVDtocreatethedisc.TocreatetheHP
VisionDiagnosticsdisc:
1. ClickStart,andunderPCHelp&Tools,clickHPVision
DiagnosticsDiscCreation.
2. InsertarecordablediscintheCD/DVDdrive,andclickNext.
Youneedabout450MBofspaceontheblankdisc.
3. ClickYestoeraseanypreexistingdataonthediscandcontinue.

n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
Figure1513:ErasureWarning
l-
tia
4. Waitwhilethedatawritestothedisc,andfinishestheburn
en
process.
fid
on
5. Whenthewriteprocessiscomplete,clickClose.Removethedisc
tC
fromthedrive,writeVisionDiagnosticsonit,andstoreitinasafe
or
place.
tip
er
Starting the HP Vision Diagnostics

C
&
Usethefollowingsteps:
P
H
1. Insertthediscyoucreatedandturnoffthecomputer.
2. Turnthecomputeronandwaituntiltheselectionscreenis
displayed.
3. Press1onthekeyboardtostarttheVisionDiagnostics.
4. WaitwhileWindowsloadsthefilesnecessarytorunthetests.This
mighttakesevenoreightminutes.
5. Whenthefilesaredoneloading,theStartingDiagnostics...please
waitscreendisplays.
6. Whenthelanguagescreendisplays,clickyourlanguageandthen
clickContinue.
7. Thelicenseagreementscreendisplays.ClickAgree.
8. WaitwhileHPVisionHardwareDiagnosticscollectsinformation
aboutthesystemhardwareanddevicedefinitions.
Page 15-15
TestingwithHPVision 9. HPVisionHardwareDiagnosticsopenstothemainmenu.Older
Diagnostics versionsofthemainmenumighthaveadifferentappearance.
Atleastgiveanoverview
ofthelistoftests Testing with HP Vision Diagnostics
availableineacharea. Usethefollowingsectionstotestahardwarecomponentthatissuspected
offailure.
Testing the processor and system board devices

Table151showsthetestsavailableintheSystemcategory.Sometests
mightnotbeavailableforallsystems.Theseteststaketwominutestorun.
Torunthem,clicktheSystemtileandselecttoTestinthelowerleft
cornertorunalltestsorselecteitherProcessororSystemBoardtotest
onlythatcomponent.ClickRuntodiagnosealldevices.
n
io
Waitwhilethetestsrun.Thestatusofeachtestdisplaysonthescreen.
t
bu
Whenthetestsarecomplete,theresultswillshow.
tri
is
Toviewthetestlog,clicktheTestLogbutton.Whendone,clickClose.
rD
ClickBackuntilyoureturntothemainmenu.
fo
ot
Table151:ProcessorandSystemBoardTests
N
l-
tia
Test Description
en
fid
ProcessorSpeedTest Verifiesthattheactualprocessorclock
on
speediswithinadefinedrangeof
tC
advertisedprocessorspeed.Therange
or
isdefinedasapercentage.
tip
er
C
CMOSRandomDataPattern RandomdataiswrittentoCMOS
&
Test memoryandthenverifiedtoinsure
P
H
validwrites.TheoriginalCMOS
contentisrestoredafterthetestis
executed.
FanSpeedTest Testsallfans(CPUfan,chassisfan)
pluggedintothesystematnominal
speed,specificspeed,andmaximum
allowedspeed.
RealTimeClockRefresh Verifiesthatthesystemisableto
TimerTest refreshapproximatelyonceevery15
microseconds.
Page 15-16
Testing graphics, video, and display

Usethediagnostictoolsinthissectiontotroubleshootproblemswiththe
graphicsadapter,video,touchscreen,TVtuner,andotherapplicable
hardwareonthecomputer.Theseteststakefivetosixminutesto
complete.
1. ClicktheGraphics,Video,andDisplaytiletoviewthegraphics
informationandtroubleshootingtools.Someoftheinformation
displayedonthisscreenincludesadescriptionofthegraphics
adapter,thescreenresolutionandrefreshrate,andthegraphics
driverversion.
n
io
Thetestsavailableonthispagedependonthecomputermodel.For
t
bu
example,ifthecomputerhasatouchscreenoraTVtuner,optionstotestthem
tri
is
displayonthispage.
rD
2. ClickHPGraphicsVideoChecktostartthetest.
fo
ot
3. ThegraphicsdiagnosticrunsthetestsshowninTable152.
N
Table152:GraphicsDiagnosticTests
l-
tia
en
Test Description
fid
on
OpenGL3DRendering Teststhe3Ddrawingcapabilityofthe
tC
Test videoadapterusingOpenGLAPIs.This
or
testisinteractive:anumberwillappear
tip
er
inthecenterbottomofthescreen.Please
C
typethisnumbertosuccessfullypass
&
thistest.
P
H
ExtendedVideoMemory Thistestteststhevideomemoryvia
Test directhardwareaccessbypassingthe
operatingsystem
4. ClickRuntostartthetest.
5. TheHPGraphicsVideoCheckstartsanddisplaysaspinningcube
withseveraldifferentgraphics.Thistestmighttakeafewminutes
tocomplete,andthescreenmightflashordisplaydifferentcolors
andpatternsduringthetest.Whenprompted,presstherequested
numberonthekeyboard.
6. Waitwhilethetestcompletes.
Page 15-17
7. Afterithasfinished,ascreendisplaysindicatingwhetherthetest
passedorfailed.
8. Toviewthetestlog,clicktheTestLogbutton.Whendone,click
Close.
9. ClickBackuntilyoureturntothemainmenu.
Testing the hard drive and optical drive (DVD)

Usetheseteststodiagnoseproblemswiththeharddriveandoptical
(DVD)drive.
TheHardDrivesdiagnosticperformstestsdescribedinTable153.
Table153:HardDriveDiagnostics
Test Description
n
tio
bu
SATACheckSMART Readstheprefailurewarrantyattributeon
tri
StatusTest SMART(SelfMonitoringAnalysisand
is
rD
ReportingTechnology)enableddrives.
fo
ot
SATAShortFirmwareSelf RunsSMARTFirmwareSelftestonthe
N
Test specifieddrive.Failureindicatesa
l-
tia
problemwiththeharddrive.
en
fid
SATASequentialVerify Readsthedrivesequentiallytovalidateif
on
Test thedriveisfunctioningproperly.Failure
tC
indicatesaproblemwiththeharddrive.
or
tip
SATARandom Measurestheperformanceofadriveby
er
C
PerformanceTest doingrandomreadsandcalculatingatime
&
averageperreadoperation.Failureofthe
P
H
testindicatesaproblemwiththehard
drivesubsystem.
SMART (Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology)

A hard drive technology that monitors a disk and warns about potential
disk failures
TheOpticalDrivesdiagnosticperformsthetestsdescribedinTable154.
ToperformtheDVDDriveReadWriteTest,ablankDVDRWisneeded.
IfyoudonothaveablankDVDRWmediaavailable,clickOKtocause
theDVDDriveReadWriteTesttofail.

Page 15-18
Table154:OpticalDriveTests
Test Description
DVDDriveUnitReadyTest Verifiesthatthedriveisbeing
initialized.
DVDDriveRandomReadTest Checkstheabilitytorandomlyread
frommediawithnoissues.
DVDDriveSequentialReadTest Checkstheabilitytosequentially
readamedia.
DVDDriveReadWriteTest Verifiesthewritecapabilityofa
n
io
writableopticaldrive.Themedia
t
bu
typeshouldalwaysbespecified.
tri
is
Testing network and Internet connectivity
rD
fo
Usethesetestsifyouarehavingtroubleaccessingyournetworkorthe
ot
Internet.
N
l-
ThetestsshowninTable155areavailableintheNetworkandInternet
tia
Connectivitycategory.
en
fid
Table155:NetworkConnectivityTests
on
tC
Test Description
or
tip
NetworkIRQ VerifiestheIRQconfigurationofthenetworkdevice.
er
C
Test ItwillfailiftheIRQconfigurationisincorrect.
&
P
NetworkPing Verifiestheabilitytotransmit/receivedataoverthe
H
Test networkbypingingbothaDHCPserverandthe
localinterface.
NetworkSpeed Checkstheactualspeedofthenetworkdeviceand
Test comparesittotheexpectedspeed.
Troubleshooting the keyboard and mouse

TheAroundtheComputercategorycontainstestsforcomponentssuchas
keyboard,mouse,andprinters.Componentsandavailabletestsvaryby
computer.Forthepurposeofthisdiscussion,wewilllookatthetests
availableforakeyboardandthoseavailableforamouse.Theseare
interactivetests.
Page 15-19
Thefollowingkeyboardtestsareavailableforthecomputerusedinthis
example.
FullKeyboardTestVerifiesthatallkeyboardkeysarefunctional.
Thistestworkswithdifferentkeyboardlayouts.
FullLEDTestVerifiesthatthekeyboardLEDsareworking
properly.
FullKeyboardTest:
1. ClickRuntostartthetestsnow.
2. Theinstructionsscreendisplaysthefollowingmessage:

Press the buttons displayed on the screen. To
finish the test, move the mouse to the PASS or
n
io
FAIL button, and click the left mouse button.
t
bu
tri
3. ClickOK.
is
4. TheKeyboardParametersscreendisplays.Selectthekeyboardtype
rD
andthenclickOKtobeginthetest.
fo
5. Agraphicofakeyboarddisplaysonthescreen.Presseachkeyon
ot
N
thekeyboard.Aseachkeyispressed,itisshowninblackonthe
l-
keyboardgraphiconthescreen.Whenthetestiscomplete,andall
tia
en
thekeyshavebeenpressed,allthekeysonthegraphicshouldbe
fid
black.
on
6. Ifallthekeysareblack,clickPass.Toendthetestwithoutpressing
tC
allthekeys,clickFail.
or
tip
FullLEDTest:
er
1. ThisisaninteractivetestthatflashesthekeyboardLEDs.Ascreen
C
&
displaysthefollowingmessage:
P
H
Are all LEDs of the keyboard blinking?

2. Checkthekeyboard,andthenclickYesifalltheLEDsareblinking.
MousePointerTest:
1. Thisisaninteractivetestthatchecksthemousebuttons.ClickRun
tobegin.
2. Readtheinstructionsonthescreen,andclickOKtobegintesting.
3. Movethecursortoeachmouseonthescreen.Clickthedesignated
buttontwotimes.
4. Pointatthemouseintheupperleftcornerofthescreen.Double
clicktheleftmousebutton.Continuetofollowtheinstructionson
thescreenuntilthetestiscomplete.
Page 15-20
5. Whenthetestsarecomplete,thetestresultspagedisplays.Click Runningthesystemtests
TestLogtoseedetailedresults.Whendonereviewingthetestlog, Thisisagoodwaytorun
clickClose.ClickBackuntilyoureturntothemainmenu. ageneralselftestonthe
computertolookfor
Running the system tests commonproblems.
TheSystemTestscategoryconsolidatesallthetestsintheSystem,Storage, RunningtheHPVision
andNetworkandInternetConnectivitycategories.Componentsand MemoryDiagnostictest
availabletestsvarybycomputer.Thesetakeabouttwelvetofifteen Memoryerrorsmaynot
minutestocomplete.Torunalltests,clicktheSystemTeststileandthen becomeapparentuntil
clickRun. afterloopingthroughthe
memorytests.
Running the HP Vision Memory Diagnostic test
Usethememorytesttorunathoroughtestonthecomputermemory.You
n
canchoosetheQuickTestsortheCompletetests.Dependingonhow
io
t
muchmemoryisinthecomputer,theQuickteststakeabouttwelveto
bu
tri
fifteenminutestorunonetestloop.Thecompletesetofmemorytests
is
takeslongerthantheQuickTests,butcandetecterrorstheQuickTests
rD
cannot.
fo
ot
N
l-
1. InserttheHPVisionDiagnosticsdiscintheCD/DVDdriveand
tia
turnoffthecomputer.
en
2. Turnthecomputeronandwaituntiltheselectionscreendisplays.
fid
on
3. Press2onthekeyboardtostarttheHPMemoryTests.
tC
4. Youcanchoosetoread,agreeto,ordisagreewiththeEndUser
or
LicenseAgreement.Ifyoudisagree,youwillbepromptedtoreboot
tip
yourcomputerandyouwillnotbeabletorunthememorytests.
er
PressAtoagree.
C
&
5. Selectatestmode.TheQuickTestsaregoodforgeneralmemory
P
testingandwillfindmostofthecommonerrors,aswellastakeless
H
timethantheCompleteTests.
6. EnterthenumberoftestloopsorpressEntertokeepthedefault
value.Thedefaultnumberisonetestloop,andisgoodforabasic
memorytest.PressEntertoacceptthedefaultvalue.
7. Waitwhilethememorytestrunsaseriesoftests.
8. Whenthememorytestingiscomplete,theresultsdisplayonthe
screen.
9. Ifthereisaproblemwiththecomputermemory,thetestdisplays
anHPWarrantyIDnumber.Makeanoteofthisnumberforfuture
reference.
10. Pressanykeytorebootyourcomputer.
Page 15-21
BIOS diagnostic tests

BIOSdiagnostictestsareusedforquickhardwaretroubleshootingat
systemstartup.Thesecanbeloadedevenwhenahardwarefailure
preventstheoperatingsystemfromstarting.Inaddition,thesetestsload
inafractionofthetimethatittakestheoperatingsystemtostart.
Usethesediagnosticswhenyouarehavingintermittentissuesorwhen
yoususpectmemoryorharddriveissues.Theseteststakeonetotwo
minutestocomplete.
CompletethefollowingstepstorunBIOSdiagnosticsonaCommercial
desktopproduct.
1. Turnoffthecomputer.
2. TurnonthecomputerandpresstheF10keybeforeWindows
n
io
starts.
t
bu
3. Selectyourlanguage.Englishisthedefaultlanguagechoice.
tri
4. FromtheSetupUtility,selectStorage,andthenselectDPSSelftest
is
rD
fromthedropdownmenu.
fo
5. Whenthetestingiscomplete,theresultsaredisplayedonthe
ot
screen.Followanyonscreeninstructions.Ifatestfails,writedown
N
l-
theerrormessageanderrorcodesoyouhavetheinformation
tia
whenyoucontactHPSupport.
en
6. FromtheSetupUtility,selectAdvanced,andthenselectExecute
fid
MemoryTestfromthedropdownmenu.
on
7. Whenthetestingiscomplete,theresultsaredisplayedonthe
tC
screen.Followanyonscreeninstructions.Ifatestfails,writedown
or
tip
theerrormessageanderrorcodesoyouhavetheinformation
er
whenyoucontactHPSupport.
C
&
Windows Troubleshooting
P
H
Windows7includesanumberoftroubleshootingtoolsthatcanhelpyou
gatherinformationaboutaproblem.Youalreadylearnedaboutsomeof
these,includingTaskManager,PerformanceMonitor,andResource
Monitor.Wewilllookatafewothers.
System Information Tool

TheSystemInformationTool(MSInfo32.exe)allowsyoutoviewdetailed
informationaboutyoursystemconfiguration.TheSystemSummary
information,showninFigure1514,allowsyoutoviewgeneral
informationaboutthehardwareandsoftwareconfigurationofthe
computer.ItincludesoperatingsystemandBIOSversioninformation,as
wellastheamountofRAMandthevirtualmemoryconfiguration.
Page 15-22
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
ot
Figurre1514:System
mSummary
N
l-
Ifyo
ouexpandttheHardwa areResourccesnode,youcanview
winformatiion
tia
abouuttheresou
urces,suchastheIRQaddressorrI/Oaddresss,thathav
ve
en
beennassignedttodevices.Figure151
15showsth
heIRQassiggnments.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1515:IRQA
Assignments
Page 15-23
3
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
YoucaneexpandtheComponen ntsnodeanndselectaccomponenttoview
detailediinformation Forexamplee,Figure15516showsthatthe
naboutit.F
computerrhasanAT TIRadeonH HD4200graaphicsadap pter.Itshow
wsthe
amountoofvideoRA AM,theresoolution,and
dcolordeppth(bits/pixxel).Italso
showstheeinstalledd
driververs ions.
YoucaneexpandSofttwareEnviironmentto oviewinforrmationabo out
applicatio
onsandserrvicesrunniingontheccomputer,pprintjobs,n
network
connectio
ons,andenv vironment alvariablees.Figure15517showsthe
programssonthiscommputerthaatareconfig
guredtoloaadwhenth heoperating
g
systemsttarts.
Environmental variables
A name mapped
m to
o a value ussed by the ooperating ssystem to find specific
locations or other infformation. Environmen ntal variables are referenced as
n
io
enclosed in percenttage (%) sym mbols. For e
example %SYSTEMDRIV VE%.
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Figure1516
6:DisplayInfo
ormation
Page
e 15-24
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

Figurre1517:Startu
upPrograms
fo
ot
N
Dev
vice Manager
l-
tia
Dev viceManageerallowsyooutoviewadditionalinformationaboutdev vices.

en
Italssoallowsy
youtotroub
bleshootandresolvep
problemswwithdevicessand
fid
on
deviicedrivers.YoucanacccessDevicceManagerintheCommputer
tC
Man nagementconsole.Thiisisavailab
blefromtheeAdministrrativeToolss
or
optioninContrrolPanelorrfromHard dwaretabo
ofSystemp
properties.
tip
er
Dev
viceManageerallowsyo
outoview:
C
DevicesbyType
&
DevicesbyConnecction
P
H
ResourccesbyType
ResourccesbyConn nection
Figuure1518sh
howsthevieewwhenv viewingdev vicesbytyp
pe.Devicesstatus
isin
ndicatedbyanicon.Adownward darrowind dicatesadev
vicethathaas
beenndisabled.Ayellowtrrianglewithhanexclammationpoinntindicatesa
deviicethatdoeesnothaveadriverin hathasadrriverthatissnot
nstalledorth
funcctioningcorrrectly.
Page 15-25
5
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
Dissablingadeviiceisa
gooodquickway totest
forconflictsoro
other
prooblemswithou uthaving
uninstallandlater
tou
rein
nstallit.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N

l-
tia
Figure1518
8:DevicesbyT
Type
en
fid
Sometimeesdeviceprroblemscan nberesolv
vedbychoo osingScanffor
on
hardware echangesfromtheAcctionmenu u.Thiscauseestheoperating

tC
systemto oidentifypllugandplaaydevicesand,ifadrriverisavaiilable,
or
installit.
tip
er
Ifadevicesdriverissinstalled, butthedev
viceisnotccurrentlyatttached,it
C
isconsideeredahidd
dendevice.Y Youcanvieewtheseby ychoosingView|
&
P
Showhid ddendevices.
H
YoucanuuseDeviceManagerto ouninstallordisableaadevice.Adisabled
deviceisnotavailab
blebutstill hasitsdeviicedriverin
nstalled.W
Whenyou
uninstalladevice,youremove itsdeviced driver.You ucanalsov
viewa
devicesp
properties.
TheGeneeraltab,sho
owninFigu ure1519,sh
howsthesttatusoftheedevice,the
e
devicemaanufacturerr,thedeviccetype,and
dthebusto
owhichthedeviceis
attached.
Page
e 15-26
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
BBesuretoempphasize
rrollingbackadriverasa
wwayofpotenttially
ccorrectingaproblemthat
tuurnsupafteradriver
uupdate.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD

fo
Figurre1519:DeviceGeneralProp
perties ot
N
Youucanmanag gethedeviccesdriverffromtheDrivertab(F
Figure15200).
l-
Youucanviewddetailsabou
uttheinstallleddriver,checkforaadriverupdate,
tia
orro
ollbacktoa
apreviousdriver.Rolllingbacktooapreviouusdrivercan
n
en
fid
often
nresolveaproblemw whenadriveerupdateccausesfuncctionalityisssues.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1520:DeviceDriverPrope
erties
Page 15-27
7
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
YoucancclickDriverrDetailsto oviewalisttoffilesasssociatedwiiththe
driver.Seelecteachfiiletoviewiitsmanufaccturerandv versionnummber,as
shownin nFigure152 21.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
Figure1521
1:DriverFileD
Details
l-
tia
TheDetaiilstabofDrriverPropeertiesallow wsyoutoselectvarioussdevice
en
attributesstoseetheiirvalues.Th hisinformaationmighttberequireedfor
fid
advanced dtroublesho ootingscen narios,soit isgoodtoknowwherreyoucan

on
findit.Hoowever,mo ostofthetiimeyouwilllcorrectadevicedrivver
tC
problemssimplybyrrollingback korupdatinngadeviceedriver.
or
tip

er
C
&
P
H

Figure1522
2:Details
Page
e 15-28
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
TheResourcestab(Figuree1523)allo
owsyoutoseetheresoourcesthathave
been
nassignedttothedevicceandiden
ntifyanyconflictswith
hanotherd
device.
Becaausemostccomputersh haveonlyp
plugandpllaydevicess,youwillrrarely
needdtomanua
allyconfigurearesourceassignm ment.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
Figurre1523:DeviceResources
en
Event Viewer
fid
on
Even ntVieweraallowsyoutovieweveentslogged dbytheopeeratingsysttem,

tC
drivvers,orapplications.V
Viewingtheeeventlogccanprovideeyouwithalot
or
ofin
nformationaboutfailu uresandtheeeventslea
adinguptothem.Theevent
tip
er
logssaredescrib
bedinTable156.
C
Tablee156:EventLogs
&
P
H
Eveentlog Descriptio
on
Ap
pplication Ageneraleventlogw
writtentobyapplicatio
onsand
services.
Seccurity Aneventllogusedtoauditsecurrityrelated
devents.Seecurity
eventsaresuccessfulorfailedatttemptstop
performann
action.
Settup Aneventllogwrittentobyopera
atingsystem
minstallatiion
programs..
Sysstem Aneventllogwrittentobytheo
operatingsy
ystem.
Page 15-29
9
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
Bydefault, Inadditio
on,anappliicationors ervicecanccreateaspeecificeventtlog.These
Administratorleevel areespeciallyimporrtantforserrvicesbecauusetheycan nnotdisplaayerror
perrmissionisreq
quiredto
messagessinawindoow.
accessthecontenntsofthe
secuuritylog. Informatiionalmessaages,warniings,errors,,andcriticaalerrorsareeloggedto
theeventlogs,withtheexceptiionoftheS
Securityeveentlog.Figu ure1524
showsapportionofth
heSystemllogthatinccludesinforrmational,w warning,
anderrorrevents.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid

on
Figure1524
4:EventViewe
er
tC
or
Youcansselectordo
oubleclicko
onaneventttolearnm
moreaboutiit,as
tip
shownin
nFigure152 25.
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1525
5:EventProperrties
Page
e 15-30
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
TheSourceidentifiesthessubsystemorapplicationthatgenneratedthee S
StopErrors
nt.TheEven
even ntIDiscan
nbeusedto
osearchtheeMicrosoft Helpand DDetailedinforrmation
Supp
portoraveendorknow wledgebaseeformoreiinformationnaboutthee aabouthowtoconfigure
even
nt. thhememoryd dumpfileon
ddifferentWind dows
Stop
p Errors vversionsisavaailableat
hhttp://supportt.microsoft.c
Ifaccustomerreeportsthattheircompputerhasab
bluescreennwithalotof oom/kb/9690288.
charractersonitt,itmeansttheyhaveeexperienced
dastoperrror.Astopeerror
canbecausedb byanumbeeroffactorss,includinggdriverissuues,applicaations
thatwritetoan
nunauthoriizedmemorylocation,,orhardwaareproblem ms.
Stop
p error
An eexecution error
e that th
he operating
g system ca
annot reco
over from w
without
a reboot.
n
tio
bu
ThebluuescreenthaatappearswhenaSTOP
Perroroccurrsissometim
mes
tri
is
calleedthebluesccreenofdeatth(BSOD).
rD
Ablluescreenw
willdisplay
yanerrorcoode,anerro
ormessagee,andsomee
hexaadecimalouutput.Ifpo
ossible,youshouldobttaintheerro fo
orcodefro
omthe
ot
N
custtomerbecauuseyoucan osoftHelp andSuppo
nuseittoseearchMicro ortfor
l-
informationorprovideittocustomeersupport.
tia
en
Ifsto
operrorsarrerecurringg,acustom
mersupportengineerm
mightaskyouto
fid
saveeamemory ydump.Yo oucanconfiigurememoorydumpssettingsthrrough

on
theAAdvancedttabofSysteempropertiies(Figure1526).
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1526:Advan
ncedSystemProperties
Page 15-31
Memorydump
AfilecontainingthecontentsofRAMatthetimetheerroroccurred.
Amemorydumpfilerequiresadvancedskillsandindepthknowledgeof
operatingcodetoanalyze.Creatingamemorydumpistypicallyastepyouwould
performonlyaftertheproblemhasbeenescalatedtocustomersupportandonlyif
requested.
ClicktheSettingsbuttonunderStartupandRecoverytodisplaythe
StartupandRecoverydialog(Figure1527).
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1527:StartupandRecovery
Noticethatyoucancheckwhetheraneventshouldbewrittentothe
systemlogifasystemfailureoccurs,andwhetherthesystemshould
restartautomatically.Youcanalsodeterminehowtowritedebugging
information.Youcanchoosetowrite:
Allmemoryfromtheoperatingsystemkernel
A256KBmemorydump
Nomemorydumpatall
Page 15-32
ThedefaultlocationisafilenamedMEMORY.DMPatthepathspecified WindowsBootOptions
bythe%SystemRoot%environmentalvariable,whichidentifiesthepath Similarbootoptionsare
wheretheWindowsoperatingsystemfilesarestored(C:\Windowsby alsosupportedforother
default). Windowsversions.

InversionsofWindowspriortoWindows7,akernelmemorydump LastKnownGood
requiredapagingfileonthebootdrivethesizeofphysicalRAM+1MB.In Configuration(LKGC)
Windows7,thepagingfilecanbelocatedonanybasicdiskvolumeordynamic Adetaileddiscussionof
disksimplevolume. theregistryisbeyondthe
scopeofthiscourse.
Windows Boot Options Directlyeditingthe
IfWindows7willnotboot,youhaveseveraloptionsforstartingthe registryshouldonlybe
doneasalastresortand
computerandtroubleshootingtheproblem.Theseinclude:
whenspecifically
n
io
LastKnownGoodConfiguration(LKGC) directed.
t
bu
VGAMode
tri
SafeMode
is
rD
RecoveryConsole
fo
Itisalsohelpfultomodifythebootprocesswhentroubleshootingother
ot
N
typesoffailures.IfyouareabletobootintoWindows,youcanmodifythe
l-
bootprocessusingtheSystemConfigurationtool(MSConfig.exe).
tia
en
Last Known Good Configuration (LKGC)

fid
on
EachtimeyousuccessfullylogontoWindows,theoperatingsystem
tC
storestheregistryconfigurationsettingsinaspecialregistrykey.Ifthe
or
systemfailstobootthefirsttimeyoustartthecomputeraftermakinga
tip
change,suchasinstallinganewdriverorchangingaconfiguration
er
setting,youmightbeabletorecoverbybootingtoLKGCandreverting
C
&
thechange.ToboottoLKGC:
P
H
Restartthecomputer.
Duringrestart,presstheF8key.
OntheAdvancedBootOptionscreen,chooseLastKnownGood
Configuration(advanced).
Registry
Windows configuration database.
Registry key
A named location in the registry that can be referenced by software. A
registry key can contain other registry keys or a single value.
Page 15-33
SafeMode VGA Mode

Transienterrorswill TheVGAModebootoptionallowsyoutostartthecomputerin640x480
sometimesclear VGAmode.Thisisausefultroubleshootingsteptodeterminewhetherthe
themselvesifyouboota
startupproblemiscausedbyanincorrectlyconfiguredgraphicsadapter.
computerintosafemore
andthenbackinto YoucanstartthecomputerinVGAmodebyaccessingtheAdvancedBoot
normalmode. OptionsscreenandchoosingEnablelowresolutionvideo(640x480).
Enable boot logging

Whenbootloggingisenabled,alldriversthatareloadedwhenthesystem
startsuparelistedinafilenamedntbtlog.txt.Thisoptionisusefulfor
advancedtroubleshootingorifasupporttechnicianrequestsan
ntbtlog.txtfile.
Repair Your Computer
n
io
t
bu
TheRepairYourComputeroptionopenstheSystemRecoveryOptions
tri
menu.ItisonlyavailablefromtheAdvancedBootOptionsifyouhave
is
rD
installeditfromtheWindowsinstallationmedia.Ifyouhavenotinstalled
fo
it,youcanaccessitbybootingfromWindowsinstallationmedia.
ot
TheRepairYourComputeroptionwasintroducedinChapter13.One
N
l-
thingtokeepinmindisthatStartupRepaircannotcorrectallproblems.It
tia
can,however,correctproblemswithmissingorcorruptfilesandperform
en
achkdsk.
fid
on
tC
SometimesStartupRepairrunsautomaticallywhenaproblemis
or
detectedduringstartup.
tip
Safe Mode
er
C
TheSafeModeoptionloadsonlytheservicesanddriversnecessaryto
&
P
startWindows.Thefollowingareloaded:
H
Floppydiskdrives(ifinstalled)
InternalandexternalCDROMandDVDROMdrives
Internalandexternalharddiskdrives(ATA,SATA,SCSI,USB)
Keyboards(USB,serial,PS/2)
Mice(USB,serial,PS/2)
VGAgraphicsadapters(PCIorAGP)
Thefollowingservicesareloaded:
Windowseventlog
PlugandPlay
Remoteprocedurecall(RPC)
CryptographicServices
Page 15-34
WindowsDefender ResolvingProblemsin
WindowsManagementInstrumentation(WMI) SafeMode
Emphasizethatyouhave
YouhavetheoptionofstartingSafeModewithNetworking.Ifyoudo,
accesstothetoolslisted
thefollowingservicesarealsostarted: whileinSafeMode.Ask
Wiredandwirelessnetworkadapters studentsforexamplesof
typesofcorrectiveactions
DHCP
theywouldbeableto
DNS performinthatmode.
Networkconnections
TCP/IPNetBIOSHelper
WindowsFirewall
BootinginSafeModeisagoodwaytodeterminewhethertheproblemis
causedbyadriver,service,orapplicationthatisloadingduringstartup.If
n
io
youcanboottosafemode,butcannotstartWindowsnormally,youknow
t
bu
thattheproblemiscausedbyoneofthedevices,services,orapplications
tri
notloadedduringSafeMode.
is
rD
fo
IfWindowswillnotstartinSafeMode,youcantrystartinginSafe
ot
ModewithCommandPrompt.However,youwillonlyhaveaccesstocommand
N
linetools,notGUItools.
l-
tia
Resolving Problems in Safe Mode

en
fid
AfteryouhavestartedinSafeMode,youcanusevarioustoolsto
on
troubleshoottheproblems,including:
tC
DeviceManager
or
tip
EventViewer
er
SystemRestore
C
Backup
&
P
SystemConfigurationTool
H
Youhavealreadylearnedabouttheothertools.Letustakeaquicklookat
SystemConfigurationTool.
System Configuration Tool

TheSystemConfigurationtoolcanbelaunchedbyclickingStartand
typingmsconfiginthesearchbox.TheGeneraltab(Figure1528)allows
youtoselecttoperformanormalstartup,adiagnosticstartup,ora
selectivestartup.Withaselectivestartup,youcanchoosewhethertoload
systemservicesand/orstartupitems.
Page 15-35
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
n
io
Figure1528
8:SystemConffigurationGeeneral
t
bu
tri
TheBoottaballowsyoutocon
nfigurevario
ousbootop
ptions,assh
hownin
is
rD
Figure15
529.
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1529
9:SystemConffigurationBo
oot
TheSafeB
Bootoption
ns,aswellaasseveralo
others,areaanalogousttothose
availableintheAdv
vancedBoottMenu.Th hemapping gbetweenth hemis
showninnTable157
7.

Page
e 15-36
Troublesh
hooting Toolss
Tablee157:MSConfigtoAdvance
edBootMenuMapping WWarnstudenttstouse
eextremecautioonwhen
M
MSConfig Advance
edBootMeenu ssettingbootop
ptions.
M
Minimal SafeMod
de
AllternateSh
hell SafeMod
dewithCom
mmandPro
ompt
Neetwork SafeMod
dewithNettworking
Bo
ootlog Enablebo
ootlogging
g
Baasevideo Enablelo
owresolutio
onvideo
n
io
ActiveDirectoryreepairmodeisrelevanttooActiveDire
rectorydomaain
t
bu
controllers,notttoWindows7clientcom
mputers.
tri
is
TheNoGUIBo ootoptionp preventsth
heWelcomeescreenfrom mdisplayin ng.
rD
TheOSbootin nformationo optioncaussesthedriv
verstobediisplayed
onsccreenastheeyareloadeed.Ifyouseelecttomak
fo
kechangesspermanen nt,you
ot
N
willnotbeableetorevertttoNormalmmode.
l-
tia
TheServicestaab,shownin nFigure15530,allowsyoutoenaableordisab
ble
en
serv
vicesthatarreconfigureedtostartu
upautomatiically.This canhelpyo
ou
fid
deteerminewheetheraserviceiscausin ngthestarttupproblem
m.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1530:MSCo
onfigServicess
Page 15-37
7
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
TheStartu
uptab(Figu ure1531)aallowsyoutoselectiveelyenableo
ordisable
applicatio
onsthatareeconfigured dtostartw
whentheop
peratingsysstemstarts
up.
Thisisussefulbecaussesomeappplicationsw
willconfigu
urethemsellvestostartt
automaticcallywithooutwarning gtheuser.
n
io
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
l-
Figure1531
1:MSConfigS
Startup
tia
TheToolssmenu,sho owninFiguure1532,aallowsyouttolaunchv
various
en
fid
toolsthattcanbeuseedfortroub
bleshooting
g.
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1532
2:MSConfigT
Tools
Ifyouneedto
If ofindoutthhecommandnameassociiatedwithatool,you
candosobbyselectingthetoolanddlookinginttheSelected
dcommandffield.
Page
e 15-38
Troubleshooting Startup Problems A systematic approach

Whentroubleshootingstartupproblems,youshouldtakeasystematic
approach,suchastheonedefinedinFigure1533.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1533:SystematicApproachtoTroubleshootingStartupProblems
Thereareseveralpossibleapproachestoeliminatingservicesandstartup
applicationsasthesourceoftheproblem.Commonwaysinclude:
Startwithacleanslate
1. Startwithnone
2. Addoneatatimeuntilthefailureoccurs

Page 15-39
Cha
apter 15: Tro
oubleshooting
Picckthemofff
1. Elimin nateoneserrviceatatim
me
2. Attemp pttoreboo t
3. Repeattuntilasucccessfulboo otoccurs
Divideandco onquer
1. Startwwithhalftheeserviceslo
oaded
2. Selectivelyaddorrsubtractsservicesbassedonwhettherthe
startup
pwassucceessful
Apartialtroublesho ootingproceessusingth hedivideanndconquerrmethodis
illustrated
dinFigure1534.The advantageeofthismetthodisthattyoucan
potentialllyidentifyttheservice causingtheeproblemw withfewerreboots.
Forexammple,identiffyingServicce4astheffailingservicerequired
donly4
reboots.IIfyouhadu
usedtheoth hermethod d,itmighth
havetakenasmanyass
n
io
19reboottstoidentifyythefailing
gservice.
t
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C

&
P
Figure1534
4:DivideandC
ConquerMeth odology
H
Page
e 15-40
Support Resourcess
Trou
ubleshoo
oters
Winndows7hassanumberofwizardbasedtroub bleshooting gtoolsyoucan
acceessthroughhtheTroublleshootingC
ControlPan
nelutility,sshowninF
Figure
15335.Thesetro
oubleshootingwizardscheckyou urcomputeerforcomm mon
probblemsthatooccurandp
providerecommendattionsforcorrrectingtheem.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
Figurre1535:Windo
owsTroublesh
hooters
tip
er
C
Sup
pport Resources
&
P
Afteeryouhaveegatherediinformationnabouttheproblem,ittislikelythhat
H
youwillneedttoresearchitoraskforassistanceetoanalyzeethe
informationanndidentifyaasolution.T
Thisispartticularlytru
ueifyouhaave
noteencountereedtheprobllembefore..
Forttunately,mostvendorshaveava arietyofresourcesavaiilabletoheelp
youresolveit.T
TypicalressourcesaredescribediinTable158.

Page 15-41
Table158:SupportResources
Resources Description
KnowledgeBase Anonlinesearchabledatabaseofinformation
aboutknownissues.AnexampleisMicrosoft
HelpandSupport
(http://support.microsoft.com).
FrequentlyAsked Adocumentcontainingquestionsthathavebeen
Questions(FAQ) askedbyothertechnicalprofessionalsorend
users.
Guided Somevendorsincludestepbystep
n
io
Troubleshooting troubleshootingguidelinesforcommonissues.
t
bu
tri
Product Mostvendorsincludefreecomprehensiveonline
is
rD
Documentation documentationabouttheirproducts.Youhave
fo
alreadyseenexamplesofdocumentation
ot
providedbyHP.Microsoftprovidesextensive
N
freedocumentathttp://technet.microsoft.com.
l-
tia
en
Forums Aninteractiveplatforminwhichusersand
fid
technicalprofessionalspostissues.Otherusers
on
andsupporttechnicianscanrespondwith
tC
solutionsorsuggestions.
or
tip
Warranty Providesawaytocheckwhethertheproduct
er
C
Information youaretroubleshootingisstillunderwarranty
&
P
Onlinechat Somevendorsprovideanonlinechatservice
H
thatallowsyoutotalktosupportprofessionals
onthecomputer.
Emailsupport Mostvendorsincludeanemailaddressyoucan
usetocontacttechnicalsupport.Theresponse
timewillvary,butistypicallypostedonthesite.
Phonesupport Manyvendorsofferphonesupport.However,in
somecases,youmustpayforphonesupport.
WewillnowtakeacloserlookattheresourcesofferedthroughHP
Support.
Page 15-42
Support Resourcess
HP Business Support Center

HPo offersafulllspectrumoftroublesshootingressources.Assyouhave
alreaadyseen,yyoucanobtaainproducttdocumenttation,inforrmationab bout
upddates,andotherresourrcesbyacceessingSupp portandDrriversfromthe
HPW Website.TThesupporttreferencesswilldiffersomewhattbasedonwwhich
prodductisseleccted.
Youshouldalwayssregisteryou
urproductaf
afterpurchassingittoenssure
fullaaccesstosup
pportresourcces.
Forthepurposesofthisdiscussion,w
wewillexaminethesu upportreso
ources
videdforth
prov heHPColorLaserJet2 2700Printerrseries.
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1536:Suppo
ortResources
You
ucanregisteertoobtain
nanHPPasssportwhichwillallow
wyouto:
MaintainnalistofH
HPproductssyouhavepurchased
Maintainnalistofsu
upportcasees
Savesup
pportdocum ments
Viewdrriverdownlloads
Viewex
xpiringwarrrantiesfory yourprodu
ucts
3
Page 15-43
Fromthisscreen,youcanalsoperformavarietyoftasks,including
downloadingdrivers,obtaininginformationaboutspecifictasks,and
accessingadocument.
TroubleshootingGuidance
YoucanclicktheGuidedtroubleshootinglinktodisplayapagethat
containsalistofstepbysteptroubleshootingguidesforcommon
problems,asshowninFigure1537.
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figure1537:GuidedTroubleshooting
Support Forums
ClickSupportForumstosearchforissuesencounteredbyotherusers.As
showninFigure1538,eachissueistrackedonaseparatesubjectthread.
Youcantypeakeywordorclickonatagtoaccessthreadsrelatedtoyour
problem.
Page 15-44
Support Resourcess
n
iot

bu
tri
Figurre1538:Forum
ms
is
HP S
Support Ce
enter
rD
fo
TheHPSupporrtCenter,sshowninFiigure1539,,isaportalot lthatallowss
acceesstoavariietyofserviices,includ
dingaknowwledgebaseeandother
N
l-
docuumentation n,download doptionsfo ordrivers,ssoftware,anndfirmwarre,

tia
foru
ums,custom merselfrep pair,warran ntycheck,aandaccessttotechnicall
en
supp portpersonnnel.
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre1539:HPSu
upportCenter
5
Page 15-45
TheHPSupportCenterreplacestheHPITResourceCenter(ITRC).
UserswithanaccountontheITRCcanmigratetheirinformationthere.
WhiletheBusinessSupportCenterisgearedmoretowardbusiness
professionalswhohavelimitedtechnicalknowledge,theHPSupport
CenteristargetedtoITprofessionals,someofwhomsupportalarge
numberofHPsystems.
LiketheBusinessSupportCenter,youcanaccesstheHPSupportCenter
withorwithoutanHPPassport.However,forfullfunctionality,youneed
toregisterforone.
Contacting Technical Support

Ifyouarenotabletoidentifyandresolveaproblembyusingtheselfhelp
n
io
resources,orifthepieceofequipmentiscriticaltothebusinessandyou
t
bu
cannotaffordthedowntimerequiredtoresearchtheproblem,youwill
tri
is
needtocontacttechnicalsupport.HPtechnicalsupportcanbecontacted
rD
throughonlinechat,email,phone,orbysubmittingasupportcase
fo
throughHPSupportCenter ot
N
Howeveryouchoosetocontacttechnicalsupport,willneedthefollowing
l-
information:
tia
en
Productserialnumber
fid
Productnumber
on
Model
tC
Modelnumber
or
tip
Thisinformationisavailableontheproductsticker.Youwillalsoneeda
er
descriptionoftheproblem.Insomecases,asupportengineermightneed
C
&
toaccessthedesktopofthefailingcomputerremotelytotroubleshootthe
P
problem.
H
Escalation
Insomecasesyoumightfinditnecessarytoescalatetheproblemtothe
supportengineerssupervisor.Forexample,ifthesupportengineeris
unabletoresolveyourprobleminatimelymannerduetothecomplexity
oftheproblemortheengineerslackofexperienceinsimilarproblems.
Yourdecisiontoescalateshouldalsobebasedonhowcriticalthesystem
istobusinessproductivityandtheSLAyouhaveestablishedwithyour
customer.
Page 15-46
Summary
ReviewQuestions
Summary 1.Preventive
maintenance
Inthischapteryoulearned:
2.Systeminformation
Itisimportanttocommunicateclearlywithcustomerswhen
3.Theproblemisnotdue
respondingtoasupportcall toahardwarefailureof
Thetroubleshootingprocessisiterative,butshouldfollowthese themotherboard
steps: 4.LastKnownGood
o Gatherinformation Configuration
o Evaluateinformationtoidentifythesubsystematfault 5.Adisableddevice
o Developanoptimizedactionplan
6.MSConfig32(orSystem
o Executetheoptionplan
Configuration)
o Testtoensuretheissueisfixed
n
o Implementpreventivemeasures
io
t

bu
YoucanperformdiagnostictestsusingHPSupportAssistantorHP
tri
VisionDiagnostics,dependingonthecomputer
is

rD
WindowsEventViewerallowsyoutovieweventsthathavebeen
loggedbytheoperatingsystemorapplications
fo
ot
HPSupportCenteroffersbothselfhelpandcollaborative
N
troubleshootingresources
l-
tia
en
Review Questions
fid
on
1. Whentroubleshooting,whichstepshouldyoutaketoreducethe
tC
likelihoodoftheproblemreoccurring?
or
2. WhichWindowstoolcanyouusetodeterminetheBIOSversion?
tip
er
3. YourunanHPVisionDiagnosticsystemboardtestanditsucceeds.
C
Whatdoesthattellyou?
&
4. YouinstallanewdevicedriverandWindowswillnotboot.What
P
H
shouldyoutryfirst?
5. AdownwardarrowonaDeviceManagericonindicates________.
6. Whichtoolcanyouusetoselectivelybootwithdifferentservices
andstartupapplicationsenabled?

Page 15-47
Matching Homework
c
Matching
d
Matchthetroubleshootingtooltotheinformationitcanprovide.
g
a Tool Information
b
______DeviceManager a.Contentsofmemorywhena
e
STOPerroroccurred
f
______MSConfig b.Istheproblemcausedbya
hardwarefailure?
______SystemLog c.Isadrivermissing?
n
io
t
bu
______Kerneldumpfile d.Isaspecificstartupapplication
tri
causingthebootproblem?
is
rD
______HPVisionDiagnostics e.HowmuchphysicalRAMis
fo installed?
ot
N
l-
______MSInfo32 f.Isanoperatingsystemfile
tia
missing?
en
fid
______SystemRepair g.Didanoperatingsystem
on
componentencounteranerror?
tC
or
Short Essay
tip
er
1. WriteashortessaythatappliestheHP6steptroubleshooting
C
&
processtoatroubleshootingscenarioyouhaveencounteredat
P
work,school,orhome.
H
2. AcomputerrunningWindows7willnotboot.Theusersaysthey
havenotmadeanymodificationstothesystem.Explainhowyou
wouldisolatethecauseoftheproblem.

Page 15-48
Homework
Research Activity
Inthisactivity,youwillreadtheFAQfortheBusinessSupportCenter
(BSC)andanswerquestionsabouttheresourcesitprovides.
1. Openabrowserandnavigateto
http://h20000.www2.hp.com/bizsupport/TechSupport/FAQHelp.jsp
2. ReadtheFAQandanswerthefollowingquestions:
a. Howcanyoufindoutifyourprinterdriversneedtobe
updated?
b. Whatmustyoudobeforeyoucantrackyoursupportcases
online?
c. HowdoestheBSChelpyoukeeptrackofproductwarranty
information?
n
io
d. Howcanyouextendaproductswarranty?
t
bu

tri
is
FIPrint
rD
TheHPDesignJetisdownandthecompanyhasacriticaljobtocompletefora
fo
customerthatcanonlybeprintedonit.Thecustomerdoesnotknowiftheprinter
ot
N
iscoveredbyawarranty.
l-
tia
YouhaveconsultedtheBusinessSupportCenterandnoneofthetroubleshooting
en
guidesfortheprinterhelp.
fid
on
tC
Explainthenextstepsyouwouldtaketotroubleshoottheproblem.
or
tip

er
C
&
P
H
Page 15-49
n
iot
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H
Page 15-50
Objectives
Chapter 16: Focus on Design Starttheclassbyreading
Introduction
Throughoutthecourse,youhaveexaminedthefeaturesofvariousHP
productsandsolutionsandseenhowtheycanbeusedtomeetcustomer
requirements.Understandinghowtolistentoacustomersneeds,askthe
rightquestions,anddesignasolutionthataddressesthoseneedswill
allowyoutosucceedasanSMBtechnologyconsultantorastheITperson
inanSMB.
Inthischapter,wewillbreakdownthedesignprocess.Youwilllearn
n
howtogatherinformation,researchsolutions,andmake
io
t
bu
recommendationsfornewinstallationsandupgrades.Thechapterwill
tri
concludewithascenariothatdemonstrateshowtheseskillscanbeputto
is
rD
use.
fo
ot
Objectives
N
l-
tia
en
ConsultwithanSMBcustomertoassesstheirbusinessand
fid
technicalneedsandcreateaplanforaclientsolution
on
Designaclientsolutiontomeetthecustomerneedsidentifiedin
tC
theplanningstage
or
tip
er
Design Process
C
&
P
Mostbusinessesdonotinvestintechnologyforitsownsake.Technology
H
investmentsmustmeetarealbusinessrequirement.ThebestIT
professionalscanasktherightquestionstounderstandthosebusiness
requirementsandsuggesttheproductsthatcanmeetthemaffordably.To
bethebest,youneedto:
Listencarefullytoacustomersrequest
Askthequestionstofullyunderstandtherequirements
Researchthepossiblewaystomeettherequirements
Presentyourrecommendationsinawaythatillustrateshowyour
solutionwillmeetthebusinessrequirements
Letustakeacloserlookatthisprocess.
Page 16-1
Chapter 16: Focus on Design
Business Requirements
Whatexactlyisabusinessrequirement?Inshort,abusinessrequirement
isanythingacompanyneedstodoitsjobortodoitbetter.Abusiness
requirementmightbeexpressedasaneedto:
cutcosts
increaseproductivity
improvecustomerrelations
meetregulatoryrequirements
beatthecompetition
growthebusiness
accessresourceswhenawayfromtheoffice
Howdoyoutranslaterequirementslikethatintoatechnologysolution?
n
io
Thefirststepistounderstandthecustomersbusiness.Ofcourse,you
t
bu
cannotbeanexpertateverybusiness,butyoucanlearntolistencarefully
tri
towhatacustomerissayingandtoasktherightquestions.
is
rD
Interviewing the Customer
fo
ot
Sometimescustomerswillknowexactlywhattheyneed.Moreoften,they
N
willnot.Theymightcallwithaproblem,togetinformationabouta
l-
tia
plannedexpansion,orjusttoaskaquestion.Itisyourjobtoextractthe
en
detailsanddeterminewhethertherequirementscanbemetbyachangeto
fid
anexistingcomputer(forexample,runningDefragtosolveadisk
on
performanceissue),ifanupgradeisrequired,orifthecustomerneedsto
tC
purchasenewequipmentorsoftware.
or
tip
Planned Changes
er
C
Perhapstheeasiestdesignprojectsarethosethatinvolveaplanned
&
change,suchasupgradinganapplicationoropeninganewoffice.Inthese
P
H
situations,thecustomerknowssomeinvestmentwillbenecessary.Itis
yourjobtodetermineexactlywhichproductscanbestmeetthe
requirements.
New Software or Software Upgrades

Ifacustomerplanstoimplementanewapplicationoranewversionofan
existingapplication,youneedtodeterminewhethertheapplicationwill
runontheexistingplatformorwhetherupgradesornewequipmentare
required.Besuretoconsider:

Page 16-2
Design Process
Operatingsystemrequirements
Processorrequirements
o 32or64bit
o Processorspeed
Memoryrequirements
Storagerequirements
Peripheralrequirements
Rememberthatminimumrequirementswillnotalwaysprovide
acceptableperformance.Ifyoufindthattheexistingplatformwillnot
supportthenewsoftware,youmightconsiderrecommending
virtualizationtosupportthenewapplication,inwhichcaseyouwillalso
havetoconsidernetworkconnectivityrequirements.
n
Growth
tio
bu
Ifthecompanyisopeninganewofficeorhiringadditionalemployees,it
tri
islikelythattheywillneedtopurchasenewequipment.Inthiscase,itis
is
rD
importanttounderstandtheusageprofileofthenewemployees,
fo
including: ot

N
typeofuser
l-
o taskworker
tia
o productivityuser
en
o highperformanceuser
fid
knowledgelevel
on
tC
wheretheywillbeworking
or
o office
tip
o home
er
C
o mobile
&
Themoreinformationyoucangatheraboutwhattheusersneedto
P
performtheirjobs,thebetter.Somequestionstoaskinclude:
H
Howmuchscreenspacedotheyrequire?
Dotheyneedtobeabletoaccessdataathomeoronlywhenatthe
office?
Whataretheirsecurityrequirements?
Whatisthenetworkingenvironment?
Formobileusers,howmuchbatterylifedotheyrequire?
Whatarethedatasharingrequirements,bothbetweenusersand
betweendifferentdevicesforthesameuser?
Whataretheavailabilityrequirements?
Whatarethebackuprequirements?
Page 16-3
ResearchingtheOptions Infrastructure Changes

Thebookusesascenario Anotherreasonupgradesmightbenecessaryistosupportchangestothe
basedonproductsthat infrastructure.Forexample,supposeasmallbusinesshasapeertopeer
wereavailableinwinter
networkandclientcomputersarerunningWindows7Homeedition.If
2012.Productsand
pricingmightbe thecompanydecidestoimplementActiveDirectory,allcomputerswill
different.Ifyouhave needtobeupgradedtoatleastWindows7Professionaleditionbecause
Internetaccess,itmight computersrunningWindows7Homeeditioncannotbejoinedtoan
bebettertodemonstrate ActiveDirectorydomain.
usingtheHPsite.Ifso,
choosetherequirements Analyzing the Requirements
andproductsyouwantto
addressaspreparation Afteryouhaveinterviewedthecustomer,youneedtolisttherequested
forthislecture.Usethis featuresandrankthemasrequired,desired,ornicetohave.Arequired
opportunitytoreview featurelike8GBofRAMisknownasatechnicalrequirement.Thiswill
n
keytechnologiescovered
io
helpyoudeterminewhichfeaturesyoucansacrificetomeetthe
t
throughoutthecourse.
bu
customersmainpriorities.
tri
is
Technical requirement
rD
A requirement that describes an attribute of a hardware or software
component
fo
ot
N
Youalsoneedtoidentifythecustomersmainpriorities.Aretheybudget
l-
tia
consciousorprimarilyconcernedaboutperformance?Howimportantis
en
mobilityversussecurity?
fid
on
Presentyourlisttothecustomertomakesurethatyouunderstandthe
tC
prioritiesandrequirements.Askingthecustomertoagreetothepriorities
or
inwritingorbyemailwillhelpavoidshiftsinexpectationslaterinthe
tip
project.
er
C
&
Gettingagreementupfrontiscritical.Thelaterintheprocesschanges
P
aremade,themoretheycosttoimplement.
H
Researching the Options

Afteryouhaveidentifiedthecustomerandtechnicalpriorities,youare
readytobeginresearchingpossiblesolutions.Youcanbeginyoursearch
attheHPWebsitebyselectingaproductcategoryundertheSmalland
MediumBusinessheading,asshowninFigure161.
Page 16-4
De
esign Processs
n
iot
bu
tri
is

rD
Figurre161:Small&
&MediumBussinessProductts
fo
ot
Forexample,iffyouknow wthatthecu
ustomerneeedsamobilledevice,y you
N
wouuldselectLa aptops.Alistofrecom
mmendedla aptopswilllbedisplayyedin
l-
tia
variouscategorries.Theserecommendationsareegeneralre commendaations
en
maddebyHPan ndwillnotnecessarilyymatchyou urcustomerrs

fid
requ
uirements.H However,b basedonthheusageproofileyoucrreatedandtthe
on
custtomersprioorities,youshouldhav veageneraalideaofwh
whichcatego ory
tC
youneed.Foreexample,ifbudgetisttheprimary yconcern,yyoumightsstart
or
yourrresearchwwiththeHP PEssentialssproductline.Ifperfo
ormanceistthe
tip
er
prim
maryconcerrn,youwou uldstartby
ylookingattElitemobiileworkstations.
C
Afteeryouselecctacategory
y,severalp
productswiithinthatcaategoryaree
&
disp
playedinthhemainwin ndow.TheS Shopbymmenuonthe leftsideoffthe
P
H
wind dowallowssyoutofilttertheprod
ductsshown nbyarequuirement(seee
Figu
ure162).Foorexample,,ifyouknoowthatthelaptopsne edWindow ws7
Proffessional64
4bit,youcoouldclickW
Windows7Profession nal64todissplay
theccomputersthatmeettthatrequireement.
YoucanclickLaptoopsandTabletstowiden
nyourselecttiontoall
categgories.
You
ucanapplymultiplefilters,based
donyourreequirementts.Forexam
mple,
youmightrequ
uirealaptopwithasppecificamouuntofRAM
Moraspeciific
proccessor.
Page 16-5
5
Cha
apter 16: Foc
cus on Desig
gn
n
tio
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC

or
Figure162:ShopbyFilterrs
tip
er
C
NoticetheCo
N ontactHPbbutton.Itdissplaysapageethathassevveralways
&
tocontactHP,includiingbyphoneeorbyinterractivechat.Youcaninitiateachat
P
H
HPsalesspeciialistatanytimetohaveeyourquesttionsanswerredbefore
withanH
youmakeapurchase.
Afteryou
uhavenarroowedyourchoicesbaasedononeormore
requirements,youcaancompareeproductssidebysid de.Todoso
o,clicka
Apagesho
product.A owingthep productswiillbedisplaayed,along
gwithan
overview
wofkeyfeattures,assh
howninFiguure163.ClicktheCompare
checkbox productthattyouwantttocompare.
xforeachp
Youcanggobackand dselectano
otherprodu uctandchecckitsboxto
oincludeitt
inthecom
mparison.R Repeatuntillallproducctsyouwan
nttocompaareare
chosen.CClickCompareItems.T Theproducctsyouchoosewillbed displayed
sidebysiide,asshow
wninFigurre164.
Page
e 16-6
De
esign Processs
n
t io
bu
tri
is
rD
fo
ot

N
l-
Figurre163:Compa
aringProducts
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre164:Producctssidebyside
e
Page 16-7
7
Nowyouarereadytoevaluatetheselectionsagainstthebusiness
prioritiesandtherequirements.Asyoucansee,theleastexpensive
computeroftheonescomparedinFigure164istheHPProBook4530s
NotebookPC.Acustomeronabudgetmightbemostsatisfiedwiththis
computer.
ThenextleastexpensiveistheHPProBook4730sNotebookPC.This
modelhastheadvantageofa17.3screen,whichwouldbeappropriate
foruserswhoneedtodisplayalotofwindows.However,itdoesweigha
littlemorethantheHPProBook4530.
ThenextleastexpensiveistheHPEliteBook8560pNotebookPC.Its
primaryadvantagesovertheProBook4730sisthatithasaslightlyfaster
processor(butwithasmallerL3cache)anditweighsless.Italsosupports
n
802.11a,whereastheProBookmodelsdonot.Adisadvantageisthatithas
io
t
asmallerscreensizethantheProBook4730s.Thiswouldbean
bu
appropriatechoiceforuserswhotravelalot,butwhoperformworkloads
tri
is
thatrequireafastprocessor.
rD
fo
AtthehighendofthespectrumistheHPEliteBook8560wMobile
ot
Workstation.Thislaptopoffersseveraladvantagesovertheotherthree,
N
including:
l-
tia
Longestbatterylife
en
8GBRAM
fid
750GBharddisk
on

tC
2GBdedicatedDDR3videomemory
or
Thisworkstationwouldbeagoodchoiceforamobileuserwhodoesalot
tip
ofgraphicsprocessing,suchasanarchitectoranimator.
er
C
Detailed Information
&
P
H
Althoughalotofinformationisavailableinthespecificationslist,you
mightneedtolearnmoretomakeyourfinaldecision.Fortunately,you
canclickonaproducttolearnmore.TheOverviewtabprovidesageneral
listoffeatures.TheSpecificationstabincludesdetailedinformationabout
theproduct,includingtheports,slots,andbatterylife.TheSpecifications
fortheProBook4730sarelistedinTable161.
Table161:ProBook4730Specifications
SystemFeatures
Operating GenuineWindows7Professional64
system:
Processor: IntelCorei72670QM(2.20GHz,6MBL3cache)
Chipset: MobileIntelHM65Express
Page 16-8
Design Process
FeaturedModel: SmartBuy
DimensionsandWeight
Weight: Startingat6.44lb(Startingat2.92kg)
Dimensions(wx 16.29x11x1.15in(41.4x27.9x2.9cm)
dxh):
Memory
Memory: 4GB1333MHzDDR3SDRAM
Memoryslots: 1SODIMM
Storage
Internaldrive: 500GB7200rpmSATAII
Opticaldrive: DVD+/RWSuperMultiDL
Graphics
Graphics: AMDRadeonHD6490Mwith1GBdedicatedGDDR5
n
videomemory
io
Display: 17.3diagonalLEDbacklitHD+antiglare(1600x900)
t
bu
Expansionfeatures
tri
is
Ports: 1USB3.0
rD
4USB2.0
fo
1VGA ot
1HDMI
N
1stereomicrophonein
l-
tia
1stereoheadphone/lineout
en
1ACpower
fid
1RJ11(selectmodels)
on
1RJ45
tC
Slots: 1ExpressCard/34
or
1MediaCardReader
tip
Audio: SRSPremiumSound,Integratedstereospeakers,Stereo
er
C
headphone/lineout,Stereomicrophonein,Integrated
&
microphone(dualmicrophonearraywithoptionalwebcam)
P
Integrated HDWebcam
H
camera:
Keyboard: Spillresistantkeyboardwithseparatenumerickeypadand
drains
Inputdevices: Touchpadwithscrollzoneandgesturessupport
Communications
Wireless: Atheros802.11b/g/nWiFi(1x1)andBluetooth3.0+HS
Combo
Network 10/100/1000NIC
interface:
Powerandoperatingrequirements
Energyefficiency: ENERGYSTARqualified;EPEATGold
Powersupply: 90WSmartACadapter;HPFastCharge
Page 16-9
Batterytype: 8cell(73WHr)LiIon
Batterylife: Upto8hoursand30minutes
Operating 41to95F(5to35C)
temperature
range:
Operating 10to90%RH
humidityrange:
SecurityManagement
Security HPProtectToolsSecurityManager:CredentialManager,
management: ComputracePro,DeviceAccessManager,DriveEncryption,
FaceRecognition(webcammodelsonly),FileSanitizer,
PrivacyManager,EmbeddedSecurity
EnhancedPreBootSecurity
HPSpareKey
n
io
OneStepLogon
t
bu
Securitylockslot
tri
SupportforIntelAT
is
rD
Whatsincluded
Software MicrosoftOfficeStarter2010
installed: fo
ot
N
Manageability HP3DDriveGuard
l-
features:
tia
Warranty: HPServicesincludesaoneyearstandardpartsandlabor
en
warranty,pickuporcarryin,andtollfree7x24hardware
fid
on
technicalphonesupport.Onsiteserviceandwarranty
tC
upgradesarealsoavailable.
or
ComparingtheExpansionfeaturesoftheEliteBook8560p,youcansee
tip
thattheEliteBookoffersmoreperipheralconnectivityoptions,including
er
C
Firewire,adockingconnector,andaSmartCardReader(Table162).
&
P
Table162:EliteBook8560pExpansionfeatures
H
Expansionfeatures
Ports: USB3.0
1eSATA/USB2.0Combo
1USB2.0
1USB2.0charging
1externalVGAmonitor
1DisplayPort
11394a
1stereomicrophonein
1stereoheadphone/lineout
1ACpower
1RJ11
1RJ45
Page 16-10
De
esign Processs
1serial
1
1dockingco
1 onnector
1secondary
1 batteryconn nector
Slotss: 1ExpressCa
1 ard/54
1SmartCard
1 dReader
1SD/MMC
1
Aud
dio: SRSPremium
S mSound,In ntegratedsterreospeakerss,Stereo
headphone/l
h lineout,Sterreomicroph
honein,Integ
grated
microphone
m (dualmicro ophonearrayywithoptio
onalwebcam m)
Integ
grated 720pHDwe
7 ebcam
cameera:
Keybboard: Spillresistan
S ntkeyboardwithseparaatenumerick keypadand
drains
d
Inpu
ut Touchpadw
T withon/offbu
utton,twow
wayscroll,g estures,twoopick
n
io
deviices: buttons;Poin
b ntstickwithtwoadditio
onalpointsticckbuttons
t
bu
Quic
ckSpecs
tri
is
rD
Too
obtaineven
nmoreinforrmationabo outamodeel,clickthe QuickSpeccspdf
fo
link.TheQuick
kSpecsbutttonshowsa mputer,likethe
aschematiccofthecom ot
oneshowninFFigure165,,withcallou
utsidentify
yingspecifiicfeatures.
N
l-
tia
en
fid
on
tC
or
tip
er
C
&
P
H

Figurre165:Schema
aticwithcallou
uts
Itprrovidestheadditionalinformatio
on,includin
ng:
Operatin
ngsystemsthatcanbeepreinstalleed
Operatin
ngsystemsthataresu
upported
ngsystemsthatarecertified
Operatin
Maximuumupgrada ablememorry
Supporttedharddriveoptionss
Page 16-11
PutitinPractice Supportedexpansionsolutions,includingdockingstations
Dividethestudentsinto Detailedtechnicalspecifications
groupsofthreeorfour
BecauseitisaPDFdocument,itcanbeeasilydownloadedandshared
students.Havethe
studentsworkthrough
withacustomer.
thescenarioingroups.If
timepermits,discuss
Preparing a Proposal
eachgroupsanswersasa Afteryouhavechosentheproductsyouthinkwillbemeetthecustomers
class.
requirements,youarereadytoprepareaproposaltosharewiththe
customer.Theproposalshouldfocusonthecustomersrequirementsand
howtheproductsthatyouselectwillmeetthem.
Makesuretoincludeinformationaboutthelengthofthewarrantyand
whatitcovers.Discussthebenefitsofpurchasingacustomercarepackage
n
andextendedwarranty.
tio
bu
Afteryouandthecustomerhavedefinedallthetermsofthenew
tri
installationorupgrade,makesuretogetthecustomerswrittenapproval
is
rD
tothepurchase,thecustomersexpectations,andyourSLAbeforeyou
fo
proceed. ot
N
l-
Put it in Practice
tia
en
Nowletusputwhatyouhavelearnedintopractice.Yourinstructorwill
fid
dividetheclassintogroups.Youwillworkthroughthescenariotocreate
on
asolutionforBCDTrain.
tC
or
BCDTrain
tip
MichaelSmithistheownerofBCDTrain,acompanythatprovidesonsite
er
C
seminarsingraphicdesignandWebdevelopment.JenniferChuisanindependent
&
contractorwhospecializesinSMBITsolutions.
P
Michael:Weareplanningtoopenatrainingcenter.Wealsoneedtoprovideour
trainerswithmoreuptodateequipment.

Jennifer:Whatareyourtrainersusingnow?

Michael:MostofthemhavelaptopcomputersrunningWindowsXP
Professional.

Jennifer:AndyouwouldliketoupgradetoWindows7?

Michael:Yes.Theproblemisthatthenewversionofoneoftheprogramswetrain
onisonlyavailableasa64bitapplication.Theyareusing32bitWindows.
Page 16-12
Put it in Practice
Assignment: Asking the Right Questions AskingtheRight

Questions
WorkwithyourteamtomakealistofadditionalquestionsJennifer Dividetheclassinto
shouldaskMichaelaboutupgradingthetrainerscomputers. teamsforthisexcercise.
Jennifer:Soletmesummarize.Youhavesixtrainerswhoallneedlaptop
computersthatcanruna64bitWindowsapplicationthatrequires4GBof
RAM.IsthereanythingelseIshouldknow?
Michael:Yes!Ialmostforgot.Thetrainersusetheirlaptopsintheclassroom.
TheyneedtobeabletoconnecttoanHDMIprojector.Threeofthetrainersalso
developcourseware.Theyareconstantlycomplainingabouthowharditistosee
theirWorddocumentandtheapplicationtheyarewritingaboutsidebyside.
n
io
Jennifer:Soyouwouldliketopurchasethreeseparatemonitors?
t
bu
tri
Michael:Iguessso.Buttheyneedtobeeasytotakeonatrip.Thetrainerstravel
is
rD
alotandsometimeshavetoworkonthecoursewarewhentheyareawayfromthe
fo
office. ot
Jennifer:OK.Thatgivesmeastartingpointforthetrainerscomputers.Tellme
l-
tia
abouttheclassroom.
en
fid
Michael:Weneedtoseat20studentsandeachstudentneedsacomputer.Idonot
on
wanttospendanymoremoneythanabsolutelynecessarybecausewedonotknow
tC
whatthedemandforthecoursesinthislocationwillbeuntilwetryit.
or
tip
er
Jennifer:Willthecomputersneedtorunthesameapplicationsthetrainers
C
computersrun?
&
P
Michael:Yes.Thestudentswilldohandsonexercisesduringeachclass.
Oh...anotherissueisthatwearegoingtostartofferingApacheWebserver
courses.ThosestudentsneedtorunLinuxandApacheWebserver.Cometothink
ofit,twoofthetrainerswillneedLinuxandApachetoo.*Sigh*Doesthatmean
thetrainerswillneedTWOcomputers?
Apply What You Have Learned

Thinkaboutwhatyouhavelearnedinthiscourse.Whatsolutioncould
JenniferofferMichaeltomeetthetrainingcenterrequirement?What
abouttheApacheWebserverinstructors?Willtheyneedtwocomputers?
Page 16-13
Michael:Speakingofthetrainerswhodevelopcourses,Iamworriedabouttheir
laptopgettinglostandthecoursewarevanishing.Imean,whatifthathappened
rightbeforeaclass?Wewouldbeintrouble.

Jennifer:Howareyouhandlingbackupnow?

Michael:Notverywell.SometimesthetrainersremembertoburnacoursetoCD
aftertheymakechanges,butmostthetimetheydonot.Anditisjustnot
practicalforthemtobackuptoourbackupdriveattheoffice.Someofthemare
seldomhere.
WhatsolutioncouldJenniferofferMichaeltohelpprotectthecourseware
filesfrombeinglostifthelaptopislost?
n
io
Jennifer:Goingbacktotheclassroomrequirements.Thecomputerswillbeona
t
bu
network,right?
tri

is
rD
Michael:Theywillhavetobe.SomeoftheexercisesrequireInternetaccess.I
fo
figureaWiFinetworkwouldbetheeasiest.
ot

N
Jennifer:Canyouthinkofanyotherequipment?
l-
tia

en
Michael:Well,theyneedtobeabletocopyfilestoaUSBdrivesothattheycan
fid
taketheirprojectshomewiththem.Also,thetrainersometimesneedstoprint
on
handouts,soIguesswewillneedaprinter.
tC

or
tip
Jennifer:Isthetrainertheonlypersonwhoneedstoprint?
er
Michael:No!Cometothinkofit,theclassendswithanexam.Studentsneedto
&
P
beabletoprinttheirresults.
H

Jennifer:Doestheprinterneedtobeacolorprinter?

Michael:Thetrainersneedtoprintcolor,butthestudentsdonot.Colorinkis
expensive,soIwouldratherthestudentsdidnotprintincolor.

Jennifer:Whatkindofloaddoestheprinterneedtobeabletohandle?

Michael:Well,thatdepends.Inaperfectworld,itwouldnotbemuch.But
honestly,sometimesthecoursemanualisnotevencompleteduntilthenight
beforethecourseruns.Whenthathappens,thetrainerneedstobeabletoprinta
100pagemanualforeachstudentandtheyneedtoprintthemquickly.
Page 16-14
Summary
Identifying Requirements and Priorities ReviewQuestions

1.technicalrequirement
Workasateamtomakealistofalltherequirementsanddesiredfeatures.
Makesuretodistinguishbetweenthem.AlsorankMichaelspriorities. 2.businessrequirement
3.QuickSpec
Researching Solutions 4.proposal
AccesstheHPWebsiteandresearchpossiblesolutions.
Summary
Howtointerviewcustomerstodeterminetheirbusiness
requirements
io
Howtoanalyzeandprioritizebusinessrequirements
t
bu
Howtoderivetechnicalrequirementsfromthebusiness
tri
requirements
is

rD
HowtoresearchHPproductsandidentifysolutions

fo
Howtocreateaproposal ot
N
l-
Review Questions
tia
en
1. Acomputerneedsa64bitprocessortorunanapplication.Thisis
fid
anexampleofa_________________.
on
2. Acustomerneedstoensurethatdatacannotbecompromisedifa
tC
laptopisstolen.Thisisanexampleofa__________________.
or
3. Whichdocumentincludesaschematicdrawingofaproduct,along
tip
er
withcalloutstovariousports?
C
4. Warrantyinformationshouldbeincludedinthe_______________.
&
P
H
Group Projects
Group Project I
PrepareaproposalforBCDTrain.Youwillpresenttheproposaltothe
class.
Page 16-15
Group Project II
Workingroupsoftwoorthree.Onepersoninthegroupwillbethesmall
businessowner.TheotherpersonorpeoplewillbeITconsultants.
SmallBusinessOwner ITConsultantAssignments
Assignments
1.Writeasummarythatdescribes
yourfictionalbusinessanditsplan
forexpansionorupgrade.
2.Readthesummaryprovidedby
thesmallbusinessownerand
n
preparealistofquestionstohelp
iot
youunderstandtherequirements.
bu
tri
is
3.Preparewrittenanswerstothe
rD
questionsaskedbytheIT
fo
Consultant. ot
N
4.Basedontheanswers,identify
l-
tia
thebusinessprioritiesandrank
en
theminorderfromhighestto
fid
lowest.Alsolisttherequirements
on
andwantedfeaturesforthe
tC
solution.
or
tip
er
5.Evaluatethelistprovidedbythe
C
consultantanddiscussany
&
discrepanciesuntilyoubothagree
P
H
ontherequirementsandpriorities.
6.Researchandpresentthree
possiblesolutions.
7.Evaluateeachsolutionsuggested.
Choosetheonethatbestmeetsyour
fictionalcompanysrequirements.
Explainwhy.
Page 16-16
www.hppress.com www.certiport.com/hp

Connected Devices

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Connected Devices

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HP ExpertOne

Designing & Deploying

Tips and Tricks

Chapter 5: Networking ................................................................. 5-1

Chapter 6: Windows Operating System ..................................... 6-1

Chapter 7: Open Source Operating Systems ............................ 7-1

Chapter 8: Meet Macintosh ......................................................... 8-1

Chapter 9: Notebooks and Netbooks ........................................ 9-1

Chapter 11: Thin Clients and Virtualization .............................. 11-1

Chapter 12: Taking it to the Cloud ............................................ 12-1

Chapter 13: Business Continuity ................................................ 13-1

Chapter 14: Ongoing Maintenance ......................................... 14-1

printed ciircuit board

conduct electrical signals.

Central Processiing Unit ((CPU)

A measurement of frequency. One billion cycles per second.

hard disk drive

written using lasers.

memory to store data instead of magnetic platters.

Many newer SSD drives use flash memory.

direct current (DC)

Electrical current that flows through a circuit in a single direction

alternating current (AC)

Electrical current that flows back and forth through a circuit

Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) radio

A component that allows devices to communicate over a wireless

Fi network is about 328 feet (100 meters).

personal area network (PAN)

OperatingSystem Operating System

A categorization that describes the dimensions and shape of a computer,

AlllinOnePCs TheConv vertibleMin nitower,shownontheeleft,offerssthebest

A poointing device used with

FIPrint 4G wireless network

Safety Guidelines Pleasestressthesafety

Carpel tunnel syndrome

A health condition caused by improper pressure applied to the median

nerve, affecting the wrist and hand.

electrostatic discharge (ESD)

A component that protects connected devices from power surges.

magnetic recording layer

Opening the Case Thiswillbereferenced

A group of processors based on a fundamental design architecture.

A new processor design based on the architecture of the same processor

A single CPU housing two internal core processors.

A metallic device designed to absorb and dissipate processor heat.

passive heat sink

active heat sink

Single in-line memory module (SIMM)

A module containing one or more memory chips, used in legacy

Dual in-line memory module (DIMM)

Fully Buffered DIMM

64-bit wide area created on memory chips.

Static Random Access Memory (SRAM)

Column Address Strobe (CAS) Latency

Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (SDRAM)

between memory sets.

Requires memory sockets to be populated in pairs only.

Requires all of the memory sockets to be populated.

Video Graphics Array (VGA) connector

A 15-pin video connector.

Separate-Video (S-Video) connector

Digital Video Interface (DVI)

High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI)

Personal System 2 (PS2)